Understanding and Using English Grammar ; (with Answer Key) [4 ed.] 0132333317, 9780132333313

Citation preview

UNDERSTANDING AND USING

•

FOURTH EDITION with

ANSWER KEY

Betty S. Azar Stacy j^. Hag en

Irregular Verbs:

An Alphabetical Reference List

note: Verbs followed by a bullet

(•)

are defined at the end of the

list

on the inside back cover.

Simple

Simple

Past

Simple

Simple

Past

Form

Past

Participle

Form

Past

Participle

arise

arose

arisen

fly

flew

flown

awake

awoke

forbid

forbade

forbidden

be bear

forecast*

forecast

forecast

borne/born beaten/beat

forget

forgot

forgotten

beat

was, were bore beat

awoken been

forgive

forgave

forgiven

become

became

become

forsake*

forsook

forsaken

begin

began

begun

freeze

froze

frozen

bend

bent

bent

get

got

gotten/got*

bet*

bet

bet

give

given

bid*

bid

bid

go

bind*

bound

bound

grind*

bite

bit

bitten

bleed

bled

bled

blow break breed*

blown broken bred brought broadcast

hear hide

hid

ground grown hung had heard hidden

hit

hit

hit

broadcast*

blew broke bred brought broadcast

grow hang** have

gave went ground grew hung had heard

hold

held

held

build

built

built

hurt

hurt

hurt

burn

burned/burnt

burned/burnt

keep

kept

kept

burst*

burst

burst

kneel

kneeled/knelt

kneeled/knelt

buy

bought

bought

know

knew

known

cast*

cast

cast

lay

laid

laid

catch

caught

lead

led

led

choose

caught chose

chosen

lean

leaned/leant

leaned/leant

cling*

clung

clung

leap

leaped/leapt

leaped/leapt

come

came

come

learn

learned/learnt

learned/learnt

cost

cost

cost

leave

left

left

creep*

crept

crept

lend

lent

lent

cut

cut

cut

let

let

let

deal*

dealt

dealt

lie

lay

lain

dig

dug

light

lighted/lit

lighted/lit

do draw dream

did

dug done drawn dreamed/dreamt

lose

lost

lost

make mean

made

made

drink

drunk

meet

meant met

drive

drank drove

meant met

driven

mislay

mislaid

mislaid

eat

ate

eaten

mistake

mistook

mistaken

fall

fell

fallen

pay

paid

paid

feed

fed

fed

prove

proved

proven/proved

feel

felt

felt

put

put

put

fight

fought

fought

quit***

quit

quit

find

found

found

read

read

read

fit

fit/fitted

fit/fitted

rid

rid

rid

flee*

fled

fled

ride

rode

ridden

fling*

flung

flung

ring

rang

rung

bring

drew dreamed/dreamt

*In British English: get-got

got.

In

American English:

get-got-gotten/got.

**Hang is a regular verb when it means to kill someone with a rope around his/her neck. IMPARK / hung my clothes m the closet. They hanged the murderer by the neck until he was

O

**Also possible

in British

gone

dead.

English: quit quitted quitted.

(continued on the inside back cover)

^-^1 UNDERSTANDING AND USING

rLiiglish

Grammar FOURTH EDITION with

ANSWER KEY

Betty S. Azar Stacy A. Hagen

Understanding and Using English Grammar, Fourth Edition with Answer Key Copyright C 2009, 2002, 1989, 1981 by Betty Schrampfer Azar All rights reserved.

No

part of this publication

may be reproduced,

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by

any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publisher.

Azar Associates: Shelley Hartle, Editor, and Sue Van Etten, Manager Pearson Education, 10 Bank Street, White Plains, Staff credits:

The people who made up

the

NY

10606

Understanding and Using English

team, representing editorial, production, design, and manufacturing, are Janice France,

Amy McCormick,

Grammar Fourth Baillie,

Edition

Dave Dickey, Ann

Robert Ruvo, and Ruth Voetmann.

Text composition: S4Carlisle Publishing Services

Text font: 10/12.5 Plantin Illustrations:

Don

Martinetti, pages 2, 3, 4, 5, 14, 16, 17, 18, 23, 26, 27, 31, 36, 37, 47, 50, 51, 65, 72, 73, 81,

84, 88, 91, 99, 103, 107, 109, 115, 119, 120, 121, 123, 127, 131, 135, 139, 143, 145, 148, 152, 161, 169,

183, 185, 188, 190, 194, 201, 213, 220, 223, 232, 236, 238, 247, 255, 256, 259, 260 (top), 275, 278, 280,

286, 287, 292, 301, 303, 308, 316, 319, 321, 328, 340, 342, 347, 353, 355, 357, 362, 371, 373, 389, 396,

408, 413, 420, 424, 425, 432, 441, 446; Chris Pavely, pages

8, 41, 43, 45, 47, 54, 56, 60, 68, 70, 71, 74, 75,

77,79,86,98, 100, 113, 116, 138, 142, 146, 153, 158, 170, 174, 175, 178, 181, 196, 198,206,211,228, 235, 251, 257, 260 (bottom), 265, 272, 284, 289, 293, 309, 315, 331, 345, 349, 360, 363, 367, 378, 385, 393, 394, 403, 414, 422, 428; Kris Wiltse, pages 17, 19, 28, 29

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Azar, Betty Schrampfer, 1941-

Understanding and using English grammar.

--

4th ed.

/

Betty S. Azar,

Stacy A. Hagen. p. cm. ISBN-13: 978-0-13-233333-7 (with audio) ISBN- 10: 0-13-233333-3 (with audio) ISBN-13: 978-0-13-233331-3 (with audio and answer key) ISBN- 10: 0-13-233331-7 (with audio and answer key) [etc.] 1.

English language— Textbooks for foreign speakers.

language— Grammar—Problems, II.

exercises, etc.

I.

2.

English

Hagen, Stacy A., 1956-

Title.

PE1128A97 2009 2008050357

428.2'4-dc22 Printed in the United States of America

ISBN 13: 978-0-13-233331-3 ISBN 10:0-13-233331-7 5 6 7 8 9

10— V011— 14

ISBN ISBN

13:

978-0-13-246450-5 (International Edition)

10:

0-13-246450-0 (International Edition)

3

4 5 6 7 8 9

1

13 12 11 10

0—V0 11-14

13 12 11 10

For Larry B.S.A.

For Andy and Julianna S.H.

Contents

Preface to the Fourth Edition

xi

Acknowledgments Chapter

1

OVERVIEW OF VERB TENSES

1-5

1-6

Spelling of -ing

1-2 1-3

1-4

PRESENT

PAST;

SIMPLE

AND PROGRESSIVE

Simple present

2-2

Present progressive

2-3

Non-progressive verbs Regular and irregular verbs Irregular verb list Regular verbs: pronunciation of -ed endings Simple past

2-5

2-6 2-7

2-8

Past progressive

2-9

Using progressive verbs with always Using expressions of place with progressive verbs

2-10

PERFECT

AND

PERFECT PROGRESSIVE TENSES

3-1

Present perfect

3-2

Have and has

3-3 3-5

Present perfect vs. simple past Present perfect progressive Past perfect

3-6

Had in

3-7

Past perfect progressive

3-4

Chapter 4

AND

and -ed forms

2-1

2-4

Chapter 3

1

The simple tenses The progressive tenses The perfect tenses The perfect progressive tenses Summary chart of verb tenses

1-1

Chapter 2

xiii

in

spoken English

spoken English

FUTURE TIME

2 3

4 5

6

10

13 14 14 16

20 20 27 29 29 33 34

36 38 42 43 46 50 53 55

60

4-1

Simple future: will and be going to

61

4-2

Will vs. be going to Expressing the future in time clauses Using the present progressive and the simple present to express future time

63 67

4-3

4-4

69

CONTENTS V

4-5

71

Future progressive Future perfect and future perfect progressive

4-6

73

Chapter5

REVIEW OF VERB TENSES

76

Chapter 6

SUBJECT-VERB AGREEMENT

84

Chapter

7

6-1

Final -s -es: use, pronunciation, and spelling

6-2

Basic subject-verb agreement

6-3

Subject-verb agreement: using expressions of quantity

6-4

Subject-verb agreement: using there

6-5

Subject-verb agreement:

Regular and irregular plural nouns

7-2

Possessive

7-3

Nouns

7-4

as adjectives

7-6 7-7

Basic article usage

7-8

General guidelines for article usage Expressions of quantity used with count and noncount nouns

7-10

Using afeiv and few; a

7-1

Singular expressions of quantity: one, each, every

1

little

7

PRONOUNS Personal pronouns

8-2

Personal pronouns: agreement with generic nouns and

136

pronouns

expressions with other

140 142 143 147 148 152

1

157

8-3

Personal pronouns: agreement with collective nouns

8-4 8-6

Reflexive pronouns Using you, one, and they Forms of other

8-7

Common

MODALS, PART

as

impersonal pronouns

9-1

Basic modal introduction

9-2

Polite requests with "J" as the subject

9-3

Polite requests with

"you"

9-4

Polite requests with

voould you

9-5

9-8

Expressing necessity: must, have to, have got to Lack of necessity and prohibition: have to and must in the negative Advisability: should, ought to, had better The past form of should

9-9

Obligation: be

9-10

Unfulfilled intentions:

9-1

Making Making

9-6 9-7

1

9-12

107 109 110 110 114 118 122 126 129 131

135

8-1

8-5

CONTENTS

and

little

Using of in expressions of quantity

indefinite

VI

101 105

nouns

Count and noncount nouns Noncount nouns Some common noncount nouns

7-12

Chapter 9

93

100

7-1

7-9

8

91

irregularities

NOUNS

7-5

Chapter

some

+ be

85 87 89

supposed

as the subject

mind

to

suggestions:

was were going to let's, why don't, shall 1 we

suggestions:

could

1

vs.

should

157 158 159 160 164 .... 165 167 170 173 176 177 178

om

Chapter 10

MODALS, PART

180

2

10-5

10-6

Ability:

10-2 10-3 10-4

180 183 186 189 193 198

Degrees Degrees Degrees Degrees

of certainty: present time of certainty: present time negative of certainty: past time of certainty: future time Progressive forms of modals

10-1

can and could Using would to express

a repeated action in the past Expressing preference: would rather 10-9 Combining modals with phrasal modals 10-10 Summary chart of modals and similar expressions

200

THE PASSIVE

211

10-7

201

10-8

Chapter

1

1

1

1-1

11-2 11-3

11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 1

Chapter

12

1-8

213 214 220 227 229 233 236

Tense forms of the passive Using the passive The passive form of modals and phrasal modals Non-progressive passive

Common non-progressive passive verbs + The

prepositions

passive with get

Participial adjectives

242

12-1

Introduction

Noun Noun

clauses beginning with a question

242 244 249 252 253 258

word

clauses beginning with whether or if Question words followed by infinitives Noun clauses beginning with that Quoted speech Reported speech: verb forms in noun clauses Using -ever words

261

268

ADJECTIVE CLAUSES

270

13-1

Adjective clause pronouns used as the subject

13-2

Adjective clause pronouns used as the object of a verb

13-3

Adjective clause pronouns used as the object of a preposition

13-4

Using whose Using where in adjective clauses Using when in adjective clauses Using adjective clauses to modify pronouns

13-5

13-6 13-7 13-8 13-9 13-10 13-11

Chapter 14

211

passive

12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-8

13

vs.

NOUN CLAUSES

12-7

Chapter

Active

202 204

Punctuating adjective clauses

Using expressions of quantity in adjective clauses Using which to modify a whole sentence Reducing adjective clauses to adjective phrases

GERUNDS AND 14-1

14-2 14-3

270 273 274 277 279 280 283 285 290

INFINITIVES,

PART

291

294 301

1

Gerunds: introduction Using gerunds as the objects of prepositions Common verbs followed by gerunds

301

302 307

CONTENTS

Vii

M

.

14-4

Go +

14-5

Special expressions followed by -ing

14-6 14-7

Common verbs Common verbs

14-8

It

+

infinitive;

14-9

Chapter 15

INFINITIVES, PART 2

list

Infinitive of purpose: in

15-2

Adjectives followed by infinitives

15-3

Using

15-4

Passive infinitives and gerunds

15-5

Using gerunds or passive infinitives following

15-6

Using verbs of perception Using the simple form after let and help Using causative verbs: make, have, get

infinitives

331

order to

15-1

with too and

331 333 335

enough

338 339 341 343 344

need

COORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS

352

16-1

Parallel structure

16-2

Parallel structure: using

352 354

16-3

Paired conjunctions: both and; not only but also; either or; neither nor Separating independent clauses with periods; connecting with

358

and and but

361

ADVERB CLAUSES

365

17-1

365 368 373 374 376 377 378 379 381 382 383

1

17

infinitives as subjects

GERUNDS AND

6-4

17-2 17-3

17-4

commas .

.

Chapter

gerunds and

of verbs followed by gerunds of verbs followed by infinitives

list

15-8

Chapter 16

followed by infinitives followed by either infinitives or gerunds

Reference 14-10 Reference

15-7

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Introduction Using adverb clauses to show time relationships Using adverb clauses to show cause and effect Expressing contrast (unexpected result): using even

17-5

Showing

17-6

Expressing conditions in adverb clauses: //-clauses

direct contrast:

.'

though

while

Shortened (/"-clauses Adverb clauses of condition: 17-9 Adverb clauses of condition: 17-10 Adverb clauses of condition: 17-11 Adverb clauses of condition: 17-7 17-8

Chapter 8 1

using whether or not and even if using in case using unless using only if

REDUCTION OF ADVERB CLAUSES TO MODIFYING ADVERBIAL PHRASES 18-1

Introduction

Changing time clauses

18-3

Expressing the idea of "during the same time" in modifying adverbial phrases Expressing cause and effect in modifying adverbial phrases Using upon + -ing in modifying adverbial phrases

18-5

CONTENTS

387

18-2

18-4

Vlii

309 310 313 317 322 324 325

gerund

to modifying adverbial phrases

387 388 389 390 393

Chapter 19

CONNECTIVES THAT EXPRESS CAUSE AND

EFFECT,

CONTRAST,

AND CONDITION 19-1 19-2 19-3 19-4

Using because of and due to Cause and effect: using therefore, consequently, and so Summary of patterns and punctuation that Other ways of expressing cause and effect: such and so that Expressing purpose: using so that Showing contrast (unexpected result) Showing direct contrast Expressing conditions: using otherwise and or (else) Summary of connectives: cause and effect, contrast, and condition .

.

19-5 19-6 19-7 19-8 19-9

Chapter 20

Unit A:

.

.

402 404 406 408 410 411

416

20-1 20-2

416 417 419

Overview of basic verb forms used in conditional sentences True in the present or future Untrue (contrary to fact) in the present or future Untrue (contrary to fact) in the past Using progressive verb forms in conditional sentences Using "mixed time" in conditional sentences Omitting if Implied conditions Verb forms following zvish Using would to make wishes about the future

SUPPLEMENTARY

GRAMMAR CHARTS

Basic Grammar Terminology A-l Subjects, verbs, and objects

A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 Unit B:

.

.

397 399 400

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES AND WISHES

20-3 20-4 20-5 20-6 20-7 20-8 20-9 20-10

Appendix

397

Adjectives

Adverbs Prepositions and prepositional phrases

The

verb be Linking verbs

Questions B-l Forms of yes /no and information questions B-2 Question words B-3 B-4 B-5

Shortened yes /no questions Negative questions Tag questions

421 427 428 429 430

434 436

439 439 439 439 440 440 441 441

442 442 443 445 445 446

UnitC:

Contractions

447

UnitD:

Negatives D-l Using not and other negative words

448 448 448 448

D-2 D-3 Unit

E:

Avoiding double negatives Beginning a sentence with a negative word

Preposition

E

Combinations

Preposition combinations with adjectives and verbs

449 449

CONTENTS JX

Unit

F:

The Subjunctive

F Unit G:

The

subjunctive in

noun

clauses

Troublesome Verbs

G

Raise/rise, set/sit, lay/lie

450 450

450 450

Listening Script

451

Answer Key

465

Index

517

Audio

x CONTENTS

CD Tracking

List

530

Preface to the Fourth Edition

Understanding and Using English Grammar is a developmental skills text for intermediate to advanced English language learners. It uses a grammar-based approach integrated with communicative methodologies to promote the development of all language skills in a variety of ways. Starting from a foundation of understanding form and meaning, students engage in meaningful communication about real actions, real things, and their own real lives in the classroom context. Understanding and Using English Grammar functions principally as a classroom teaching text but also serves as a comprehensive reference text for students and teachers.

The

eclectic

approach and abundant variety of exercise material remain the same as in the but each new edition incorporates new ways and means. In particular:

earlier editions,

•

WARM-UP EXERCISES FOR THE GRAMMAR CHARTS Newly

created for the fourth edition, these innovative exercises precede the

grammar

charts

be taught. They have been carefully crafted to help students discover the target grammar as they progress through each warm-up exercise.

and introduce the point(s)

•

to

LISTENING PRACTICE

Numerous

listening exercises help students interact with the spoken language in a variety of settings that range from the relaxed, casual speech of everyday conversation to the academic content of classroom lectures. An audio accompanies the student text, and a full audio script can be found in the back of the book.

CD

•

ACADEMIC READINGS Students can read and respond to a wide selection of carefully crafted readings that focus

on the •

target

grammar

structure.

EXPANDED SPEAKING ACTIVITIES Students have even more opportunities in

this fourth edition to share their experiences,

express their opinions, and relate the target

own

grammar

to their personal lives.

The

text often

experiences as context and regularly introduces topics of interest to stimulate the free expression of ideas in structured as well as open discussions. uses the students'

•

life

CORPUS-INFORMED CONTENT Based on the findings of our corpus researcher, Gena Bennett, grammar content has been added, deleted, or modified to reflect the discourse patterns of spoken and written English.

XI

Understanding and Using English •

A comprehensive

•

An

Grammar is accompanied by

Workbook,

consisting of self-study exercises for independent work.

all-new Teacher's Guide, with step-by-step teaching suggestions for each chart, notes

to the teacher

on key grammar

structures, vocabulary

lists,

and expansion

activities

and

PowerPoint presentations for key chapters. •

An expanded

Test

Bank, with

additional quizzes, chapter tests,

and mid-term and

final

exams. •

Test- Generator software that allows teachers to customize their

and

tests

from the

•

Azar Interactive,

•

PowerPoint

Test

own

tests

using quizzes

Bank.

a computer-based program keyed to the text, provides easily understood content, all-new exercises, readings, listening and speaking activities, and comprehensive tests.

presentations for key chapters. Based on real-world readings, these lessons

are designed for use in the classroom as "beyond-the-book" activities. in the

new

Teacher's

•

A

•

AzarGrammar.com.

Chartbook,

materials and

is

a.

They can be found

Guide or downloaded from AzarGrammar.com.

reference

a place

book

consisting only of the

grammar

charts.

This Web

site provides a variety of supplementary classroom where teachers can support each other by sharing their knowledge

and experience. •

Fun with Grammar, activities correlated

a teacher resource text by Suzanne Woodward with communicative with the Azar-Hagen Grammar Series. It is available as a text or as a

download on AzarGrammar. com.

The Azar-Hagen Grammar •

Xii

Series consists of

Understanding and Using English

Grammar

(blue cover), for upper-level students.

•

Fundamentals of English Grammar (black), for mid-level students.

•

Basic English

PREFACE

Grammar

(red), for

lower or beginning

levels.

Acknowledgments

A revision of this scope

could not have been done without the skills of top-notch professionals. of outstanding reviewers whose detailed comments guided our writing. began with a group We gratitude for their thoughtful reviews. They areTonie Badillo, El Paso We wish to express our Community College; Edina Bagley, Nassau Community College; Michael Berman, Montgomery College; Elizabeth Bottcher, Columbia University; Eric Clinkscales,Teikyo Loretto Heights University; Cathy Costa, Edmonds Community College; Ms. Carlin Good, Columbia University; Deanna Cecil Ferreira, English Language Institute; Linda Gossard, DPT Business School ESL Program; Dr. Sheila Hakner, St. John's University; Martha Hall, New England School of English; Jennifer Hannon, Massachusetts Community College; Alyson Hanson, Gateway Community College; Joan Heiman, Community College of Denver; Steven Lasswell, Santa Barbara City College; Linda Leary, Albany Education; Louis Lucca, LaGuardia Community College; Kate Masterson, Boston Center for Adult Education; Phyllis McCollum, DPT Business School ESL Program; David Moody, El Paso Community College; Jan Peterson, Edmonds Community College; Antonina Rodgers, Northern Virginia Community College; Lenka Rohls, LaGuardia Community College; Rebecca Suarez, The University of Texas at El Paso; Ann Marie Tamayo, Queens Community College; and Kelly Roberts Weibel, Edmonds

Community

We would

College.

support team that allows us to do what we do with managing editor par excellence, who worked magic on every page; Amy McCormick, Azar product manager, who oversaw our project and handled our myriad requests with unfailing grace, humor, and skill; Ruth Voetmann, development editor, whose attention to detail helped polish each chart and exercise; Janice Baillie, expert production editor and copy editor; Sue Van Etten, our skilled and multi-talented business and Web site manager; Gena Bennett, corpus researcher, whose findings helped keep us abreast of the nuances and changes in spoken and written discourse; and Robert Ruvo, our invaluable production liaison at Pearson Education. Finally, we'd like to thank the dedicated leadership team from Pearson Education that guided this project: JoAnn Dresner, Anne Boynton-Trigg, Rhea Banker, and Sherry Preiss. For the new design of this fourth edition we were lucky to have had the combined talents of Michael Cimilluca from Lindsay Communications, Ann France from Pearson Education, and like to

enjoyment and

thank

ease:

a terrific

Shelley Hartle,

freelance artist KrisWiltse.

Our

appreciation also goes to illustrators

and inspired artwork. Finally, we would like throughout

Don

Martinetti and Chris Pavely for their

to thank our families for their unflagging patience

this extensive revision.

humor

and encouragement

Their insights and support are a continual source of

inspiration.

Betty S. Azar

Stacy A.

Hagen

XIII

..

Chapter 1 Overview of Verb Tenses

Exercise 1 . Let's talk: interviews and introductions. Interview a classmate, and then introduce this person to the rest of the class or to a small group of classmates. Use the given topics or topics of your own choosing. 1

name

2.

spelling of

3.

country of origin

4.

birthplace

5.

current residence

name

6.

reason for coming here

7.

length of time, both past and future, in this city/country

8.

field

9.

activities in free

10.

of study or work

comments on

time

living here

preview of verb tenses. (Chapters l -> 5) Take turns asking questions with what + a form of do. Help each other decide which verb tense should be used. When you finish asking and answering the questions, discuss your use of verb forms with the rest of the class.

Exercise Work with

2. Let's talk:

a partner.

Example: every morning Partner A: What do you do every morning?

Partner B: Partner A:

I

(go to classes

I

(eat breakfast

/

eat breakfast /

do

/

etc.)

my homework

every morning. /

Partner

every day before you leave

2.

since

you got up

3.

right

now

home

morning

this

4.

at (this exact

5.

by the time you got here today

Exercise 3.

time) yesterday

Warm-up.

(Chart

1

.

last

night

2.

tomorrow

3.

for the past five

1.

Warm I

talk

3.

I

sent an email today.

4.

I'm going to

air rises.

on the phone

make

a lot.

a

phone

minutes

4.

at (this exact time)

tomorrow

5.

by the time you go

to

agree or disagree with each sentence? Circle yes or information do the verb tenses provide?

2.

B

bed tonight

l-i)

Do you What

every morning?

etc.).

Partner A 1

What do you do

call today.

no.

Discuss the verbs in blue.

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

The Simple Tenses

1-1

This basic diagram

will

be used

in all

tense descriptions.

now A

future

past

Meaning

Examples

Tense Simple Present

(a) (b)

snows in Alaska. Tom watches TV every

In general, the simple present expresses events or situations that exist always, usually, habitually; they exist now, have

It

day.

xxxxx::xxxxx

existed in

Simple Past

(d)

snowed yesterday. Tom watchedTM last

(e)

It

will

It

is

(c)

Simple Future

(f)

j

Exercise 4. Let's listen

^

CD Track

will

exist

night.

snow tomorrow. to snow tomorrow.

At one particular time happen.

going

in

the future, this

will

watch TV tonight. going to watch TV tonight.

will

is

and

talk. (Chart l-i)

Listen to the sentences and write the words you hear. Are the sentences true for you? Choose yes or no.

Share your answers with the

class,

adding information

if

you

like.

1

2

Example: You

You

will hear: will write:

You might

2

the past, and probably

At one particular time in the past, this happened. It began and ended in the past.

It

Tom Tom

in

the future.

say:

I

wore jeans

I

wore

to class yesterday.

jeans to class yesterday.

I

didn't wear jeans to class yesterday.

I

wore

a skirt.

1.

I

my own

2.

I

a textbook yesterday.

3.

I

4.

I

5.

I

CHAPTER

on the

dinner

last night,

internet every day.

home

tonight. a

1

yes

movie

this

weekend.

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

1

.

1

Exercise 5. Warm-up. (Chart Answer the questions. 1.

What right

2. 3.

1-2)

are you doing right now? Look around the room. What are your classmates doing now? What is happening outside the classroom right now?

Where were you at two o'clock this morning? What were you doing? Where will you be at two o'clock tomorrow? What will you be doing?

The Progressive Tenses

1-2

be +

Form:

-ing (present participle)

Meaning: The progressive tenses* give the idea that an action is in progress during a particular time. The tenses say that an action begins before, is in progress during, and continues after another time or action.

Present Progressive

(a)

Tom

is

sleeping

right

is now 1 1 :00. Tom went to sleep at 10:00 tonight, and he is still asleep. His sleep began in the past, is in progress at the present time, and probably will

now.

It

o o o o o ~

continue.

Past Progressive

(b)

Tom was sleeping when

I

arrived.

o o 9 ° d ~

Tom went

to sleep at

10:00

last night.

I

He was still asleep. His sleep began before and was in progress arrived at

1 1

:00.

at a particular time in the past. continued after arrived.

It

I

Future Progressive

o o

o

(c)

©

Tom

will

be sleeping when we

Tom

arrive.

o —

to sleep at 10:00

arrive at

be

in

1 1

tomorrow

:00.

begin before

The

we

action

arrive,

and

progress at a particular time Probably his sleep will

in

continue.

progressive tenses are also called the "continuous" tenses: present continuous, past continuous, and future continuous.

Exercise 6. Let's listen CD

will

the future.

tt7

Track

go

We will

of sleeping will it

*The

will

night.

and

talk. (Chart

1

2)

Listen to the sentences and write the words you hear. Are the sentences true for you? yes or no. Share your answers with the class, adding information if you like.

Choose

I

3

1

At midnight

2.

Right

now

I

3.

Tomorrow

I

4.

Tonight

5.

Last night

yes

no

about grammar.

yes

no

in class at this time.

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

last night, I

at 9:00,

at 9:00,

TV. TV.

Overview

of

Verb Tenses

3

.

Exercise 7. Warm-up. (Chart Answer the questions. 1

1-3)

Have you eaten today? When did you

eat?

2.

Had you

3.

Will you have eaten by the time you go to bed tonight?

eaten before you went to bed

last

night?

1-3 The Perfect Tenses Form: have + past participle Meaning: The perfect tenses all give the idea that one thing happens before another time or event.

Present Perfect

(a)

Tom has already

Tom

eaten.

-x

—

Ci

if

sometime before now.

finished eating

The exact time

is

not important.

-

(time?)

Past Perfect

(b)

Tom had already eaten when

his

First

¥r

Future Perfect

(c)

Tom

have eaten when

will already

-*

Tom

will finish

eating. Later his friend

will arrive.

K-

Exercise 8. Let's listen CD

First

Tom's eating will be completely finished before another time in the future.

his friend arrives.

f*

finished eating. Later his friend

Tom's eating was completely finished before another time in the past.

—

-X

Tom

arrived.

friend arrived.

and

talk. (Chart 1-3)

Listen to the sentences and write the words you heai hear. Are the sentences true for you? Choose yes or no.

Share your answers with the

class,

adding information

if

you

like.

1

Track 4

my homework

1.

I

2.

Before

I

went

to

bed

last night, I

already.

By

the time

I

5.

all

I

Before

4 CHAPTER

I

began

this class,

1

no

yes

no

the English verb tenses.

yes

no

yes

no

I

the English verb tenses.

all

yes

finish this chapter, I

several verb exercises. 4.

no

all

_

my homework. 3.

yes

.

Exercise 9. Warm-up. (Chart Answer the questions. 1

2.

3.

1-4)

What are you doing right now? How long have you been (doing it)? What were you doing last night at nine o'clock? What time did you stop

How

long had you been (doing

did you stop (doing

it)?

What

to be doing at nine o'clock

are

you going

to stop (doing it)?

Why? How

it)

(doing stopped? before you

Why

it)?

tomorrow night? What time are you going it) before you stop?

long will you have been (doing

1-4 The Perfect Progressive Tenses Form: have + been + -ing (present participle) Meaning: The perfect progressive tenses give the idea that one event is in progress immediately before, up another time or event. The tenses are used to express the duration of the first event.

Present Perfect Progressive

(a)

Tom has been studying for two

Event

hours.

When? Before now, up to now. How long? For two hours.

in

to,

until

progress: studying.

2 hrs.

Past Perfect Progressive

(b)

Tom had been studying for two

Event

hours before his friend came.

When? Before another event in How long? For two hours.

in

progress: studying. the past.

2 hrs.

Future Perfect Progressive

(c)

Tom

will have been studying for two hours by the time his friend arrives.

Event

in

progress: studying.

When? Before another event in How long? For two hours.

the future.

2 hrs.

j

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Chart Complete the sentences with your own words. 1

.

I'm in (time).

class right

Right

now.

now

I

arrived in class today

the time

had been

I

3.

By

and

is

sat .

down

at

That means

that

I

have been

sitting

minutes.

in this seat for

2.

1-4)

sitting here for

the time class finishes at

.

.,

minutes before I

will

class started.

have been sitting here

for

minutes.

Overview

of

Verb Tenses

5

Summary Chart of Verb Tenses

1-5

Simple Present

Present Progressive

xxxxxxxxxxx Tom studies every

Tom

day.

Simple Past

Tom studied last

is

studying

right

now.

Past Progressive

Tom was studying when

night.

Simple Future

Future Progressive

Tom Tom

Tom Tom

J

study tomorrow. going to study tomorrow.

will is

they came.

be studying when they come. going to be studying when they come.

will is

Exercise 11. Looking at grammar. (Charts i-i-> 1-6) Complete the sentences with a form of study and any words in parentheses. Then compare your completions with the sentences in Chart

Tom

is

a student.

2.

Tom

is

at his desk.

3.

Tom

had some homework

4.

Tom

began studying

1

.

at his last

night

5.

Tom

6.

Tom 7:30.

6 CHAPTER

1

desk

when

when

He

1-5.

studies

every day.

He

at

_ right

now.

to do, so he

7:00

last night.

last night.

His friends came over around 7:30.

Tom was

still

they arrived. In other words, Tom

his friends

came

over.

tomorrow. is

going to begin studying

Tom

at

7:00 tomorrow. His friends are going to

when

they arrive.

come

over at

K

Present Perfect Progressive

Present Perfect

—

X

*

Tom has already studied Chapter

Tom has been studying for two

1

X

began studying Chapter

1

Tom had been studying tor two

before he

friends

2.

Future Perfect

already

7.

Tom

X-

Tom

2.

He

have been studying for two hours by the roommate gets home.

will

time his

studying Chapter

(already)

1.

Last week Tom finished studying Chapter

1.

This week he's studying Chapter

Chapter

(already) 9.

Next week Tom

will finish

Chapters 4 and

5.

1

Today Tom began studying

at 8:00.

for 11.

Yesterday Tom began studying

Now it is

It's

8:00.

Tom

Tom's roommate

2.

started 5,

He

Chapter

2.

he (already)

4.

10:00.

Tom

friends

came over

two hours. at 8:00.

Tom's

friends came, Tom 12.

when he

Before Tom studies Chapter

Chapter 10.

¥-

*

5.

Chapter 8.

—

have studied Chapter 4 before

is

hours before his

came.

Future Perfect Progressive

*

he studies Chapter

*

X

¥r

Tom had already studied Chapter

iv///

hours.

Past Perfect Progressive

Past Perfect

Tom

tt

for

gets

home

at 10:00.

By

at 10:00.

two hours.

the time Tom's for

Before his

roommate

gets

home,

two hours.

Overview

of

Verb Tenses

7

.

Exercise 12. Let's talk. (Charts In the following dialogues, many of the 1

meanings of the

class, discuss the

>

1

5)

l

verbs are in italics* In pairs, in small groups, or as a

italicized verbs.

What

information do the verb tenses

provide? 1

A:

What

B:

I

do

->

2.

3.

4.

5.

do you do in the evening?

my homework and

watch a

TV.

little

The speakers are talking about daily

A:

What

B:

I

A: B:

What are you doing} I am working on English grammar.

A:

I

called

B:

I

was home, but

A:

Have you

did

you do

habits.

last night?

watched a movie on television.

you

last

night around 9:00, but no one answered. I

was

studying.

I

always turn

my phone

Where were you?

off when

I

want

to study.

ever seen a comet?

B: I've seen shooting stars, but I've never seen a comet. 6.

A: Have you talked to Mrs. B:

7.

I will talk

A: Let's meet at the park after work today. I will be sitting on Avenue entrance. Look

B: Okay.

8.

9.

Chang yet?

to her after lunch.

A:

How long have you

B:

About ten minutes.

A: Did you B: Yes.

I

like

a

bench near the Forest

for

me

there.

been working

on

this

grammar

exercise?

the food at Paul's Cafe?

had never

eaten there before.

Thanks

for the

recommendation.

Exercise 13. Let's talk. (Charts l-i -> 1-5) Answer the questions in complete sentences. If you work in pairs, alternate asking and answering the sets of questions. You may want to take notes and later share a few of the answers with the rest of the class. If you work in small groups, select a leader who will ask the questions and responses to each. You may wish to rotate the role of leader. If you work as a class, close your book and answer the teacher's questions. 1.

What did you do last week? What had you done before that?

a.

b. 3.

What What What

a.

b. c.

'Words

6

will will will

you do next week? you be doing at this time next week? you have done by this time next year?

that are "italicized" or "in italics" have slanted print.

CHAPTER

two or three

What do you do every day? What are you doing now?

a.

b.

2.

elicit

1

Regular print looks

like this.

Italic print looks like this.

.

4.

a.

b. 5.

6.

What were you doing at this time yesterday? What will you be doing at this time tomorrow?

b.

What have you done since you got up this morning? What are you doing right now? How long have you been doing

a.

What were you doing

a.

before you walked into the classroom today?

How long had you been b.

What

that?

doing that?

you be doing before our teacher walks into the classroom tomorrow? you have been doing that?

will

long will

How

Exercise 14. What do I already know? (Appendix Charts b-i, b-z and d-1) This exercise covers question and negative verb forms you will use in the following chapters. Check your understanding of these forms by correcting the errors in these sentences.* Does Pedro walks

2.

What you

3.

Did you

4.

My friend doesn't liking her apartment.

5.

Do

6.

What

7.

How long have you

8.

Ali won't to be in class tomorrow.

Track

will

to

are talking about?

finished your work?

you are working

for this

time your plane did

Exercise 15. A- You

^®

work every morning?

1

many

arrive?

are living in this city?

Warm-up:

be using

it

company?

listening. (Chart 1-6)

verbs in their -ing and -ed forms in the following chapters.

Use

this

pretest to check your spelling. 5

Example: You

You

will hear: will write:

Listened.

We

listened to music. Listened.

\\eter\ed

1.

6.

2.

7.

3.

8.

4.

9.

5.

10.

*For information about forming questions and negatives, see these self-study charts in the Appendix: B-l (Forms of Yes/No and Information Questions), B-2 (Question Words), and D-1 (Using Not and Other Negative Words).

Overview

of

Verb Tenses

9

1-6 Spelling of -ing and -ed Forms ( 1)

VERBS THAT END IX A COXSOXAXT

AND

(a)

-e

hope

hoping

hoped

-ing form:

date

dating

dated

-e and add -ing*

injure

injuring

injured

-ed form:

and

(2)

VERBS THAT EXD IX A VOWEL AXD A COXSOXAXT

the word ends

If

If

-e, just

the word ends

add

drop the

in -e,

in

a consonant

-d.

OXE-SYLLABLE VERBS (b)

(c)

stopping robbing

stop rob

stopped robbed

rain

raining

rained

fool

fooling

fooled

1

vowel -» 2 consonants**

2 vowels -»

1

consonant

TWO-SYLLABLE VERBS (d)

(e)

(3)

VERBS THAT EXD EN

(f)

TWO

COXSOXAXTS (4)

VERBS THAT EXD

(g)

m-y (h)

(5)

VERBS THAT EXD

(i)

rx -ie

listen

listening

listened

offer

offering

offered

begin

beginning

(began)

prefer

preferring

preferred

1st syllable stressed ->

2nd

syllable stressed -* 2

the word ends

start

starting

started

If

fold

folding

folded

the ending.

demand

demanding

demanded

enjoy pray

enjoying

enjoyed prayed

the

praying

If

1

-y

is

consonant

consonants

two consonants,

in

preceded by a vowel, keep

-y.

study

studying

studied

If

try

trying

tried

-ing form:

reply

replying

replied

preceded by a consonant: keep the -y; add -ing. -ed form: change -y to -/'; add -ed.

die

dying

died

-ing form:

lie

lying

lied

-ed form:

*Exception: If a verb ends in -ee, the final -e

is

not dropped:

"Exception: -to and -x are not doubled: plow

->

plowed; fix -> fixed.

-y

is

Change Add -d.

-ie to -y;

add

-ing.

seeing, agreeing, freeing.

Exercise 16. Looking at spelling. (Chart 1-6) Write the correct forms of the given verbs. Part

I.

Write the -ing form of these verbs in the correct columns.

/date

grade

stay

dine

happen

stop

enjoy

put

win

Drop

the -e.

dating

10 CHAPTER

1

Double the consonant.

just

Just

add -ing.

add

1

.

Part

Write the -ed form of these verbs in the correct columns.

II.

/answer control

Do

listen

open

plan

offer

permit

prefer

Double the consonant.

not double the consonant.

anewered

Exercise 17. Looking at spelling. (Chart

1-6)

Practice spelling verb forms.

Part

I.

Write the correct -ing form of the given verbs.

1.

hold

2.

holding

7.

eat

hide

8.

pat

3.

run

9.

lie

4.

ruin

10.

begin

5.

come

1 1

earn

6.

write

12.

fly

Part

II.

1.

boil

2.

plan

3.

rain

4.

tape

5.

tap

6.

enter

7.

prefer

8.

translate

9.

die

10.

Write the correct -ing and -ed forms of the given verbs. boiling, boiled

employ

Overview

of

Verb Tenses

1

..

^

1 1

bury

12.

admit

13.

visit

14.

wait

Exercise 18. Listening. (Chart

1-6)

Listen to the sentences and write the words vou hear.

CO CD

'

Track 6

Example: You

You

J

will hear: will write:

We We

weekend.

are visiting familv this

are visiting

family this weekend.

1

We

an apartment in the

2.

We

to rent

3.

The earthquake

4.

Our

5.

We

6.

I

a short trip this

7.

I

a

8.

Right

9.

I'm done.

and see how we

life.

their grandparents.

a

little

weight on our vacation.

summer.

few weeks off from work. to several emails.

I

I

liked city

the town.

children

now

city.

to

all

of them.

Exercise 19. Let's talk and write. (Chapter one or more of these activities.

i)

Do

Activities: 1.

Interview a classmate outside of class and write a story of his/her

2.

Interview a native speaker of English and write a story of his/her

3.

With

a classmate, take a trip to a particular place, such as a

restaurant. Write a report of your trip, or give 4.

an

life.

life.

museum,

oral report to

a park, or a

your classmates.

Write a brief paragraph about yourself, telling who you are, what you have done in the past two years, and what your plans are for the next two years. Then exchange papers with a classmate. Read your classmate's paragraph and ask questions if you need more information or clarification. Next, join two other students to form a group of four. Tell the others in the group about your classmate. Use the information from the paragraph he/she wrote.

12 CHAPTER

1

.

2

Chapter

and Past; Simple and Progressive Present

j

Exercise

1

.

What do already know? I

(Chapter

2)

Correct the errors in verb forms.

do -am- not agree with your opinion.

1.

I

2.

I'm not knowing Sam's

3.

My roommate usually watch television, listen to music, or going out in the evening.

4.

When

5.

Air

6.

The

7.

Right

8.

While I'm driving home

9.

A:

What you

B:

I

I

wife.

turned the key, the car was starting.

consisting of oxygen, nitrogen,

is

children drawed

now

some

and other

pictures in school this morning.

Sally in the kitchen eating breakfast.

last night, I

heared

I.

a strange noise in the engine.

are talking about?

talking about the political situation in

Exercise 2. Warm-up. (Charts 2-1 and Work individually and then as a class. Part

gases.

Read each sentence and

my

country.

2-2)

circle yes or no.

If the

information

1

I

read a newspaper every day.

yes

no

2.

I

am

yes

no

3.

The sun

yes

no

Part 4. 5. 6.

II.

sitting

next to someone from Asia.

revolves

Answer the

Which sentence Which sentence Which sentence

around the

earth.

is

not true, restate

it.

questions.

discusses a general truth? talks

about a daily habit?

talks

about something that

is

happening right now?

13

2-1 Simple Present (a)

Water consists

of

hydrogen and

oxygen. (b)

xxxxx:[xxxxx

(c)

The simple present says that something was true in the past, the present, and

The average person breathes

in

21,600 times a day.

future.

The world

(d)

I

(e)

I

get up

of fact

is round.

seven every morning.

at

always eat a salad

It

is

true

be true in the expresses general statements will

and general

truths.

The simple present

is

used

to

express

habitual or everyday activities.

for lunch.

2-2 Present Progressive (f

)

The students are

sitting at their

The present progressive expresses an

rv.

desks

JS oa

u

rS

C

as

(g)

v —4 3A

' i

activity that is in

need an umbrella because

moment

it

'

/

O X. -^_

(h)

I

am

taking

five

courses

end

semester.

Exercise 3. Let's talk. (Charts Work in small groups.

2-1

and

began

in

the past,

continuing at present, and

this

•

%

*w.

progress at the It is a temporary

of speaking.

activity that

/

*\

Part

now.

is raining.

1 ]

I

right

at

some

will

is

probably

point in the future.

2-2)

Discuss the given topics. Each member of the group should contribute one sentence Share some of your sentences with the class.

I.

for each topic. Topics:

your group one daily habit you have.

Tell

Look around

the room. Describe one activity that

Describe something that

Use

Part

II.

vour

own

is

happening

the simple present to

verbs or those in the

in the

make

is

happening

right now.

world right now.

generalizations about

some of the given

list.

beat

consist

eat

make

breathe

contain

have

produce

sleep

cause

drink

live

revolve

use

Topics:

the earth

snowflakes

air

the average person

the

I

hybrid cars*

trees

human

heart

mammals snowflakes

'hybrid cars

=

14 CHAPTER

2

cars that use both gasoline

and

electricity for

power.

save

topics.

Use

5

.

Exercise 4. Looking at

grammar.

(Charts 2-1

and

2 2)

Complete the sentences with the simple present or the present progressive form of the verbs in parentheses.

come

1

Kristin can't

2.

Kristin {wash)

3.

Tony he

{sit,

waeh'ma

her hair.

so.

row during

class,

but today

in the last row.

{sit)

5.

{you, lock, always)

you

\e

in the front

usually)

Please be quiet.

I

phone because she {wash)

her hair every other day or

4.

6.

to the

to concentrate.

I {try)

the door to your apartment

when

leave?

wrote to

my friend

last

week. She hasn't answered

my letter yet.

I {wait, still)

for a reply.

7.

After six days of rain, I'm glad that the sun {shine)

8.

Every morning, the sun

today.

in

{shine)

me

{wake)

Exercise 5. Listening. (Charts

2-1

CD Track

and

up.

and

2-2)

Listen to the sentences. Circle the correct completion (s).

may be

my bedroom window

More than one completion

possible.

1

7

summer

1.

right now.

every day.

in the

2.

today.

in the winter.

every April.

3.

every year.

right now.

this

4.

right now.

today.

every winter.

5.

every summer.

right now.

in the spring.

6.

this

every January.

every winter.

week.

week.

Exercise 6. Let's talk: class activity. (Charts

2-1 and 2 2) an action that a classmate can demonstrate (e.g., stand up, smile, open the door, sneeze, write on the board). Give your paper to the teacher, who will redistribute the papers at random to the class. Everyone will take turns performing these actions for the entire class. Describe the actions using the present progressive.

On

a piece of paper, write

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

1

.

Exercise 7. Warm-up. (Chart Choose the correct completions.

The chef is

1

in his kitchen right

cooks

a.

He

2.

3.

now. He cooking

b.

is

b.

is

tasting

b.

is

tasting

b.

isn't liking

-

some soup.

a.

tastes

a.

tastes

too

It

He

4.

2-3)

salty.

it.

doesn't like

a.

2-3 Non-Progressive Verbs know your cousin.

(a)

I

(b)

incorrect:

I

am know ng

your cousin.

i

Some

verbs,

rarely

used

like

in

know, are non-progressive;*

i.e.,

they are

progressive tenses. They describe states, not

actions. ("States" are conditions or situations that exist.)

Common Verbs That Are Usually Non-Progressive know

like

dislike

believe

appreciate

fear

belong possess

doubt recognize

care about please

hate

own

remember

prefer

(like

know)

consist of

hear

agree

contain

sound

disagree

exist

seem

promise

matter

look

amaze

mean

mind desire

need want

suppose understand

like

resemble

surprise

wish

(c)

I

(d)

I

think that your cousin

'm thinking about

my

is

very nice.

trip to

Some verbs, like think, have both non-progressive meanings and progressive meanings.

Rome. In (c):

think

In (d):

am

mind

means

thinking

"believe."

means

"thoughts are going around

Common Verbs with Both Non-Progressive and Progressive Meanings NON-PROGRESSIVE It

Jack appears to be

think feel

have

see taste

smell love

be

I

think that Mr. Liu

(like think)

PROGRESSIVE

looks cold outside.

look

appear

my

in

right now."

Olga

tired today.

is

a good teacher.

feel that Mr. Liu is a good teacher. have a bicycle. Do you see that bird? The soup tastes salty. Something smells bad. What is it? Ken loves his baby daughter. Mary is old and wise. I

I

is

looking out the window.

She *s appearing on a TV show I

I

today.

m thinking about my family right now. m feeling a tired today. little

having a good time. The doctor is seeing a patient right now. The chef is tasting the soup. Ann is smelling the perfume to see she wants to buy Ken is enjoying parenthood. In fact, he's loving Al is but won't see a doctor. He is being foolish.** 1

777

if

it.

it!

ill

*N'on-progrcssive verbs are also called "stative verbs" or non-action verbs.

**Amlislare being + an that way.

J

6 CHAPTER

2

adjective describes

temporary behavior. In the example, Al

is

usually not foolish, but right

now he

is

acting

7

.

Exercise 8. Let's talk. (Chart 2 3) Discuss the differences in meaning of the pairs, in small groups, or as a class. 1

2.

a.

These flowers

b.

James

a.

I

b. I

3.

4.

5.

is

am

7.

is

thinking about this exercise. a butterfly.

Do

you

I see

b.

Alex

c.

Jack and

a.

Astrid looks cold.

b.

Tina

a.

Sue

b.

The

c.

I'm not feeling well today.

is

is

is

Ann

are seeing

I'll

see

about

seeing a doctor

my

coat,

window. She sees

a butterfly.

feeling the cat's fur.

cat's fur feels soft.

it is

remember

I

b.

Aunt Sara is

important to respect other people's opinions.

my is

first

teacher.

Do you remember yours?

looking through an old picture album.

remembering the wonderful days of her childhood.

a.

The

children want a snack.

b.

Like

many

play.

They're playing right

b.

too?

his headaches.

lend her

looking out the

a.

a.

it

each other. They go out together every weekend.

kids,

They 're hungry,

our children are often quite noisy

They're being awfully quiet. 8.

in

kind man.

a

a.

She

Work

smelling the flowers.

d. I feel that

6.

verbs in each group of sentences.

smell good,

Roberto

think

italicized

Our son is appearing in The grocer is weighing

now in the next room. What do you suppose

when

they

Hmmm. they're doing?

a school play this week,

the bananas.

He

appears to be busy.

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

1

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Chart Choose the correct completions. 1

.

This

isn't

(a?)

2.

belonging

He

is

it.

having

over there.

Ahmed

b. is

holding

it.

She's smiling and dancing. She

at Olga.

Relax.

b. is

You don't have

to

believe

a.

6.

is

has

a.

5.

b.

holds

Look

is

your notebook.

for

Your notebook

to Mai.

It

b.

has

a.

4.

belongs

Ask Ahmed a.

3.

my notebook.

2-3)

me any more am believing

about

you.

I

it.

Dinosaurs became extinct a long time ago. They don't exist

a.

anymore.

aren't existing

b.

-

grammar.

Exercise 10. Looking at Complete the sentences. Use

good time.

having

tell

b.

a

(Charts 2-1 2 3) the simple present or the present progressive of the verbs

in parentheses. 1.

Look.

\e

It (begin)

beginning

to rain. Unfortunately,

my umbrella an umbrella. Spiro

is

lucky.

He

Right

now Martha

is

I

{have, not*)

(own, not) a raincoat. I (wear)

(wear)

a waterproof hat

2.

with me.

I

on rainy

days.

in the science building.

The chemistry experiment is

she (do)

dangerous, so she

(be)

very careful. She (want, not)

any of the

to spill acid.

She

(be,

always) careful

when

she does a chemistry experiment.

*A form

ot

do

is

usually used in the negative

in British English (BrEj: /

18

CHAPTER 2

don

V

have a

car.

when

the

main verb

is

have, especially

Using have without a form of do

is

in

American English (AmE) but

also possible but less

common:

/

also

haven

V

commonly a

car.

9

3.

Right

now

angry.

I

I

4.

A:

How No,

the soup?

like)

my 5.

A:

face.

{it,

need)

garlic?

me

delicious. It {remind)

{taste)

it

frown on her

any fun right now.

more B:

a

{have, not)

{you,

{look)

matter. She {have)

wonder what's the

She certainly

She

at Nicole.

{look)

of

grandmother's soup.

What

B: You!

{you, look)

You

at?

your

like

{look)

A: {you, think)

_

father.

Many people

so?

tell

me

{resemble)

I

my mother. B:

6.

your father's face when

I {see)

Right

now

I

look at you.

around the classroom. Yoko

I {look)

{write)

in her book. Carlos {bite)

Wan-Ning

his head. Ali {stare)

{scratch)

out the window.

He

{seem)

to

Ali {do)

W

Go

be daydreaming, but perhaps he

hard about verb tenses.

{think)

Exercise

his pencil.

1 1

.

_

What

{you, think)

?

bl

Let's write. (Charts

2-1

>2

3)

where there are many people (such as a zoo, a hotel lobby, a street corner) or imagine yourself to be there. Describe what you see. Let your reader "see" what you see by drawing a picture in words. Use present tenses. Write one paragraph. Begin with a description of what you are doing: am sitting on a bench at the zoo. to a place

/

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

1

2-4 Regular and Irregular Verbs Regular Verbs: The simple past and past participle end in

-ed.

English verbs have four principal parts:

FORM

SIMPLE

PRESENT PARTICIPLE

PAST PARTICIPLE

SIMPLE PAST

hope

hoped

hoped

stop

stopped

stopped

hoping stopping

listen

listened

listened

listening

study

studied

studied

studying

start

started

started

starting

Irregular Verbs:

The simple past and past participle do not end

in -ed.

(1)

simple form

(2)

simple past

(3)

past participle

(4)

present participle

Some

verbs have

irregular past forms.

SIMPLE

FORM

hit

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

PRESENT PARTICIPLE

hit

hit

hitting

find

found

found

finding

swim

swam

swum

swimming

break

broke

broken

breaking

Most

of the irregular

verbs

in

English are

given

in

the

alphabetical

list

on

the inside front and

back covers.

2-5 Irregular Verb List Group SIMPLE

1:

All three

FORM

forms are the same.

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

SIMPLE

FORM

SIMPLE PAST

PAST PARTICIPLE

bet

bet

bet

let

let

let

burst

burst

burst

put

put

put

cost

cost

cost

quit

quit

quit

cut

cut

cut

shut

shut

shut

fit

fit/fitted

fit/fitted

split

split

split

hit

hit

hit

spread

spread

hurt

hurt

hurt

upset

upset

spread upset

Group

2:

Past participle ends in -en. »

awake

awoke

awoken

hide

hid

bite

bit

bitten

prove

hidden proven/proved

break

broke

broken

ride

proved rode

choose

chose

chosen

rise

rose

risen

drive

drove

driven

shook spoke

shaken spoken stolen

ridden

eat

ate

eaten

shake speak

fall

fell

fallen

steal

stole

forget

forgot

forgotten

swell

swelled

swollen/swelled

forgive

forgave

forgiven

take

took

taken

freeze

froze

frozen

wake

woke/waked

woken

get

got

gotten/got*

write

wrote

written

give

gave

given

* In

BrE:

Group

get-goi-got.

3:

Vowel changes from a in the simple past to u in the past

participl*

:*

begin

began

begun

shrink

shrank

shrunk

drink

drunk rung

sing

ring

drank rang

sink

sang sank

sung sunk

run

ran

run

swim

swam

swum

20 CHAPTER

2

Group

4:

Past tense and past participle forms are the same.

bend

bent

bent

mislay

mislaid

mislaid

bleed

bled

bled

pay

paid

paid

bring

brought

brought

read

read

read

build

built

built

say

said

said

burn

burnt

burnt

seek

sought

sought

buy

bought caught

sell

sold

sold

catch

bought caught

send

sent

sent

dig

dug

dug

shoot

shot

shot

feed

fed

fed

sit

sat

sat

feel

felt

felt

sleep

slept

slept

fight

fought

fought

slide

slid

slid

find

found

found

flee

fled

fled

grind

ground hung had heard

spin

snuck/sneaked sped/speeded spent spun

snuck/sneaked sped/speeded spent spun

stand

stood

hear

ground hung had heard

sneak speed spend

stick

stuck

stood stuck

hold

held

held

sting

stung

stung

keep

kept

kept

strike

struck

struck

lay

laid

laid

sweep

swept

swept

lead

led

led

swung

swung

leave

left

left

swing teach

taught

taught

lend

lent

lent

tell

told

told

light

lit/lighted

lit/lighted

think

lose

lost

lost

understand

thought understood

thought understood

make mean

made

made

weep

wept

wept

meant met

meant met

win

won

won

hang have

meet

Group

5:

Past participle adds -n to the simp] e form, with or without a spelling change.

blow

blew

blown

did

swore

seen sworn

drew

done drawn

see swear

saw

do draw

tear

tore

torn

fly

flew

flown

throw

threw

thrown

grow

grew

grown

wear

wore

worn

know

knew

known

withdraw

withdrew

withdrawn

lie

lay

lain

Group

6:

The

first

and third forms are the sa me.

become come

became came

become come

run

ran

run

Group

7:

of the three forms

was, were

be go

Group

One

went 8:

is

very diffe rent.

been gone

Both regular and irregular forms a re used. (The regular form is more common in AmE, and the irregular form is more common in BrE.) •

burn

burned/burnt

burned/burnt

learn

learned/ learnt

dream

dreamed/dreamt

dreamed/dreamt

smell

smelled/smelt

learned /learnt smelled/smelt

kneel

kneeled/knelt leaned /leant

kneeled/knelt

spill

spilled/spilt

spilled/spilt

leaned/leant

spoil

spoiled/spoilt

spoiled/spoilt

lean

Note: See the

inside front

less frequently.

Also included are definitions of the lesser-known verbs.

and back covers

for

an alphabetical

list

of these verbs as well as

Present

and

some

Past;

additional irregular verbs that occur

Simple and Progressive

21

..

_j

^ &$ Track 8

Exercise

2. Listening. (Charts 2-4

1

and

2-5)

Listen to the questions. Complete each answer with the correct form of the verb you hear. note: Exercises 12 through 19 are quick reviews of the simple past of irregular verbs. Which irregular verbs are easy for you?

Which ones

are

more troublesome? Which ones don't you

know? Make

a note of the verbs that are difficult for

Example: You

will hear:

You

Situation

1

:

Did Sara go

to class yesterday?

went

will write: Yes, she

Sara

is

a lazy student.

you and review them.

to class yesterday.

She doesn't care about studying. She was

at

school

yesterday. 1

Yes, she

her notebook.

2.

Yes, she

her homework.

3.

Yes, she

a lot of mistakes

4.

Yes, she

several

5

Yes, she

another student's

Situation

2:

Jim

is

a serious student.

words

on the writing

incorrectly.

homework

He

loves to learn.

6.

Yes, he

his

homework.

7.

Yes, he

the

homework.

8.

Yes,

he

his

homework

9.

Yes,

he

a

10.

Yes, he

Situation

3:

Ms. Brooks

is

a

the answers

good English

to copy.

He was

at

school yesterday.

to class.

good grade on the

all

test.

test.

on the

test.

teacher. She's also friendly.

on time.

1.

Yes, she

class

12.

Yes, she

clearly.

13.

Yes, she

a fair test.

14.

Yes, she

extra time helping her students.

15.

Yes, she

her students jokes.

6.

Yes, she

her students a song.

17.

Yes, she

with her students.

1

1

22 CHAPTER

2

She taught yesterday.

. .

Exercise 13. Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts 2-4 and 2-5) Work with a partner. Partner A asks the questions. Partner B answers

the questions with Yes

and a complete sentence. NOTE: Although a short answer is usually given to (Did you sit down? Yes, I did.), practice the long answer in these exercises.

a yes/no question

Situation: Imagine that you came to class today with a big bandage on your You were thinking of buying a parrot, but it bit you.

finger.

You were

in a pet store yesterday.

Example:

Partner A Partner B

(book open)

:

Did you go somewhere?

(book closed): Yes,

I

went somewhere, or Yes, Change

1.

2. 3.

4. 5.

Did Did Did Did Did

a pet store?

6.

Exercise 14. Listening. (Charts 2-4 and

I

went somewhere.

roles.

Did 7. Did you buy a parrot? 8. Did you take it out of its cage? /On 9. Did you have some trouble with it? it bite you? /r)w ^- Did you find

I did.

you

leave the pet store?

you go you

to a doctor?

drive to the doctor's office?

she put a bandage on your finger?

you pay her?

2-5)

Listen to the questions. Complete each answer with the correct form of the verb you hear. CD

'

Situation:

A group

of friends was at the beach yesterday.

1

Yes, they

in the water.

2.

Yes, they

in the waves.

3.

Yes, they

down

4.

Yes, they

barefoot on the sand.

5.

Yes, they

in the sun.

6.

Yes, they

sunscreen.

7.

Yes, they

in the sand.

8.

Yes, they

giant sandcastles.

9.

Yes, they

their

10.

Yes, they

pictures in the sand.

1 1

Yes, they

their feet in the sand.

12.

Yes, they

songs.

13.

Yes,

14.

Yes, they

some bees

in the waves.

names

in the sand.

them. the sunset.

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

23

..

.

Exercise 15. Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts 2-4 and 2-5) Work with a partner. Partner A asks the questions. Partner B answers and

a

Situation: You

just

Example: Did you

Partner A Partner B

came back from

fly

back

(book open)

Greece.

last night?

Did you

:

a vacation in

(book closed): Yes,

I

fly

back

last night?

flew back last night.

Change 1

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7.

j

the questions with Yes

complete sentence.

Did Did Did Did Did Did Did

you have

a great trip?

you come back

8.

feeling rested?

9.

you meet many people?

10.

you hang out with*

1 1

you do a

lot

local people?

of tourist activities?

12.

you stand on the Acropolis? you spend time

in

13.

museums?

14.

Exercise 16. Listening. (Charts 2-4 and

roles.

Did you buy some Greek sandals? Did you speak a little Greek? Did you eat in typical Greek restaurants?

Did you get my emails? Did you bring me a present? Did you send me a postcard? Were you sad to leave Greece?

2-5)

Listen to the questions. Complete each answer with the correct form of the verb you hear. CD

Situation: Maria was sick yesterday. j j

'

Track 10

*

1

Yes, she

up

2.

Yes, she

a cold.

3.

Yes, her

4.

Yes, she

her temperature.

5.

Yes, she

a fever.

6.

Yes, she

bad.

7.

Yes, she

her pajamas on.

8.

Yes, she

on the couch.

9.

Yes, she

for several hours.

10.

Yes, she

about scary things.

1 1

Yes, she

some chicken

12.

Yes, she

to the doctor.

13.

Yes, she

some medicine.

14.

Yes, she

the instructions

head

hangout with - spend time with.

24 CHAPTER

2

sick.

.

soup.

on the

label.

..

1

.

Exercise Work with and

a

1

7. Let's talk:

a partner.

pairwork. (Charts 2-4 and 2

Partner

A

asks the questions.

Partner

5)

B answers

the questions with Yes

complete sentence, note: Use the appropriate pronoun (he/she)

in the questions.

Situation: You come to class very, very tired. You live with a noisy roommate and didn't get sleep, note: Tell your partner if you have a male or female roommate.

much

Example: Did you have a bad night? Did you have a bad night? Partner A (book open) :

Partner B

(book closed): Yes,

I

had

a

bad

night.

Change 1

2. 3.

Did your roommate wake you up a lot? Did you hear a lot of noise? Did your roommate's cell phone ring

8.

5. 6.

7.

Did Did Did Did

9.

10.

she/he fight with someone? she/he put on a

1 1

CD?

12.

she/he sing loudly?

13.

make

14.

she/he

breakfast at midnight?

Exercise 18. Listening. (Charts 2-4 and A-

@* CD Track

2-5)

More than one

possible.

1

1

A'

may be

completion

coffee beans

Did she/he feed the neighbor's cats? Did she/he sweep the floor afterwards? Did she/he know you were awake? Did she/he mean to wake you up? Did she/he upset you? Were you upset?

Listen to the beginning of each sentence. Circle the correct completion(s).

•

my

on some

1

happy.

good about

2.

two

about

3.

the car with gas?

sick?

okay?

4.

with colored pencils.

several faces.

for several hours.

5.

in the

some money.

the rain.

6.

a picture.

from the math

7.

my hand.

some

8.

the washing machine?

these jeans?

my shirt?

9.

at the

the actors.

when

very quickly.

in a

10.

CD

Did she/he grind some first?

many times? 4.

roles.

classes.

woods.

sad ending.

over the fence.

decision.

his wife.

ice.

at night.

some money from

class.

the bank.

was cooking.

rice.

the play finished.

sunny

spot.

Exercise 19. Listening. (Charts 2 4 and 2-5) J. Anna had a bad experience last night. Listen to her story with your book closed. Then open your book and listen to the statements. Circle "T" for true and "F" for false. Part

1

Track 12

1.

2. 3.

T T T

4.

F

5.

F

6.

T T T

F F

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

25

.

Part

Listen again. Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear.

II.

a terrible experience last night.

I

A thief

what happened! while

was

I

asleep.

into

There

You won't

my

apartment

was, just sleeping peacefully

I

someone

believe

when

the glass in the sliding door! 3

me

The sound

up.

I

4

the sliding door open, so called the police.

D

reached for the phone by the bed and

I

My voice

as I told the

operator there was an intruder in in

I

my home.

mv bedroom

closet while the thief was sneaking

around

mv

Soon

office.

7

sirens as the police

I

the closet door,

the thief as he

I

outside with

n

10

The

police

car that

my building. From

to

jumped out of their

was waiting

for him.

The

cars

and followed the

thief,

my

the crack in

computer.

but he managed to get away in a

back

police

in their cars

and drove

after

12

him. Later

I

the thief a few miles from

learned that they

my building.

13

really frightened

I

by

all this.

me,

It really

14

can imagine.

J

Exercise 20.

^-

&9 CD

I

as

you

15

think

I'll

stay at

Warm-up:

my

sister's

house tonight.

listening. (Chart 2-6) if the verb endings have the same sound or a different

Listen to each pair of verbs. Decide

sound. 1

Track 13

Examples: You will hear:

You

will

You You

will hear: will

choose:

choose:

talked, /

pushed

samel

different

rented, called

same

^different"

1

same

different

4.

same

different

7.

same

different

2.

same

different

5.

same

different

8.

same

different

3.

same

different

6.

same

different

9.

same

different

26 CHAPTER

2

2-6 Regular Verbs: Pronunciation of -ed Endings Final -ed has three different pronunciations: IV, 161, and /ad/. The schwa /a/ pronounced like a in alone in normal, rapid speech (e.g., She lives alone.).

(a)

(b)

(c)

-ed

pronounced IV

looked clapped missed

-»

look/t/

Final

-

clap/t/

Voiceless sounds are

-»

miss/t/

comes from your throat.

is

an unstressed vowel sound.

is

after voiceless

made

by pushing

It

is

sounds.

air

through your mouth; no sound

watched

-»

watch/t/

finished

-»

finish/t/

laughed

-»

laugh/t/

smelled

->

smell/d/

Final

saved cleaned robbed

-»

save/d/

->

clean/d/

Voiced sounds come from your throat. If you touch your neck when you make a voiced sound, you can feel your voice box vibrate.

->

rob/d/

played

-*

play/d/

decided

-»

decide/ad/

needed wanted

-*

need /ad/

-»

want/ad/

invited

-*

invite/ad/

Examples

-ed

of voiceless

is

Examples

sounds:

pronounced

/d/ after

sounds:

of voiced

"k," "p," "s," "ch,"

"sh ,"

"f."

voiced sounds.

"1," "v,"

"n," "b,"

Final -ed is pronounced /ad/ after "t" and whole syllable to a word. = one syllable -> compare: looked

= one syllable needed = two syllables

smelled

and

"d"

all

vowel sounds.

sounds. The sound /ad/ adds a

look/t/

->

smell/d/

->

need/ad/

Exercise 21. Listening. (Chart 2-6) Listen to each word. Circle the pronunciation of the -ed ending you hear. CD

1

1.

Ixl

161

/ad/

4.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

7.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

2.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

5.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

8.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

3.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

6.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

9.

Ixl

Idl

/ad/

Track 14

Exercise 22. Listening /5

®* CD

and

pronunciation. (Chart

Listen to the sentences. Practice saying

them aloud. Write

2 6)

the pronunciations of the

-ed

endings you hear. 1

Track 15

1.

Olga blinked

2.

Mrs. Olsen the carpet,

It I,

yawned

mopped

The meeting

4.

My friend jumped

5.

The

6.

When

started

/,

/

and dusted

3.

when

/

/

/

/

/

the kitchen floor, /

/

/

and stretched

/

/.

vacuumed

/

/

the furniture.

late

and ended

/

up and down and

/

yelled

early.

/

/

she got the news.

airplane departed I

asked

/

/

/

/

at six

and landed

the doctor about

/

/

at eight.

some medication, he suggested

Present

and

Past;

/

/

a

new

one.

Simple and Progressive

27

Exercise 23. Let's talk: small groups. (Chart 2-6) Work in small groups. Take turns choosing a verb from the

list in any order you wish. Say the simple past. Your classmates will write that word in the correct column.

accept

complain

miss

push

thank

believe

die

need

rain

work

chase

fix

play

request

worry

N

J

Exercise 24. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chart Practice pronouncing the

Part

I.

Check (/)

combed my

2-6)

-ed endings.

the activities you did yesterday. Tell your partner about them.

all

hair

washed

teeth

typed an email

translated

cooked breakfast

worked on

added some numbers

waited for a bus

exercised

walked to school

talked

brushed

Part

/3d/

Id/

II.

my

Choose four

Exercise 25.

to six activities

Warm-up.

Write the complete sentence

a

computer

cleaned

on the phone

and

some words

my room

listened to

your partner talked about. Tell the

(Charts 2-7 (a.

surfed the internet

clothes

class

music

about them.

2-8)

or b.) that correctly describes each scene.

a.

Rita was standing under a tree

b.

Rita stood under a tree

when

it

when

it

began

began

to rain.

to rain.

'.

'

I

, |

*>

1st:

S
She was standing at a sink. She turned on the faucet. Then she picked up some soap. While she was washing her hands, the soap slipped out of her hands and dropped to the floor. She bent over to pick it up. Then she finished washing her hands and turned off the faucet. At the end, she wiped her hands on a towel.

pantomime subjects: opening a door with a key

reading a newspaper while drinking a cup of coffee

taking a picture with a camera

being unable to

Possible

start a car; looking

under the hood

Let's write. (Charts 2-7 and 2-8) more of your classmates' pantomimes. Give a title to the pantomime and identify the pantomimist. Use a few time words to show the order in which the actions were performed: first, next, then, after that, before, when, while, etc.

Exercise 31

.

In writing, describe one or

Exercise 32. Let's write. (Charts

2-1 -> 2-8)

First, write about your first day or two in this country or city. Use past tense verbs. What did you do? What did you think? What did you see? Who did you meet? Did you have any interesting experiences? How did you feel about this place? Second, write about how you feel about this place now. In what ways are your present periences here different from your earlier experiences?

32

(

.APTER2

.

Exercise 33. Warm-up. (Chart 2 9) Check (/) the sentences that are correct. What do you

notice about the use of

always with

verb tenses in these sentences?

Nadia is always talking on the phone when I'm trying Frank always studies in the library after school. My friends always do their homework together. Our math teacher is always giving us surprise quizzes.

1

2. 3.

4.

to study.

2-9 Using Progressive Verbs with Always (a)

Mary always leaves

for

sentences referring to present time, usually the simple is used with always to describe habitual or everyday activities, as in (a).

school at 7:45.

In

present

(b)

Mary

is

floor for

always leaving her

me

to pick up!

Who

dirty

socks on the

does she

think

1

In

am?

special circumstances, a speaker

may use

the present

progressive with always to express annoyance, as

in (b).

Her maid?

(c)

1

am

always/ forever/ constantly picking up

Mary's

3

In

addition to always, the

words forever and constantly

are used with progressive verbs to express annoyance.

dirty socks!

Exercise 34. Let's talk. (Chart 2 9) Your roommate, Jack, has many bad habits. These bad habits annoy you. Pretend you are speaking to a friend and complaining about Jack. Use the present progressive of a verb in Column A and complete the sentence with a phrase from Column B. Use always, constantly, or forever in each sentence. Say your sentence aloud with annoyance in your voice. Example: He's always messing up the kitchen!

Column A 1.

mess up

2.

leave

Column B

/

a.

about himself

b.

the kitchen

my

3.

borrow

c.

4.

try

d.

to give

5.

e.

his dirty dishes

6.

brag crack

f.

to

7.

forget

g.

his knuckles while

clothes without asking

me

me my phone

show me

messages on the table

he's smarter than

me*

I'm trying to study

Exercise 35. In your own words. (Chart 2-9) Complete the sentences with your own words.

know

can stand Sue as

A:

I

B:

Oh? What's wrong?

don't

if I

a

roommate one more

day.

She's driving

me

crazy.

A: Well, for one thing she's always

*In formal English, a subject pronoun follows than: He's older than I (am).

In everyday informal English, an object

pronoun

is

frequently used after than: He's older than me.

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

33

..

B:

Really?

A:

And

B:

That must be

A:

It is.

not only

And

Can you B:

I

that.

She's forever

a hassle for you.

what's more, she's constantly

believe that?

think you're right.

And

she's always

You need

to find a

new roommate.

Exercise 36. Warm-up. (Chart 2-10) Read the two short dialogues. What do you notice about the word order?

How

is

the focus

different? 1

2.

A:

What was Hans doing when you

B:

He was

A:

Where was Hans when you

B:

He was

arrived?

reading a book in bed.

bed reading

in

arrived?

a book.

2-10 Using Expressions of Place with Progressive Verbs — What Kay doing? usual word order, an expression of place follows a verb. — She's studying in her room. studying + in her room = the focus on Kay's

(a)

In

is

In (a):

(b)

— Where's Kay? — She s in her room studying.

activity.

is

An expression the -ing verb In (b):

j

is

was +

can sometimes come between the auxiliary be and a progressive verb form.

of place

in

in

her room + studying = the focus

Exercise 37. Looking at grammar. (Chart 2-1 0) Work individually, in small groups, or as a class. Use the

is

on Kay's

location.

given verbs and expressions of place

complete the dialogues. Use usual word order if the focus is on an activity in progress. If the focus is on the person's location, put the expression of place between be and the -ing verb. to

1

listen to

music

\

in her

room

A: Where's Sally? 5he's

B:

2.

listen to

music

\

in

her room listening to music.

in the living

room

A: What's Soon doing? listening to

B: He's

watch

34

TV

\

in his

music

the

living

bedroom

A:

Where was Jim when you

B:

He was

1APTER 2

in

got

home?

room.

.

4.

5.

watch

TV \

in his

bedroom

A:

What was Jim doing when you

B:

He was

take a

nap

\

on the couch

got

home?

in the living

room

in the living

room

A: What's Kurt doing? B: He's

6.

take a nap

\

on the couch

A: Where's Kurt? B: He's

7.

attend a conference

A: Where's Ms.

\

in

Singapore

Chang

this

week?

B: She's

j

Check your knowledge.

Exercise 38.

(Chapter

2)

Correct the errors.

an important meal. I'm always eating breakfast.

1

Breakfast

2.

While

3.

Yuki staied

4.

My brother is looks like

5.

Jun, are you listen to

6.

While

7.

Did you spoke English before you were come here?

8.

Yesterday, while

room.

I

I

I

is

was working

in

my

home because

office yesterday,

I

am

I

am

was working

at

my

I

am

me.

resembling

my mother.

jump. She

I

was finding

a really interesting

Web

site.

computer, Shelley was suddenly coming into the

wasn't knowing she was there.

suddenly speak,

visit

talk to you!

was surfing the internet yesterday,

I

cousin stops by to

she catched a bad cold.

our father, but

me?

my

startle

I

was concentrate hard on

my work. When

she

me.

Present

and

Past;

Simple and Progressive

35

.

.

Chapter

3

Perfect and Perfect Progressive Tenses Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts 2-4 and 2-5) Partner A asks questions beginning with Partner B answers the questions with No, I haven't. I've never ....

Exercise Work with you ever.

1

.

a partner to review past participles.

Example: see a

Partner A Partner B

silent film

{book open)

:

{book closed):

1

buy

2.

break a window

3.

hide from the police

4.

teach English

Have you ever seen a silent film? No, I haven't. I've never seen a silent

film.

a boat

5.

make

6.

win

ice

cream

a contest

7.

ride an elephant

8.

fly

9.

an airplane

catch a butterfly

10.

leave your umbrella at a restaurant

1 1

dig a hole to plant a tree

12.

drive a school bus

13.

draw

a picture of yourself

Change

36

Have

roles.

14.

build a house

15.

forget your

16.

fall

17.

hold a poisonous snake

18.

steal

anything

19.

eat a

duck egg

20.

swing a baseball bat

own name

off a ladder

21

feed a lion

22.

split

23.

hit a baseball

24.

read a play by Shakespeare

25.

grow tomatoes from seed

26.

tear a page out of a library

wood

with an axe

book

.

ifjj

®* CD

1

Track 17

Exercise 2. Let's listen and talk. (Charts 1-6 and 2-4) You will hear a sentence and the beginning of a question. Complete the question with the past participle of the verb you heard in the first sentence. Have you ever done these things? Circle yes or no. Tell another student some of the things you have and haven't done. Example: You

You

will hear: will write:

I

took an English

Have you

test.

Have you ever

taken

ever

.

.

.

?

an English

test?

IV

no

yes

no

1

Have you

2.

Have you ever

your wallet?

yes

no

3.

Have you ever

a

mountain?

yes

no

4.

Have you

ever

a speech to a large audience?

yes

no

5.

Have you

ever

a lie?

yes

no

6.

Have you ever

in public?

yes

no

7.

Have you

on

yes

no

8.

Have you ever

Turkish coffee?

yes

no

9.

Have you ever

a cooking class?

yes

no

10.

Have you

ever

hands with a famous person?

yes

no

1 1

Have you ever

another person with English?

yes

no

12.

Have you

ever

in a tent?

yes

no

13.

Have you

ever

a truck?

yes

no

14.

Have you

ever

a car accident?

yes

no

15.

Have you

ever

biology?

yes

no

16.

Have you

ever

a violin?

yes

no

Exercise 3.

ever

a

ever

Warm-up.

(Chart 3

book?

a motorcycle?

1)

Complete the sentences with your own words. What do you notice about the verb tenses blue? In which sentences do the situations continue from the past until now? 1

I

got up at

2.

I

have been awake since

3.

I

am

in

(time) today.

studying English

grammar

(time).

in this class. I

have come to

this class

(number) times so far this month. 4.

I

took

my first

English class in

(year).

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

37

3-1 Present Perfect (a)

(a)

Mrs.

Oh

Zias

been a teacher

s/hce

o > ca

T3

c

simple past is used when there a specific mention of time.

The is

In (b):

party?

The speaker

is

thinking of

a

specific time: yesterday

CO

A

Present Perfect

(c)

Sam has been a years.

He

teacher

for ten

loves teaching.

o 60 a c 3 w

The present perfect is used for situations that began in the past and continue to the present. In (c):

>>

that

o y T

v

is still

perfect tells us

a teacher now.

t

{

up

to

now

Simple Past

(d)

Jim

was a teacher

1995

to

2005.

from a salesman.

for ten years,

Now he

is

© o tN

The simple past is used for situations that began and ended

in

the past.

1

ir\

In (d):

o

Jim

V A

The present

Sam

>

is

The simple past

tells

us that

not a teacher now.

f

) I

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

43

..

Exercise

1

3.

Looking at grammar.

(Charts 2-6

and

3-3)

Complete the sentences. Use the simple past or the present perfect form of the verbs

in

parentheses.

Fatima

1

is

from

She

a hot, arid part of her country.

(see,

never)

snow. 2.

Last January,

3.

Last night

snow

I (see)

my friend

and

I

for the first time in

some

(have)

my life. we

free time, so

(go)

to a show.

Since classes began,

4.

keep

classes

Ming Won

5.

me

Mrs. Perez

much

(have, not)

My

free time.

really busy.

in this class for three

(be)

getting better 6.

I

and

better.

He

months. His English

is

plans to take this class until the end of May. in

(be)

our

class for three

months, but then she

left

school to get a job.

Late-breaking news!

7.

in

A major earthquake

southern California.

(occur, just)

It (occur)

at

9:25 a.m. Pacific Standard

Time. 8.

I

admit that

I

older since

(get*)

you, but with any luck at

I last (see)

wiser.

all, I (get, also)

A: Are you taking Chemistry 101 this semester?

9.

B:

No,

I (take,

already**) it

know him.

last

Greg Adams?

1 1

Joe North passed away? I'm sorry to hear that. well

when we were

I

is

him

(know) I

since college.

him

(know)

in college together.

'Compare: (a) / have gotten OR have got four Got

I

(take)

semester. This semester I'm in 102.

10.

Yes,

I

it.

letters so

used as the past participle of get

in

far

this

week.

In this sentence, have gotten

have got

is

present perfect. (NOTE:

both American English and British English. Gotten occurs only

in

American

English.) (b)

/

have got

a problem.

expression have got

In this sentence, have got

means "have" and

"Typically, the present perfect .

44

ommonly used

HAPTER 3

is

used

is

is

common

NOT

present perfect. I've got a problem

in informal

in sentences with already, yet,

spoken English.

and just, but

in

Its

=

meaning

some

I have a problem. is

present;

it

The

has no past form.

situations the simple past

is

with these adverbs in informal English, especially American English, with no difference in meaning.

also

.

.

(Charts 3-1 and 3-3) Exercise 14. Let's talk: find someone who Walk around the room. Ask a complete question for each item using the present perfect of the given verb. Begin your questions with Have you ever. When you find someone who answers "yes," ask a follow-up question using the wh-word and the simple past.

Example: see a bear? Where? Speaker A: (Hassan), have you ever seen a bear?

Speaker B: No, I haven't. Speaker A: Okay. Thanks. (Maria), have you ever seen a bear? Speaker C: Yes, I have. Speaker A: Really? Where did you see it? Speaker C: In a zoo.

Have you

ever

.

.

1

break something valuable?

2.

lose

What something important? What

up

night?

Why

3.

stay

4.

travel to

5.

be

6.

play a team sport?

all

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

When

Which

?

?

an interesting place? Where

in a car accident?

?

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

?

?

?

Exercise 15. Warm-up. (Chart 3-4) Check (/) each correct sentence, note: One sentence 1

2.

Anita

is

at the

bus

in each

She

is

waiting for the bus.

b.

She

is

waiting for the bus for fifteen minutes.

c.

She has been waiting

a.

b. c.

is

at the

He He He

is

incorrect.

stop.

a.

Tarik

group

bus stop

for the

bus for

fifteen minutes.

too.

is

standing beside Anita.

is

standing there since

five o'clock.

has been standing there since

five o'clock.

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

45

sent Perfect Progressive (a)

now

Right

I

am sitting at my

compare:

desk. In (a):

(b)

I

have been

sitting at

since seven o'clock.

been (c)

how up

It's

I

my desk have

sitting here for two hours.

been raining

all

day.

The present progressive expresses

activity in

progress right now. (See Chart

2-2, p. 14.) In (b):

The present perfect progressive how long an activity has been

expresses It's still

progress.

raining right now.

long

to

an

In

duration of an activity

now?

and continues

in

expresses the that began in the past

other words,

it

to the present.

Time expressions

often used with this tense

are •

since and

•

all

for,

as

in (b).

dayI all morning I all week, as

in (c).

note:

In (c):

It's

been

raining.

It's

=

It

=

It

is

It's still raining. It's

(d)

I

've

known Alex

since he

was a

child.

incorrect: since he

I

've

was a

been know ng Alex

For non-progressive verbs such as know, the present perfect (not the present perfect progressive)

of a situation that

continues

How

long

have you been

living

here? (f

)

(g)

(h)

How

long

to

have you lived here?

has been wearing glasses since he was ten. Al

has worn glasses was ten. Al

since he

For

some

express the duration in the past and

began

to the present.

(See Charts

(e)

used

is

i

child.

has

2-3, p. 16,

(not

all)

and

3-1, p. 38.)

verbs, the idea of

how

—

long can be expressed by either tense the present perfect progressive or the present perfect.

note: (e) and (g)

and

(f

)

(h)

have the same meaning; have the same meaning.

Either tense can be used only when the verb expresses the duration of present activities

or situations that habitually: e.g.,

happen

live,

regularly, usually,

work, teach, study,

wear

glasses, play chess, etc.

(

) i

I

Ve been thinking about

looking for a different job. This

one doesn't pay enough. ( j

recently

46

HAPTER3

)

All of

the students

studying hard. start next week.

have been exams

Final

When

is used without any mention expresses a general activity in progress recently, lately. For example, (i) means I've been thinking about this recently,

the tense

of time,

lately.

it

.

j

Exercise 16. Looking at Complete the sentences. Use

grammar.

(Chart 3-4)

the present progressive or the present perfect progressive form of

the verbs in parentheses. 1

.

Mr. and Mrs. Jones now. They

2.

The

test

(sit)

hai/g

(sit)

are sitting

_

outside on their porch right

been sitting

begins at 1:00. Right

now

there since after dinner.

it's 1

1:00. Sara

is

She

at the library.

{review)

her notes right now. She (review) her notes 3.

Marco

is

counter right now. minutes. 4.

5.

The

The

He

in a store.

He

He wishes

little girl is

all

morning.

(stand)

(stand)

_

from head

checkout

there for over five

.

he could find a salesperson.

dirty

at a

He

wants to buy a pair of jeans.

to foot because she (play) in the

mud.

children are excited about the concert.

They

(practice)

a lot in the last

few weeks.

They're going to sing for their parents. 6.

My back hurts, so I a

pad on the

on

(sleep)

floor lately.

The bed

is

too

soft.

Exercise 1 7. Let's write. (Charts 2-6, 3-1, and 3-4) Write about the picture using the verbs in the list and the verb form given in each item.

cook

fix

memorize

plant

vacuum

1

Tom

2.

Rewrite your sentences using yesterday. Use the simple past.

3.

Rewrite your sentences using just. Use the present perfect.

wash

has had a busy day so far. Right now, he's taking a break. What has Tom been doing? Write at least four sentences on another piece of paper. Use the present perfect progressive.

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

47

.

j

Exercise 18. Listening. (Charts

£5

^® CD

3-1

and

Listen to the dialogue one time with your

3-4)

book

closed.

Then, with your book open,

listen

again and write the words you hear. 1

Track 20

Good

A:

So what

to see you!

up

to lately?

1

Not

B:

too much.

it

easy.

2

How nice!

A:

Glad

to hear

you

too hard. 3

By

your parents?

the way,

them

I

4

5

for a while.

B:

now

great. 6

7

that they're retired.

How long

A:

retired? 8

B: Gosh,

I

don't know.

a couple of years now. 9

A: So

a lot*? 10

B: Yeah.

in

warm, sunny

places in the winter and

n summers

here.

12

What

A:

a great

way

to

spend retirement! I'm glad

to hear 13

themselves.

u

Exercise 19. Looking at grammar. (Charts 3-1 and 3-4) Complete the sentences. Use the verb in italics in the first sentence of each item to complete the remaining sentence(s). Use the present perfect or the present perfect progressive. In some sentences, either verb form

I'm trying to study.

1

is

correct.

have been trying

I

always seems to interrupt me. 2.

Joe has an old bicycle.

3.

Matt works

at the

He

ABC

I

to study for the last hour, but

something

think I'd better go to the library.

has had

Company. He

the

same

hae worked

J

bicycle for twenty years.

hae been working

there

since 2005. Toshi

4.

is

waiting for his friend.

five o'clock.

I like

5.

•Notice: •

48

c)f

A

I

was

for her since

She's late for their date.

cowboy movies.

since

He

I

cowboy movies ever

a child.

statement form (not a question form) can sometimes be used to ask a question by using a rising intonation at the

a sentence.

HAPTER 3

..

6.

Susie

is

watching a cowboy movie. She

it

for

over two hours without a break. 7.

Dr.

Chang

teaches

He

math.

is

math 8.

Sue and Rick

He

an excellent teacher. at this

are playing tennis right

more than 25

school for

now and

years.

they're getting tired.

since nine o'clock

this

They morning. Sue's

winning. She's the better tennis player. She tennis since she

was

ten.

Rick started playing only

Exercise 20. Listening. (Charts

3-1

and

last year.

3-4)

/^

Listen to the description of each item and complete the sentence that follows

®*

present perfect and the present perfect progressive.

it.

Use

the

Track 21

Example: You

Manuel has

will hear:

called

Eva

five

times in the

hour, but her line

last

is

busy.

He'll keep trying until he reaches her.

You

Manuel

will write:

(try)

an hour 1

Susan

has been trying to talk

3.

Joe (decide, not)

for

in the doctor's office since .

Alexi (own)

Eva

about their plans for the weekend.

(wait)

2.

to reach

She hopes she doesn't have his

to wait

much

longer.

motorcycle for

which job

to take yet. He'll

decide soon. 4.

Mika

is

frustrated.

She

.

5.

Andrew and Donna

in

(sit)

traffic since

She's going to be very late for work.

chess for

(play)

Exercise 21 Let's write. (Charts Choose one topic to write about. .

rush-hour

3-1, 3-3,

and

hours.

3-4)

Topics: 1

2.

Write about your first day in this class. What did you see, hear, feel, think? Then write about what you have done and have been doing in this class since the first day. Describe your last week at home before you came to this city/country. Then describe what you have done and have been doing since you arrived here.

Exercise 22. Warm-up. (Chart 3-5) Each of the following talks about two events. Which event happened 1

The

2.

I

first?

Someone had knocked on the classroom door. chalkboard. The teacher had written my name there.

teacher stood up.

looked

at the

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

49

3-5 Past Perfect

Sam

(a)

Ann

at 9:30.

other words,

In

when Sam

(b)

By

the time

Sam

Ann had already

got there,

The past

arrived at 10:00. left

Ann had already

another activity or time

left

in

the

past.

arrived.

Ann

1st:

In (a):

left.

an was complete before

perfect expresses

activity that

2nd:

left.

Sam

arrived.

Adverb clauses with by the time are frequently used with in the main clause, as in (b).*

the past perfect

(d)

Sam had left before Ann got there. Sam left before Ann got there.

(e)

After Vc\e guests

had left, went

(f)

After the guests

left,

(c)

I

I

went

If

either before or after

perfect

relationship

to bed.

used, as

to bed.

note:

my

(c)

The past

Actual spoken words:

(h)

Reported words: Jenny said that she had lost her

I

lost

keys.

If

and and

is

Written:

Bill felt

great that evening. Earlier fish,

in

the day,

and he had caught

The past as

They had had a delicious picnic near the lake and then had gone swimming again. It had been a

and

in

the sentence, the past

because the time

The simple past may be

(f).

have the same meaning; have the same meaning.

(d) (f)

often

is

commonly used

used

in

in

reported speech.**

reporting those words, as

reporting verbs include

out, learn,

Annie had caught one

already clear.

perfect

Common

(i)

used

the actual spoken words use the simple past, the past

perfect

keys.

is

in (d)

(e)

(g)

is

often not necessary

is

tell

in (h).

(someone), say find

and discover.

perfect

is

often found

in

more formal

writing

such

fiction.

three.

nearly perfect vacation day.

In (i),

the fiction writer uses the simple past to say that an

event happened

(j)

I'd finished.

Had is

You'd finished.

often contracted with personal pronouns

We'd finished. Theyd finished.

informal writing.

Shed

note: I'd finished. I'd

finished.

We'dfinished.

I'd like to go.

It'd finished.

*For more information about by

the time, see

Chart 17-2,

**For more information about verb form usage

50

great), and then uses the past what had happened before that event.

(Bill felt

perfect to explain

HAPTER 3

in

p.

368.

reported speech, see Chart 12-7,

p.

= I had = I would

I'd

261.

in

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Charts 2-6 and 3 5) Use the simple past or the past perfect form of the verbs in parentheses sentences. In some cases, either tense is correct. 1

.

Samir

was

(be)

/

had been

became 2.

complete the

newspaper reporter before he {become)

a

a businessman.

a

(feel)

I

to

little

better after

I (take)

the medicine.

3.

I

was

late.

The

teacher

a quiz

(give, already)

It

was raining hard, but by the time

.

the earth, but they

Millions of years ago, dinosaurs (roam) (become)

6.

I (see,

extinct

by the time people

After work,

I

went

I

with someone

got ready to pay the

discovered that

bill,

but

when

I

I

(offer)

told

my friend

home, but

I

couldn't find her. She

in

(look)

my that

I

I (visit)

else.

(leave)

I

embarrassment,

She kindly

(appear)

museum.

to Rosa's office to give her a ride

(leave)

8.

first

any of Picasso's paintings before

never)

the art

7.

over, the

class (be)

rain (stop)

5.

I

to class.

(get)

4.

when

wallet at

my pocket,

I

home. With some

my wallet.

(forget)

to pay

my part

Perfect

of the

and

bill

for

me.

Perfect Progressive Tenses

51

'

9.

Yesterday at a meeting,

mine.

Rick Collins, an old friend of

I (see)

him

I (see, not)

him because he

in years.

At

first, I (recognize, not)

(lose)

a great deal of weight.

10.

In 1980,

China.

my parents

They

to the

(emigrate)

United States from

outside of China and

(travel, never)

were, of course, excited by the challenge of relocating to a foreign country. Eventually,

they

in California.

(settle)

up

(grow)

China

there. Last year,

for the first time to study at Beijing University.

to visit

family background.

j

My sister and I were born there and to

I (go)

I

(want, always)

China and learn more about

My dreams finally came true.

Exercise 24. Looking at grammar. (Chart 3-5) Underline the past perfect verbs. Which of the passages is typical of fiction writing? Which of the passages is typical of spoken English? What are the differences in verb form usage? 1.

2.

The

thief simply

had

called to say that he

The

Sometime

was

ill,

so she

had rushed out the door without thinking

A thief got into Mrs.

in 1995,

Mr. Parvaz took

a long,

hard look

at his life.

He had had

Warm-up:

moved

listening. (Chart 3-6)

Listen for reduced speech in these sentences. *

*'

How

is

had pronounced?

m sorr y we m sse d the meeting. We had forgotten about i

2.

The movie had

3.

I

couldn't change

4.

I

got

52 OAPTER3

home

late.

already begun by the time

my

the

same job

His dear wife had passed away. His children had grown and

was the beginning of his adventure.

T«fk22

it.

Garcia's house. Yeah. She forgot to lock

away. So he quit his job, packed everything he owned, and

Exercise 25.

to lock

it.

for almost three decades.

moved

Mrs. Garcia had forgotten to lock the door. Her son's school

in.

school called and told her that her son was sick, so she rushed out the door

without locking 3.

walked

Hey, Anna! Did you hear? the door.

Q

my own

schedule.

I

we

got there.

had already planned

My roommate had

it.

my

already gone to bed.

day.

to

London. That

..

Had in Spoken English

3-6 (a)

Joe had already heard

spoken English, the helping verb had in the past perfect nouns and question words. It can be pronounced as 161 or as /ad/.*

the story.

In

Spoken: Joe/6/ already heard the story or Joe/36/ already heard the story. (b)

(c)

''See

j

often reduced following

Who had been there before you? Spoken: Who/6/ been there before you? or Who/7>6l been there before you? Had is

The dog had a bone. Spoken: The dog had a bone.

not reduced

when

it

a main verb, as

is

in (c).

Chart 3-5 for written contractions of had with pronouns.

Exercise 26. Listening. (Chart

3-6)

Listen for reduced forms of had.

you hear

combined

is

CD

is

with.

If

a reduced form, underline

had and

the

word

it

Practice saying the reduced forms.

1

Track 23

Examples:

You You

You You 1

2.

We We

will underline:

Anna had missed Anna had missed

will hear:

She had a headache.

will underline:

{nothing)

will hear:

had never seen got

home

late.

it.

He had

The

never seen

it.

the bus. the bus.

They had never seen

children had already fallen asleep.

4.

My roommates had finished dinner by the time I got home. My roommates had dinner early.

5.

We

6.

You were

7.

I

3.

couldn't drive across the river. at Jim's at 8:00.

had never

The

flood

had washed away the bridge.

Where had you been

visited there before. I'd like to

before that?

go again.

Exercise 27. Listening. (Charts 3-2 and 3-6) Listen to the sentences. You will hear reduced forms CD

will write their

it.

for

I

had

good time.

a

have, had,

is,

and would, but you

non-reduced forms.

1

Track 24

1

student, aren't you?

How long

You must miss your old neighbor.

How long

You're a

new

have

you been

in this

country? 2.

before he

Kim

moved away?

3.

You're looking for Jack? Jack

4.

We

5.

Unfortunately,

were

you known Mr.

late,

left.

and Natasha I

didn't have

left

my

left it at

cell

He

isn't here.

by the time we got

phone with me when we got

lost.

there.

I

home.

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

53

6.

7.

Since we're teachers,

for

the

summers

off

and do

like to travel to

Africa next.

Can you

believe that

Talk about long marriages!

been married 8.

we have

a lot of traveling.

We

Mr. and Mrs. Cho

65 years?

an amazing chef. She

Serena

new and popular

dishes that

it's

created so

almost impossible to get a reservation

at

many

her restaurant.

J

Exercise 28. Listening. (Charts 3-5 and 3-6) whole passage. Then listen again, and f% First listen to the

CD

write the words that

vou

hear.

1

Track 25

A Pleasant Surprise Last night,

Amy got home

from work two hours

late.

Usually she's

home by

7:30, but last

night she didn't get there until almost 9:30.

When

she got home, her husband, Jamal,

dinner 1

and was washing the

dishes.

With .

a

worried tone in his voice, he asked her where

She told him

to

and then, on her way home, slowed

traffic to a crawl.

a big accident that

He asked her why

she

to recharge her cell

Jamal smiled warmly and said that he was offered to

make her dinner

wonderful.

54 CHAPTER 3

just glad that she

— which she gratefully accepted. a long day!

was

safely

call

late,

had .

phone, so she couldn't

work

She said

him.

home. Then he

A home-cooked meal sounded

.

Exercise 29. Warm-up. (Chart 3-7) Which sentence (a. or b.) logically follows each statement? Discuss

the meanings of the verbs

in blue. 1

I

have been working outside for almost an hour.

2.

I

had been working outside a.

It's

b.

But

hot. I

think

I

I'll

for almost

an hour.

go inside.

got too hot and

came

inside.

3.

I

have been waiting for Jack since 5:00.

4.

I

had been waiting a.

Then

b.

And I'm

for Jack since 5:00.

I left. still

here.

3-7 Past Perfect Progressive (a)

4:30

6:00

C

C ^

(b)

had Eric finally came at six o'clock. been waiting for him since four-thirty. 1

The

police

had been looking

for

the

When Judy

got

home, her

hair

was

still

wet because she had been swimming.

v

or time

in

The past

the past.

perfect progressive

is

to other

(d)

1

went

to Ed's

house

after the funeral.

i

His eyes were red because he

had

may express an progress close in time

This tense also activity in

another

close

to

activity or time in

the past.

been crying.

time

(e)

Actual spoken words:

(f

Reported words:

1

have been waiting

Lia told

me

that she

Exercise 30. Looking at Complete the sentences. Use form of the verbs .

activity

progress before another

verb tenses.

i

1

in

used infrequently compared

J

)

activity

note:

caught him.

i

(c)

in

was

criminal for two years before they

af waiting

^

perfect progressive

emphasizes the duration of an that

duration

V

The past

We

(wait)

she

still

We

(wait)

The past

for you.

had been waiting

grammar.

for

perfect progressive also

reported speech. See Chart 3-5, examples (g) and (h).

occurs

me.

(Charts 3-4

and

in

3 7)

the present perfect progressive or the past perfect progressive

in parentheses.

have been waiting

for

Nancy

for the last

for

Nancy

for over three

two hours, but

hasn't arrived.

had been waiting

hours before

she finally arrived yesterday. It is

midnight.

No wonder I'm

I

for five straight hours.

(study)

getting tired.

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

55

.

4.

It

was midnight.

5.

I

{study)

No wonder I was

hours.

for five straight

getting tired.

Jack suddenly realized that the teacher was asking

him

because he {daydream) 6.

j

Wake

You

up!

Exercise 31

couldn't answer

for the last ten

long enough.

{sleep)

Looking at grammar. (Chart

.

He

a question.

It's

minut

time to get up.

3-7)

Complete the sentences. Use the past perfect progressive form of the verbs

in the

list

(or

your

own words)

draw

dance

look

play

/sing

study

talk

Situation: Ms. Reed, a teacher, left the classroom for fifteen minutes. During that time, her students did whatever they wanted. When she came back, .... 1

.

She learned that

a

2.

She found out that

3.

Someone

4.

She heard that

5.

She found out that

6.

She saw that

few students

a couple of students

told her that

a

had been g/ng /n g

one student

several students a

group of students

couple of students

the board. 7.

She happily discovered that the whole time.

56 CAPTER3

a

few students

loudly,

on

cell

phones.

loud music. in the aisles.

in her grade book.

pictures

on

Exercise 32. Let's talk: class activity. (Chapters --> 3) Discuss the meaning of the verb forms and answer the questions about each Work in pairs, in small groups, or as a class. 1

1.

a.

b.

When When

the rain stopped, Gloria was riding her bicycle to work. the rain stopped, Paul

Question:

Answer:

2.

a.

b.

door

to the

Who

the doorbell rang.

had been expecting

a.

Donna

b.

Carlos has been living in Chicago for

lived in

a.

I

I

a.

b.

five years.

lives in

still

five years.

Chicago?

Who put lotion

Who

street. street.

began

to

on her face

after she finished

Ken went Ann went

Who

did

I

to the store to the store

Who

is

see

sunbathing?

Mr. Fox was waving at me. Mrs. Cook waved at me.

wave

at

me

before

Dan was leaving the room when I walked Sam had left the room when I walked in.

Question:

a.

Who

looked across the looked across the

Question:

b.

Chicago for

a visitor?

Jane put some lotion on her face because she had been lying in the sun. Sue put some lotion on her face because she was lying in the sun.

b.

a.

to work.

teaching at this school now?

after the doorbell rang.

b.

9.

is

George walked

Question:

8.

Who

b.

a.

and rode

work?

when

Question:

7.

to

Alice was opening the door

b.

6.

on the way

a.

Question:

5.

got wet

his bicycle

Ms. Lincoln taught at this school for nine years. Mr. Sanchez has taught at this school for nine years.

Question:

4.

Who

jumped on

Gloria.

Question:

3.

pair of sentences.

when

I

came

I

looked across the street?

in.

into the

room?

because he was running out of food, because she had run out of food.

better at planning ahead?

Jack had been studying Spanish since he was in elementary school. well by the time he moved to Peru,

He

spoke

it

very

Robert has been studying Spanish since he was in elementary school. His Spanish

is

getting quite good.

Question:

Who

is

studying Spanish in school?

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

57

.

Exercise 33. Listening. (Chapters

-+ 3)

l

Listen to each situation. Choose the sentence Tra!*^

ExamPle: You will hear: You

will circle:

(a?)

2.

3.

4.

5.

Alice has been working

Yoko knows how

b.

Yoko

a.

Yoko knows how

b.

Yoko

a.

Mia

b.

Mia has experience

a.

Jon

b.

Jon has traveled in the past, but he

a.

Jon

b.

Jon no longer works in

is

is

ski.

to ski now.

learning to

working

is

on her term paper,

to ski now.

learning to

is

it.

Alice finished her term paper three days ago.

a.

is

or b.) that correctly describes

Haven't you finished your term paper yet? You've been working on it for three days. It's due tomorrow, you know, Alice.

b.

1.

(a.

as

ski.

an auto mechanic right now. as

an auto mechanic.

traveling now. isn't traveling

now.

currently working in sales, sales.

Check your knowledge.

Exercise 34.

(Chapters

l

-> 3)

Correct the errors.

came

Since

2.

I

3.

How long you been living here?

4.

Why you no have been in

5.

I

6.

My grandfather had lived in

I

am

I'm

to

(

learning a lot about the

had been born

living in

my

a child,

die before

am

I

am

here since

been here

last

here.

last Friday.

for almost

two

years.

couple of days?

class for the last

two months.

a small village in Italy

in

Rome

in 1960. I

cousin's apartment since

When I was

APTER 3

I

I

way of life

when he was

a child.

At nineteen, he

Rome, where he had met and had married my grandmother

sharing the bedroom. 8.

I

coaching a soccer team for the

father 7.

to this country,

arrive here only a short time ago.

had moved

58

am

1

I

I

am

had

born, so

I

needing

lived with

never

am born I

in

Rome

I

It

very small, and

don't find one so

my grandmother instead

knew him. Grandma

raised

My

in 1989.

have arrived here.

my own place, but

in 1957.

of

me

we

are

far.

my parents. Grandpa alone.

has

.

Exercise 35. Let's talk. (Chapters the given situation, make up a "chain

3)

l

One person begins the story; then others continue the story in turn, using cue words from the list. The cue words may be used in any order and may be used more than once. Work in small groups or as a class. From

story."

(Pierre) had a terrible day yesterday. The trouble began early in the morning. His alarm clock rang at 7:00. Speaker A: When his alarm clock rang, he got out of bed and stepped on a snake. He was nearly frightened to death, but the snake got away without biting him. Speaker B: After the snake left, Pierre got dressed in a hurry and ran downstairs to have

Example:

breakfast.

Speaker C: While he was running downstairs, he

fell

and broke

his

by the time

soon as

arm. Etc.

after that

before

for (a length of time)

never next

already

because

later

since

as

after

then

when while

Possible beginning sentences: )

had

a terrible

(

)

had

a great vacation last

3.

(

)

got into a lot of trouble a couple of days ago.

4.

(

1

(

2.

5

j

day yesterday.

summer.

) had an interesting experience {Make up your own beginning sentence. )

Exercise 36. Let's write

Form

a

group and

using the

Then

name

sit

and

in a circle.

talk:

On

last

week.

small groups. (Chapters

l

>

3)

a separate sheet of paper, write the following sentence,

of the person sitting to your right: (...) had a strange experience yesterday. and pass your paper to the person sitting to

write two or three additional sentences

your left, who will continue the story. Continue to pass the papers to the left until everyone in the group has had a chance to write part of each story. Then decide which story in your group is the most entertaining or the most interesting. As a group, make any necessary corrections in grammar or spelling. Read the story aloud to the rest of the class. NOTE: You may wish to establish a time limit for each contribution to the story. (Use a buzzer or bell, or appoint someone to say "pass.") When the time limit is up, each person must pass his/her paper to the left even if it contains an unfinished sentence. The next person will then have to finish the sentence and continue writing the story.

Exercise 37. Let's write. (Chapters Choose one 1.

2.

l

>

3)

to write about.

Describe the state of the world in the year of your birth. What significant or historical events occurred or were occurring at that time? Who were the leaders of your country? Then describe the changes that have occurred since that time and discuss the state of the world today.

you were born. Where were they living and working? did your family consist of? Who in your family hadn't been born yet? Then describe the changes in your family that have occurred since the year of your birth and your family's current situation. Describe your family

Were they

in a

good

in the year

situation?

Who

Perfect

and

Perfect Progressive Tenses

59

.

Chapter

4

Future Time

Exercise 1 What do I already know? (Chapter 4) Look at the verbs in italics. Do the sentences express present .

1

The

2.

I'm beginning a

3.

Look.

4.

The

5.

When

6.

Finally, class

7.

Oh no! We

8.

Our

train leaves

9.

The

soccer team

is

10.

The

soccer team

is

students are going

It

's

or future time?

present

(future

present

future

present

future

present

future

present

future

present

future

present

future

present

future

playing in Barcelona next week.

present

future

playing well today. They're winning.

present

future

new

to

give oral reports today.

job next week.

beginning to rain.

teacher will be in her office after class today. class

Exercise 2.

over, the teacher will

is

is

over. Let's get a

have only

five

office.

cup of coffee.

minutes to make our

from Track 37

Warm-up.

be in her

train!

in five minutes.

(Chart 4-1)

Correct the errors.

60

1.

Marie

2.

Where you

3.

I

4.

Marco

5.

I

no

will

cooks some chicken and rice for dinner tonight. will

be tomorrow morning?

will ride the

will

bus to work tomorrow.

probably to

going to look for a

call

us this evening.

new apartment.

?

)

Simple Future: Will and Be Going To

4-1

V A

(a)

Jack

(b)

Jack is going to tomorrow.

will finish his

work tomorrow.

finish his

Will

and be going to express

future time

and

same meaning. have the same meaning.

often have essentially the

work

Examples

and

(a)

See Chart 4-2

for

(b)

differences

in

meaning

between the two forms.

Will (c)

Anna

will

come tomorrow around

Anna incorrect: Anna incorrect: Anna incorrect:

(d)

(e)

Will typically expresses predictions about the future, as

5:00.

in (c).

come. comes. to come.

wills -wtW-w+W-

Will

does not take a

Will

is

a verb.

Alex will not be here tomorrow. Peter won't be here either.

negative:

you be here tomorrow? will you get here?

question:

Will

How

final -s.

followed immediately by the simple form of

will

will

+ not = won't

+

subject

The speaker

In (e):

+ main

asking

is

verb

for information

about a

future event.*

(f

)

(g)

(h)

Spoken

or written:

I'll

CONTRACTIONS WITH PRONOUNS AND NOUNS:

be there.

Will

and informal

Spoken

Will

or very informal writing:

pronouns

often contracted with

is

Spoken: Tom'll be there too. Written: Tom will be there too.

is

writing:

/'//,

also often contracted with nouns

as

Nobody'll notice.

usually not

be fun. There'll be a test tomorrow.

kinds of pronouns and there, as

That'll

In

in

in writing,

both speaking

you'll, she'll, he'll,

it'll,

in

we'll, they'll.

speaking but

in (g).

very informal writing, will

may be

contracted with other

in (h).

Be Going To come tomorrow around 5:00. Anna 's gonna come tomorrow

Be going

(i)

Anna

(j)

Informally spoken:

the future.

around 5:00.

pronounced "gonna."

(k)

(

1

)

is

going

to

Tom isnt going Are you going

to come.

negative:

come

question:

to

'Will can also be used in questions to

polite requests:

Exercise 3. Listening. (Chart

4-1

form of will, choose

yes.

If

Trafk 27

make

you hear

ExamPle:

a

I'H I

nave

ti

me

Will you

If not,

open

to also In

commonly expresses

informal speech, going to

be + not + going be +

subject

as

+ going

the door for me, please?

choose

to,

predictions about is

often

in (k)

to,

as

in (1)

See Chart 9-3,

p. 159.

no.

to see y° u tomorrow.

no

have time to see you tomorrow.

yes

1.

yes

no

5.

yes

no

2.

yes

no

6.

yes

no

3.

yes

no

7.

yes

no

4.

yes

no

8.

yes

no

Future Time

61

)

j

Exercise 4. Pronunciation. (Chart

4-1

Practice pronouncing contractions with will. 1.

Bob

^ G® CD

be here soon.

come. He'll come. You'll come.

2.

I'll

3.

She'll help us. They'll help us too.

4.

I'm sure

5.

It'll

6.

The weather will be hot in August. Mary will come tomorrow.

7.

j

will

Bob'll be here soon.

>

we'll

do

well

on the

test.

probably rain tomorrow.

Exercise 5. Listening. (Chart 4-1) Complete the sentences with the words you vou hear.

8.

Bill will

9.

The

be here too.

children will be

10.

Who

11.

Where

will

be

will

at the

home

at 3:00.

meeting?

you be around

five?

12.

How long will Tom be here?

13.

Nobody

14.

That

15.

What

will

will

recognize you in that wig.

be interesting.

will

you do?

hear. Write the non-contracted forms of the verbs

1

Track 28 1

to turn in

.

for the final

2.

The

3.

all

your assignments by tomorrow.

exam on Monday.

50 questions.

4.

50 questions on the exam.

5.

the whole hour to complete the

6.

It's

a long

exam. Sorry, but

early.

a lot of work.

7.

The

8.

test.

Study hard!

available in

my

office the

next day.

Exercise 6. Listening. (Chart 4 -l)

_i

^ CD \

J

Listen to the sentences. Circle whether vou hear "going to" or "gonna." 1.

going to

gonna

3.

going to

gonna

2.

going to

gonna

4.

going to

gonna

Exercise 7. Let's talk: small groups. (Chart 4-1) Choose a leader for your group. Practice using be going (1)

to. Follow these steps: Every person in the group, including the leader, will hand the leader a slip of paper on which is written the name of an occupation or any kind of work adults do. Examples: movie star, teacher, plumber, peace activist, artist, stay-at-home dad, civil engineer,

architect, politician. (2)

(3)

(4)

The

leader will redistribute the slips of paper to the group.

Each member of the group will then explain what he/she is going to be or do according to what is written on the slip of paper. Example: "I'm going to be a famous movie star."

The group

will

ask the speaker questions about his/her future career. Example:

kind of movies are you going to be in?

62

HAPTER4

Where

will

you

live?" Etc.

"What

.

Exercise 8. Warm-up. (Chart 4 2) Read the sentences and answer the questions. going to rain tomorrow.

a.

It's

b.

I'm going to paint the house next week.

c.

Here.

d.

It will

I'll

help you carry that box.

be cloudy

1

Which sentence

2.

Which

3.

Which sentence

4-2

this

It

looks heavy.

weekend.

expresses a prior plan?

and

sentences are predictions?

Will vs.

expresses willingness?

Be Going To

Prediction (a)

According to the weather report,

will

it

be

Will

(b)

and be going to mean the same when they make

predictions about the future (prediction

cloudy tomorrow.

According to the weather report, cloudy tomorrow.

it

is

going

to

be

about something the speaker thinks occur in the future). (a)

Be going

to (but not will)

(b)

= a statement be true or

will

have the same meaning.

Examples

and

will

Prior Plan

— Why did you buy paint? — m going to paint my bedroom tomorrow. this

(i.e.,

I

a plan

In (c):

made

is

before the

used

express a prior plan

to

moment

The speaker already has a

of speaking).*

plan to paint his/her

bedroom.

Willingness (d)

— The phone's — 17/gefit.

Will (but not

ringing.

In this

makes (e)

— How old Aunt Agnes? — don't know. She won't is

I

tell

be going

to) is

used

to

express willingness.

case, will expresses a decision the speaker at the

moment

of

speaking.

In (d): The speaker decides to answer the phone at the immediate present moment; she/he does not have a prior

me.

plan. (f

)

The car won't

start.

Maybe

the battery

is

dead.

Will

not / won't can express refusal, as in in (f) with an inanimate object.

(e) with

a

person or

•Compare: Situation

A: Are you busy

1:

B:

In Situation

Situation

2:

1,

this

evening?

I'm going to meet Jack at the library be going to is possible. The speaker has

Yes.

only

A: Are you busy

this

at seven.

We're going to study

a prior plan, so he uses

together.

be going

to.

evening?

Well, I really haven't made any plans. I'll eat (OR I'm going to eat) dinner, of course. And then I'll probably watch (or I'm probably going to watch) TVfor a little while. In Situation 2, either will or be going to is possible. Speaker B has not planned his evening. He is "predicting" his evening (rather than stating any prior plans), so he may use either will or be going to.

B:

Future Time

63

.

3

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4-2) Discuss the italicized verbs in these short conversations. Decide (b) decisions they are

made

plans they

(c)

making

moment of speaking moment of speaking.

at the

before the

(willingness), or

A: Are you busy Saturday night? I've got front-row seats for the baseball game. B:

2.

the speakers are expressing

predictions,

(a)

1.

if

Oh,

wish

I

I

could, but

I'm going

can't.

I

A: Masako's such a creative

artist.

And

to

be at

my niece's wedding on

Saturday.

she's so patient with children.

B: She'// be very successful as an elementary art teacher. 3.

4.

5.

go out to dinner in a few minutes.

A: We're going

to

B: Sure. Give

me

just a

B:

They

A:

How do you spell "accustomed"?

won't ever get married.

up

it

decided to stay with

my

Exercise 10. Looking at if

coat.

each

italicized

Ivan has some vacation time.

Heidi

much.

for you.

new

job.

my mind

about

it.

set

the table.

He

is

going

don't like

her birthday present.

my job.

I'm going

to quit

when

I

clean

it

up.

Someday, there

are going to be

computers

The

light

bulb

is

burned

out.

I'm going to the bookstore. with

64

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

prediction

plan

in every

I'll

get a

new one

from the supply room. 8.

prediction

get

classroom in the world. 7.

after

That's okay. Don't worry about the spilled coffee. 1 7/

6.

it

what

It's just

back from vacation. 5.

take

take

to

she wants. I

to

(Chart 4-2)

off.

will love

I'm not going

verb expresses a prediction, a prior plan, or willingness.

2.

next week

fight too

grammar.

Dinner's almost ready. 17/

4.

to join us?

old job.

1

3.

They

A: That's great news about your

Decide

my

grab

you want

heard Sue and David are engaged for the third time!

I

B: Well, actually, I've changed

j

1 7/

A:

B: I'm not sure. 17/ look 6.

minute.

Do

HAPTER4

me?

Do

you want

to

go

all.

I've

j

Exercise

1 1

Looking at grammar. (Chart

.

4-2)

Complete the sentences with be going to if you think the speaker is expressing a prior plan. you think she/he has no prior plan, use will. Use won't if the speaker is expressing refusal. 1.

A: This letter B: Sure.

2.

A:

Do

I

is

in

French, and will

{translate)

you want

to

I

don't speak French.

translate

go shopping with me?

it

I

Can you

help

If

me?

for you.

am

(go)

going to go

to the

shopping

mall downtown.

What

B: Sure.

A:

How

time do you want to leave?

about 1:00?

B: Great!

See you then.

3.

A:

Who

wants to erase the board?

Are there any volunteers?

4.

A:

Why does he

B:

He

B:

I

(do)

it!

C:

I

(do)

it!

He urill come tomorrow. He mil comet tomorrow. He units come tomorrow.

have an eraser in his hand?

(erase)

the board.

5.

A:

How

B:

Sounds good. Where?

A:

How

about getting together for dinner tonight?

about Alice's Restaurant or the Gateway Cafe? You decide.

B: Alice's Restaurant.

A: Great. B:

It's

I (see)

I

you there around

(meet)

six.

you then.

a date.

Future Time

65

.

6.

A:

Do

you have plans

B: Yes.

I

8.

A:

Why is

B:

I

a co-worker for dinner at Alice's

(meet*)

Restaurant. 7.

for dinner?

that

Want little

to join us?

boy crying?

He

don't know.

me.

not)

(tell,

The door

(open, not)

A: Well, of course not.

Exercise

1

.

locked.

It's

2. Listening. (Chart 4-2)

1

summer

a.

I'm going to work

b.

I'll

a.

Sure. I'm going to drop

b.

Sure.

a.

I'm going to attend

b.

I'll

a.

Here, give

it

to

me. I'm going to

b.

Here, give

it

to

me.

a.

I'm going to sweep the front

b.

I'll

at a

Track 30

2.

3.

4.

5.

work

summer

at a

I'll

drop

my

attend

it

off

b.).

resort in the mountains.

it

off

on

my way to

my way to

on

my cousin's

work,

work.

funeral,

fix it for

I'll

fix it for

you.

you.

steps,

steps.

All the sentences talk about future time.

What

leave this class, I'm going to

1

After

2.

As soon

as

3.

When

finish

I

I

*When be going

I

get

home

tonight,

my English

studies,

to expresses a prior plan,

p.

63.

There

is

I'll

it is

no difference

in

I'm going to

often also possible to use the present progressive with no change in meaning.

meaning between these sentences:

am going to meet Larry at Alice's Restaurant at any at Alice's Restaurant at I am meeting /

I.

HAPTER4

or

cousin's funeral.

sweep the front

See Chart 4-2,

(a.

resort in the mountains.

Exercise 13. Warm-up. (Chart 4-3) Complete the sentences with your own words. do you notice about the verbs in blue?

66

his parents are.

.

Listen to the sentences and choose the expected response '

wonder where

A: What's wrong? B:

CD

I

six.

six.

4-3 Expressing the Future (a)

Bob

come

will

When Bob comes, we

soon.

in Time Clauses

will

When Bob comes is a time clause.* when + subject + verb = a time clause When the meaning of the time clause is future,

see

In (a):

him. (b)

is

(c)

going to leave soon. Before she leaves, she going to finish her work.

Linda

1

will

is

home

get

at 5:30. After

1

get home,

will

1

present tense

used

in

the time clause.

eat

taxi will arrive

to

come

soon.

I'll

time clause begins with such words as when, before,

after,

it

arrives, we'll

as soon

and a

verb.

sentence:

wait here until they

When he comes, We'll

While

)

am

1

traveling

Europe next year,

in

save money by staying

in

we'll see him. or see him when he comes.

A comma

Notice: first in

1

1

will

will

go go

to to

bed bed

after after

1

1

my

is

have finished my

clause, as work.

an adverb clause. See Charts 17-1

Exercise 14. Looking at

Draw

in (f).

Occasionally, the present perfect

work.

(p.

365) and 17-2

grammar.

in (h).

Examples

(g)

is

and

used in a time have the same

(h)

meaning. The present perfect

in

emphasizes the completion

one act before a second

act occurs

time clause

used when the time clause comes

Sometimes the present progressive is used in a time clause to express an activity that will be in progress in

I'm going to

youth hostels.

finish

is

a sentence.

the future, as

j

the simple

to is not

as, until, and while and includes a subject The time clause can come either at the beginning of the sentence or in the second part of the

They are going come.

*A

be going

soon. As soon as be able to leave for the airport.

(e)

(h)

Will or

A

The

(g)

used.

dinner. (d)

(f

is

(p.

in

of

the time clause

the future.

368) for more informadon.

(Chart 4-3)

brackets around the time clause in each sentence and underline

its

verb. Identify

and

discuss the use of verb tenses. 1.

We'll be here [when you arrive tomorrow.]

2.

After the rain stops, I'm going to sweep the front porch.

3.

I'm going to

4.

I'm going to wait right here

5.

As soon

6.

Right

7.

While I'm driving

start

now

until

is

over, there will be

the tide

is

low, but

to

gets

home from work

today.

Sonya comes.

war

as the

my wife

making dinner before

when

new

the tide

elections.

comes

work tomorrow, I'm going

in,

the ship will leave the harbor.

to listen to

my Greek

language CD.

Exercise 15. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4 3) Use -will/be going to or the simple present. (In this exercise, both will and be going possible when a future verb is necessary, with little or no difference in meaning.) 1

.

Pete

is

going to leave in half an hour.

of his work before he {leave)

He

{finish)

will

finish / is going

to are

to finish

all

leaves

Future Time

67

..

2.

I'm going to eat lunch I

3.

at 12:30. After I (eat)

(take, probably)

I'll

a nap.

home around

get

When

six.

home,

I (get)

Sharon 4.

I'm going to watch the program,

5.

Bakir will

6.

I'm sure I

7.

a

TV program at nine, but before I

soon.

here until he (come)

(wait)

I

soon. As soon as the rain (stop)

(walk)

I'm

to the store to get

I

on

(go)

for a

Ph.D.

my master's

I (get)

will help

it

I

after

to I (sleep)

Do you

tonight.

think

with a B.A.

degree.

I (listen)

an English language course while

me

learn English faster?

Exercise 16. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 4-3) questions using the given words. Ask two students each answers with the class. Use be going to for the future verb.

Make

1

What \ you \ do

\

after

2.

What \ you \ do

\

as

3.

Before

4.

What \ you \ do \ when \ you \ have

5.

When you \ finish

\

you

\

\

go

\

\

soon

to

\

\

wake up

\

class

\

end

tonight

\

what \ you

you

bed

as \

school

\

\

\

some of their

tomorrow? \

today?

free time

what \ you

question. Share

\

\

\

do? this

weekend?

do?

Warm-up. (Chart 4-4) each sentence has a present or future meaning. tense in each sentence? Exercise 17.

Decide

68

film.

to enter

(intend)

graduate school and work for an M.A. Perhaps

3

some

a junior in college this year. After I (graduate)

next year,

8.

(watch)

my parents.

will stop raining

it

a call.

I (call)

come

I (give)

if

What do you

notice about the verb

1

I'm meeting a friend for dinner tonight.

present meaning

future

meaning

2.

We're taking a

present meaning

future

meaning

3.

Class starts in ten minutes.

present meaning

future

meaning

.HALTER 4

flight at

midnight.

)

.

4-4 Using the Present Progressive and the Simple Present to Express Future Time Present Progressive (a)

My

wife has an appointment with a seeing Dr. North next Tuesday.

is (b)

Sam

He

his plans.

The present progressive may be used to express future time when the idea of the sentence concerns a planned

She

event or definite intention. is

leaving

noon tomorrow.

at (c)

has already made

doctor.

compare:

— What are you going do afternoon? — After lunch, am meeting a friend mine. to

A

verb such as rain

is

not used

in

the present

progressive to indicate future time because rain

this

is

not a

planned event.

of

1

We

are going shopping. Would you come along?

A

like to

meaning

future

for the

present progressive tense

indicated either by future time

words

in

is

the sentence or

by the context.

Simple Present (d)

The museum opens

at 10:00

The

tomorrow morning.

simple present can also be used to express future

time in a sentence concerning events that are on a

(e)

Classes begin next week.

(f

John's plane arrives at 6:05

definite p.m.

next Monday.

schedule or timetable. These sentences usually

contain future time words. Only a few verbs are used this

way:

arrive, leave,

j

open, close, begin, end,

e.g.,

come,

in

start, finish,

return.

Exercise 18. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4-4) Decide the meaning of each italicized verb. Write in the future, now, or habitually. .

I

am

taking four courses next semester.

in

2.

I

am

taking four courses this semester.

now

3.

Students usually take four courses every semester.

4.

I'll

5.

My brother's birthday is next week.

1

mail this letter at the corner

when I

I

take

the future

habitually

Susan home.

am giving him

a

sweater. 6.

Shhh. The broadcaster crisis overseas.

want

I

is

giving the latest

to hear

what

news about the

she's saying.

7.

When

I

8.

When

students graduate, they receive diplomas.

9.

I'm

10.

graduate, I'm going to return

tired.

I

When I am

am going to bed in

New York,

home.

early tonight.

I'm going to

visit

the

Museum

of Modern Art. 1 1

When I am home watch

alone in the evening,

I

like to

read or

television.

Future Tim©

69

.

12.

A: Are you busy? B:

Not

A:

What

really.

are

you doing?

B: I'm writing a letter to

A:

13.

A:

A:

my folks.

When you finish your letter, game

of chess?

What

are

B:

do you want

to play a

A:

you doing

after

B: I'm playing tennis with

work today?

Brown

A:

at the health club.

And you? A:

j

I

B:

'm meeting Smith for a round of golf.

Exercise 19. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4-4) Complete each sentence with any present progressive verb. 1

2.

A:

How about going across

B:

I

A:

Why are you

B:

I

can't.

am

I

have to be

3.

meeting

New York.

I

see you're smoking.

B:

I

did.

and

:H/PTER4

this

Jennifer at the library at 5:00.

at the airport in

A:

I

the street for a cup of coffee?

such a hurry?

in

o'clock plane to

70

A:

don't

time

I

mean

it.

the four

I

have an important meeting there tomorrow.

thought you stopped

know why I

I

an hour.

I

started again.

I

last

month. tomorrow,

1

.

4.

You should

A: Your cough sounds terrible! B:

I

know.

It just

won't go away.

see a doctor.

I

Dr. Murray later this afternoon. 5.

A:

Where

you and your family going

are

for

your vacation

this

summer? B: Ontario, Canada.

A: Are you planning to B:

fly?

No, we

we can

so

take our time and enjoy the scenery.

A: That sounds wonderful.

Exercise 20. Let's write. (Chart 4-4) Pretend that you are going to take your ideal vacation next week. All of your plans are made, and your itinerary is in front of you. Write your travel plans. Use present tenses where appropriate.

Example:

am

my "vacation

of a lifetime." The first place I'm Saturday morning. arrive in Bali late that leave Bali on the fifteenth and afternoon. I'm staying at the Nusa Dua Beach Hotel. travel to the Philippines. While I'm there, I'm staying with some friends. Etc.

This coming Saturday,

going to

is Bali.

My

I

beginning

plane leaves at

six-thirty

I

I

Warm-up.

Exercise 21.

Notice the verbs in blue.

(Chart 4-5) they have

What do

1

Right now, I'm sitting in

2.

Yesterday

3.

Tomorrow

at this time, I

in

common?

class.

was

sitting in class.

be

at this time, I will

sitting in class.

4-5 Future Progressive (a)

1

will

begin to study at seven. You

come

at eight.

1

will

will

be studying when

you come. (b)

Don't

call

home.

Y

V

1

1

me

The time

at nine

because

1

won't be

am going to be studying at the

expresses an progress at a

future progressive

activity that will in

be

in

the future.

The progressive form of be going to: be going to + be + -ing, as in (b)

library.

(c)

Don't worry.

She

will

be coming soon.

(d)

Don't worry.

She

will

come soon.

r

Sometimes there is little or no difference between the future progressive and the simple future, especially

when

the future event

occur at an indefinite time future, as in (c) and (d).

in

will

the

Future Time

7

.

-j

Exercise 22. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4-5) Complete the sentences. Use the future progressive form of the given 1

.

finish, sleep, study

The baby

Please don't call our house after 9:00 tonight.

OR

will

for a test. 2.

verbs.

is

going to be sleeping

My husband

be sleeping

a project for

I

work.

talk, do, see

Dr. Roberts especially

is

the town's only medical doctor

From

busy schedule.

early in the

and works long hours. Tomorrow she has an

morning

until lunch, she

patients at her clinic. After lunch, she

research at the hospital. In the evening, she

to

medical students about rural health care.

J

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Chart 4-5) Complete the sentences. Use the future progressive or the simple present form of the verbs

in

parentheses. 1

2.

Tomorrow I'm going airport,

my whole

When I

{get)

to leave for

3.

A:

at the

{arrive)

for

me.

up tomorrow morning, the sun

{shine)

the birds {sing)

,

in

{lie, still)

When do you

bed

and

my

fast asleep.

leave for Florida?

B: Tomorrow. Just think! I

When I

family {wait)

,

roommate

home.

Two

days from

now

{enjoy)

my vacation

in the sun.

A: Sounds great!

I

{think)

about you. 4.

A: Are you going to be in town next Saturday? B: No.

I {visit, in

Chicago*)

my 5.

A:

Where

B:

I

are

you going

to

aunt.

be

this

evening?

{work, at the library)

on

my

research paper.

Mvxpressions of place can often be used between the helping verb and the main verb in progressive tenses. See Chart 2-10,

72

:h

pter4

p. 34.

..

Warm-up.

Exercise 24.

(Chart 4 6) Notice the verbs in blue. What do they have in Eric isn't here.

Eric wasn't there.

3.

Eric won't be

4-6 Future note:

He

1

2.

has

common?

left.

He had left by the time we got there. there. He will have left by the time we get

and Future Perfect Progressive

Perfect

These two tenses are

rarely

there.

used compared

Future Perfect

(a)

I

I

graduate

will

you

to the other verb tenses.

in

June.

By the time

in July.

see see you,

The future perfect expresses an

Ed

The future perfect progressive

will

I

I

be completed before another time or event in the future.

activity that will

have graduated.

will

-X— X-

Future Perfect Progressive

(b)

I

will

get

go

to

home

bed

at

10:00

p.m.

at midnight. At

will

midnight

be sleeping. will have been sleeping for two hours by the time Ed gets home.

o

I

(c)

will

I

When

Professor Jones retires next

have taught or have been teaching for 45

month, he will

emphasizes the duration of an activity will be in progress before another

that

time or event

the future.

in

Sometimes the

same meaning, as

years.

and the have the

future perfect

future perfect progressive

will

in (c).

Also, notice that the activity

expressed

by either of these two tenses in

may

begin

the past.

Exercise 25. Looking at grammar. (Chapter 3; Charts 4-5 and 4-6) Complete the sentences. Use any appropriate tense of the verbs in parentheses. 1

Ann and Andy Today

is

June

1

got married on June 5th.

They

June

1st. Hon

Sun

Tue*

Wed

Thura

Sil

Flf

(be)

3>

married for two weeks.

By June

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

8th, they (be)

married for one week.

By June

29th, they (be)

married for four weeks.

30

2.

This

traffic is terrible.

We're going to be

late.

By

we

to the airport, Yuri's plane (arrive, already*)

(get)

,

*With the future

the time

perfect,

already has two possible midsentence

and

he'll

positions: / will

be wondering where we

are.

already have finished.

I will have already finished.

Future Time

73

.

3.

The

was very heavy. By the time we

traffic

to the airport,

(get)

Yuri's plane (arrive, already) 4.

This morning

I

came

now

to class at 9:00. Right at this

it is

10:00, and

I

am

still

desk for an hour. By 9:30,

(sit)

1 (sit)

By

here for half an hour.

in class. I

1 1

:00, 1

(sit)

here for two hours. 5.

Classes start at 9:00 every day.

It's

9:30 and the school bus

school, classes (begin)

.

is late.

The

When the

bus gets to

teachers (teach)

since 9:00. 6.

7.

I'm getting

tired of sitting in the car.

Do

you

realize that

by the time we

we

(drive)

Go

ahead and leave on your vacation. Don't worry about

arrive in Phoenix,

for twenty straight hours?

back,

we

this

By

work.

the time you

(get)

care of

(take)

everything. 8.

I

don't understand

By

ago.

We

those marathon runners do

it!

The

race began

more than an hour

the time they reach the finish line, they (run)

steadily for 9.

how

more than two hours.

I

don't think

I

can run more than two minutes!

have been married for a long time. By our next anniversary, we

(be)

married for 43 years.

Exercise 26. Let's talk or write. (Chapter 4) These sentences describe typical events in a day in the life of a man named Bill. The sentences are in the past, but all of these things will happen in Bill's life tomorrow. Change all of the sentences to the future. 1

When was

Bill

When

->

got

shining.

up yesterday morning, the sun

And tomorrow?

Bill gets

up tomorrow morning,

the sun

will be shining. 2.

He

shaved and showered, and then

light breakfast. 3.

a

After he ate breakfast yesterday, he got ready to

go to work.

And tomorrow?

4.

By the time he got to work yesterday, he had drunk three cups of coffee. And tomorrow?

5.

Between 8:00 and 9:00,

6.

7. 8.

74

made

And tomorrow?

Bill

answered

his email

and planned

his day.

And tomorrow?

And tomorrow? At 1:00 yesterday, he was attending a staff meeting. And tomorrow? He went to lunch at noon and had a sandwich and a bowl of soup. And tomorrow? By 10:00 1

:k PTER4

yesterday, he

had

called

new

clients.

.

9.

.

After he finished eating, he took a short walk in the park before he returned to the office.

And tomorrow? 10.

He worked at his And tomorrow?

11.

By

12.

When

13.

They had been

14.

As soon as he tomorrow?

15.

Afterward, the whole family sat in the living

16.

They watched

the time he Bill

desk until he went to another meeting in the middle of the afternoon.

left

And tomorrow? And tomorrow?

the office, he had attended three meetings.

got home, his children were playing in the yard. playing since 3:00 in the afternoon.

And tomorrow?

finished dinner, he took the children for a walk to a nearby playground.

television for a while,

room and

and then he and

discussed their day.

his wife

And

And tomorrow? And

put the kids to bed.

tomorrow? 17.

By the time Bill went to bed yesterday, he had had a full day and was ready for sleep. And tomorrow?

Exercise 27. Let's talk or write. (Chapter 4) What do you think the world will be like in a hundred years? What changes will have occurred between then and now? Use your imagination and make some predictions, note: You may wish to make comparisons among the past, the present, and the future. Example:

A hundred years ago, the automobile hadn't been invented. Today it is one of the most common means of transportation and has greatly changed the way people lead their lives. By the year the automobile will have become obsolete. A hundred years from now, people will use small, jet-propelled, wingless flying machines in place of ,

cars. Possible topics: 1

types of transportation

2.

energy sources

9.

space exploration; contact with beings from outer space

3.

population growth

10.

weapon technology

4.

food sources

1 1

role of

5.

extinction of animal species

12.

long-term solutions to today's

6.

architecture

7.

clothing styles

13.

international language

8.

exploration of the oceans or of the

14.

international world

computers

in daily life

political crises

government

earth's interior

Future Time

75

.

5

Chapter

Review of Verb Tenses

Exercise

1

What do already know? I

.

(Chapters

l

-* 4)

Correct the errors in verb tense usage.

am

1

I

2.

By

studying here since

last January.

the time Hassan returned to his country, he

away from home

is

more than

for

three years.

j

graduate,

going to return to

After

4.

By

5.

I

want

6.

I

have been seeing that movie three times, and

7.

I

am

8.

While I'm study tonight, I'm going to

9.

We washed

I will

I

the end of the 21st century, to get married, but

not

like

I

man

the dishes

Many

.

scientists believe there

to quit.

is

Sanchez. a

I

am

listen to classical

I

after

cold.

Looking at grammar. (Chapters

see

thinking he

it

is

again.

right.

music.

our dinner guests were leaving.

know them

major earthquake

my

semester.

He

is

English

class.

He

ever since

I

am

in California in the

a child.

near future.

English this

some other

(take, also) at

Yesterday John ate breakfast at 8:00. breakfast

i

(study)

classes (begin)

2.

common

> 4) the sentences with any appropriate tense of the verbs in parentheses.

2.

in

John

for the

now I am wanting to

and clean up the kitchen

11.

1

had discovered the cure

my job. My brother wants me

My neighbors are Mr. and Mrs.

Exercise

will

don't meet the right person yet.

10.

Complete

76

my hometown.

3.

when he

(leave)

He

9:00 every day.

(eat, already)

for class at 8:45.

classes.

His

3.

John

(eat,

breakfast before he

always)

Tomorrow

to class.

he

class,

4.

John

is

(

go)

before he (go)

to

breakfast.

(eat)

morning from 9:00

in class every

him

at

to 12:00.

Two

days ago,

him because he

1:30, but I could not reach

1

I (call)

(attend)

class at that time.

5.

Don't

try to call

John

at

1 1

:30

tomorrow morning because he

(attend)

class at that time.

6.

Yesterday John took a nap from 1:00 to 2:00. there,

John

Right

now John

asleep an

8.

hour

Tomorrow,

ago.

after

he

dinner, John

(

He

(sleep)

(fall)

an hour.

go)

dinner by the

(eat)

to the movie.

The Old

Man

Ernest Hemingway.

(start)

and It is

the Sea, a novel

a long novel.

by

He

finish, not)

reading

it

yet.

He

(read) it

teacher assigned

10.

he

(get)

got there.

for

(eat)

Three days ago, John

(

He

I

(sleep)

time he (go)

to read

45 minutes by the time a nap.

He

When I

.

(take)

to a movie. In other words,

9.

arrived at 1:45.

(sleep)

for

7.

I

because his English

it.

Since the beginning of the semester, John three

(finish)

novels. Right

now he

(read)

The Old Man

and

the Sea.

days.

He

He

that novel for the past three

(read)

(intend)

(read)

to finish

many

it

by next week. In

novels, but this

is

the

first

his lifetime,

Hemingway

he

novel he

(read, ever)

Review of Verb Tenses

77

)

. .

Exercise 3. Let's talk. (Chapters

l

- 4)

by answering the questions in complete sentences. Work class. Only the questioner's book is open.

Practice verb tenses

groups, or as a 1

2.

What have we been studying? What is one tense we have studied since term? When, as best as you can remember, did we study it? What else will we have studied in this class by the time the term ends?

Had you

3.

This class began on

4.

We're going to finish studying Chapter 5 on {day or studying Chapter 5 by that time?

5.

Where

6.

8. 9.

10. 1 1

12.

roles if

working

the beginning of the

studied verb tenses before that? date).

are you going to be living in five years? Think about recent news. What's happening in world

{Change 7.

{date).

in pairs, in small

How long will we have been

affairs?

What's happened recently?

in pairs.

What are you doing right now? How long have you been doing that? What were you doing at this time yesterday? What did you do after that? What will you be doing tonight at midnight? What were you doing last night at midnight? What places have you been to since you came to {this city)} What are some of the things you have done in your lifetime? When did you do them? What countries/cities have you visited? When did you visit ( )? Why did you go there? What did you like about ( )? What did you dislike about ( )? Are you planning to go there again someday?

Exercise 4. Listening. (Chapters -> 4) Part I. Listen to the story with your book closed. Then open your book and read statements. Circle "T" for true and "F" for false. l

f*-

CD

the

1

Track 31 1

The man broke

2.

The man thought

3.

The man's

4.

The man

Part

T T T T

the lock on the door. a stranger

was

in his apartment.

wife opened the door.

felt

he had done something stupid.

F F F

Listen again. Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear.

II.

When

home

I

to

my

apartment

out

last night, I

open the door

my key

2

1

to

F

As

as usual.

always,

I

it

in the lock,

but the door

3 .

.

.,

on the door but

my

I

for

my wife

to let

me

a stranger.

in.

to get into the

I

and

quickly

to 12

11

very stupid about what 13

78

TER5

the other side.

I

wrong

10 I

I

14

I

Finally the door

my wife on

I

9

apartment!

key again and again with no luck. So

my

own.

I

Exercise 5. Let's talk and write. (Chapters -> 4) Before you come to class, think of an interesting, dangerous, 1

had. Tell the story to a classmate,

Exercise 6. Looking at

who

grammar.

or amusing experience you have

your experience in a composition.

will report

(Chapters

l

- 4)

Complete the sentences with any appropriate tense of the verbs

in parentheses.

Dear Anna, I (get)

-

your long email about two

weeks ago and

(try)

to find time to write

you back ever

since. I (be)

very busy

two weeks, I

lately.

In the past

four

tests,

have another one next week. In addition, a friend

(stay)

(have)

I

with so

city,

we

me

and

She wanted to see the

since last Thursday.

(spend)

a lot of time visiting

interesting places here.

We

some of the

to the zoo, the art

(be)

museum,

and the botanical gardens. Yesterday

we

to the park

(go)

and (watch)

balloon race. Between showing her the city and studying for

enough time

my

exams,

I

(have, barely)

to breathe.

10

Right

now

it

3:00 a.m., and

(be)

at

I (sit)

n desk.

my

12

here for

I (sit)

five

hours doing

my

studying.

My

13

friend's plane (leave)

in a

few hours, so

(decide)

I

14

not to go to bed. That's

why

I (write)

to

15

you

16

such an early hour in the day.

at

would rather

stay up.

I

I (get)

a

(take)

a

nap

after I

(

little

sleepy, but

I

get) 1Q

back from taking her to the

How

airport.

(you, get)

along?

How

20

(your

classes, go)

.?

Please write soon.

21

Yours,

Yoko

Review of Verb Tenses

79

J

Exercise Write a

7. Let's write. (Chapters

l

->

4)

member. Discuss your and future.

family

letter to a friend or

adventures in the present, past,

activities,

thoughts, feelings, and

Use as many different tenses as seems natural. For example, in the course of your letter, your reader what you are doing, do every day, have done since a certain time, have been doing lately, did at some particular time, had done before you did something else, are going to do, etc.

tell

Exercise 8. Listening. (Chapters

l

-> 4)

Listen to each situation and choose the sentence that comes next CD

'

1

.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

(a.

or

b.).

a.

Now the passengers

b.

After the plane lands, the passengers will be waiting in the baggage claim area.

a.

Then

b.

He's finding

it

a.

When

stop?

b.

When's

a.

Some

b.

We

are waiting in the baggage claim area.

his boss called.

did it

it

very relaxing.

going to stop?

people in the audience said "Shhh" as

missed the

first

we

sat

down,

half hour.

a.

She's glad that she's finished her training.

b.

She's going to take another one next month.

a.

They never caught him.

b.

They'll never catch him.

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Chapters Complete the sentences with the words Almost every part of the world

l

in parentheses.

-> 4)

Use any appropriate

tense.

an

{experience) l

earthquake in recent years, and almost every part of the world {experience) earthquakes in the years to come. Since the ancient 2

Chinese

to keep records several

{begin)

thousand years ago, more than

13

3

worldwide by some estimates.

million earthquakes {occur) 4

What

earthquakes? Throughout time, different cultures

{cause) 5

myths

{develop)

to explain these violent earth

movements.

6

From

India

comes the story of six strong elephants who

up the

{hold) 7

earth on their heads.

Whenever one elephant {move)

its

8

trembles.

80

H/

TER5

head, the earth

According to a Japanese myth, a playful feels like playing,

it

catfish lives in the

(wave)

its fat tail

mud

around

under the in the

earth.

Whenever

mud. The

it

result?

9

Earthquakes.

Nowadays, although

scientists

more

(know) 10

about the causes of earthquakes, they still

cannot prevent the terrible

damage. One of the strongest quakes in the last

hundred years (happen)

in

Anchorage, Alaska, on March

11

24, 1964, at about six o'clock in the evening. that evening,

many

When

families

the earthquake

(strike)

down

(sit)

to

13

12

eat dinner. People in the city (find, suddenly) 14

themselves in the dark because most of the lights in the city went out occurred.

Many

people

when

instantly

(die)

when

tall

the earthquake

buildings (collapse)

15

and

tons of brick and concrete crashing

(send) 17

16

When

into the streets.

(the next earthquake, occur)

.?

No

one

really

knows

for sure.

Interestingly enough, throughout history animals (help, often) 19

people predict earthquakes shortly before they happen. At present, some scientists (study) catfish

because catfish swim excitedly

an

just before

20

earthquake.

According

to

some

studies, snakes, to

monkeys, and rodents (appear,

also)

be sensitive to the approach of violent movement in the

21

earth's surface.

Some

animals (seem)

to

know

a great deal

more than

22

humans about when an earthquake

will occur.

many

In recent years, scientists (develop)

extremely

23

sensitive instruments.

Perhaps someday the instruments

able to

(be)

24

give us a sufficiently early

next earthquake

warning so that we can be waiting calmly

in a safe place

when

the

(strike)

25

Review of Verb Tenses

81

.

.

-J

Exercise Work with

1

pairwork. (Chapters

0. Let's talk:

Partner A: Pretend

to be a

famous

living person.

reporter (Partner B). Tell the reporter

your imagination. Begin with /

Partner

1

-> 4)

a partner.

.

.

Agree to an interview by a nosy newspaper all about yourself. Invent answers. Use

.

You're the reporter. Ask the famous person (Partner A)

B:

all

sorts of questions

about his her past, present, and future. After the interview, write an article with your partner about this person.

J

j

Exercise 1 1 . Let's talk: small groups. (Chapters l -> 4) Divide up the tasks within your group. Put together a news release about your contain the following: few sentences about each

•

a

•

activities

you have done

class

member and

•

a description of the classroom, the building

some information about

•

other interesting information about your class

1

2. Let's talk

It

should

the teacher

in this class

•

Exercise

class.

it's in,

and the surrounding area

the school you're attending

and

write. (Chapters

l

-> 4)

In a short talk (two or three minutes), summarize a recent news event. Present your talk to a small group or to the class. If necessary, you the

Zi

most important

Exercise

1

3.

may

speak from brief notes (an outline of only

Listeners can write short summaries of each presentation.

points).

Check your knowledge.

(Chapters

l

-* 4)

Correct the errors in verb tense usage. haven't been in this town very long.

1

I

2.

Dormitory

3.

My friends will meet me when I will

4.

Hasn't anyone ever

life is

I

come here

not quiet. Everyone shouted and

tell

you

to

just

two weeks ago.

make

a lot of noise in the halls.

arrive at the airport.

knock on the door before you enter someone

else's

room?

Didn't your parents taught you that? 5.

The phone rung

my husband's 6.

7.

I

am

in the

h

voice,

I

things

and saw many

When

the old

ER5

I

doing the dishes.

man

I

dry

my hands and

answer

it.

When I am hear

very happy.

United States

the mountain.

82

while

for the last four

months. During

this time, I

had done many

places.

started to walk back to his hut, the sun has already hided itself behind

.

am

my

8.

While

9.

Why did you writing a

I

writing

10.

I'm

1 1

While

12.

When I was

really glad

I

around 13.

was

me

children's

to visit

my

visitting

a child,

I

walk outside

in

I live

someone knocks on

next year.

cousin in Los Angeles,

large.

When

I

much

want

afraid to

we went

to

town

for three

to a restaurant

lower height.

come

United

to the

months and

and

objects

as a chair,

States. I

now I am

Thai food.

eat

Many physical

move something such

because of the terrible crime. But

in this small

the door.

book?

my hometown

my country, I am

at night

last night,

viewed things from a

appear very

When I was

opinion.

you

composition

thought

I

I

need

help.

couldn't

having a different

learn that there

is

very

little

crime

here.

Review

of

Verb Tenses

83

J

)

.

Chapter

6

Subject-Verb Agreement

j

Exercise

What do already know?

(Chart 6-1 not change or omit any other words. All of the sentences are simple present. Discuss the use, spelling, and pronunciation of final -sl-es.

Add

1.

I

Do

-s or -es where necessary.

ee 1

Erica miss A her mother and father.

2.

My parent visit many countries when they travel in Europe.

3.

Robert sing when he take a shower.

4.

Chicken, duck, and turkey lay egg.

5

Anna wear

glove on her

hand when she work

in

her garden. 6.

She scratch her chin when

it

itch.

Exercise 2. Warm-up. (Chart 6-1) Look at the words that end in -s. Are they

singular or plural? Are they

Singular 1

.

2.

New cars cost

lot

of money.

a lot of

money

4.

My neighbor makes a lot of noise. My neighbors make a lot of noise.

5.

Bill

6.

Cold drinks

3.

84

A new car costs a

drinks tea for breakfast. taste

good on

a hot day.

X

Plural

nouns or verbs?

Noun

Verb X

>

.

Final -sl-es: Use, Pronunciation, and Spelling

6-1 Use (a)

(b)

Noun + Noun +

Verb Verb

+ +

-s;

Friends are important.

-es:

1

like

my

Mary works at the bank. John watches birds.

-s:

-es:

A

final -s

A

final -s

classes.

or -es is added to a noun to make the noun Friend and class = singular nouns Friends and classes = plural nouns

plural.

is added to a simple present verb when the a singular noun (e.g., Mary, my father, the machine) or person singular pronoun (she, he, it).

subject third

or -es

is

Mary works = singular The students work = plural

She works =

singular

They work =

plural

Pronunciation (c)

seats

-

ropes

(d)

Final -s

ropelsl

and

backs

backlsl

seeds

seedlzl

robes

robelzJ

-

bags sees (e)

seat1 si

is

pronounced

/s/ after

voiceless sounds, as

in (c): "t," "p,"

are examples of voiceless sounds.*

"k"

Final -s is pronounced and "ee" are examples

Izl after

of

voiced sounds, as

in (d): "d," "b," "g,"

voiced sounds.*

baglzl see/zl

dishes catches

and -es are pronounced /az/

dish/3zf

Final -s

—>

catch fez/

"ge'V'dge" sounds.

kisses

—>

kiss fez/

The

mixes

—

mixfez/

All of

prizes

—*

prize fezl

compare:

edge fez/

syllable.

edges

adds a

/az/ ending

the words All of

in (e)

after "sh," "ch," "s," "x," "z,"

and

syllable.

are pronounced with two syllables.

the words

in (c)

and

(d)

are pronounced with one

Spelling (f)

(g)

-

sings

For most words (whether a verb or a noun), simply add a

song

songs

to spell the

word

wash

washes

Final -es

added

watch

watches

sing

to

words

that

end

in

-sh, -ch, -s,

-z,

and

-x.

classes

class

—

buzz box

buzzes boxes

(h)

toy

toys

buys

(i)

buy baby

For words that end

*See Chart 2-6,

p.

in

-y:

preceded by a vowel, only -s is added. In (i): If -y is preceded by a consonant, the -y is changed -/and -esis added. In (h):

babies _>

cry

cries

If

-y

is

to

27, for an explanation of voiced vs. voiceless sounds.

Exercise

3. Listening

and

pronunciation. (Chart 6

Listen to the words. Practice saying CD

is

-s

final

correctly.

l)

them aloud. Write the pronunciation of final -s/-es

after

each word. 1

Track 33

4.

rugs

7.

wishes

writes

5.

sleeps

8.

pages

robs

6.

locks

9.

months

1

rides

2.

3.

IzL

Subject-Verb Agreement

85

)

.

Exercise 4. Spelling

Add

and pronunciation.

-s or -es to the given words to

make them

(Chart 6-1)

plural.

Practice saying

them

aloud. Write the

pronunciation for each ending. floor 5

/z/

7.

season

2.

tax ee

/9Z/

8.

develop

3.

talk 5

/a/

9.

touch

4

bush

10.

cough

5.

hat

11.

method

6.

rise

12.

language

Exercise 5. Listening and pronunciation. (Chart 6-1) Complete the sentences with the words you hear. Practice pronouncing

j CD

1.

final -sl-es

by reading

the sentences aloud. 1

Track 34

eighteen

1

J

many

a day.

2.

People come in

3.

Maria

4.

The

good

5.

Our

us to speak English outside of

6.

When Jack has

and

.

pronunciation by reading

a cold,

he

and

Exercise 6. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chart 6-1 Work with a partner. Each item contains a subject and

aloud.

.

class.

.

a verb. Make two sentences for each Help each other with the use of final -s -es if necessary. Partner A uses a plural subject. Partner B uses a singular subject and begins with A An.

item.

Example: alarm clock \ ring Partner A: Alarm clocks ring. Partner B: An alarm clock rings. 1

opera singer

2.

teacher

3.

butterfly

4.

ball

5.

door

\

86

fly

bounce

\

\

open and

bite

7.

hungry baby

8.

student

9.

snake

\

\

w6

\

\

close

itch

cry

ask questions

hiss

dog \ say ha

sing

teach \

Change roles. 6. mosquito

1

\

"arf-arf " in English

Exercise 7. Warm-up. (Chart 6 2) Look at the verbs in blue in each pair of sentences.

How

do you know when

to use a singular

or a plural verb? 1.

2.

a.

A girl is

b.

Some

girls are in

a.

A girl

and

b.

Every

girl

in the classroom.

3.

the classroom.

a boy are in the classroom, and boy is in the classroom.

4.

b.

The The

a.

Vegetables are good for you.

b.

Eating vegetables

a.

those markets is cheap, apples at that market are cheap. fruit at

good

is

for you.

6-2 Basic Subject -Verb Agreement Plural Verb

Singular Verb (a)

My

friend fives

in

Boston.

(b)

My

friends live

Verb + -sl-es =

Boston.

in

third

person singular

in

the simple present tense

Noun +

(c)

My

brother

and sister live

in

My

brother, sister,

live

(e)

(f)

in

(i )

plural

more subjects connected by and

and cousin

Boston.

Every man, woman, and needs love.

exception:

Every and each are always

child

followed immediately by singular nouns.

Each book and magazine

(See Chart 7-1 1 p. 1 29.) In this case, even when there are two (or more) nouns connected by and, the verb is singular. ,

is listed in the bibliography.

(g)

or

=

require a plural verb.

Boston. (d)

Two

-s/-es

That book on

political

(h)

The ideas

in

parties is interesting.

interesting.

The book

The books

my

that

parents

1

got from

was

(

very

j

)

that

book are

Sometimes a phrase a subject from

bought at the bookstore were expensive.

structures

its

do not

or clause separates

verb.

These

affect basic

interrupting

agreement.

1

For example,

in (g)

the interrupting

prepositional phrase

interesting.

on

political parties

does not change the fact that the verb must agree with the subject book.

is

In (i) and (j): The subject and verb are separated by an adjective clause. (See Chapter 13.)

(k)

Watching old movies

A

is fun.

gerund

(e.g.,

watching) used as the

subject of the sentence requires a singular verb.

Exercise 8. Looking at

grammar.

(See Chart 14-8,

322.)

p.

(Chart 6-2)

Choose the correct completions. good

1.

Lettuce

2.

The

subjects

3.

The

extent of Fatima's knowledge on various subjects (astounds, astound) me.

4.

Oranges, tomatoes, fresh strawberries, cabbage, and lettuce

(is,

are)

you

will

for you.

be studying in

this

course

(is,

are) listed in the syllabus.

(is,

are) rich in

vitamin C.

Subject- Verb

Agreement

87

.

5.

Every man, woman, and child

6.

The

7.

Almost every professor and student

(is,

are) protected

under the

on

that point.

professor and the student {agrees, agree)

Brown

new

as the

8.

Each

9.

Tomatoes

and boy

girl

{is,

Getting to

1 1

Where

12.

Annie had

( does,

a

do)

at the university {approves, approve)

in the sixth-grade class {has, have) to

Growing tomatoes

students from

your parents

all

over the world

{is,

{is,

do

a science project.

are) especially easy in

are)

Why

14.

{Is,

job.

live?

hard time when she was coming

{was, were)

hot climates.

one of the best parts of my

home from

the store

because the bag of groceries {was, were) too heavy for her to 13.

of the choice of Dr.

president.

are) easy to grow.

know

10.

law.

Yoko and Alex

late for the

carry.

meeting?

Are) having the responsibility for taking care of pets good for

young children? 15.

I like

when I'm on

to go shopping

things.

A lot of the stuff*

vacation, but

shops

in tourist

{is,

I

are)

don't buy

cheaply

many

made

and overpriced.

Exercise 9. Listening. (Chart

6-2)

Listen to the beginning of each sentence. Choose the correct verb. cd

Example: You

i

will hear:

The

will choose:

{know, (knows)) the assignment.

student

.

.

.

Track 35

You

3

1

{know, knows)

basic

math

2.

{know, knows)

when

the assignments are due.

3.

{know, knows)

how

4.

{know, knows)

the classroom routine.

5.

{know, knows)

her expectations.

6.

{know, knows)

how

to use the internet.

7.

{know, knows)

how

to use sign language.

8.

{know, knows)

where

to use a thesaurus.

to

go in case of fire.

Exercise 10. Warm-up. (Chart 6-3) Look at the verbs in blue. How do you know when

2.

Some Some

of those books

are interesting.

3.

Most of those books

are interesting.

1.

*

tuff

a

iA

of this book

noun used

books, pens,

88

calculations.

ER6

gym

in

is

interesting.

to use a singular or a plural verb? 4.

Most of the book

5.

One

6.

Each of those books

informal English to refer to a group of things. For example:

clothes, etc.

is

of those books

My stuff

is

in

my

interesting. is is

Linda's.

yours.

backpack.

My stuff = my

.

6-3 Subject -Verb Agreement: Using Expressions of Quantity Plural Verb

Singular Verb (a)

Some

(c)

A

of the

of the

lot

book is good,

money is

Most

(f

of our

homework

books are

In most expressions of quantity, the verb is determined by the noun (or pronoun) that follows

lot

of my friends are

of.

here,

mine, (g)

A

(d)

Two-thirds of the

of the

good,

new. (e)

Some

(b)

equipment is

For example,

Two-thirds of the

)

boys are

here,

is

easy.

Most of our assignments

(h)

in (a)

some of + some of +

and

singular plural

(b):

noun = singular verb

noun =

plural verb

are easy.

(i )

( j )

(k)

One

of

my friends

exceptions:

is here.

my friends is here. Every one of my friends is Each

of

one of each of every one of

here.

(

1

)

None

One of, each

None

(m)

of the boys is here.

of the boys are here.

Subjects with singular

in

A number of students

(o)

in

were

the class Is fifteen.

+

>

noun = singular verb

none of used

to

be considered

very formal English, but plural verbs in

informal English in

and

formal writing.

compare:

late for class.

In (n):

The number is

In (o):

A number ofis

meaning "a lot of." and a plural verb.

j

plural

J

sometimes even

The number of students

and every one of

}

are often used

(n)

of,

take singular verbs.

Exercise 1 1 Looking at grammar. (Chart 6-3) Choose the correct completions. Underline the word(s)

It

is

the subject.

an expression

of quantity

followed by a plural noun

.

that determine

whether the verb

is

singular or plural. 1.

Some

of the fruit in this bowl

2.

Some

of the apples in that bowl

3.

Most of the movie

4.

Most of the movies

5.

Half of the students in the

6.

Half of this money

7.

A lot

of the students in the class

8.

A

of clothing in those stores

9.

One

lot

of

my best

(is,

are) funny.

Each boy

1 1

Each of the boys

class

from Arabic-speaking countries.

are)

(is,

are) yours.

friends

10.

are) rotten.

(is,

are) funny.

(is,

(is,

((Kj) are) rotten.

(is,

are)

(is,

(is,

are)

are)

coming

in the class (has, have) his

from Southeast

on

sale this

to visit

me

Asia.

week.

next month.

own notebook.

in the class (has, have) his

own notebook.

Subject- Verb

Agreement

89

.

j

.

12.

Every one of the students

13.

None

14.

A number of students

15.

The number

16.

One

17.

(Does,

Do)

all

of the students have their books?

18.

(Does,

Do)

all

of this

19.

Why

(was, were)

some of the students excused from the examination?

20.

Why

(was, were)

one of the students excused from the examination?

(is,

are) required to take the final test.

of the animals at the zoo (is,

roam. All of them

are) free to

(is,

are) in enclosures.

absent today.

are)

of employees in

(is,

my company

of the chief materials in bones and teeth

homework have

to

are)

(is,

(is,

approximately ten thousand.

are) calcium.

be finished by tomorrow?

Exercise 12. Looking at grammar. (Chart 6-3) Take turns making sentences. Work with a partner or in small groups. .

.

.

is/are unusual.

.

.

.

is/are secondhand.

1

The

story -> The story

2.

The

stories

3.

Some

of the story

13.

A lot A lot

4.

Some

of the stories

14.

Some

5.

Two-thirds of the story

1

6.

One

16.

None

of the furniture

7.

Each of the

17.

Some

of the chairs

8.

None

of the story

1

9.

None

of the stories

19.

Seventy-five percent of the furniture

20.

Half of the chairs

10.

is

unusual.

1 1

12.

of the stories stories

A number of stories

5

8

The

furniture

of the furniture

of the chairs of the furniture

Half of the furniture

Three-fourths of the furniture

Exercise 13. Warm-up. (Chart 6-4) Complete the sentences with your own words. 1

.

2.

90

H/

Think about

(or look

around) your classroom.

There

are

in

my

There

is

in

my classroom.

Think about

(or look around)

classroom,

your bedroom.

There

are

in

my bedroom,

There

is

in

my bedroom.

ER6

.

6-4 Subject -Verb Agreement: Using There + Be (a) (b)

There

is

There + be introduces the idea

afly'm the room.

There are three windows

in this

that

something exists

in

a

particular place.

room.

There + be + subject + expression of place*

The subject follows be when there is used. In (a): The subject is a fly. (singular) In (b): The subject is three windows, (plural)

(c)

ixformal: There's two sides

to every story.

In

spoken English, some native speakers use a singular the subject is plural, as in (c). The use of this form frequent but is not generally considered to be

informal

verb even is fairly

when

grammatically correct.

*Sometimes the expression of place expression of place

j

is

when

omitted

the

meaning

is

clear.

For example, There are seven

continents.

The

implied

clearly in the world.

is

Exercise 14. Looking at grammar. (Chart 6-4) Choose the correct completions. 1

There

(isn 't,

2.

There

(isn't, aren't)

3.

There

(is,

are) a lot

4.

There

(is,

are) a hole in his sock.

5.

How many kinds

6.

Why

7.

There

8.

Why

9.

There

(is,

10.

There

(has been, have been) a line in front of that theater every night for the past

1 1

How many wars

aren 't) any letters in the mail for

you

today.

any mail for you today. of problems in the world.

of birds

(is,

are) there in the

world?

there a hospital close to those villages?

(isn't, aren't)

(was, were) a terrible earthquake in Iran last year.

(is,

are) there a are)

shortage of available apartments for rent in this city at present?

more women than men

do you suppose there

in

my

office.

two weeks.

(has been, have been) in the history of the world?

Exercise 15. Listening. (Chart 6-4) Choose the words you hear. For many of the sentences, you will hear reductions of the given words, note: Is + there can sound like "ih-zehr." For example, Is there ("ih-zehr") a doctor in the

house?

Example: You

You 1

There

2.

there

3.

There

4.

There

will hear:

will

choose:

There

There's a spider on the wall, lere is)

There

are

5.

Is there

Are there

there are

6.

Is

there

Are there

is

There

are

7.

there

is

There are

8.

Is there

is

is

are

is

there are

Are there

Subject- Verb

Agreement

91

.

Exercise 16. Let's talk. (Chart 6-4) Using there and be, name four or five things groups or as a

that exist in the given places.

Work

in small

class.

Example: in this book Speaker A: There are exercises in this book. Speaker B: There's an index in this book. Speaker C: There are illustrations in this book. 1.

on

page

4.

on an airplane

2.

in this

room

5.

in the

3.

in this city

6.

in outer space

this

and

Exercise 17. Let's talk Choose the

world

write. (Chart 6 4) on the city/town you're

correct verb in each sentence. Based

in now, do you agree or more true sentences about Share some of them with the class.

disagree with each statement? Circle yes or no. Afterward, write four this city/town.

Begin your sentences with There is/There are.

good public transportation.

1

There

(is,

are)

2.

There

(is,

are) clean air.

3.

There

(is,

are)

enough recreation

4.

There

(is,

are)

good

5.

There

(is,

are) excellent

areas.

restaurants.

medical

facilities.

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

Exercise 18. Warm-up. (Chart 6-5) Look at the subjects and verbs (in blue) in each

pair of sentences. Some of them are "exceptions to the rule." For example, nouns that end in -s usually take a plural verb, but

sometimes not. Look 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

92

H/

for these irregularities.

a.

Nations are groups of people

b.

The United Nations

is

who

share a

a.

Kilometers are measures of distance.

b.

Seven kilometers

a.

Mix and fix

b.

Six

and

six

a.

Whales

are

b.

People are

a.

English

b.

The

TER6

is

is

common

too far for

me

to run.

are verbs, is

identity,

an international organization.

twelve.

mammals. mammals.

a language.

English are concerned about global warming.

.

6-5 Subject -Verb Agreement: Some

Irregularities

Singular Verb Sometimes a proper noun

(a) The United States is big. (b) The Philippines consists of more than 7,000 islands. (c)

The United Nations has York

(

in

New

f

)

news

Mathematics

is

easy

The United States =

News Physics is easy

for her.

for

her too.

-s

in

pronoun they) because the noun

In (a):

is interesting.

ends

is

singular.

In the examples, if the noun is changed to a pronoun, the singular pronoun /f is used (not the

plural

City.

d ) Harrods is a department store.

(e) The

(

headquarters

its

that

is

it

is

singular.

(not they)

singular.

Fields of study that

end

in

-ics require singular

verbs.

(g) Diabetes is an

Certain illnesses that end

illness.

diabetes, measles,

-s are singular:

in

mumps,

rabies, rickets,

shingles.

(

h ) Eight hours of sleep is enough.

(

i

(

j

much

Ten dollars is too

)

Five thousand miles is too far to travel.

(k)

Two and two

Arithmetic expressions require singular verbs. four.

Two plus two is/equals ) 1

to pay.

is four.

Two and two equals

(

Expressions of time, money, and distance usually require a singular verb.

)

four.

Five times five is twenty-five.

Plural Verb (m) Those people are from Canada. (

n

)

The police have been

People* -s,

called.

and fish do not end in nouns in the example

police, cattle,

but they are plural

sentences and require

(o) Cattle are domestic animals,

plural verbs.

(p) Fish live under water.

Singular Verb (

q ) English in

many

is

Plural Verb

spoken

(

(

English = language

r

)

The English drink tea

In

t

)

The Chinese have an

In (r):

interesting history.

Some nouns

countries.

(s) Chinese is his native language.

(q):

The English = people from England of nationality that

and -ch can mean

end

in

-sh,

language or people, e.g., English, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese, Vietnamese, Portuguese, French. -ese,

(u) The poor

have many

problems. (

v

)

The

rich

A few as a

get

richer.

either

adjectives can be preceded by the

plural

who have

noun (without

that quality.

the elderly, the

living,

and used

people Other examples: the young, the dead, the blind, the deaf, final -s) to refer to

the disabled.

*The word people has

a final -s (peoples) only

when

it is

used to refer to ethnic or national groups: All

the

peoples of the world

desire peace.

Subject- Verb

Agreement 93

.

j

Exercise 19. Looking at grammar. (Chart 6-5) Choose the correct completions. 1.

The United

2.

The news about Mr. Gonzalez

3.

The NewYork

4.

Physics

5.

Statistics

6.

The

7.

Fifty

8.

Twenty

9.

Many people

States ((has^)have) a population of

Times

(is,

(seek, seeks) to

are) a

(is,

(is,

dollars

an established and respected newspaper.

understand the mysteries of the physical world.

report on

are) the

(is,

are) surprising.

(is,

branch of mathematics.

statistics in that

minutes

are)

are)

production

maximum

(does, do)

not have enough to

11.

Rabies

12.

The French

13.

French

14.

Many Japanese

15.

Portuguese

16.

The poor

17.

The

blind (want, wants) the rest of us to treat

18.

The

effect of a

are)

(is,

(is,

a riot.

fatal disease.

my native

language.

(commutes, commute) to their places of work. are)

(is,

is

eat.

proud, independent people.

are)

not

are)

(is,

prepared in case there

an infectious and often

are)

(is,

are) incorrect.*

length of time allowed for the exam.

The

(is,

(is,

an unreasonable price for the necklace.

world

in the

oil

10.

police

around 300 million.

are)

somewhat

similar to Spanish, (isn't

it,

aren't they)}

helped by government programs.

honeybee's sting on a

susceptibility to the bee's

human

them

the

same way we

treat

everyone

else.

being (depends, depend) on that person's

venom. Most people

(is,

are)

not in danger

if

they are stung, but

there (has, have) been instances of allergic deaths from a single honeybee sting.

Exercise 20. Game. (Chart 6-5) Check your knowledge by choosing the complete the sentences with can be found on page 476.) (The Scots, The

1

Irish,

is or are.

(The English))

correct words (or

Work

numbers)

in parentheses.

in pairs or small groups.

are

famous

Then

(The correct answers

for educational institutions like

Oxford and Cambridge. 2.

(Statistics, Linguistics, Physics)

3.

(Diabetes, Measles, Rabies)

4.

(English, French, Afrikaans)

'Statistics

is

numbers, i.

94

H,

singular it

is

it

statistics are incorrect.

and nature of language.

a blood-sugar illness.

the official language of Namibia.

refers to a field of study (e.g., Statistics is

used as a count noun: singular

Those

ER6

when

the study of the structure

=

one

statistic

(no

an

interesting field of study.).

final -s); plural

= two

statistics.

When

it

refers to particular

For example, 77iis statistic

is

.

.

5.

People from Canada

6.

Approximately (60 percent, 70 percent, 80 percent) of the earth but only (one percent,

called (Canadas, Canadians, Canadese).

ten percent, twenty percent)

+ 100

of the earth's water

7.

312 X

8.

(The United Arab Emirates, The Netherlands, The Philippines)

.5

Hemisphere 9.

1

drinkable.

(227,275,256).

(i.e.,

in the

Northern

north of the equator). not mammals.

(Fish,Whales, Cattle)

Exercise 21 Work in small

covered by water,

Let's talk. (Chart 6-5) groups. Take turns giving answers.

.

How many hours

of sleep

is

enough

for

you?

How are you affected if you

don't get that

amount of sleep? 2.

Write one math equation for each answer: 250, 75, 700, and 1,000. Use addition, subtraction, multiplication, or division. Read the equations aloud for others to answer.

3.

What do you

think

is

a reasonable

amount of money

to

pay for school supplies and

textbooks for one term? think is a manageable distance for a person to commute to and from a job? Give your answer in miles or kilometers.

4.

What do you

5.

In your opinion, what advantages do the old have over the young?

6.

Consider various school subjects: science (biology, chemistry, etc.), mathematics (algebra, geometry, etc.), languages, etc. Which class is easy for you to understand? Which is difficult for you? Which is the most enjoyable?

7.

Think of a country

that has a history you're familiar with. Share

The young

over the old?

some information about Which country

the people (the Chinese, the French, the Egyptians, etc.) of this country.

has a history you'd

like to

know more about?

Exercise 22. Looking at grammar. (Charts 6-2 6 5) Your teacher will give you phrases to complete with is or are. Close your book

for this activity.

Example:

Teacher

(book open):

Speaker A: (book

Teacher

(book open)

Speaker B (book 1

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

A woman

Women

closed): are :

closed):

Every man, woman, and child is

and her child

One of the countries I would like Some of the cities I would like to A number of students Ten minutes Most people

to visit visit

7.

Chinese

8.

The Chinese The poor in my country

9.

10.

Washing the dishes

1 1

The United

12.

This exercise on subject-verb agreement

States

Subject- Verb

Agreement

95

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Charts 6-2 6-5) Your teacher will give you phrases to complete with is or are. Close your book

for this

activity.

Example:

Teacher (book open) His Student A (book closed): His :

1.

2. 3.

4.

His ideas

\

idea

\

idea

is

interesting interesting.

interesting

Some of the people \ friendly One of the girls \ absent Italian \ a Romance language

Two-thirds of the food

6.

The clothes in that store \ expensive The clothing in those stores \ inexpensive Most of the stores in tourist towns \ overpriced

7.

8.

Exercise 24. Let's talk. (Charts 6-2 - 6-5) Choose the correct verb in each sentence. Are the sentences true or no. Share some of your answers with the class. 1.

The United Nations

(has, have)

2.

Mathematics

an interesting subject.

3.

Both boys and

4.

Every

girl

(is,

are)

girls (needs,

and boy

in

my

an important role

need) to learn

country

gone

5.

how

in

\

your opinion? Circle yes

in today's world.

do housecleaning.

to

(needs, need) to

Two

hours of homework per day

(is,

too

are)

much

for

Having good computer

skills (is, are)

necessary

if

you want

One

of the biggest problems in the world today

clean, fresh drinking water for significant 8.

We may come but

I

from

different cultures

believe that people across the world

(is,

are) the lack

(is,

are)

more

Exercise 25. Game. (Charts 6-2 -+ 6-5) Work in teams. Decide if the sentences are correct (C) necessary changes. Your teacher will give you a time

alike

S

96

.h

ER6

we re

The news about

the

2.

The economy

is

not doing well.

3.

Economists

worried.

4.

Economics

1

.

is

is

economy

a field of study.

(I).

If incorrect,

The team with

was

I

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

than

or incorrect

limit.

answers wins.

_/

no

different customs,

different.

C

yes

of

numbers of people.

and have

no

to get a

high-paying job. 7.

yes

elementary

school children. 6.

no

have

immunizations for certain diseases before entering public school. 5.

yes

disappointing.

the

make

most correct

the

.

C

j

I

5.

Where's Kenya on the map?

6.

Where's

7.

More men than women

8.

Chinese have more than

9.

About two-thirds of the Vietnamese works

my gloves?

10.

Two

11.

How many people

12.

What

13.

Everybody

14.

Some

hours

is

I

can't find them.

are left-handed. fifty

thousand written characters. in agriculture.

too long to wait, don't you think?

is

is

there in

the population of

Canada?

Canada?

my family enjoys

in

music and reading.

of the movies these days contains too

much

Exercise 26. Looking at grammar. (Chapter 6) Complete the sentences. Use the simple present form of the 1.

My alarm

2.

There

3.

One

4.

Sensitivity to other people's feelings (make)

5.

Each

6.

My driver's license

7.

(Do)

Sergei's uncle live in the suburbs?

8.

(Do)

most of the students

9.

An

orange and black bird

10.

An

orange bird and a black bird

1 1

The

12.

(Be)

r'mqe

clock (ring)

verbs in parentheses.

seven every morning.

at

a lot of sheep in the field.

(be)

of my friends (keep)

car, truck,

violence.

a goldfish

and motorcycle

bowl on her kitchen

Giorgio a kind person.

stopped

(be)

in

(be)

table.

at the

border by customs

officials.

my wallet.

live in

the dormitories?

sitting in that tree.

(be)

insurance rates on our car

sitting in that tree.

(be)

high because

(be)

we

live in a city.

January and February the coldest months of the year in the Northern

Hemisphere? 13.

Almost two-thirds of the land

in the

southwestern areas of the country

(be)

unsuitable for farming. 14.

A car with poor brakes

and no brake

lights (be)

dangerous.

Subject- Verb

Agreement 97

j

.

15.

Almost

all

the information in those texts

{appear)

to

16.

Every day there

17.

No

18.

Four hours of skiing

news

on the Aztec Indians and

be well researched.

more than

(be)

their civilization

a

dozen

traffic

accidents in the

city.

good news.

(be)

(provide)

plenty

of exercise.

Exercise 27.

Check your knowledge.

(Chapter

Some

Correct the errors in subject-verb agreement.

6)

sentences contain no errors.

are

my

1.

The books

2.

All of the

3.

A lot of the people

4.

Many

5.

The news about lungs

6.

in

windows

of the

is

office 4s- very valuable to

in our

in

my

me.

house were broken class

satellites orbiting

in the earthquake,

works during the day and attends the earth

is

(no errors)

class in the evening.

used for communications.

the long-range effects of air pollution on the development of children's

disturbing.

Studying a foreign language often lead students to learn about the culture of the countries

where

it is

spoken.

common names

7.

One

8.

A number of planes were

9.

Most of the mountain peaks

of the most

for dogs in the

United States are "Rover."

delayed due to the snowstorm in Denver. in the

Himalayan Range

10.

The number

1 1

Seventy-five percent of the people in

is

covered with snow the year round.

of passengers affected by the delays was great.

New York

City

lives in upstairs

apartments, not on

the ground floor. 12.

98 CH

Approximately 76 percent of all the data

=>TER6

in

computers around the world

is

in English.

.

13.

Unless there are a profound and extensive reform of government policies in the near future, the

14.

While

I

economic conditions

was

in Paris,

in that

some of the

country

best food

I

will

continue to deteriorate.

found were not

at the

well-known eating

places but in small out-of-the-way cafes.

3

Exercise 28. Let's talk. (Chapter 6) Work in small groups. Share your experiences

second language learners. Discuss the Summarize some of your Listen to each other for subject-verb agreement. as

following questions and any other thoughts that occur to you.

group's conclusions for the rest of the 1

How much

class.

English do you speak and read outside the classroom? Is using English in class you to meet your language-learning goals? What are some good ways to get

sufficient for

practice with English outside the classroom? 2.

Do

3.

Are you

you avoid certain situations if you have to speak English? For example, speaking on the phone? Attending a party? Participating in class discussion? afraid of making mistakes when you speak? Everyone who is learning a second language makes mistakes. It's part of the process. Do mistakes matter?

and write. (Chapter 6) from your country or from your imagination. Present your story to a small group or to the class in five minutes or less. Begin your tale with Once upon a time, there was/were. Listeners can write short summaries of each story. Exercise 29. Let's talk

Tell a fairy/folk tale

Example:

*

Once upon a time, there was a mother duck who was sitting on her nest of eggs. Suddenly they began to hatch. Six cute, yellow ducklings popped out of their shells, but the seventh had gray feathers and looked very strange. The ugly duckling struggled to fit in, but he felt that nobody wanted him because he looked so different from all the others * Etc.

Adapted from The Ugly Duckling by Hans Christian Andersen.

Subject- Verb

Agreement

99

. .

.

Chapter

.

7

Nouns

li

Exercise

1

.

What do already know? I

(Chart 7-1)

Write the plural forms of the given nouns.

two

one woman, two

9.

one echo, two

one

2.

one branch, two

3.

one mouse, two

10.

one photo, two

4.

one enemy, two

1 1

one zero, two

5

one

valley,

12.

one

6.

one

shelf,

13.

one curriculum, two

7.

one

belief,

14.

one offspring, two

child,

Exercise

2.

children

two

two two

Warm-up.

Last night I ate a 1

.

tomato

lot

of

crisis,

two

(Chart 7-1)

Complete the sentences with the

100

8.

1

.

tomatoes

plural forms of the given nouns.

Did you

see

any

7

kangaroo

2.

potato

8.

goose

3.

fish

9.

donkey

4.

sandwich

10.

deer

5.

carrot

11.

wolf

6.

vegetable

12.

sheep

at the zoo?

——————————————

— ————————

——————— — —————

Regular and Irregular Plural Nouns

7-1 (a)

song

(b)

box

The plural of most nouns is formed by adding final -s*

songs

— boxes

Final -es

end

(d)

man — men woman women

(f)

oxen

geese potatoes

echoes

potato

heroes

tomato

auto autos ghetto ghettos

kangaroos

/r/7os

memos

memento

mouse

goose

hero

memo

nouns that and ~x*

to

-z,

The nouns

teeth

tooth

feet

foot

echo

kilo

(g)

ox

children

kangaroo

added

plural of words that end in a consonant + -y is spelled -ies*

baby

(e)

is

-sh, -ch, -s,

The

babies

(c)

child

in

mice

louse

plural

lice

Some nouns

tomatoes

— studios

radios solos soprano sopranos radio

video

zoo

mementoes/ mementos

—

Some nouns

studio

tatoos

tatoo

solo

mosquito mosquitoes/ mosquitos tornadoes/ tornados to rnado

that

-es to form the

photos pianos

photo piano

in (d) have irregular forms that do not end in -s.

end

in

-o add

in

-o add

plural.

that

end

only -s to form the plural.

videos note:

zoos

When

in

doubt, use your

dictionary or spellcheck.

Some nouns that end

volcano volcanoes/ volcanos zero zeroes/zeros

in

-o add

either -es or -s to form the plural (with -es being the

more usual

plural form).

(h)

calves halves knives leaves

calf half

knife leaf

(i)

belief

j)

(k)

beliefs

thieves

Some nouns

wolf

wolves

are changed to -ves to form the

cliff

roof

criteria

criterion

bacterium curriculum

datum

phenomena

scarf

one one one one

(m)

that

end

in

-fox -fe

plural.

Some nouns that end in -f simply add -sto form the plural.

roofs

series

Some nouns have

sheep

singular

nvo series two sheep shrimp two shrimp*** species two species

analysis

bases

crisis

crises

hypothesis

curricula

parenthesis thesis

the

same

and plural form: One deer is Two deer are ....

e.g.,

Some nouns that English has borrowed from other languages have foreign plurals.

analyses

basis

bacteria

data

scarves/ scarfs

c//ffs

one deer fwo deer one fish fwo f/s/7** one means two means one offspring two offspring

phenomenon (1)

thief

loaves self selves shelf shelves loaf

chiefs

chief

(

lives

life

hypotheses parentheses

theses

medium media memorandum memoranda *For information about the pronunciation and spelling of words ending ** Fishes

is

in -sl-es, see

Chart 6-1,

p. 85.

also possible but rarely used.

***Especially in British English, but also occasionally in American English, the plural of shrimp can be shrimps.

Nouns

101

.

Exercise 3. Game. (Chart 7-1) Divide into teams of three to five members. to

to

The leader has paper and a pen. Use Chart 7-1 nouns that fit the given categories. The team that comes up with the most words within the given time limit wins. Be ready explain a choice if another team questions it. Your teacher will decide if the word belongs plural

list

on the

list.

Example: things that cause people physical problems Team A Leader writes: mosquitoes, lice, tornadoes, autos, Team B: How do autos cause physical problems? Team A: They hit people. Teacher: We'll accept autos on the list.

Make

J

a

list of:

things that

you find

2.

things that

you see every day

3.

things in

4.

things that

1

etc.

life

in nature

that can be dangerous

you can hear

Exercise 4. Looking at spelling. (Chart 7-1) Write the plural form of each word in the correct column.

/deer

belief

box

fish

/hero

chief class

cloud

Some forms

have two possible

leaf

photo

tomato

life

potato

video

wolf zoo

loaf

scarf

kilo

match

sheep

/knife

memo

shelf

spellings.

-s

-es

-ves

no change

beliefs

heroes

knives

deer

102 C APTER7

j

Exercise 5. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-1) Write the correct forms of the given nouns. Use each noun only one time.

/match

piano

attorney

discovery

beach

laboratory

medium

box

man

ox

phenomenon /tooth

cliff

1

.

The baby

has been crying and not sleeping well

at

night because she

is

getting her

first

teeth

matches

need some

2.

I

3.

Studies are showing that

to light the fire.

process information differently from

women. 4.

Maria needed some

5.

New scientific

legal advice for

her businesses, so she contacted two

are

made

every day in

throughout the world. 6.

The farmer loaded

his cart with

of fresh vegetables to take to market.

His cart was pulled by two

7.

The north only steep

8.

The music

no

side of the island has .

No

for people to

walk on. There are

one can climb these steep walls of rock.

building at the university has 27

for students to play on.

Students need to sign up for practice times. 9.

10.

Thunder and

lightning are

of nature.

People get most of their news about the world through the mass is,

.,

that

through radio, television, the internet, newspapers, and magazines.

Nouns

1

03

J

Exercise 6. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-1) Change the nouns to plural as necessary. Do not change any other words. Bacteria (1)

one

Bacterium are the smallest

living thing.

They

are simple organism that consist of

cell.

(2)

Bacterium

body of all (3)

exist

almost everywhere. They are in the

air,

water, and soil* as well as in the

living creature.

There

are

thousand of kind of bacterium. xMost of them are harmless to

human

being,

but some cause diseases such as tuberculosis and pneumonia.

(4) Virus are also

themselves, they are active

(5)

Virus cause

many

cold, measles,

(6) Virus are tiny.

J

lifeless particle that

live in

the

cell

of other living thing.

cannot reproduce, but inside

a living cell they

By

become

and can multiply hundred of time.

common

at the

microscopic organism, but virus

disease.

They

Exercise

7.

human

being with such

The

virus that causes

AIDS

is

230 million** times smaller than the period

viral infection are difficult or

1.

(Chart 7-2) in blue refer to one person or more than one person. If the meaning is more than one, write 2.

1.

his sisters' opinions

4.

my sons'

2.

his sister's opinions

5.

the men's hats

3.

mv son's

6.

the man's hats

*Air, water,

and

soil

impossible to

treat.

Warm-up.

if the words

one, write

illness as influenza, the

and AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome).

end of this sentence. Some

Decide

infect

school

are used as

noncount nouns and thus have no

If the

meaning

is

school

plural form. See

Chart 7-4 for information about noncount

nouns.

"When

and billion are used with numerals, they remain in their singular form: Six company picnic this year. Then are three thousand entrants in the photo contest. VC'hen they are used without numerals to indicate an indefinite but large number of something, they are used in their plural Hundreds of people came to the concert. There are thousands of earthquakes in the world every year. Millions of people the words hundred thousand, million,

hundred employees

arid are

star

104 C *PTER7

tall

attend the

in

.

7- 2

.

Possessive

Singular (a)

the

(b)

Tom my wife

(c)

Noun

Nouns

Possessive

Form

the girl's

girl

Tom's

If

1

a lady

a lady's

(e)

Thomas

Thomas's/Thomas'

Noun

(f)

the

(g)

their

(h)

the ladies

(

Possessive

wives

the

men

my

children

(k)

Alan and Lisa 's apartment

)

2.

Form

the girls' their wives' the ladies' the men 's my children 's

girls

) ( j

i

a singular noun ends

my wife's

(d)

Plural

To show possession, add an apostrophe (') and -sto a singular noun: The girl's book is on the table.

is

only an apostrophe to a plural noun that ends

The

girls' books are

on the

When

third floor.

Mre. Smith's

1

(Mrs. Smith)

2.

The

(boy)

3.

The

(boys)

4.

The

(children)

5.

I

6.

(Sally)

7.

(Bess)

8.

There are many problems

9.

It

10.

hat

is

in -s.

table.

(or more) names are connected name shows possession.

two

husband often

that

do not end

by and, only

in parentheses.

gives her flowers.

red.

hats are red. toys are

fixed the (child)

We

on the

Add an apostrophe and -s to plural nouns in -s: The men's books are on the table.

Exercise 8. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-2) Complete the sentences. Use the possessive form of the nouns

would

there are two possible forms:

Add

the final

j

in -s,

Add an apostrophe and -s: Thomas's book. Add only an apostrophe: Thomas' book.

last

last

me

over the floor.

bicycle.

.

cost

all

name

name

is

is

White,

Young. world.

in (today)

a (month)

salary to

went to (Jack and Larry)

buy

that refrigerator.

house

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-2) Correct the errors. Use the possessive nouns by adding apostrophes and

for dinner.

final -sl-es as

necessary. friends

enjoy visiting friend houses.

1.

I

2.

When I was

in

3.

My uncle

my father brother.

friend's

is

Chicago,

I

stayed at a friend house.

Nouns

1

05

.

have four aunts. All of my aunt homes are within walking distance of my mother apartment.

4.

I

5.

Esteban's aunt oldest son

6.

Bill

7.

I

walked into

8.

I

borrowed the secretary pen

9.

Five astronauts were aboard the space shuttle.

wife

is

welcome

is

a violinist.

a factory worker.

my boss

office.

to

out the application form.

fill

The

astronaut safe return to earth was a

sight to millions of television viewers.

the people right to

know what

the city

10.

It is

1 1

Quite a few diplomats are assigned to our

is

going to do about the housing problem.

Almost

city.

all

of the diplomat children attend a

special school.

12.

A diplomat work invariably involves numerous meetings.

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-2) Correct the errors in the use of possessive nouns by adding apostrophes as necessary. 1.

Texas

is

a leading

producer of petroleum and natural

gas. It

is

one of the world As

largest

storage areas for petroleum. 2.

Psychologists have developed

many

A "personality test" is

different kinds of tests.

used to

evaluate an individuals personal characteristics, such as friendliness or trustworthiness. 3.

4.

Many mythological

stories tell of heroes

one

encounter with

story, the heros

Childrens play

is

encounters with giants or dangerous animals. In

dragon saves a

a

an important part of their

lives.

It

village

teaches

from destruction.

them about

their

environment

while they are having fun. For instance, they can learn that boats float and can practice

ways

own

to

make

toys,

boats

move

across water. Toys are not limited to children. Adults have their

such as pleasure boats, and children have

toys are usually

much more

passenger

1.

1

06

C

computer

the nouns

pilot

computer and airplane}

screen

2.

airplane

computer

airplane

computer

airplane

APTER

7

such as miniature boats. Adults

expensive than childrens toys.

Exercise 11. Warm-up. (Chart 7-3) Which nouns in the list commonly follow

error

theirs,

skills

ticket

.

7-3 Nouns as Adjectives The soup has vegetables (a)

It

is

The

*

in

building has offices an office building.

a noun

in

(c)

The test lasted two hours. It was a two-hour test.

(d)

Her son is five years old. She has a five-year-old son.

When

1

2.

-s-

adjective,

it

is in its

singular form.*

soup

a noun used as a modifier

expression, the noun

incorrect:

Adjectives never take a final -s (incorrect: beautiful t- pictures). See

Exercise

used as an

it.

It

j

is

incorrect: vegetable

(b)

is

When

it.

vegetable soup.

is

She has a

singular

is combined with a number and a hyphen (-) is used.

five year-s- old

Appendix Chart A-2.

Looking at grammar. (Chart

7-3)

Complete the sentences with the words in italics. Use the singular or appropriate. Include hyphens (-) as necessary. 1

shoe

They

2.

flower

My garden has

ehoee

sell

son.

at that store.

ehoe

It is a

in

it.

plural

It is

form

as

store.

a

garden. 3.

bean

This soup

is

made from

black

It is

.

black

soup. 4.

5.

baby

child

People can buy special food in small It is

called

Dr.

Adams

She 6.

salad

At

mosquito

food. is

trained as a psychologist for psychologist.

a

two forks on the

a formal dinner, there are usually

fork 7.

is

is

for

It is

In tropical climates, sometimes

hang

jars for

a net over a

bed

a

it is

table.

The

smaller

fork.

necessary to

to

protect the sleeper from

It is

called a net.

Nouns

1

07

J

.

8.

+

two

The plane was

hour

We 9.

+

ten

year

+

had

We

late.

had

a

wait.

to wait for

My brother is

old

I

have a

brother. 10.

three

+

Arm and

letter

words. Each

dog are

word has

u

Exercise 13. Game. (Chart 7-3) Work in teams. Think of common expressions in which the given nouns are used to modify other nouns. The team that comes up with the most expressions in the given time wins. Example: flower -> a flower vase, a flower garden, a flower shop,

morning

13.

kitchen

10.

street

14.

baby

government

1 1

newspaper

15.

vegetable

football

12.

hotel

16.

bicycle

1.

cotton

5.

telephone

9.

2.

grammar

6.

mountain

3.

birthday

7.

4.

chicken

8.

Exercise 14. Listening. (Chart 7-3) Choose the words you

Listen to the sentences. CD

1

Track 37

Examples:

You You

will hear:

You You

will hear:

Ted

is

Ted

will choose:

is

hear.

a professor at

will choose: (professor)

two well-known

professors

college

(^professor)

colleges

1.

taxi

taxis

driver

drivers

2.

driver

drivers

taxi

taxis

3.

office

offices

manager

managers

4.

manager

managers

office

offices

5.

airplane

airplanes

seat

seats

6.

airplane

airplanes

seat

seats

7.

school

schools

activity

activities

8.

school

schools

activity

activities

1

.

I

letter

My room a.

08 C

(colleges

professors

7-4)

got one a.

2.

colleges.

a highly respected college professor.

(college)

Exercise 15. Warm-up. (Chart Choose all the correct completions.

1

etc.

^TER 7

b.

postcard

b.

furniture

has one

chair

c.

package

d.

mail

c.

table

d.

bed

.

.

7-4 Count and Noncount Nouns (a) (b)

1

Sam

bought a chair.

We

bought

some

We We

incorrect: incorrect:

Chair is called a "count noun." This means you can count one chair, two chairs, etc.

bought three chairs.

chairs:

furniture.

Furniture is called a "noncount noun." In grammar, you cannot use numbers (one, two, etc.) with the word furniture.

bought some furniture -s-. bought -a furniture.

Singular

Plural

Count

a chair

two

Noun

one

some chairs

(1)

may be preceded by a/an

a lot of chairs

(2)

takes a

chair

A

chairs

count noun:

final

-s/-es

in

or

one

in

the singular.

the plural.

many chairs chairs*

Noncount

some

Noun

a

lot

A noncount

furniture

of furniture

much

furniture

noun:

not immediately preceded by a/an or one.

(1)

is

(2)

has no

plural form,

so does not add a

final -s/-es.

furniture*

*0 =

nothing

(i.e.,

no

article or other determiner).

Exercise 16. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-4) Look at the italicized nouns. Write "C" above the count nouns and "NC" above

the noncount

nouns.

C

bought some

1

I

2.

Michiko

3.

We

4.

Gold and

5.

I

6.

They have

C

chairs, tables,

likes to

NC

C

and

desks.

wear jewelry. Today she

saw beautiful mountains, fields, and

used an

an old

In other words, is

I

wearing four

lakes

on our

trip.

bought some furniture. rings, six bracelets,

We

saw beautiful

and

a necklace.

scenery.

iron are metals.

iron to press

my wrinkled

a rusty car without

an

shirt.

engine,

refrigerator in their front yard.

broken furniture, and

Their yard

is full

of junk.

Nouns

1

09

7-5 Noncount Nouns (a)

1

bought some chairs, tables, and desks. bought some furniture.

words,

In

Many noncount nouns

other

In (a): is

(b)

1

put

some sugar in my

1

a "whole" that

is

made up

coffee.

furniture represents a whole group of things that

made up

In (b):

up (c)

refer to

of different parts.

1

of similar but

sugar and coffee represent whole masses made

of individual particles or

Many noncount nouns

wish you luck.

separate items.

elements.*

are abstractions.

luck is an abstract concept, an abstract "whole." has no physical form; you can't touch it; you can't count it. In (c): It

(d)

Sunshine

is

warm and

A phenomenon

cheerful.

of nature,

such as sunshine,

frequently used as a noncount noun, as

(e)

(f

)

Many nouns can be used as

noncount: Ann has brown hair. count: Tom has a hair on his jacket. noncount: count:

1

opened the curtains

Don't forget to turn

go *To express

off

to let in

nouns, but the meaning

some

noncount or count hairm (e) and

is different, e.g.,

light \n(i). light.

the light before you

to bed.

a particular quantity,

either

is

in (d).

(Dictionaries written especially for learners of English as

a second language are a good source of information on count/noncount usage of nouns.)

some noncount nouns may be preceded by

unit expressions: a spoonful of sugar, a glass of water, a

cup of coffee, a quart of milk, a loaf of bread, a grain of rice, a bowl of soup, a bag offlour, a pound of meat, a piece offurniture, a piece of paper, a piece ofjewelry.

7-6 Some

Common Noncount Nouns

list is a sample noncount nouns.

of

This

(a)

nouns

whole groups made up of

that are

commonly used as noncount nouns. Many

similar items:

jewelry, junk, luggage, machinery, mail,

water, coffee, tea, milk,

baggage, clothing, equipment, food, fruit, furniture, garbage, hardware, makeup, money/cash/change, postage, scenery, stuff, traffic, etc.

soup, gasoline, blood, etc.

(b)

fluids:

(c)

solids: ice, bread, butter, cheese, meat, gold, iron, silver, glass, paper,

(d)

gases: steam,

(e)

particles:

(f)

rice,

air,

oil,

oxygen, nitrogen, smoke, smog, pollution,

chalk, corn,

dirt,

other nouns can also be used as

wood, cotton, wool,

etc.

etc.

dust, flour, grass, hair, pepper, salt, sand, sugar, wheat, etc.

abstractions:

— beauty, confidence, courage, education, enjoyment,

fun, happiness, health, help, honesty, hospitality, importance, intelligence, justice, knowledge, laughter, luck, music, patience, peace, pride, progress, recreation,

significance, sleep, truth, violence, wealth, etc.

— advice, information, news, evidence, — time, space, energy, — homework, work, — grammar, slang, vocabulary,

proof, etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

(g) (h) (i) (

j)

i'k)

languages: Arabic, Chinese, English, Spanish, etc. fields of study: chemistry, engineering, history, literature, mathematics, psychology, recreation: baseball, soccer, tennis, chess, bridge, poker, etc. activities: driving, studying, swimming, traveling, walking (and other gerunds)

natural phenomena: weather, dew, fog, hail, heat, humidity, lightning, light, sunshine, electricity, fire, gravity, etc.

110 C

PTER7

rain, sleet,

etc.

snow, thunder, wind, darkness,

.

Exercise

Add

7.

1

Looking at grammar. nouns

final -sl-es to the

(Charts 7-3, 7-5, and 7-6) Do not add or change any other words.

in italics if necessary.

e

e 1.

Isabel always has fresh egg^ available because she raises chicken A in her yard.

2.

I

3.

Outside

4.

Abdullah gave

5.

Yoko learned

6.

I

7.

Window

8.

Mr. Chu wears

9.

It

had

chicken

rice for

my window,

drank two

took

and

are

me

I

dinner

can see a

me some good

several

I

1 1

The

lot

of

tree,

(no change) bush, grass, dirt,

Nadia

advice.

new word today. She

also gave

and flower.

me some good

suggestion.

increased her vocabulary today.

glass of water.

made

of glass.

glass

a lot

because he has poor

of time to finish

have been in Mexico three

10.

last night,

air is full

my

time.

eyesight.

homework.

I

had

a lot of assignment.

I've spent a lot of time there.

of smoke, dust, carbon monoxide, and

many

other harmful substance.

We must

try to reduce air pollution. 12.

I

like to

read good

literature.

poet are Longfellow

experience different season.

I

14.

Being a parent has brought provides

especially like to read novel, poetry,

and Wordsworth.

13.

like to

I

many

me

I

I

and

essay.

My favorite

have always liked their poem.

like

both hot and cold weather.

a lot of happiness. Parenting requires a lot of patience,

but

it

reward.

15.

There are more

16.

The

star in the universe

true sign of intelligence

is

than there are grain of sand on

all

the beaches

on

earth.

not knowledge but imagination*

Exercise 18. Game. (Chart 7 6) Work in teams. The leader has paper and a pen. The teacher will say a noncount noun. Working together, make a list of things that belong to this category until the teacher says "Stop." The team with the most nouns in a list is the winner of that list. Example:

Teacher (book open) mail Leader writes (book closed): mail Team to Leader (book closed): letters, :

*This

is

4.

garbage

jewelry

5.

traffic

clothing

6.

office

1.

fruit

2. 3.

a quote

postcards, packages, etc.

equipment

from Albert Einstein, Nobel Prize winner

in physics.

Nouns

111

.

grammar.

Exercise 19. Looking at

(Charts 7-5

and

7-6)

Add final -s/-es if necessary. Use each noun only one time. In one sentence, you will need to choose the correct word in parentheses. Complete the sentences with the given nouns.

advice

/change /coin computer

1

Yes, I

3.

I like

progress

information

river

truck vocabulary

Mississippi, the

in

Amazon, and

4.

The

5.

There

street

I

and write

7.

it

often

,

have to read 20 pages in

I

enjoy

and buses. In other words,

and

of

staplers in a typical

of

.

do 30 algebra

is

studying the meaning of English words.

He

learned

some new

For example, he learned that the word fly has

two

The

is

365

Toronto

is

32 inches/8 1 centimeters. The population of the metropolitan area

feet/ 109

found

I

didn't feel good.

and go

at

.

Toronto

I

full

it is

a composition. In other words, I have a lot of

3,000,000. 9.

lot

folk songs.

my iPod.

my history book,

today.

8.

and

copiers, telephones,

needs a

.

tonight.

Antonio

least

on

,

are

Tonight

do

listen to

office

In other words,

the Nile are well-known

,

A business

my pocket.

my pocket.

of cars,

is full

business office.

to

in

to listen to operas,

and

6.

traffic

come

have a few

I

change

have some

The

homework

have some money.

I

2.

symphony

equipment

music problem

definition

to bed."

meters above sea

(this

Ann

I

average annual precipitation in

on the

these)

said,

Martha

level.

"You should

said,

see a doctor."

"You should drink

Nick

fruit juice

said,

and

is

over

internet.

"You should go home

rest." I got

from three people. 10.

My English is to write, fast.

112 C

I'm

PTER7

and

I

slowly getting better.

make fewer

satisfied

with the

mistakes.

My vocabulary I

increasing.

is

It's

getting easier for

me

can often understand people even when they talk I've

made

in learning English.

Exercise 20. Warm-up. (Chart 7-7) Read the dialogues. Notice the words in blue, and notice whether or not the speaker and listener are thinking of the same specific cats. Then answer the questions.

Dialogue

Tom:

the

1

Sally will take care of

the cat while we're away.

Anna: Good.

Dialogue

3

Tom: Our new neighbor It's

it

look

like?

an independent nature.

cat has

Anna: That's

cat.

very friendly.

Anna: Oh? What does

Tom: A

has a

true.

But

cats

can also

express a lot of affection

they want

when

to.

Questions:

why do you

1.

In dialogue

2.

In dialogue 2, Tom talking to

3.

1,

is

think Tom uses the?

thinking of a particular cat, but he uses a (not the)

when he

is

Anna. Why?

In dialogue 3, Tom

and Anna do not use

they talking about any and

all

the.

Are they talking about

specific cats, or are

cats in general?

Nouns

113

Basic Article Usage

7-7

Using A or 0: Generic Nouns

I.

Singular

(a)

A banana

is

A

speaker uses generic nouns to make generalizations. A generic noun represents a whole class of things; is not a specific, real, concrete thing, but rather a symbol of a whole group.

yellow.*

Count

it

Noun Plural

In (a)

Bananas are

(b)

yellow.

and

(b):

The speaker

bananas, bananas

Count

Noun

In (c):

The speaker

is

talking

about any banana,

all

general.

in

is

talking

about any and

all fruit, fruit in

general.

Noncount

Fruit is

(c)

good

for you.

Notice that no article (0) count nouns, as in

Noun

II.

plural

is

used to make generalizations with and with noncount nouns, as in (c).

(b),

Using A or Some: Indefinite Nouns

Singular

(d)

ate a banana.

1

Indefinite

Count

Noun Plural

(e)

1

(f)

1

ate

some bananas.

(not symbols), but they are not

ate

some

In (d): The speaker is not referring to "this banana" or "that banana" or "the banana you gave me." The speaker is simply saying that she/he ate one banana. The listener does not know or need to know which specific banana was eaten; it was simply one banana out of all bananas.

Count

Noun Noncount

In (e) and (f): Some is often used with indefinite plural count nouns and indefinite noncount nouns. In addition to some, a speaker might use two, a few, several, a lot of, etc., with plural count nouns, or a little, a lot of, etc., with noncount nouns. (See Chart 7-4.)

fruit.

Noun

III.

nouns are actual things

specifically identified.

Using The: Definite Nouns

Singular

(g)

Thank you

for

the banana.

Count

A noun

is

definite

thinking about the

Noun

when both the speaker and same specific thing.

the listener are

The speaker uses the because the listener knows which banana the speaker is talking about, i.e., that particular banana which the listener gave to the speaker. In (g):

Plural

(h)

Thank you

for

the bananas.

Count

Noun

specific

Notice that the is used with both singular and and with noncount nouns.

Noncount

(i )

Thank you

for

the

plural

count nouns

fruit.

Noun ^Usually a/an

is

used with

must give a child

love.

A

a singular generic

box has

six sides.

An

count noun. Examples:

A

window

(1)

made

of glass.

A

doctor heals sick people. Parents

sometimes used with a singular generic count noun (not a plural generic count noun, not a generic noncount is commonly used with, in particular: species of animals: The blue whale is the largest mammal on earth. The elephant is the largest land mammal. inventions: Who invented the telephone? the wheel? the refrigerator? the airplane? The computer will play an

However, the

is

noun). "Generic the"

(2)

is

apple can be red, green, or yellow.

increasingly large role in all of our lives. (3) instruments: I'd like to learn to play

114 C

PTER 7

the piano.

Do you play the guitar?

j

Exercise 21

Add a/an 1

.

2.

A An

if

Looking at grammar. (Chart

.

necessary. Write

if

the

noun

is

7-7)

noncount. Capitalize as necessary.

bird has wings.

animal needs a regular supply of food.

F 3.

/fbod

a necessity of

is

life.

4.

tennis

5.

tennis player has to practice long hours.

6.

island

7.

gold

8.

bridge

is

a structure that spans a river.

9.

health

is

one of the most important things

a sport.

is

a piece of land

is

is

surrounded by water.

a metal.

word

in

life.

that modifies a noun.

10.

adjective

11.

tree

12.

water

13.

knowledge

is

a source of power.

14.

homework

is

a necessary part of a course of study.

15.

grammar

16.

sentence usually contains a subject and a verb.

17.

English

18.

air is free.

19.

fruit

20.

orange

21.

iron

is

a metal.

22.

iron

is

an appliance used to take wrinkles out of cloth.

23.

basketball

is

round.

24.

basketball

is

a sport.

is

a

needs water to survive. is

is

composed of oxygen and hydrogen.

is

interesting

fun.

used in airports throughout

is

good is

and

much

of the world.

for you.

green until

it

ripens.

^

Nouns

115

J

..

G

Exercise 22. Looking at grammar. (Chart Complete the sentences with a, an, or some. 1

The

2.

I

saw

a

.

bird.

3.

I

saw

some

_

birds.

4.

Rosa borrowed

5.

I

had

6.

I

have

7.

There

is

table in the

8.

There

is

furniture in the room.

9.

There are

teacher

.

money from

homework

to

do

her uncle.

Sonya

is

carrying _

12.

Sonya

is

pulling

13.

There was

14.

I

15.

Helen got

tonight.

room.

chairs in the

1 1

6

announcement.

some

My father gave me

.

an

accident.

room.

advice.

bag. luggage.

earthquake in California.

got

letters in the mail.

letter

Mr. Alvarez got

17.

A computer is

18.

The

from her mother. mail yesterday.

machine that can

_

solve problems.

new machinery.

factory bought

machines are powered by

19.

116

made

10.

1

7-7)

electricity.

Some

use other sources of energy.

20.

I

threw away

junk.

21.

I

threw away

old basket that was falling apart.

22.

I

threw away

old boots that

CI

PTER7

had holes

in

them.

f*-

&$ CD

Exercise 23. Listening. (Chart 7-7) and an can be hard to hear. Listen to each sentence and choose

A

do not hear a or an,

the

word you

hear.

If

you

0.

circle

1

Example: You

That's an excellent idea.

will hear:

You

will

choose:

a

(§ j>

1.

a

an

5.

a

an

2.

a

an

6.

a

an

3.

a

an

7.

a

an

4.

a

an

8.

a

an

Exercise 24. Game. (Charts 7-4 -> 7-7) A favorite game played with a group of people

is called "My Grandfather's Store." Each ." The person begins his/her turn by saying "I went to my grandfather's store and bought first person names something that begins with the letter "A." The second person repeats what the first person said, and then names something that begins with the letter "B." The game continues to the letter "Z," the end of the alphabet. The people in the group have to listen .

and remember

carefully

Assume Pay

.

.

the items previously named.

all

that "grandfather's store" sells just about anything

special attention to the use of al an

anyone would ever think

of.

and some.

Example:

went to my grandfather's went to my grandfather's I went to my grandfather's camel. Speaker D: I went to my grandfather's and some dark socks.

Speaker A: Speaker B: Speaker C:

store

and bought an apple. and bought an apple and some bread. and bought an apple, some bread, and a

store

and bought an apple, some bread, a camel,

I

store

I

store

Etc.

Alternative beginnings:

Tomorrow I'm going

My friends

to

(name of a

place). In

my

suitcase,

I

will

pack ....

are having a party. I'm going to bring ....

Exercise 25.

Warm-up.

(Chart 7-8)

Correct the errors. 1.

Oh, look

2.

I

saw

at

a cat

moon! and

It's

beautiful tonight.

a bird outside

my window.

Cat was trying

to catch a bird, but

it

didn't

succeed. Bird flew away.

3.

The

4.

We

5.

I

birds have the wings.

all

Many

insects have

wings too.

look for the happiness.

have book.

Nouns

117

7-8 General Guidelines for Article Usage The sun

(a)

Omar

listener

specific

or

assume

that your

and thinking about the same thing or person you are talking about.

is

familiar with

the kitchen.

is in

Yesterday saw some dogs. The dogs were chasing a cat. The cat was chasing a mouse. The mouse ran into a hole. The hole was very small.

(b)

Use the when you know

guideline:

bright today.

is

Please hand this book to the teacher. Please open the door.

1

Use the for the second mention

guideline:

of

an

indefinite

mention = some dogs, a cat, a mouse, a hole; second mention = the dogs, the cat, the

noun.*

In (b):

first

mouse, the hole

Apples are my

correct:

(c)

(d)

correct: incorrect:

Gold is a

metal.

The- gold

is

incorrect:

'The

is

not used

apples are

(1)

I

(2)

1

(3)

1

1

apples) or a noncount noun

fruit.

plural

count noun

(e.g..

gold)

when you

noun

(e.g., car) is

What

(2)

Joe offered

color

a metal.

1

guideline:

A

preceded (1) an

by:

singular count

(a/an or the): or

article

or

(2)

this/that:

(3)

a possessive pronoun.

car.

second mention of a generic noun. Compare: a banana (generic noun)? A banana (generic noun) is yellozi: me a banana (indefinite noun) or an apple. I chose the banana is

(definite

noun).

Exercise 26. Looking at grammar. (Charts 7-7 and 7-8) Complete the dialogues with a, an, or the. Capitalize as necessary. 1.

A:

I

an

have

idea. Let's

go on

picnic Saturday.

B: Okav.

A:

Did you have fun

And

B: Sure did.

the

at

good reason

5.

Not

reason Mike gave for being

It's

my blue

C

shirt?

I

wish we had

can wear

different shirt.

washing machine.

A:

I

B:

So do

A:

Have you seen my boots?

I.

It

B: They're in

118

DTER 7

was believable?

washing machine.

in

A: That's okav. 6.

late

reallv.

A: Where's B:

for being late!

Ida

A: Did you think B:

picnic yesterday?

you?

A: You'd better have B:

(e.g..

are

making a generalization.

drove a car. 1 drove the car. drove that car. drove his car.

drove

Do not use toe with a

guideline:

fruit.

favorite

for the

(1)

j

my

The

correct:

(e)

favorite

incorrect:

would make

it

a lot easier to

closet in

do our laundry.

front hallway.

always

.

8.

A:

Can you

B: What's

my

repair

wrong with

car for

me?

it?

radiator has

A:

and one of

leak,

windshield wipers doesn't work.

9.

B:

Can you show me where

A:

What happened

B:

I

A little.

A:

What

B:

I left

A:

What

B:

Mv name

front wheel

parked car when

damage

B:

is?

your bicycle?

to

ran into

A: Did you

leak

I

is

bent.

swerved to avoid

big pothole.

car?

did you do?

owner of

note for did you write on

and address.

Complete the sentences with

note? I

also

wrote

grammar.

Exercise 27. Looking at

a,

car.

apology.

(Charts 7-7

and

7 8)

an, the, or 0. Capitalize as necessary.

3 .beef 2.

is

a kind of

meat.

beef we had for dinner

The

3.

Lucy

is

4.

Lucy

likes to

a

wearing

hats.

hat

6.

hats are

7.

brown hat on Everyone has

9.

That book

is

article

is

of clothing.

articles

that

problems about

life

in

1 1

John Roebling

He

name

died in 1869 from

to

Mark.

life.

of Helen Keller.*

The Brooklyn Bridge was designed by is

of clothing.

hook over there belongs

10.

Bridge.

night was excellent.

straw hat today.

wear

5.

8.

last

of

engineer.

engineer

who

infection before

designed the Brooklyn bridge was

completed.

*The

first

blind and deaf person to graduate from college, Helen Keller (1880-1968) overcame her double handicap to

noted American author,

activist,

and

become

a

lecturer.

Nouns

119

.

Li

Exercise 28. Grammar and speaking. (Charts 7-7 and 7-8) Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or 0. Do you agree or disagree with the statements? Circle yes or no. Share some of your answers with the class. Capitalize as necessary. 1

.

2.

Everyone needs to have If

you have

3.

cell

4.

One key

5.

You'd

9.

healthy

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

roll.

yes

no

easy.

yes

no

watch.

watches. daily physical exercise.

life is

read a book about

and

life

art of

Pablo Picasso.

men and

good on both

women.

easy language to learn.

is

beings similar to

8.

no

phones are replacing

jewelry looks

English

yes

phone.

phone, you don't need to wear

to

like to

6.

7.

a cell

cell

human

beings exist somewhere in

loud rock music

Listening to

10.

music you

1 1

vocabulary in

is

rock 'n

like best is

this exercise

is

universe.

fun.

Exercise 29. Looking at grammar. (Charts 7-7 and 7-8) Complete the sentences with a, an, the, or 0. Capitalize as necessary. 1.

We

2.

Alex,

need

new phone.

to get

would you please answer people use

3.

oxygen.

They

The

are a source of

biggest bird in the world

anything

it

and 5.

swimmer's

(

PTER

the ostrich.

7

life.

about

eats just

glass,

person with one I

kick.

read about

When

dolphins chased

It

shark by shark attacked

it

away.

We

use plant products to build

textiles.

stones,

swimmer who was saved from

swimmer,

20

is

kill

group of dolphins.

1

paper and

.

recent newspaper article,

Australian

different ways. Plants supply us with

lifesaving medicines.

can reach, including keys. It can

In

many

plants in

houses and to make 4.

phone?

They saved

6.

I

heard on the radio that there

captivity.

Dolphins that are

nature

free in

average of 12 years.

live

dolphins suffer in

evidence that

is

It is

believed that

live

around 40

some

years. Captive dolphins

captive dolphins

commit

suicide.

Look. There's

7.

suppose

was

fly

flying upside

walking on

fly

flying rightside

down when

it

up and

landed on

Exercise 30. Listening. (Charts CD

ceiling.

Do

upside down.

you

flipped over at the last second, or

was

it

ceiling?

and

7-7

It's

7-8)

Listen to this informal talk with your book closed. Complete the sentences with a, an, or the.

Then open your book and

listen again.

1

Computer Bugs

When

there

computer, we often say we have

problem with

is

"computer bug." Of course,

it's

not

real insect.

It refers

technical difficulty

to

4

we

5

expression actually goes back to Thomas Edison,

are having.

who was

6

famous

inventor.

7

When

he was working on

phonograph, he had

a lot of problems.

He

imaginary insect that had hidden inside

problems to

attributed

his first

10

machine.

He was quoted

newspaper

in

as saying there

was

"

phonograph. This was

in 1889,

and

bug"

in his

12

li

first

it is

word bug

recorded use of

in

such

14

13

context. 15

Exercise 31.

Warm-up.

(Chart 7-9)

Before you look at the next chart, try this exercise. that cannot be used to complete the sentences.

Example: I bought

Draw

a line

through the words/expressions

furniture.

1.

some

2.

a couple of

3.

several

4.

too

5.

too

much many Nouns

121

/ received

/ received

letters.

mail.

1.

two

16.

two

2.

a couple of

17.

a couple of

3.

both

18.

both

4.

several

19.

several

5.

some

20.

some

6.

a lot of

21.

a lot of

7.

plenty of

22.

plenty of

8.

too

many

23.

too

many

9.

too

much

24.

too

much

10.

a

few

25.

a few

11.

a

little

26.

a little

12.

a

number

27.

a

13.

a great deal of

28.

a great deal of

14.

hardly any

29.

hardly any

15.

no

30.

no

of

number of

7-9 Expressions of Quantity Used with Count and Noncount Nouns Used with Count Nouns

Used with Noncount Nouns

one each

one apple each apple

0*

every

every apple

two, etc.

two apples both apples a couple of apples a few apples

Expressions of Quantity (a)

(b)

both

a couple a few

of

many a number of

(d)

a

a great deal of rice

no apples hardly any apples some/any apples

no

some/any of/ lots of

plenty of

a lot of/ lots of apples plenty of apples

most

most apples

all

all

apples

For example, one

122 CHAPTER

in (a)

are used only with noncount nouns, as in (c).

a great deal of

not used.

expressions of quantity are

Some

little rice

much

lot

may

used only with count nouns, as and (b).

a

little

hardly any

'O

Some

much

a

of quantity

precede a noun.

several apples many apples a number of apples

several

(c)

An expression

7

is

no

rice

Some

some/any a

are used with both count and noncount nouns, as in (d).

rice

hardly any

rice rice

lot of/ lots

plenty of

of rice

rice

most rice all rice

not used with noncount nouns.

You can say

"I ate

one apple" but not

"I ate

one

rice."

Exercise 32. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7 9) Draw a line through the expressions that cannot be used column has been

homework

Jake has

j

to

complete the sentences. The

first

started for you. Isabel has

_

assignments.

1.

three

13.

three

2.

several

14.

several

3.

some

15.

some

4.

a lot of

16.

a lot of

5.

too

much

17.

too

much

6.

too

many

18.

too

many

7.

a

few

19.

a few

8.

a

little

20.

a

little

9.

a

number

21.

a

number of

of

10.

a great deal of

22.

a great deal of

11.

hardly any

23.

hardly any

12.

no

24.

no

Exercise 33. Looking at

grammar.

(Chart 7-9)

Complete the sentences with much or many. Also write the plural form of the nouns as necessary. In some sentences, you will need to choose the correct verb in parentheses. citiee 1

.

I

haven't visited

2.

There

3.

I

haven't gotten

4.

I

don't get

5.

There

((isn't?) aren't)

(is,

many

_

city in the

much

United

money mail

in

States.

my bank

account.

lately.

letter.

are) too

furniture in Anna's living room.

Nouns

123

J

can't go with

6.

I

7.

A:

you because

How

I

work

have too

side does a

to do.

pentagon have?

B: Five.

8.

I

couldn't find

9.

I

haven't

information in that book.

met

10.

How

11.

I

think there

12.

I

don't have

13.

The doctor

14.

A:

people since postage does this (is,

I

letter

came

here.

need?

violence on television.

are) too

patience with incompetence.

has so

How

patient that she has to

work

at least twelve

hours a day.

tooth does the average person have?

B: Thirty-two.

15.

j

There

international

(isn't, aren't)

news

in the local paper.

Exercise 34. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-9) given noun can be used to complete the sentence, write it in its correct form plural). If the given noun cannot be used to complete the sentence, write 0. If the

1.

Helen bought several

24

Jack bought too much '

shoe

furniture

salt

jewelry

equipment necklaces

necklace

1

3.

lamps

lamp

2.

.

Sam

bought a

lot

of

tool

4.

Alice bought a couple of

stamp

bread

rice

loaf of bread

stuff

honey

thing

jar

AFTER

7

of honey

(singular or

.

.

5.

6.

I read a few

_

9.

Nick has a number of

novel

shirt

literature

homework

poem

pen

poetry

chalk

I bought some

10.

patience

orange juice light

/ don h have a great deal of

wealth

bulb

hardware

friend

computer

pencil

software

7.

8.

We need plenty of

11.

/ need a

sleep

_

money

information

_

advice

fact

_

time

help

_

minute

I saw both

12.

little

The author has many

woman

idea

movie

theory

scene

hypothesis

scenery

knowledge

Exercise 35. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 7-9) Interview two other students. Ask them to complete the answers with the

given sentences. Share

some of their

class.

number

1

I

have a

2.

I

need

3.

Teachers need to have a great deal of ...

4.

People in (name of a country) have too

of ...

.

to have a lot of ...

.

.

much

/

too

many

....

Nouns

1

25

..

Exercise 36. Warm-up. (Chart 7-10) Choose the correct answers.

Which sentence

1

2.

a.

gives a negative meaning of "not many people"? Deserts are largely uninhabited. Very few people live in the middle of a desert.

b.

We

had

We met

good time.

a

a few people and had

some

nice conversations.

gives a negative meaning of "not much water"? hot today. You should drink a little water. desert is a dry place. There is little water in a desert.

Which sentence a.

It's

b.

A

Using A Fezv and Few; A

7-10 count:

noncount:

(a)

(b)

We We

Little

and

Little A few and few are

sang a few songs.

nouns, as

listened to a little music.

A

little

and

nouns, as

(c)

She has been here

only two weeks, but she has already

She has made some

(Positive idea:

I'm very pleased.

(Positive idea:

(e)

1

1

(f

)

little

a

been able

I've

to

present, as

friends.)

save a

little

are used with noncount

little

give a positive idea;

in (c)

all

of

Few and

She has (very) few friends. She does not have many friends; she has almost

little

largely absent,

(Negative idea:

1

1

don't even have

enough money

to

something

is

in (e).

stronger, the in (f).

Exercise 37. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-1 0) Without changing the meaning of the sentence, replace the few, a little, or (very) little. a

as

Very (+ few/ little) makes the negative number/amount smaller, as

buy

do not have much money; 1 have almost no money)

think that

(without a) give a negative

idea; they indicate that

friends.)

1

is

(d).

it.)

feel sorry for her.

have (very) little money. food for dinner.

and

moneythis month.

have saved some money instead of spending

(Negative idea:

no

count

they indicate that something exists,

friends.

(d)

plural

in (b).

A few and

made a few

used with

in (a).

italicized

words with a fezv, (very)

little

some lemon

1

I

2.

Many

3.

Some sunshine

4.

January

juice

on

fish

makes

it

taste better.

(very) few people are multilingual, but not many people speak more than ten languages.

is

is

a cold

better than none.

and dreary month

in the

northern

states.

There

is

not

much sunshine

during that month. 5.

My parents

like to

they go to bed.

1

26


7 12) Most of the statements are overgeneralizations. Make each statement

clearer or

more accurate

by adding an expression of quantity. Add other words to the sentences or make any other changes you wish. Work in pairs, in small groups, or as a class. Example:

My classmates ->

-* >

-*

-+

from Japan. are from Japan. All (of) my classmates are from Japan.* One of my classmates is from Japan. Hardly any of my classmates are from Japan. None of my classmates is from Japan. are

Most of my classmates

1

My classmates

2.

People are friendly.

3.

The pages

4.

Babies are born bald.

5.

The

6.

People

7.

The people

8.

The

countries in the world are in the Northern Hemisphere.

9.

The

citizens of the

speak Arabic.

in this

students in

book contain

my class

are

illustrations.

from South America.

like to live alone. I

know

like to live alone.

United States speak English.

read scary stories.

10.

Children

1 1

The

12.

Airplanes depart and arrive precisely on time.

13.

The

rivers in the

14.

The

pollution in the world today

like to

children in

my

country go to school.

world are polluted. is

caused by

Exercise 49. Let's talk. (Charts 7 9 - 7-12) As a class, make a list of controversial topics (i.e.,

From

agrees with) that you think are interesting.

human

beings.

topics that generate opinions not everyone this

list,

choose topics that you would

like to

discuss with your classmates; then, divide into groups to talk about them.

At the end of the discussion time, the leader of each group will report on the opinions of group using expressions of quantity to make generalizations (e.g., Most of us believe that ... OR Only a few of us think that .). The number of topics you choose to discuss depends on the time available.

his or her

.

Sample

.

topics:

physician-assisted suicide for terminally

ill

patients

birth control education in public schools a current

war or other

political crisis

the dangers posed by global

warming

*Using of after all is optional with a specific noun. correct: All of my classmates .... correct: All my classmates are ....

Nouns

1

33

.

j

Exercise 50.

Check your knowledge.

(Chapter

7)

Correct the errors. 1

That book contain many

2.

In

3.

She

4.

In the past, horses was the principal

5.

He

6.

There

my

country, there

is

different kind of story

and

article.

alot of schools.

always willing to help her friends in every possible ways.

is

mean

of transportation.

succeeded in creating one of the best army in the world. are a lot of

equipments

in the research laboratory,

but undergraduates are not

allowed to use them.

have a

five years

old daughter and a three years old son.

7.

I

8.

Most

9.

Everyone seek the happiness

of people in

my

apartment's building in the

is

life.

10.

Writing compositions are very hard for me.

1 1

Almost of the student

12.

It's difficult

134 CHAPTER

7

for

me

to

in

my

friendly.

class are

from

Asia.

understand English when people uses a

lot

of slangs.

.

8

Chapter Pronouns

j

Exercise

What do already know?

1.

I

(Chart 8-1)

Correct the errors in pronoun usage. 1

My friends

and

ordered Indian food

I

at the restaurant.

I

wasn't very hungry, but

I

ate

most of them. 2.

When we

3.

If

4.

A hippopotamus

were

you want

in school,

my

sister

to pass you're exams,

me

and

used to play tennis

after school every day.

you had better study very hard

for

it.

spends most of it's time in the

water of rivers and lakes. 5.

After work, Mr.

explained 6.

it

My friends

Gray asked

to us

to speak to

and asked

asked to borrow

Mona and

I

about the company's new

policies.

He

for ours opinions.

my

car because their's was in the garage for repairs.

Exercise 2. Warm-up. (Chart 8-1) Talk about names, paying special attention to pronouns. Part

Use personal pronouns

I.

to refer to people in the classroom.

Begin your sentence with

the given pronoun.

Examples: She

-> She is Marika. Their -* Their names are Marika, Carlos, and

1.

He

5.

Their

2.

They

6.

Our You You

3.

I

7.

4.

We

8.

Part

II.

1

9.

10.

Talal.

Her His

(singular)

11.

She

(plural)

12.

Your

Discuss these topics. Listen for pronouns.

many

names have

special meanings. For example, in Japanese, Akira Spanish, "intelligent." In Amanda means "loveable." In Chinese, Liang means "kindhearted." Does your name have a special meaning?

In

cultures, first

means 2.

What

kind of names do people in your culture give pets?

What

are

some common names?

135

Personal Pronouns

8-1

Singular

Subject

Object

Possessive

Pronoun

Pronoun

Pronoun

/

me

mine

you

you

yours

she. he.

Plural

her. him.

it

we

us

you

you them

they

(

a)

1

read a book. i

my (name) your (name) her. his. its (name)

its

our (names) your (names) their (names)

ours yours theirs

was go od.

It i

hers. his.

it

Possessive Adjective

A pronoun

is

refers to

called the "antecedent."

used

The noun

place of a noun.

in

it

i

t_l

In (a):

is

The pronoun

it

refers to the

antecedent noun

book. (

b)

1

They were

read sc )me books.

c )ood.

A

>k

sinqular pronoun

as

in (a).

noun, as

(c) /like tea.

Do you

like

A

plural

is used pronoun

to refer to

used

is

in (b).

Sometimes the antecedent noun

tea too?

a sinqular noun. a plural

to refer to

is

understood, not

explicitly stated. In (c):

/

refers to the speaker,

person the speaker

d ) John has a

He

car.

(e) John works

in

my

drives to work.

office.

1

know him

(

f )

1

talk to

refers to the

of sentences,

object pronouns are used as the objects of verbs, as him in (e). or as the objects of prepositions, as

well.

/w'min (

and you

talking to.

subject pronouns are used as subjects as he in (d).

s (

is

(f).

him every day possessive pronouns are not followed immediately by

g ) That boc >k is hers. Yours is over there.

a noun; they stand alone, as

Possessive pronouns do not take apostrophes, as

That book is hers Yours is ov er there.

(h) INCORREl :t:

>

in (g).

.

in (h).

(See Chart 7-2.

p.

105. for the use of apostrophes

with possessive nouns.)

(

(

) i

j

)

Her book is here. Your book is over

A

bird

uses

(k) incorrect:

(

) 1

(m)

It's

its

A

wings

bird

possessive adjectives are followed immediately by a noun; they do not stand alone.

there.

to

uses

compare:

fly.

-tte

wings

to

cold today.

The Harbour

Inn

Its

has no apostrophe when

possessive, as fiy.

has an apostrophe when it is used as a it is. as in (I), or it has when has part of the present perfect tense, as in (m).

is

my

favorite old hotel.

It's

been

in

It's vs. its is

a

common

native speakers of English.

8

used as a

contraction of

note:

APTEP

is

It's

business since 1933.

13

it

in (j).

source of error

for

is

)

.

j

Exercise 3. Looking at

1

grammar.

pronouns and

Identify the personal

He

Jack has a part-time job. >

=

{he

a pronoun; Jack

—

(Chart 8-1

their antecedents.

works

at a fast-food restaurant.

the antecedent)

4.

Most monkeys don't like water, but they can swim well when they have to. The teacher graded the students' papers last night. She returned them during Nancy took an apple with her to work. She ate it at lunchtime.

5.

A dog makes

6.

Yuri's cat

2. 3.

is

a

good pet

if it is

class today.

properly trained.

named Maybelle Alice. She* is very independent. She him gladly. They like to please him.

never obeys Yuri. His

dogs, on the other hand, obey

j

Exercise 4. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-1) Choose the words in italics that are grammatically correct, note: A number of native English speakers commonly use subject pronouns after and, even when the grammatically correct choice

is

an object pronoun.

1

My parents always

2.

Just

3.

There's Kevin. Let's go talk to him.

4.

Mrs. Minski needs to know the truth. I'm going to

read bedtime stories to

between you and / / me,

I

my sister and / / me.

think Ms. Lucas I

need

to

is

going to lose her

tell

you and he tell

I

job.

him something.

Mr. Chang and

she

I

her the truth,

and you can't stop me. 5.

j

Alex introduced Sally and /

/

me

to his cousin

from Mexico

City.

grammar. (Chart 8-1) each situation with pronouns for the word in

Exercise 5. Looking at Complete the sentences Situation 1

I

need

1

:

to

went

to

her

go talk to

and I

I

have been friends since high school. brother and

elementary school with

4.

parents are best friends with

5.

is

getting married next

short trip before 6.

7.

*If the

italics.

There's Sarah.

2.

3.

in

my parents.

month. Another friend and

I

on

are taking

a

marriage.

Being with

is

a lot of fun.

We

laugh a

always has a good time with

sex of a particular animal

.

is

known, usually she or he

lot.

friends.

is

used instead of it.

Pronouns

137

J

.

Situation

J

fm not feeling well.

2:

8.

My friends

9.

The food bank

and

were planning

But

11.

I'd better call

12.

Could

I

will

to volunteer at

today.

our local food bank* today.

to help

them with various

projects.

have to go without

Sami

friend

use your

home

my friends and

often asks

my friends

10.

think I'd better stay

I

phone?

cell

to

him

tell

I

can't

today.

with

don't have

I

come

.

Exercise 6. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-1) Choose the correct words in italics. 1

This is

2.

is

(my)

/

mine umbrella. (Your) /Yours umbrella

over there.

This umbrella

my

is

I

mine.

The

other one

is

your I yours. 3.

Mary and Bob words,

4.

Mary

have

has her

Our I Ours house

is

neighbors' house. their

I

theirs is

their I

I

hers,

theirs

books. In other

and Bob has

his

almost the same as our

The

I

I

him. ours

only difference in appearance

is

that our

I

ours

is

gray and

white.

Exercise 7. Let's talk. (Chart 8 l) Place a pen or pencil on your desk. Your teacher will say a sentence. the sentence, indicating the person(s) the sentence refers

to.

One

student will repeat

Close your book for

this activity.

Example:

Teacher: This one is mine, and that one is hers. Ahmed? Ahmed: {Ahmed points to his pen and gestures toward himself): This one is mine. {Ahmed points to another pen and gestures toward Anita): And that one is hers.

j

1

This pen

is

mine, and that pen

2.

This pen

is

hers,

3.

These

are ours,

This one

his.

5.

Their pens are there, and her pen

are theirs.

6.

This

and that pen

and those

yours, and that one

4.

is

is

yours.

is

isn't hers.

8. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-1) Complete the sentences with its or it's.

Exercise

1

Are you looking

for the olive oil?

2.

A honeybee has

two wings on each side of

*food bank

=

a place that receives donations ot food

138 CHAPTER

8

It'e

on the top

shelf.

body.

and gives them away to needy people.

It's his.

is his. is

here.

Tom has

3.

name

a pet.

is

Squeak.

been

a turtle.

his pet

for several years.

j

4.

A nation that does not educate

5.

All of us can help create peace in the world. Indeed,

in Florida, I

called an anhinga. QtY)

into the water

pointed tosses

I

bill.

toss

and

&S Track 4i

our responsibility to do

so.

I

Its

observed an interesting bird a fish eater. It

spears Ispear

its I it's

They

I

prey on

After emerging from the water,

the fish into the air and catches

it I

them in mid-air, and then swallows

it I

them headfirst.

action. I enjoy

rt)

future.

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-1) Choose the correct words in italics.

When I was

j

no

children has

Its I It's

watching

I

them a

its I it's

it I

I

dive

long,

they

catch

swallow

interesting to

it I

I

dives

watch anhingas

in

lot.

Exercise 10. Listening. (Chart 8-1) Pronouns can be hard to hear in spoken English because they are usually unstressed. Additionally, if the pronoun begins with "h," the Ihl sound is often dropped in rapid, relaxed speech. Complete each conversation with the words you hear. 1.

Where's Kim? A:

I

don't know.

B:

I

think

I

haven't seen

too.

D: Ask

Have you

assistant.

He'll know.

tried looking in

The Nelsons A:

Hmmm.

B:

Really?

know

office? I

much, but maybe 2.

morning.

in the restroom.

C: I'm looking for

E:

this

not there

surprise you.

are giving their daughter a motorcycle for graduation.

C: That's an odd

like

motorcycles that much?

a motorcycle rider? gift.

I

wonder what

were thinking.

D: That's what the Smiths gave

son.

I

already had

think

an accident. E:

I'm not a fan of motorcycles. Cars

F:

I

just don't see

a wonderful gift!

think

been

I've

had

in traffic. _

for years,

and

great.

Pronouns

1

39

J

.

Exercise 11. Warm-up. (Chart 8-2) Pretend you are writing an article about seat belts. Which sentence would you choose to include? Why? note: All the sentences are correct.

3.

A driver should put on his seat belt as soon as he gets in his car. A driver should put on her seat belt as soon as she gets in her car. A driver should put on his or her seat belt as soon as he or she gets

4.

Drivers should put on their seat belts as soon as they get in their cars.

1

2.

in his or her car.

8-2 Personal Pronouns: Agreement with Generic Nouns and Indefinite Pronouns (a)

A

student walked

into the

room.

She was

(b)

A

student walked

In (a)

and

(b):

whose gender

looking for the teacher. into the

room.

The pronouns refer to particular individuals is known. The nouns are not generic.

He was

looking for the teacher.

(c)

A

student should always do his assignments.

A

generic noun* does not refer to any person or thing it represents a whole group.

in

particular; rather, (d)

A

student should always do his or her assignments.

A

In (c):

student

is

a generic noun;

it

refers to

anyone who

is

a

student.

With a generic noun, a singular masculine pronoun has been used traditionally, but many English speakers now use both masculine and feminine pronouns to refer to a singular generic noun, as in (d).

(e)

Students should always do their assignments.

Indefinite

(f

)

(g)

Problems with choosing masculine and/or feminine pronouns can often be avoided by using a plural rather than a singular generic noun, as in (e).

pronouns

everyone everybody

someone somebody

anyone anybody

no one** nobody

everything

something

anything

nothing

Somebody left

his book on the desk. Everyone has his or her own ideas.

In

formal English, the use of a singular pronoun to refer to an

indefinite correct,

(h)

informal:

In

Somebody left Everyone has *See Chart 7-7,

**No one can

j

p.

their their

book on the desk.

own

ideas.

pronoun is generally considered in (f) and (g).

be grammatically

everyday, informal English (and sometimes even

formal English), a plural personal pronoun refer to

an

indefinite

pronoun, as

is

in

more

usually used to

in (h).

114, for basic article usage.

also be written with a

hyphen

in British English:

No-one

heard me.

Exercise 12. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-2) Change the sentences by using plural instead of singular generic nouns where possible. Change pronouns and verbs as necessary. Discuss the advantages of using plural rather than singular generic nouns. 1

.

When

a student

When

14C

to

as

C APTER3

students

wants to study, he or she should find a quiet place. want to study, they should find a quiet place.

.

2.

talked to a student in

I

missed. She gave them 3.

Each student

my chemistry to me gladly,

class.

I

asked to borrow her notes from the class

spend three hours per week

in Biology 101 has to

I

{no change) in the laboratory

where he

or she does various experiments by following the directions in his or her lab manual. 4.

A citizen has two primary responsibilities. He serve willingly

5.

We

on

should vote in every election, and he should

a jury.

She discussed her experiences

listened to a really interesting lecturer last night.

an

as

archeologist in Argentina.

j

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-2) Complete each sentence with the pronoun(s) that seems appropriate to the given situation. Choose the correct verbs in parentheses as necessary. Discuss formal vs. informal pronoun usage. 1

One

2.

One friend

Somebody

classmate to another: Look. to

Of course you can

another:

book on

their*

left

learn to dance!

my desk.

Anyone can

learn

Is

how

it

to

yours?

dance

if

{wants, want) to. 3.

Business textbook:

An

manager must be

effective corporate

able to motivate

employees. 4.

One roommate I

5.

want

Son

to

keep

another: If

to

my meeting with Jim

mother: Gosh,

to his

7.

A

end

university lecture: I will

work

I

am,

you don't know.

tell

a secret.

everyone

food.

I

who came

didn't

know

to the class picnic

that, so I didn't

was supposed to

have anything to

eat.

I'm

hungry!

really

A

Mom,

own

bring

6.

anyone asks where

my lecture

today by saying that

in partnership with

magazine

article:

believe a teacher needs to

students.

People do not always see things the same way. Each person has

own way

Exercise 14.

I

Warm-up.

of understanding a situation.

(Chart 8-3)

noun team. Discuss how the pronouns in the two sentences are different, note: Both sentences are correct.

All the

1

pronouns

When

the soccer

who had 2.

in blue refer to the

team won

A basketball team

*also possible:

in the closing

scored the winning goal and

his; his or her;

is

her or

relatively small.

moments of the game, they ran him on their shoulders.

to the player

lifted It

doesn't have as

many members

as a baseball team.

his.

Pronouns

141

J

.

8-3 Personal Pronouns: Agreement with (a)

My

family

is

large.

It is

composed

When

of

nine members.

(b)

My

family

is

laving

loving

When

and supportive. to help me.

of collective

a singular

a collective noun refers to a collection of various pronoun {they, them, their) is used, as

individuals, a plural

couple

family

public

class

crowd

committee

faculty

government group

team

When

unit,

in (b).*

nouns staff

noun refers to a collection of individuals, the verb may be either singular or plural: My family is OR are A singular verb is generally preferred in American English. A plural verb is used more frequendy in British

the collective

and supportive.

English, especially with the words government or public.

government are planning many

Ji

a collective noun refers to a single impersonal (it, its) is used, as in (a).

audience

*Xote:

Nouns

gender-neutral pronoun

They are always ready

Examples

Collective

(American:

The government

is

planning

many

changes.

British:

The

changes.)

Exercise 15. Looking at

grammar.

(Chart 8-3)

Complete the sentences with pronouns. In some of the sentences, there is more than one possibility. Choose the correct singular or plural verb in parentheses as necessary. 1

.

I

have a wonderful family.

{loves, love)

2

I

I

very much, and

they

me.

looked up some information about the average American family. {consists, comsist)

3.

them

love

The audience clapped

I

found out that

of 2.3 children.

enthusiastically.

Obviously

had enjoyed the

concert.

The crowd

5.

The crowd became more and more

at the

soccer

began

142

game was huge.

4.

O

APTER8

to shout

exceeded 100,000 people.

excited as the premier's motorcade approached.

and wave

flags in the air.

The audience

6.

The

class

bring

is

3

The

many

different kinds of food

last

and

class

is

too small.

Warm-up.

a picture of yourself.

are)

going to

friends to celebrate

going to be canceled.

are)

(Chart 8-4)

Show

it

Answer and 5.

to the rest of the class.

names

in items

the questions in complete

1

what did you draw?

(.

.),

drew

4.

Who Who Who

5.

(

3.

(is,

some of

invite

(is,

sentences. Your teacher will supply student

2.

day of school,

.

Exercise 16.

Draw

1.

(was, were) larger than

to overflowing.

planning a party for the

with 8.

room

the

had expected.

I

7.

filled

Name someone. drew a picture of himself? Name someone. drew pictures of themselves? Name them. ),

a picture of herself?

did you and

(

)

draw pictures of yourselves?

S£LT- Portrait

8-4 Reflexive Pronouns Singular

Plural

myself

ourselves

yourself

yourselves

herself, himself, itself,

(a)

Larry 1

(b)

was

the theater.

in

themselves

oneself

/

saw him.

talked to him.

saw myself in the mirror. myseli'for a long time. 1

(c)

incorrect:

(d)

— — — —

Did

1

saw -me-

someone

/

looked at

A

(a)

reflexive

when

and

(b):

Usually an object pronoun

in

pronoun

is

him

in (a).

used as the object

of

is used as the (See Chart 8-1 .)

a verb or preposition

the subject of the sentence and the object are the

person, as

in (b).*

same

/and myself are the same person.

the mirror.

email the report to Mr. Lee?

Reflexive pronouns are also used for emphasis.

Yes. In (d):

The speaker would say

"I

myself" strongly, with emphasis.

Are you sure? Yes.

/myse/f emailed the

report to

—

(f

Anna

/

The emphatic

reflexive

or pronoun, as

him. (e)

)

Compare

object of a verb or preposition, as

in (d),

pronoun can immediately follow a noun come at the end of the clause, as in (e).

or

emailed the report to him myself.

lives

by

herself.

The expression by + a

reflexive

pronoun means

"alone."

^Sometimes an object pronoun is used as the object of a preposition even when the subject and object pronoun are the same person. Examples: I took my books with me. Bob brought his books with him. I looked around me. She kept her son close to her.

Pronouns

1

43

J

.

j

Exercise 17. Looking at grammar. (Chart Complete the sentences with appropriate 1

Everyone drew

2.

Rosa drew

3.

Yusef drew a picture of

4.

The

5.

We

6.

Olga, you drew a picture of

7.

All of you

8.

When

self-portraits.

I

drew

8-4)

pronouns.

reflexive

myself

a picture of

a picture of

.

.

children drew pictures of

.

drew pictures of

.

,

drew pictures of

,

one draws a picture of

Exercise 18. Looking at

didn't you? didn't you? it is

,

called a self-portrait.

grammar.

(Chart 8-4) Complete the sentences with appropriate reflexive pronouns. 1.

Tommy told

2.

Masako

3.

People surround

4.

Omar

a

lie.

He was ashamed

himself

of

while she was chopping vegetables.

cut

thinks Oscar

with friends and family during holidays. telling the truth.

is

So does Ricardo.

don't

I

believe Oscar's story for a minute! 5.

Now that their children

6.

A: Should B:

No

are grown,

Mr. and Mrs. Grayson

for you,

such an important decision about your 7.

Emily and Ryan, be

8.

A:

I

B:

Me too.

careful! You're

I

own

life.

going to hurt

like to

work

for

!

too.

Jason, you need to eat better and get

more

exercise.

.

Your father takes care of

.

Your father and People

of staying healthy than those

\PTER8

can make

Ann. Only you

envy Jacob. He's self-employed.

.

14

.

my job.

A: Yeah. I'd 9.

by

marry Steve?

I

one can make that decision

hate

live

who

who

I

are healthy because

take care of

don't.

You should

take better care of ,

we

take

and

I

take care of

good care of have a better chance

.

j

Exercise 19. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8 4) Complete each sentence with a word or expression from the pronoun. Use each word/expression only one time.

angry

killed

entertained

laugh at

feeling sorry for

pat

1.

Karen Williams never took

2.

Did Roberto have

3.

All of you did a

good

4.

You did

job, Barbara.

5.

A man down the

6.

The

a

good

a

street

reflexive

talking to

/taught

lessons.

good time job.

and an appropriate

promised proud of

introduced

at

enjoy

list

how

taught hereelf

She

to play the piano.

Did he

at the party?

You should be on the back.

You should

committed

suicide.

We

were

all

shocked by the news that he had

children played very well without adult supervision.

They

by playing school. 7.

I

had always wanted

to

meet HongTran.

When

over and 8.

saw her

at a

party

last night, I

walked

to her.

Nothing good ever comes from .,

9.

I

George, and

People might think you're a

self-pity.

start

little

You should

stop

doing something to solve your problems.

crazy, but

is

one way to practice using English. 10.

Humor

1 1

Carol

can ease the problems we encounter in

made

several careless mistakes at

work

last

with her. Carol has 12.

Sometimes we have

week, and her boss to

Yesterday Fred's car ran out of gas.

walk a long way to a gas

life.

station.

He

He had

is

to be able to

getting impatient

do better work

in the future.

to

is still

for

forgetting to

fill

the tank.

Pronouns

1

45

J

.

J

Exercise 20. Listening. (Chart 8-4)

f~ CD

.

'

Listen to the beginning of each sentence. Choose the correct completion.

Example: You

We wanted

will hear:

to save

apartment

You

will circle:

money, so we painted the inside of our

•

myself (6urselyes> yourselves

1.

himself

herself

yourself

2.

yourself

myself

ourselves

3.

ourselves

themselves

myself

4.

themselves

himself

herself

5.

ourselves

yourselves

themselves

6.

himself

herself

myself

Exercise 21. Looking at grammar. (Chapters 6 -+8) Choose the correct words in italics. 1.

(Pe?iguin,(Penguins)) are interesting (creature, (features)). (it,

2.

they)

cannot

3.

adapted to

swim

(it,

them) to

Penguins

(spends, spend)

(egg, eggs)

on

Emperor penguins have

6.

The female

(lays, lay)

immediately

(she, he,

(fish, fishes).

swim through water with speed and most of their

Penguins needed to be able

lives in (water, waters).

ease.

However, they

lay their

interesting egg-laying (habit, habits).

one

(egg, eggs)

(returns, return) to the

it,

(covers, cover) the

they)

on the

(ice, ices)

in Antarctic regions

ocean.

and then

^^^^_

egg with

(his, their)

body

until

(hatches, hatch)

(this, these)

seven to eight (week, weeks).

time, the male (doesn 't, don 't) eat.

After the egg (hatches, hatch) , the female returns to take care

of the chick, and the male

(

goes, go) to the

for (himself, herself), his mate, 10.

wings changed

environment.

food (was, were)

(This, These) process (takes, take)

During 9.

(This, These)

After the female lays the egg, the male (takes, take) over. (He, They)

8.

their)

(wing, wings).

(land, lands)

5.

7.

had

to find their food, so eventually their (wing, wings) evolved into (flipper, flippers)

that enabled 4.

(its,

(Penguin's, Penguins') principal

to

are (bird, birds), but

fly.

(Million, Millions) of (year, years) ago, they as the birds

They

and

ocean to find food

their (offspring, offsprings).

(Penguin, Penguins) live in a harsh (environment, environments). (He, They)

endurance

146 C APTER8

to survive.

(need, needs)

Exercise 22. Warm-up. (Chart 8-5) Read the dialogue. Discuss the pronouns Mrs. Cook: Jack Woods bought

Mr. Cook:

Yes,

Mrs. Cook:

Right.

Mr. Cook:

Well, as they say,

heard

I

it

You, One,

One should always be polite. How does one get to Fifth Avenue

(c)

You should always be

(d)

How do you get to

car.

his car.

or what do they refer to?

Did you hear?

He

paid next to nothing for

you get what you pay

One

gets

for.

what one pays

for.

and They as Impersonal Pronouns from here?

In (a)

and

(b):

One means

In (c)

and

(d):

You means "any person, people

One is much more

(e)

Iowa

is

an

than one,

polite.

Fifth

it.

doesn't run.

certainly true.

(b)

(a)

used

about

And now

Mrs. Cook: That's

8-5 Using

all

a

Who

in blue.

is

"any person, people

in in

general." general."

formal than you. Impersonal you, rather

used more frequently

everyday English.

in

Avenue from here?

agricultural state.

They grow a

lot

They

is

used as an impersonal pronoun

informal English to

of corn there.

mean

"people

in

spoken or very

general" or "an

in

undefined group of people."

They has no

stated antecedent. Often the antecedent

is

implied. In (e):

j

They = farmers

in

Iowa

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-5) Discuss the meanings of the pronouns in 1.

italics.

agree with Kyung's decision to quit his corporate job and go to need to follow your dreams. -> The pronouns refer to everyone, anyone, people in general, all of us. I

2.

Jake, if you really want my advice, I think you should find a -> The pronouns refer to Jake, a specific person.

3.

Wool

4.

Alex,

I

think you

job.

requires special care. If you wash wool in hot water, it will shrink. You shouldn't throw a wool sweater into a washing machine with your cottons. I

told

5.

Generosity

6.

Sonya,

7.

The

let's

you not

to wash,

your sweater in hot water.

Now look at

it.

It's

ruined!

own reward. You always get back more than you give. make a deal. If you wash the dishes, I'll take out the garbage.

is its

problems are getting worse all the time. They say that the being depleted more and more every year.

earth's environmental

ozone layer 8.

new

art school.

Memory

is

two people

is

Often you remember only what you want to remember. If you ask you about an experience they shared, they might tell you two different

selective.

to

tell

stories. 9.

10.

would have loved to have gone to the concert Seventh Symphony. I heard it was wonderful.

I

last night.

They played Beethoven's

I've grown to dislike airplane travel. They never give you enough room for your legs. And the person in front of you puts his seat back, you can barely move. You can't even reach down to pick up something from the floor.

Pronouns

1

if

47

J

.

Exercise 24. Let's talk. (Chart 8-5) Discuss the meanings of these common English sayings.

Work

in pairs, in small groups, or

as a class.

2. 3.

"If you're not part of the solution, you're part of the problem."

can't teach an old

what you

are

"You can

4.

fool

the time, but

Q

dog new

"You "You

1

tricks."

eat."

some of the people

you

can't fool

all

all

of the time, and you can fool

of the people

all

of the time."

all

of the people

—Abraham Lincoln

some of

Exercise 25. Warm-up. (Chart 8-6) Match each sentence to the picture it describes.

Some Some

1.

2.

of the crows are flying.

The

others are sitting on a fence.

of the crows are flying. Others are sitting on a fence.

Picture

A

Picture

B

8-6 Forms of Other Adjective

Pronoun

another book (is) other books (are)

another (is)

Forms

Plural

others

Notice:

Singular

the other book

the other (is)

Plural

the other books

Singular

(a)

The students countries.

(b)

the class

in

One

(is)

(are)

the others (are)

(are)

come from many

of the students

is

from Mexico.

other are used as either adjectives or pronouns.

•

Another is always

•

A

final -s is

singular.

used only

for

a plural pronoun (others).

of another: "one more in addition to or from the one(s) already mentioned."

The meaning different

Another student is from Iraq. Another is from Japan. Other students are from Brazil.

The meaning of other/others (without the): "several more in addition to or different from the one(s) already

Others are from

mentioned."

1

Algeria.

have three books. Two are mine. The other is yours. ( The other is yours.)

book (c)

of

1

The meaning

of

the other(s):

"all

that

remains from a

given number; the rest of a specific group."

have three books. One is mine. The other are yours.) ( The others

books are yours. (d)

1

(e)

1

(

f

)

148

will

be here

for

need another

We

another three years. five dollars.

drove another ten miles.

Another is used as an adjective with expressions of time, money, and distance, even these expressions contain plural nouns. Another means "an additional" in these if

expressions.

C

VPTER8

.

j

Complete the sentences with 1

got three

I

letters.

2.

Look

at

One was from my

finger

is

letter

your hand. You have

your index

(Chart 8-6)

form of other.

a

The other

sister.

was from

five fingers.

One

finger.

your ring

Another

father.

is

is

your thumb.

your middle

_

is

finger.

finger (the last of the five)

One

3.

Look

at

4.

I lost

my

5.

Some

people have red

hair.

have brown

6.

Some

people have red

hair.

people have brown

7.

I

I

your hands.

dictionary, so

have four children.

brown 8.

is

your right hand.

b.

3.

of them has red hair.

have brown

Who

is

planning to

is

one of Mai's

is

one of Elaine's

The

favorite colors.

only three favorite colors?

Kazuo took

a cookie

from the cookie

jar

Some Some

Morocco,

is

Algeria.

North Africa?

and

ate

it.

likes are

blue and green.

Then he took another one and

too.

Susie took a cookie from the cookie jar and ate it

in

is

others she likes are blue and green,

Others she

Who has

it

hair.

follows.

more than two countries

Question:

it.

Then

she took the other one and

too.

of the

wore black b.

visit

favorite colors.

Question: Whose cookie a.

hair.

One

Purple

ate

4.

hair,

children have

Purple

b.

hand.

of them has red hair,

a.

ate

left

One

b.

a.

your

bought

I

One North African country Helen plans to visit is Algeria. Another One North African country Alex plans to visit is Tunisia. The other Question:

2.

is

hair.

have four children.

a.

your

is

Exercise 27. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-6) Read each pair of sentences and answer the question that 1.

my

my girlfriend.

And

finger.

one was from

finger.

little

j

grammar.

Exercise 26. Looking at

at the

had only two cookies?

business meeting on Thursday wore dark blue

suits.

Others

suits.

of the

wore black

men

jar

men

at the business

meeting on Friday wore dark blue

suits.

The

others

suits.

Question: Mr. Anton wore a gray suit to the business meeting. Which day did he attend the meeting, Thursday or Friday?

Pronouns

1

49

.

j

Exercise 28. Looking at grammar. (Chart 8-6) Complete the sentences with a form of other. 1

.

There are two

women

the other 2.

They have

is

I

would

that 4.

I

Helen Jansen, and

has graduated from college and has a job.

at Yale University.

some more books on

like

is

Pat Hendricks.

One

three children. is

3.

One

standing on the corner.

is still

Do

this subject.

living at

home.

you have any

you could lend me?

would

like to

Do

read more about this subject.

you have any

books that you could lend me? 5.

Marina reads the New York Times every

She doesn't read any

day.

newspapers. 6.

Some

7.

I'm almost finished.

8.

One

people prefer classical music, but I

just

prefer rock music.

need

five

minutes.

of the most important inventions in the history of the world was the printing press.

was the

were the telephone,

electric light.

the television, and the computer. 9.

Some

babies begin talking as early as six months;

they are 10.

more than two

One common

years old.

preposition

is

common

from.

are by, for,

English are

don't speak until

at, by, for, from, in, of, to,

and

and

of.

The most

zuith.

What

one

is in.

frequently used prepositions in

are

some

prepositions? 1 1

That country has two basic problems. One instability of the

12.

I

is

inflation,

have been in only three

When

his

is

the

government. cities since I

came

to the

are Washington, D.C., 13.

and

United

States.

One

is

New York,

and

and Chicago.

alarm went off this morning, Toshi shut

it

off, rolled over,

and

slept for

hour. 14.

Individual differences in children

must be recognized. Whereas one

strong interest in mathematics and science, artistic.

150 C %PTER8

child might have a child might be

more

.

Exercise 29. Let's talk. (Chart 8-6) Complete the sentences, using an appropriate form of other. Work

in pairs, in small groups,

or as a class.

Example:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

There

are

closed):

One

red.

speak two languages.

2.

I

speak three

3.

I lost

4.

Some

5.

Hawaii

6.

I

7. 8. 9.

my textbook,

so

other

had

I

to

is

.

.

a popular tourist destination. Italy

One

...

is

Only two of the students There

11.

I

12.

There

is

...

.

.

have two candy bars.

is

failed the quiz. All of ...

are three colors that

I

is

night, but ....

.

...

.

want only one of them. Would you

I

are three places in particular ...

One

especially like.

I

would

like to see

when

like

.

.

I visit

.

?

(a city /country).

.

6)

Complete each sentence with the form of other you .

...

buy ....

Some TV programs are excellent, but .... Some people need at least eight hours of sleep each

10.

l

is

.

Exercise 30. Listening. (Chart 8

l

One

roles if working in pairs.)

One

cd

desk.

blue.

is

people have brown hair, but ....

have two books.

(Change

The

One is ... languages. One is ...

I

1

is

my

two books on

open):

This coffee

is

Could

delicious.

I

hear.

please have

cup?

Track 43

2.

The

3.

There

coffee isn't in this grocery bag, so

supposed

are

to

I'll

look in

one.

be ten chairs in the room, but

I

count only

five.

Where

are

?

4.

No,

5.

Bob

is

6.

The

sky

not use

let's

a

this printer.

nickname is

Let's use

one.

for Robert.

clearing.

It's

are

Rob and Robbie.

going to be

beautiful day.

Exercise 31. Warm-up. (Chart 8 7) Read about Kate and Lisa. Are the statements about them

true? Circle

"T"

for true

and "F"

for false.

Situation: Lisa and Kate talk to each other every other day. Kate saw Lisa the other day at They were walking behind her, one after the other.

the park. Lisa was with her five children. 1.

Kate

2.

Kate talked to Lisa today.

3.

Kate

4.

Lisa's children

talks to Lisa often.

last

saw Lisa

a

She'll talk to her again

few weeks ago.

were walking

in a line.

tomorrow.

T T T T

F

F F F Pronouns

151

Common Expressions with Other

8-7 (a)

Mike and

We

I

each other every week. one another every week.

write to

write to

Each other and one another indicate a

reciprocal

relationship.* In (a):

I

write to

him every week, and he writes

to

me

every

week.

(b)

Every other can

Please write on every other line.

The meaning

Write on the

Do

give the idea of "alternate."

in (b)

means:

first line.

not write on the second

Write on the third

Do (c)

— Have you seen — Yes. saw him I

not write on the fourth

The other is used

recently?

Ali

just

in

line.

line. line.

(Etc.)

time expressions such as the other day,

the other morning, the other week, etc., to refer to the recent

the other day.

past.

(d)

(e)

(f

)

(g)

The ducklings walked in a line behind the mother duck. Then the mother duck slipped into the pond. The ducklings followed her. They slipped into the water one after the other. They slipped

into the

No one knows my No one knows my

water

In (c):

the other day

In (d):

one one

In (e):

Fruit

Other than as

typical usage, each other

however, use each other

and one another

when

and good for you.

of vitamins

minerals. In other words, they are

In

in

time.

after another has the

same meaning as one after

one after another.

secret except (for) Rosa.

full

days ago, not long ago."

the other.

secret other than Rosa.

and vegetables are

"a few

after the other expresses the idea that separate

actions occurred very close

usually used after a negative to

is

mean

"except,"

in (f).

Example (h)

means

(g)

In

In (h):

has the same meaning as

other words

clearer terms, the

are interchangeable; there

is

(f).

is used to explain, usually in simpler meaning of the preceding sentence(s).

no difference between them. Some

they are talking about only two persons or things, and one another

when

or

native speakers,

there are

more than

two.

Exercise 32. Looking at grammar. (Charts 8-6 and 8-7) Complete the sentences with a form of other. 1.

Two

countries border on the United States.

One

is

Canada.

The other

is

Mexico. 2.

One

of the countries

Of course, would

15?.

C

APTER8

I

would

like to visit is

Sweden.

besides these two countries, there are

like to see.

many

is

_

Malaysia. places

I

.

3.

Louis and

we were 4.

5.

A:

I

B:

Oh?

I

have been friends for a long time. We've

since

children.

talked to

Sam

How is

day.

he?

haven't seen

I

In the Southwest there

is

for ages. little

or no rainfall, no trees, and very

than cactuses. In

area of the country

Thank you

him

a large area of land that has

few plants

6.

known

is

words,

this

a desert.

for inviting

me

to the picnic. I'd like to

go with you, but

I've already

made

plans. 7.

Some

people are

are short.

tall;

are thin.

Some

Some

people are

fat;

people are nearsighted;

people are farsighted. 8.

Mr. and Mrs. Jay love

They

.

like

.

They support

.

words, they are a happily

In

married couple. 9.

A:

How

often do you travel to Portland?

month

B: Every

I

go there to

visit

my grandmother in

a nursing

home. 10.

Could

I

borrow your pen?

I

need

than 1 1

My niece, Kathy, ate one box. That's

why

to write a check, but

I

have nothing to write with

this pencil.

cookie after

until she finished the

whole

she had a bad stomachache.

Pronouns

1

53

.

Exercise 33. Looking at grammar. (Charts 8-6 and 8-7) Complete the sentences with your own words. Use a form of other where Example:

Some -»

people

1.

I

2. 3.

One of the longest rivers Some people like to

4.

There

are three

is

,

in the

and

There

many

are

are

(other)

world

is

is

.

in their free time,

that

(other)

is

.

.

(other)

(other)

is

Some

kinds of

are

are

(other)

,

,

and

(other)

.

Exercise 34. Listening. (Chart 8-7) way other and except are used. Choose

CD

.

.

Listen to the to the

is

prefer

(other)

One

especially like.

I

is

5.

prefer

like coffee while others prefer tea.

One

have two

while (other)

like

Some people

indicated.

the sentence that

is

closest in

meaning

one you hear.

1

Track 44

Example: You

You

1.

2.

a.

All of the students

Some

a.

a.

b.

4.

a.

b. 5.

will

I

b.

b. 3.

spend a lot of time with my grandmother. We enjoy each company. choose: a. My grandmother and I like to spend time with others. (b?) I enjoy spending time with my grandmother.

will hear:

a.

b.

The The

other's

had the wrong answer, wrong answer.

students had the

Clarks each see others on weekends. Clarks spend time together on weekends.

Susan spoke with him Susan spoke with him

a while ago. recently.

Three people know about the engagement, Four people know about the engagement. Jan knows about the party. Jan doesn't know about the party.

Exercise 35.

Check your knowledge.

(Chapters 6 ->

8)

Correct the errors. are

154

e

many

e

1

There

2.

My cousin and her husband moved to

3.

I

4.

Collecting stamps

5.

I

C

-is-

like to travel

came here

APTER8

different kind A of animal A in the world.

because is

I

like to learn

other city because they don't like a cold weather.

about other country and custom.

one of my hobby.

three and a half

month

ago.

I

think

I

have

made

a

good progress

in English.

my passport, I had

6.

When

I lost

7.

When

I

8.

English has borrowed quite a few of word from another languages.

9.

There

is

got to class,

many

all

of the others students were already in their seats.

student from differents countries in this

10.

Thousand of athlete

1 1.

Education

is

class.

take part in the Olympics.

one of the most important aspect of life. Knowledges about many different

things allow us to live fuller

12.

All of the students

13.

I live

14.

Many

in a

to apply for the another one.

lives.

names were on

two rooms apartment.

of people prefer to

live in

the

Its

list.

too small for

my family.

small towns. Their attachment to their communities

prevent them from moving from place to place in search of works. 15.

Todays news

16.

Almost of the students

17.

The

18.

In today's world,

just as

is

bad in

as yesterdays news.

our class speaks English

teacher gave us several

my mother and

womans work

to

hand

in next Tuesday.

as doctor, pilot, archeologist,

Every employees

20.

A child needs

in

to learn

how

to get along with another people,

you

your paragraph, exchange your teacher.

finish it

to

Both

how

to

spend

their time

yourself.

Exercise 36. Let's write. (Chapters 6 -+ 8) Write a paragraph on one of the given topics. Write as quickly comes into your mind. Try to write 100 words in ten minutes.

When

thing.

our company respect Mr. Ward.

and how to depend on

before giving

and many other

father are teacher's.

19.

wisely,

homework

well.

it

as

you can. Write whatever

with a classmate. Correct each other's errors

Topics:

food

computers

English

families

this

room

animals

movies holidays

Pronouns

1

55

Exercise 37. Let's write and talk. (Chapters 6 -> 8) Choose an object and write a short paragraph about it. Do not include the name of the object in your writing; always use a pronoun to refer to it, not the noun itself. Describe the object (What does it look like? What is it made of? What does it feel like? Does it make a noise? Does it have a smell? Etc.), and explain why people use it or how it is used. Begin with its general characteristics; then gradually get more specific. Finally, read your paragraph aloud to the class or to a small group of classmates. They will try to guess what the object is. Example:

made

round on one end.

It can be very as large as a car. It is used to make noise. It can be used to give a signal. Sometimes it's part of an orchestra. Sometimes it is electric and you push a button to make it ring. What is it?

It

is

small

usually

of metal.

— small enough

to

fit

in

It

is

hollow.

your pocket

It

is

— or

large, but not

Exercise 38. Let's talk. (Chapters 6 -> 8) Think of the best present you have ever been given. Maybe it was something for your birthday, maybe for an anniversary, or maybe it wasn't for any special occasion at all. It could be an object, an activity, or perhaps something someone did for you. Describe it to the class or a small group. Include what it looked like, how it made you feel, and why it was special. The class or

group

will try to

The

Example:

guess what

best present

I

it

was.

my son gave me. He had When he was 18, he decided to

ever received was something

hard in order to be able to give

me

to

work

go to college. That made me very happy. Many times he didn't think he could finish, but told him that a good education would be his key to success in life. He studied very hard and never quit. This present took place on one day. I was there and watched him with tears in my eyes. What was this gift? Answer:

156

C

Your

APTER8

son's graduation

from

this gift.

college.

I

9

Chapter

Modals, Part

Exercise

Warm-up.

1.

(Chart 9

1

l)

Correct the errors in verb forms. see 5.

Can

6.

Do you

it.

7.

They

don't can go there.**

it.

8.

They

aren't able

1.

She can saw

2.

She can to see

3.

She cans see

4.

She can sees

it.

it.

pass you the rice, please?

can see

it?*

pay their

rent.

Basic Modal Introduction

9-1

Modal auxiliaries generally express speakers' attitudes. For example, modals can express that a speaker feels something is necessary, advisable, permissible, possible, or probable; and, in addition, they can convey the strength of those attitudes. Each modal has more than one meaning or use. See Chart 10-10, p. 204-205, for a summary overview of

modals.

Modal

auxiliaries in English

can

had better

might

ought

could

may

must

shall

would

should

(to)

will

Modal Auxiliaries '

can do it. could do

Modals do not take a it.

had better do

I

You

may do

He She It

We

might do must do ought to do shall do should do will do would do

she, he, or

it

it.

Modals are followed immediately by the simple form

it.

i

is

it.

it.

+ f

it.

even when the subject

final -s,

correct: She can do it. incorrect: She cans do

it.

correct: She can do it. incorrect: She can ^e- do

it.

/

She can -does

it.

/

of

a verb.

She can

-did-

it.

it.

You They

The

it.

it.

it.

only exception is ought, which is followed by an simple form of a verb). correct: He ought to go to the meeting.

infinitive {to

+

the

Phrasal Modals be able be going

be supposed have have got

do

it

to do

it

to

do do to do to

it

to

it

Phrasal modals are common expressions whose meanings are similar to those of some of the modal auxiliaries. For example: be able to is similar to can; be going to is similar to will.

An

infinitive (to

+

the simple form of a verb)

is

used

in

these similar

it

expressions.

*See Appendix Chart B-l for question forms with modals. **See Appendix Chart D-l for negative forms with modals.

157

Exercise 2.

Warm-up.

(Charts 9-2

and

9-3)

Complete the requests with / or you. Which sentences have 1.

Could

see that book? Thanks,

2.

Could

hand me

3.

May _

see that book? Thanks,

4.

Can _

hand me

5.

Can _

see that book? Thanks.

6.

Would

7.

Will

9-2 May

that

hand me

_

please

same meaning?

book? Thanks.

book? Thanks,

that

hand me

book? Thanks. that

book? Thanks.

Polite Requests with "I" as the Subject (a)

1

Could

that

essentially the

(b)

1

May 1 borrowyour pen Could

1

(please)

(please)?

borrowyour pen?

May /and could 1 are

used

are equally

may /sounds more

note

in (b):

polite, but In

a

to request permission.

polite request,

They

formal.*

could has a present or

future meaning, not a past meaning.

Can

(c)

1

Can

Can 1 borrowyour pen?

1 is

used informally to request permission, if the speaker is talking to someone she/he

especially

knows

Can or

fairly well.

1 is

usually considered a

could

little

less polite than

may 1

1.

Certainly. Yes, certainly.

Often the response to a polite request is an action, such as a nod or shake of the head, or a simple "uh-huh."

Of course. Yes,

meaning

TYPICAL RESPONSES of course.

"yes."

informal: Sure.

'Might is or could

151


9 4) What are some polite requests you have heard (or have

station.

.

said) in the given locations?

Create

typical dialogues. 1.

in this

2.

at

classroom

an airport

3.

at a restaurant

4.

at a

grocery store

Exercise 12. Warm-up. (Chart 9-5) Read the statements. Choose the more typical context their 1

Gosh! Look

at the time.

We

I've got to go. I

everyday conversation

All applicants a.

3.

on the telephone

6.

at a clothing store

or b.) for the words in blue. Discuss

meanings.

a.

2.

(a.

5.

b.

have class in

must be 18 years of age and must have

everyday conversation

b.

five

a valid driver's license.

formal writing

have to prepare a research paper on global warming

think a.

it'll

minutes!

formal writing

in

Dr. Chen's seminar this term.

I

be interesting.

everyday conversation

b.

formal writing

Modals, Part

1

1

63

.

9-5 Expressing Necessity: Must, Have To, Have Got To Must, Have To (a)

All

applicants

must take an entrance exam.

(b)

All

applicants

have

Must and have to both express necessity. The meaning the same in (a) and (b): It is necessary for every

is

to take an entrance exam.

applicant to take an entrance exam. There

The exam

choice.

(c)

have to talkto her about I'm looking for Sue. our lunch date tomorrow. can't meet her for lunch because have to go to a business

In

1

(d)

everyday statements

Must is

1

1

no other

of necessity,

have

to

is

used

more commonly than must

1

meeting at

is

required.

is

:00.

usually stronger than

have

to

and can

indicate

urgency or stress importance.

Where's Sue? must talkto her right away. have an urgent message for her.

The meaning

I

in (c):

/

need

to

do

and 1 need to do

this,

I

that.

The meaning Because

it

is

in (d) is

a strong word,

(e) (f)

have to ("hafta") be home by eight. He has to ("hasta") go to a meeting tonight.

academic

is

very important!

must (meaning

relatively rare in conversation.

or

This

stronger:

It

is

necessity)

usually found

is

in legal

writing.

note: Native speakers often say "hafta" and "hasta," as

I

in (e)

and

(f).

Have Got To (g)

I

have got

to

go now.

have a class

I

in

Have got

ten

and

minutes. (h)

I

have

to

go now.

I

have a class

in

(h)

to also expresses the idea have the same meaning.

Have got

ten minutes.

to

is

informal

and

of necessity: (g)

used primarily

is

in

spoken

English.

Have (i)

I

have got

to

go

("I've

gotta

go

/

1

to

is

used

both formal and informal English.

in

The usual pronunciation of got to is "gotta." Sometimes have is dropped in speech: "1 gotta do

gotta go") now.

it."

Past Necessity (j)

I

(k)

Had to expresses

PRESENT Or FUTURE

have

to

1

have got

to

1

must study tonight.

In

PAST 1

had

(

j

):

had

to

past necessity.

= needed

to study last night.

is

Exercise 13. Let's talk. (Chart 9 5) Answer the questions in complete sentences using must, have

Work 1

2.

4. 5. 6.

164

to,

1

needed

for

had

to

study last

must (when

to, or

it

night.

means

have got

to.

in pairs, in small groups, or as a class.

What What go

3.

to:

no other past form necessity) or have got to.

There

are

some

things you have to

do

after class today?

have you got to do before you go to bed tonight? today?

Is

there any place you have got to

later

Think about everyday life. What are some things you must have in order to survive? Think about your plans for the next week. What are some things you have to do? Think about your activities last week. What were some things you had to do? Think of the job of a doctor. Whit kinds of things must a doctor know about? What some things a doctor has to do ev I

b.

1

a.

b. 2.

170

C

I

spelling errors because

should have run a spellcheck. shouldn't have run a spellcheck.

She should have spent more money. She shouldn't have spent so much money.

a.

I

b.

I

should have gone with them, shouldn't have stayed home.

APTER9

you didn't run

a spellcheck.

.

He He

a.

b.

shouldn't have had so

much

coffee.

should have had more coffee.

She shouldn't have been dishonest. She should have been more honest.

a.

b.

Exercise 27. Let's talk. (Chart Speaker

A

have +

past participle.

9-8)

presents the given situation. Speaker

Work

B comments on

it

using should!shouldn't

in pairs, in groups, or as a class.

Example:

Speaker A (book

open):

Sonya

didn't invite

I

my party. That made

to

her

bad. I'm sorry

feel

I

didn't invite her.

Speaker B (book 1

2.

closed):

invited

Sonya

Tim made a mistake yesterday. He left the door to He had a terrible time catching the bird.

to his

your party.

house open, and a bird flew

There was an important meeting yesterday afternoon, but you decided not a mistake.

to go.

in.

That was

Now your boss is angry.

3.

Emily didn't feel good a couple of days ago. That was a mistake. Now she is very sick.

4.

Nick signed

I

told her to see a doctor, but she didn't.

buy some furniture without reading it thoroughly. Now he has paying a higher interest rate than he expected. He made a mistake.

a contract to

discovered that he

j

You should have

is

Exercise 28. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chart 9-8) Work with a partner. Partner A presents the situation. should /shouldn't have + past participle.

Partner

B comments on

it

using

Example:

Partner A Partner B

(book open):

You

(book closed):

I

failed the test because you didn't study. should have studied.

1

You

2.

Your friend

3.

The room

4.

You don't have any food for dinner because you didn't go to the grocery store. You bought a friend a box of candy for her birthday, but she doesn't like candy.

5.

Change

are cold because is

you didn't wear

a coat.

upset because you didn't return his

is full

call.

of flies because you opened the window.

roles.

Now he is

6.

John loved Marta, but he didn't marry

7.

John loved Marta, and he married

8.

The weather was

9.

You lent your car to your friend, but she had an accident because she was wrong side of the road. You overslept this morning because you didn't set your alarm clock.

10.

her.

her.

But now he

beautiful yesterday, but

you stayed

is

unhappy. unhappy.

inside

all

day.

driving

on the

Modals, Part

1

171

J

..

Exercise 29. Let's talk or write. (Chart 9-8) Discuss or write what you think the people in the given situations should have

done

or

shouldn't have done. Example:

Tom

During the exam, he panicked and started looking didn't think the teacher saw him, but she did. She warned him once to stop cheating, but he continued. As a result, the teacher took Tom's test paper, told him to leave the room, and failed him on the exam. didn't study for the

test.

He

other students' test papers.

at

—> Tom should have studied for the test. —> He shouldn't have looked at other students' papers during the —> He shouldn have started cheating. —> He should have known the teacher would see him cheating. —> He should have stopped cheating after the first warning.

test.

't

—

>

The teacher should have ripped up Tom's paper and sent him out of the room saw him cheating.

the first

time she

1

Kazu and

his wife, Julie,

had good

offered a high-paying job in Chicago,

when he came home

that evening

which he immediately accepted.

and told her the news. She

she worked with. She didn't want to

2.

move away and

For three years, Donna had been saving her money

Hugo, had

a

good

job,

but he spent

entertainment. Suddenly,

all

Hugo was

of his

fired

himself while he looked for another job. within three weeks he spent

it all

New York City. Kazu was

jobs as professionals in

on

liked her job

for a trip to

his car,

more

and the people

Europe. Her brother,

expensive cars, clothes, and

from work and had no money lent

was shocked

look for another job.

money on

Donna

Warm-up. (Chart 9-9) Correct the errors in the form of be supposed

Julie

him

nearly

clothes,

all

to

support

of her savings, and

and expensive

restaurants.

Exercise 30.

to.

15 1

The

2.

We're not suppose to open that door.

3.

I

4.

I'm suppose to be

5.

Where have you been? You suppose be here an hour

building custodian

have a meeting

^COMPARE:

He J

172 CM PTER9

at

A supposed

to* unlock the doors every morning.

seven tonight.

I

suppose to be there

meeting.

I

suppose*

at the

is supposed to = He is expected suppose = / guess, / think, I >

to.

a little early to discuss the agenda.

I'd better go.

ago!

.

9-9 Obligation Be Supposed To :

(a) (b)

The game

is

supposed

The committee

to begin at

supposed

is

1

Be supposed to expresses

0:00.

to vote by secret ballot.

something

to

Be supposed to often

I

am supposed to go to the

me (d)

that

The

me

he wants

children are

My boss

meeting.

to

put away their toys

The meaning

before they go to bed.

(e)

(/,

we,

expects

expresses expectations about or correct procedures, as

in (b).

expresses expectations about

behavior.

to attend.

supposed

etc.)

in (a),

Be supposed to also

told

someone

my father,

happen.

scheduled events, as

(c)

the idea that

they, the teacher, lots of people,

is

the

same

and

in (c)

(d):

Someone

else

expects (requests or requires) certain behavior.

Jack was supposed to call why he didn't.

me

last night.

I

Be supposed to

wonder

expresses

in

the past {was/ were

supposed

to)

unfulfilled expectations.

The meaning

in (e):

/

expected Jack

Exercise 31 Let's talk. (Chart 9 9) Answer the questions in complete sentences. Use be supposed

to call, but

he

didn't.

.

groups, or as a

to.

Work

in pairs, in small

class.

Example:

Speaker A (book

open)

:

If you're driving

and

a traffic light turns red,

what are you supposed

do? You're supposed to come to a complete stop.* to

Speaker B (book

closed):

1

What

are

you supposed

to

do

2.

What

are

you supposed

to

do prior

3.

What

are

some

supposed 4.

to

if

you're involved in a traffic accident? to takeoff in

an airplane?

things athletes in training are supposed to do,

and some things

they're not

do?

If you're driving

and an ambulance with flashing

lights

and blaring

sirens

comes up behind

you, what are you supposed to do?

(Change 5.

roles if working in pairs).

Can you

think of something you were supposed to do yesterday (or sometime in the past)

but didn't do? 6.

What

7.

Tell

8.

In the place you

are

me

we supposed

to

be doing right now?

about any job you've had. What were you supposed to do on a typical day? live

or work,

who

is

supposed to do what? In other words, what are the who live or work with you?

duties or responsibilities of the people

*Note the use of impersonal you. Sec Chart 8-5,

p.

147.

Modals, Part

1

1

73

.

Exercise 32. Looking at grammar. (Charts Which sentence in each pair is stronger? a.

1

b. 2.

a.

b.

a seat belt,

a.

seat belt.

b.

You must wear a seat belt. You had better wear a seat belt.

a.

b.

-> 9-9)

We We We We

are supposed to bring pens.

have

to

ought

bring pens. bring pens.

to

have got

to

bring pens.

We We

should bring pens.

Exercise 33. Let's talk or write. (Charts 9-5 -> 9-9) Choose an occupation from the list or any other occupation

of your choosing.

3.

a.

b.

u

You had better wear You ought to wear a

9-5

about

it

You have to wear a seat belt. You are supposed to wear a seat

a.

belt.

b.

had

better bring pens.

Make

sentences

using the given verbs.

Example: teacher -»

A

teacher should be very patient.

should

be supposed to ought to

had better

have to have got to

be not supposed to had better not

must

do not have must not

shouldn't

to

Occupations: 1

.

tour guide

2.

engineer

3.

nurse

4.

taxi driver

5.

salesclerk

6.

plumber

7.

artist

8.

veterinarian

b

t^L

fv a!rs^tv\

r

**^

1

1

V» '^V?

Exercise 34. Let's write or talk. (Charts 9 5 > Choose one (or more) of the topics for writing, group include the words from the given

list

9-9) discussion, or role-playing.

Try

to

on the next page.

Example: Pretend that you are the supervisor of a roomful of young children. The children are in your care for the next six hours. What would you say to them to make sure they understood your expectations and your rules, so that they would be safe and cooperative?

—

>

— —> >

You should pick up your toys when you are finished playing with them. You have to stay in this room. Do not go outside without my permission. You're supposed to take a short nap at one o'clock. I in.

17-

(

APTER9

.

be not supposed to had better not do not have to must not

have to have got to

should be supposed to ought to had better

must shouldn't

Topics: 1

Pretend that you are a travel agent and you are helping two students who are traveling abroad for a vacation. You want them to understand the travel arrangements you have made, and you want to explain some of the local customs of the countries they will be visiting.

2.

Pretend that you are the supervisor of a cafe and you are talking to two to acquaint them with their jobs and your expectations.

new employees.

You want 3.

Pretend that you are instructing the person who will watch your three young children while are out for the evening. They haven't had dinner, and they don't like to go to bed

you

when

they're told to.

Warm-up.

(Chart 9 -10) Circle yes if the speaker is expressing an intention or plan; circle no if not. In which of these sentences do you know for sure that the speaker did not complete the plan? intention/plan?

Exercise 35.

1.

I

am

2.

I

was going

to call you, but

3.

I

was going

to class

4.

I

was planning

to

going to

work

call

to

for a year

you

at

when

couldn't find your

phone number.

ran into a friend from childhood. after

my computer when

was working

at

6.

I

had planned

to talk to

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

high school but then decided

first.

I

sick.

I

I

go to college right

5.

out

9:00 tomorrow.

the electricity went

my manager today

about a

raise,

off.

but she was

Modals, Part

1

1

75

J

..

9-10 (a)

m going to go to the concert tomorrow.

1

I'm really looking forward to

(b)

Was /Were Going To

Unfulfilled Intentions:

Jack was going to go

changed

Am/is/are going to

to the

used

is

to talk

about intentions

movie

last night, but

Was/ were going to talks about past intentions. Usually, these are unfulfilled intentions, i.e., activities someone intended to do but did not do.

he

his mind.

The meaning in (b): Jack was planning concert, but he didn't go. (c)

1

Other ways of expressing progressive, as

1

1

1

1

1

1

in (c),

or

to

go

to the

unfulfilled intentions

plan, hope, intend, and think

1

1

(d)

was planning to go, but didn't. was hoping to go, but couldn't. was intending to go, but didn't. was thinking about going, but didn't. 1

1

for

future activities, as in (a).

it.

in

are to use

about in the past

the past perfect, as

in (d).

1

had hoped to go, but couldn't. had intended to go, but didn't. had thought about going, but didn't. had planned to go, but changed my mind. 1

1

1

1

Exercise 36. Looking at

grammar.

(Chart

9-1 0)

Restate each sentence in two other ways.

Example:

I

was going to call you, but I couldn't get cell phone reception. / had planned to call you, but I couldn't get cell phone reception.

—>

—> I was intending

J

to call you,

but I couldn't get

home on my day

I

was going

to stay

2.

I

was going

to surprise

you with jewelry

3.

I

was going

to reply to

your email right away, but

Exercise 37. Let's talk. (Chart 9-1 0) Take turns completing the sentences. Work answers with the

for

I

reception.

your birthday, but I

I

at the office.

wasn't sure what you'd

got distracted by

in pairs or small groups,

my

like.

children.

Share some of your

class.

1

I

was going to get up

2.

I

had intended

to

to visit

3.

I

was planning

4.

I

had hoped

5.

We

6.

I

7.

We

early this

meet you

to see

to call

you

at

this

morning, but ....

the restaurant, but ....

weekend, but ....

you one more time before you

had thought about

was going

but

phone

had too much work

1

off,

cell

inviting the

left,

but ....

Smiths to our party, but

you on your birthday, but ....

were hoping to see that movie

in a theater,

but ....

Exercise 38. Warm-up. (Chart 9 1) Imagine that next Tuesday you have a holiday. You and your roommate are making plans. Read the list of activities. Which ones sound good to you? 1

Activities: 1

Let's go to a movie.

2.

Why

don't

3

Let's

go shopping.

176 CAPTER9

we study grammar

4. all

day?

Why

don't

we

fly to

Paris for lunch?

5.

Let's play video games.

6.

Why

don't

we

clean and do the laundry?

Making Suggestions:

9-11 (a)

Let's

go to a

Why Don't, Shall 1/ We

Let's,

movie.

let's

=

Let's

(b)

Let's not

go to a movie. home instead.

Let's

(d)

Why don't we go to a movie? Why don't you come around seven?

(e)

Why don

Why don't is

open the window?

Shall

1

(g)

Shall

we

leave

at

two?

Is

Is

in

spoken English

to

make a

in (c): Let's go to a movie. suggest that you come around seven. In (e): Should 1 give Mary a call? Do you agree with suggestion?

that

that

used primarily

for us.

The meaning In (d):

(f)

+ not + simple verb

let's

means / have a suggestion

friendly suggestion.

give Mary a call?

't 1

us

followed by the simple form of a verb.

Negative form:

Let's stay

(c)

let

is

When

/

my

is used with /or we in a question, the speaker making a suggestion and asking another person she/he agrees with this suggestion, as in (f) and (g). The use of shall + l/we is relatively formal and infrequent in American English.

okay with you?

shall

usually

is

okay?

if

(h)

Let's go, shall

(i)

Let's go,

we?

Sometimes shall we? is used as a tag question after let's, as in (h). More informally, okay? is used as a tag

okay?

question, as

Exercise 39. In your own words. (Chart 9-1 Complete the conversations with your own words. 1.

2.

3.

4.

A:

A new Japanese restaurant just opened

B:

Great idea!

A:

Why don't

B:

No,

A

I

B

Neither do

A

Hey,

B

Let's leave in an hour.

A:

Shall _

B:

Let's

A:

Why don't

B:

Good

I'd like

some good

you

make

let's

I.

1)

downtown.

home

Make

I'll

be working

B:

I

for

about 7:30.

today.

Why don't

that's a great idea!

What

time shall

or first;

first?

then

we can

take our time over dinner.

idea.

over the weekend. fresh air

agree.

would do us both good.

Why don't

A: No. Sleeping in a tent It

it

until 7:30 tonight.

A: Let's

The

eat there tonight.

Let's _

sushi.

for 3:00.

don't feel like staying

(i).

and make a reservation?

call it

in

is

too uncomfortable. Let's

won't be that expensive, and we'll have hot water and

all

the comforts of home.

Modals, Part

1

177

J

Exercise 40. Warm-up. (Chart 9-12) Read the conversation. Whose suggestion seems

stronger, Alice's or Roberto's?

Something's wrong

my

with will

I

bike.

How

get to school

tomorrow?

Carl

Alice

9-12 Making Suggestions: Could vs. Should — What should we do tomorrow? Could can be used (a) (b)

Why

we go on a picnic? We could go on a picnic. don't

— I'm having trouble (c)

(d)

The meanings

(b)

Should gives

definite advice

The meaning

in (c):

— I'm having trouble

advice.

in

math

class.

this.

in

math

my math

suggestions. are similar:

The speaker

This

/

believe

and it

is

is

stronger than could.

important for you to do

what 1 recommend.

is

the use of

maybe softens

the strength of the

Could offers suggestions The meaning you.

It

is

in (e):

/

or possibilities.

have some possible suggestions for this. Or it is possible to do that*

possible to do

Should have

(past form) gives "hindsight" advice.**

You should have talked to your teacher and gotten

The meaning

in (f):

some

teacher, but

you

Could have

(past form) offers "hindsight" possibilities.

—

/

/

failed

class.

help from her during the term.

failed

my math

It

didn't

was important for you to talk You made a mistake. do

to the

it.

class.

You could have talked to your teacher. Or you could have asked Ann to help you with your math. Or could have tried to help you.

The meaning in (g): You had the chance to do this or that. It was possible for this or that to happen. You missed some good opportunities.

1

*

Might

(but not

may) can

also be used to

make

suggestions (You

** Hindsight refers to looking back at something after

178 C

AFTER 9

is

class.

You could talk to your teacher. Or you could ask Ann to help you with your math lessons. Or could tryXo help you.

—

(g)

and

You should talk to your teacher. Maybe you should talk to your teacher.

1

(t)

make

to

suggesting a picnic.

In (d),

(e)

in (a)

it

happens.

might

talk to

your

teacher.),

but could

is

more common.

Exercise 41

Looking at grammar. (Chart

.

9-12)

Discuss Speaker B's and C's use of should and could. 1.

A: Ted doesn't B:

He

good.

He

don't know.

I

Dr. Jones.

need

A:

I

B:

You

Or he

He

could call a doctor.

I

j

meaning?

think he should do?

He

for a

could call Dr. Sung.

day and hope he

Or he

could call

feels better

tomorrow.

to get to the airport.

He

cheaper than a

It's

Or you

taxi.

could take a taxi.

Maybe Matt

could take

has a car.

took a taxi to the airport, and

You C: You

B:

bed

could simply stay in

should take the airport bus.

you.

A:

What do you

has a bad stomachache.

C: Well, you could take the airport bus.

3.

are the differences in

should see a doctor.

C: Well,

2.

feel

What

it

cost

me

a fortune.

should have taken the airport bus. could have taken the airport bus.

Or maybe Matt

could have taken you.

Exercise 42. Let's write: pairwork. (Chapter 9) Work with a partner. Write a letter to an advice columnist in a newspaper. Make up a personal problem for the columnist to solve. Then give your letter to another pair, who

will

write an answer.

Example

letter:

Dear Annie, My husband and my sister had an argument over a year ago, and they haven't spoken to each other since. My husband accused my sister of insulting him about his baldness. Then he told my sister that her hair looked like straw. He said he'd rather be bald than have that kind of hair. My sister insists on an apology. My husband refuses until she apologizes to him first. The problem is that I'm planning a graduation party for my daughter. My husband insists that not invite my sister. tell him have to invite her. He says he'll leave the party if my sister walks in the door. My daughter is very close to my sister and very much wants her to come to the I

I

I

celebration.

What should do? I

anger

I

feel

I

must include my

sister in the graduation party, but

I

don't

want

to

my husband. Yours

truly,

Confused and Torn

Example

response:

Dear Confused and Torn, Tell your husband that this party

is

your daughter's time to have her whole family around her and

that you're going to invite your sister to the family celebration. This his daughter's

needs

is

certainly a time

he has

to put

first.

And you should tell both your husband and your sister that it's time to get past their silly argument and act like grownups instead of ten-year-olds. You could offer to serve as an intermediary to get them together to apologize to each other. If you present a reasonable, adult way of handling the problem, they may start behaving like adults. Good luck. Annie

Modals, Part

1

1

79

J

Chapter

10

Modals, Part 2

Q

Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart 10-1) A man walked into Ramon's apartment and stole his guitar. The thief accidentally left his hat in the apartment. A policewoman at the scene asks Ramon, "Whose hat is this?" How would he answer her question? Match Ramon's thoughts in Column A to his statements in Column B.

Column A 1

Ramon

.

Column B

thinks the hat looks familiar,

but he's not certain whose

Ramon

2.

a.

b.

it is.

Ramon

has no doubts.

whose hat

— Why

could belong to Joe Green.

He knows

"It

c.

must be Joe Green's

It

may

it

belong to Mr. Perez across the

hall.

hat."

it is.

isn't

John

in

He

95%

sure:

He must be sick.

is sick.

If

we

are sure something

true

is

in

the present,

we

use a modal. For example, if say, "John am sure; am stating a fact that am sure is true. degree of certainty is 100%.

He may be sick. \ He might be sick. 1 He could be sick. (

or less:

—

think the

sure:

50% sure

—

Degree of certainty refers to how sure we are what we that something is true. chances are

class?

100%

need

to

I

I

I

don't

is sick,"

My

These percentages are approximate.

— Why (a)

"It

Degrees of Certainty: Present Time

10-1

note:

is

might be Al Goldberg's. Or

thinks he recognizes the hat.

He's almost sure he knows the owner. 3.

Joe Green's hat."

"It

isn't

John

in

Must expresses a

class?

He must be sick. (Usually he is in class every day, when saw him last night, he wasn't feeling good. So my best guess is that he is sick today. can't think but

strong degree of certainty about a

present situation, but the degree of certainty

is still

less

than 100%.

I

I

of

another

In (a): The speaker is saying, "Probably John is sick. have evidence to make me believe that he is sick. That my logical conclusion, but do not know for certain." I

possibility.)

I

— Why (b) (c)

(d)

isn't

John

in

class?

He may be sick. He might be sick. He could be sick. don't really know. He may be home watching TV. He might be at the library. He (I

could be out of town.)

May, might, and could express a weak degree

at In (b), (c),

speaker sick.

I

is

am

all the same. The maybe,* possibly John is can think of other only making a guess.

and

(d):

The meanings are

saying, "Perhaps,

I

possibilities."

be (one word)

180

is

an adverb:

Maybe

he

is

sick.

May

of

certainty.

be (two words)

is

a

verb form:

He

may

be

sick.

is

I

.

j

2. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-i) Complete the sentences by using must or may/might/ could with the expressions

Exercise or your

/be be

1

own

very proud

list

fit

miss them very

Jimmy

much

have the wrong number

meeting

at a

A: I've heard that your daughter recently graduated from law school and that your son has gotten a scholarship to the state university. B:

2.

in the

words.

We

muet be

You

very proud

of them.

are.

A: Hello? B: Hello.

May I

A: I'm sorry.

speak to Ron?

You

There's no one here by that name.

3.

A: Where's Ms. B:

I

Adams?

She's not in her office.

don't know. She

or

maybe

she's in the

employee lounge. 4.

A: This winter jacket

would B: Well, 5.

fit

it's

is still

in

good shape, but Brian has outgrown

it.

Do

you think

it

one of your sons? probably too small for

A:

How

B:

More than

A:

You

long has

it

been since you

Danny last

too, but

it

saw your family?

a year.

Modals, Part 2

181

J

.

Exercise 3. Let's talk. (Chart

Make your

10-1)

Use must

best guess from the given information.

in

your answers. Work

in pairs,

in small groups, or as a class.

Example:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

open):

Alice always gets the best grades in the class.

closed):

She must study hard.

1

The

2.

Carol

is

3.

Lisa's

stomach

4.

Bob

(Change

students are yawning.

growling.

scratching his arm.

is

She must be

Why?

intelligent.

Why?

and has goose bumps. Why?

shivering is

/

Why?

Why?

roles if working in pairs.)

5.

The

6.

Mrs. Allen

7.

The

8.

Don't look

teacher

is

crying.

is

fans are

smiling.

Why?

Why?

jumping up and down and clapping. Why?

at a clock.

What

time

is it?

Exercise 4. Let's talk. (Chart io-I) Answer the questions with / don't know +

may /might /could.

Example:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

isn't on her desk. Where is it? may/might/could be in her backpack.

open):

Amy's grammar book

closed):

I

don't know.

It

1.

(name of a

2.

Where does (name

of a student) live?

3.

What do you

think

I

4.

What

cell

5.

I

6.

How

student) isn't in class today.

kind of

can't find

have in

Where

is

she/he?

my briefcase/pocket/purse?

phone does our teacher have?

my pen. Do

you know where

old do you think (someone famous)

it is?

is?

Exercise 5. Warm-up. (Chart io-2) Anna is checking some figures in her business records: 3,456 + 7,843 = is Anna in each of the sentences? Is she 100%, 99%, 95%, or 50% sure?

"Hmmm.

That may

1

At

2.

Then

3.

So she says

to herself,

4.

Finally, she

adds the figures herself and says, "That

first

182 CHAPTER

glance, she says to herself,

she looks

10

at

it

't

How

certain

not be right."

again and says, "That must not be right. 6

"That couldn

11,389.

be right!" isn't right."

+

3

is

9,

but 5

+

4

isn't 8."

..

10-2 Degrees of Certainty: Present Time Negative 100%

sure:

99%

sure:

(

\

95% 50%

(

less:

\ note:

(a)

(b)

Sam

told

me

he

isn't

hungry.

Sam

like

stomach

his

I

couldn't be hungry. can't be hungry. hungry.

Sam may not be hungry. Sam might not be hungry.

couldn't/can't

saw him

is full.

I

be

hungry. That's impossible.

He has

eat a huge meal.

two grown men! Did he something to eat? don't believe

Sam

to

fill

I

isn't

don't

isn't hungry.

eating his food.

know why Sam

really

hungry.

The speaker

In (b):

The speaker believes

sure that

is

that

Sam

is

Situation:

Tim

moved

Opinions:

Lucy

talking about

is

to

When used

Who Who Who

Exercise

no

possibility

100%

in

sure).

the negative to

The speaker

expressing a logical conclusion, a

is

In (d):

a

The speaker uses may not/ might not to mention

possibility.

Ed and

says,

"Someone

told

me

situation.

that

Ed

quit his job, sold his

an island in the Pacific Ocean."

"That may not be true." "That must not be true." Hamid says, "That can't be true." Rob says, "That isn't true." says,

is

absolutely certain?

is

almost certain?

mind and

has an open

hasn't decided?

7. Let's talk. (Chart 10 2) guess.

Work

in pairs, in small groups, or as a class.

A: Yuko has flunked every test so far this semester. B: She

2.

is

not

show degree of certainty, couldn't and can 't forcefully express the idea that the speaker believes something is impossible. In (c):

He may

Complete the sentences with your best 1

is

says,

Linda

3.

not hungry.

Who knows?

house, and

1

is

that there

hungry (but the speaker

Exercise 6. Let's talk. (Charts 10-1 and 10-2) Answer the questions based on the speakers' opinions of the given

2.

Sam

"best guess."

of.

eating his food.

isn't

say he'd

it.

He must not be

can think

I

I

already eaten

not/might not be hungry right now. Or maybe he doesn't feel well. Or perhaps he ate just before he got here.

In (a):

heard him say that

believe him.

That's the only reason

I

He

doesn't want anything to eat.

He

enough

(d)

Sam Sam

These percentages are approximate.

just

(c)

isn't hungry.

Sam must not be

sure:

sure or

Sam

A:

must not

Who

are

B: Tarek.

A:

you

.

.

.

not

must not study very hard.

calling?

The phone

He must

—) She

.

.

is

ringing, but there's

no answer.

.

Modals

Part 2

1

83

J

3.

A: I'm trying to be a good host. I've offered Rosa a glass of water, a cup of coffee or

and

must not

B: She 4.

A:

I

offered

.

.

tea,

She doesn't want anything.

a soft drink. .

Mr. Chang some nuts, but he refused them. Then

I

offered

him some candy,

and he accepted.

He must

B: 5.

not

.

.

A: Mrs. Garcia seems very lonely to me. B:

I

agree.

Exercise Work with

She must not

B:

.

pairwork. (Chart 10 2) Give possible reasons for Speaker B's conclusions.

It

knocking

is

at the door.

might be Mary.

It

couldn't be Mary.

Mary

{Reason?

2.

.

.

8. Let's talk: a partner.

Example: A: Someone

1.

.

A:

Someone

B:

It

A:

Someone

left this

is

in

Moscow.

wool hat here.

Mary

I

think

I

went it

to

a movie tonight.

I

Etc.)

belongs to Alex.

couldn't belong to him. (Reason?)

me

told

that

Karen

in

is

Norway.

B: That can't be right. She couldn't be in Norway. (Reason?) 3.

4.

A:

Look

B:

It

A:

Someone

at that big

animal.

wolf?

Is it a

couldn't be a wolf. (Reason?)

me

told

that

That

B: You're kidding!

Marie quit her

can't be true.

Exercise 9. Listening. (Charts

10-1

job.

(Reason?)

and

10-2)

Listen to the conversation and write the verbs you hear. CD

1

Track 49

Tom

Situation:

Tom:

I

Billy:

It

and

wonder what

his

young son

that noise

Billy

hear a noise on the roof.

is.

a bird. l

Tom:

It

a bird.

It's

running across the roof. Birds

2

across roofs

Billy: Well,

some

birds do.

a big bird that's

It

running

fast.

4

Tom:

No,

I

think

some kind of animal.

it

a

It

6

5

mouse. Billy:

It

sounds

much

bigger than a mouse.

a dragon!

It 7

Tom:

Son,

a dragon.

it

8

They

184

C

1APTER 10

exist only in

storyboo

We

don't have anv dragons around here.

.

Billy:

a little

It

know

Tom:

Well,

dragon that you don't

about. I

suppose

some kind

it

10

of lizard. look.

Billy: 11

Tom:

That's a good idea.

Billy: Guess what, Dad.

a rat!

It 12

Exercise 10. Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts Work with a partner. Create a dialogue based on for the class or a

and

10-1

10-2)

the given situation. Role-play your dialogue

group of classmates.

Situation: You and your friend are at home. You hear a noise. You discuss the noise: What may I might I could I must I may not I couldn't I must not be the cause. Then you finally find out what is going on.

Exercise 11. Warm-up. (Chart 10-3) Decide which past modal in the list best completes each sentence. One of the modals appropriate for any of the sentences. must have

couldn't have

left

should have

left

might have

left

is

not

left

Situation: Jackie can't find her sunglasses. 1

Laura thinks

it's

possible that Jackie

left

"You

them on

the table at the restaurant. She says,

them on the

table at the restaurant, but

I'm

just

guessing."

2.

Sergio disagrees.

remember there, so

Maya says, I

looked

at

everything on the table before they

seeing her sunglasses there.

he

somewhere 3.

He

thinks

says,

"You

else.

Did you check your purse?"

disagrees with Sergio. She

"You

can think

He

it is

left

and doesn't

impossible that Jackie

them

there.

them

I'm sure they are

remembers seeing the sunglasses on the

them

left

table, so she

there. That's the only logical explanation

of."

Modals, Part 2

1

85

10-3 Degrees of Certainty: Past Time Past Time: Affirmative

— Why wasn't Mary (a)

100%:

(b)

95%:

class?

in

In (a):

She was sick.

The speaker

sure.

is

The speaker is making a logical "I saw Mary yesterday and found out that she was sick. assume that is the reason why she was absent. can't think of any other good reason." In (b):

She must have been

conclusion, e.g.,

sick.

I

She may have been sick. She might have been sick. She could have been sick.

(

(c)

50%

sure or less:

< I

I

In (c):

The speaker

is

mentioning one

The speaker

is

sure.

possibility.

Past Time: Negative

— Why

didn't

(d) .

.

^

'

Sam

Sam

wasn't hungry.

In (d):

qqo/

Sam Sam

couldn't have been hungry. can't have been hungry.

In (e):

j

.

(

\

50%

sure or less- / \

The speaker believes that Sam to have been hungry.

for

Sam must not have been hungry.

95%:

(f)

(a) vy;

eat?

100%:

In

(f):

Situation

1

1.

(Maybe

2.

(It's

Sam may not have been hungry Sam might not have been hungry.

The

:

(I'm

doorbell rang, but

I

was

was a friend.)

it

In (g):

not possible that

The speaker

In

some

is

cases,

mentioning one

possibility.

more than one modal

95%

it

sure

it

was a

2:

I

sent

was my next-door

So

I

didn't get up.

/ could have been

neighbor.

delivery person. There

my best I

I

He was

a friend.

at work.)

was a package

outside

my

door when I got up.)

friend a birthday present, but she never responded or thanked me.

wonder why

(She probably never got

it.

I

never heard from her.

That's the only reason I can think offor her not responding to me.)

believe she

mother thinks

My mother thinks possible.

186 CHAPTER

to take a nap.

a delivery person.

Situation

(My

bed trying

my next-door neighbor.

That's not like her.

5.

in

may / might

It

It

I

logical

was.

it

It

4.

impossible

possible.

wonder who

3.

making a

is

is

conclusion.

Exercise 12. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-3) Use past modals to restate each sentence in parentheses.

may be

The speaker

it

10

it.

it's

it

possible that

it

got lost in the mail, but she's just guessing.) lost in the mail.

I

guess that's

Exercise 13. Let's talk. (Chart 10

Make

3)

guesses using past modals.

Situation: Dan, David, Dylan, Dick, and night. 1.

2.

Who

do you think

Dan had a huge argument —> It couldn 't/must not have David met with

3.

Dylan

4.

Dick

5.

Doug

Doug

are

all

friends.

with his girlfriend been

Dan

sure

his girlfriend's parents

if

them got engaged

last

last night.

two nights ago.

and took

a

diamond

going to wait to get married until he has a better

isn't

of

because he fought with his girlfriend last night.

invited his girlfriend to dinner

is

One

it is?

He

he's ready for marriage.

Exercise 14. Let's talk or write. (Chart

ring with him.

job.

thinks he's a

little

young

to

be a husband.

10-3)

Give several answers for each question, orally or in writing. 1.

In 1957 the felt?

he 2.

animal (Laika, a Russian dog) went into space.

How do you think she How do you think

felt?

A fire earlier

3.

first

In 1961 the Russian cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin went into space.

started in the city park

watching a fireworks

around midnight. A large crowd of people had been there What do you think caused the fire?

display.

While the Browns were away on vacation, the security alarm went off at their home. The police arrived and checked the house. No doors had been opened. No windows were broken. Everything looked normal. What do you think set it off? What don't you think set it off?

Exercise 15. Let's talk. (Chart 10 Speaker Speaker

3)

A asks a question, and Speaker B responds with may have/might have/could have. A provides more information. This time, Speaker B responds with must have. Work

in pairs, in small groups, or as a class.

Example:

Speaker A: Larry was absent yesterday afternoon. Where was he? Speaker B: I don't know. He may have been at home. He might have gone to a movie. He could have decided to go to the zoo because the weather was so nice. Speaker A: Then you overhear him say, "My sister's plane was late yesterday afternoon. I had to wait almost three hours." Now what do you think? Speaker B: He must have gone to the airport to meet his sister's plane. 1.

AtoB:

Beth didn't stay

home

A to B: Now, what if you 2.

AtoB: How

4.

Where .

.

.

did she go?

?

did Claudio get to school today?

A to B: Now, what 3.

last night.

overhear her say

if

you hear him say

.

.

.

?

AtoB: Sami walked into class yesterday ... A to B: Then you overhear him say .... Now what .

AtoB:

(name of a classmate) took a vacation

in a

A to B: Now, what if you overhear him/her say

do you think?

warm

....

....

Now what

do you think?

Modals, Part 2

187

.

Exercise 16. Looking at grammar. (Charts Complete the dialogues with must and the verbs 1

A: Paula

.

B:

She

is

Use not

in parentheses.

if

necessary.

asleep in class this morning.

must have stayed up

(stay up)

A: Jim

2.

fell

10-1 -> 10 -3)

too late

eating everything in the salad but the onions. He's

last night.

pushed

all

of the onions to

the side of his plate.

3.

4.

B:

He

A:

Marco had

B:

Whew!

A:

He

A:

What

onions.

(like)

That's a big audience.

was, but no one could

B: Well,

500 people.

to give a speech in front of

time

He

nervous.

(be)

tell.

is it?

we came

at seven,

and I'm sure we've been here

for at least

an hour. So

it

(be)

around eight o'clock. 5.

A:

B:

met Ayako's husband at the him a question in English, he I

He

reception. just

We

much

(speak)

A: Listen.

Do

B:

No,

I

A:

You

don't?

A:

You have

B:

I

said hello to each other, but

you hear

a buzzing

when

I

asked

smiled and nodded.

sound

English.

in the kitchen?

don't hear a thing.

Then something

a black eye!

wrong with your

(be)

hearing.

What happened?

walked into a door.

A: Ouch! That (hurt) 8.

A:

Who

B:

I

is

your teacher?

think his

name

is

Mr. Rock, or something

like that.

Mr. Stone.

A: Mr. Rock? Oh, you (mean)

grew up

A:

I

B:

That

A:

It

in a small town. dull.

(be)

wasn't at

all.

You

can't imagine the fun

Exercise 17. Warm-up. (Chart 10-4) Match each sentence to the percentage it best 1

2. 3.

4. 5.

188

(

We might get some snow tomorrow. We will get some snow tomorrow. We may get some snow tomorrow. We should get some snow tomorrow. We could get some snow tomorrow.

HAPTER 10

we

had.

describes.

Oo^W" _

oo o 1

°

oo%

o O O

50%

oo o

90%

10-4 Degrees of Certainty: Future Time

50%

(a)

100%

sure:

90%

sure:

Kay

will

do

well

on the

test.

( Kay should do well on the test. \ Kay ought to do well on the test.

sure or less:

\

j

The speaker

feels sure.

»

The speaker

is

almost sure.

The speaker

is

guessing.

She may do well on the test. She might do well on the test. She could do well on the test.

Kay has been studying hard. She should do/ought to do well on the test tomorrow.

Should/ought to can be used to express expectations about future events. In (a):

The speaker

on the

test.

will

(b)

*

wonder why Sue hasn't written us. We should have heard/ ought to have heard from her last week.

grammar.

is

saying, "Kay

expect her to do

well.

probably do well That is what think

will

I

happen."

The past form

I

Exercise 18. Looking at

I

of

should/ought to

is

used

to

mean

that

the speaker expected something that did not occur.

(Chart 10-4)

Complete the sentences with the speakers' names based on how certain they Situation: Jan asked her roommates, "What time are you going to be Certainty: Marco feels 100% sure. Linda is almost sure. Ned doesn't know. He's guessing.

home

are.

tonight?"

might be back by ten."

1.

said, "I

2.

said, "I'll

3.

said, "I

be

home by

eight."

should be here around nine.

Exercise 19. Looking at grammar. (Charts 4-2, 10-1 and 10-4) Complete the sentences with will, should/ought to, or must. In some modal is possible. Discuss the meanings that the modals convey.* ,

1

.

Lots of people are standing in line to get into that movie.

2.

Let's go to the lecture tonight.

3.

Look. Jack's car

and 4.

visit

is

ehould / ought to

It

in front of his house.

OR

more than one be good.

be interesting.

will

be

at

home.

Let's stop

him.

A: Hello.

May I

speak to Elena?

B: She isn't here right now, but she

*Compare: Must expresses

a strong degree of certainty

be

mind about

a future event.

home around

nine or

so.

about a present situation. (See Chart 10-1.) Should and ought to

express a fairly strong degree of certainty about a future situation. (See Chart the speaker's

must

It

He

cases,

(See Chart 4-2,

p.

1

0-4.)

Will indicates that there

is

no doubt

in

63.)

Modals, Part 2

189

..

5

Who

A:

do you think

B: Well, our

team has

is

going to win the game tomorrow?

better players, so

Anything can happen 6.

7.

A:

It's

B:

I

9.

win, but you never know.

in sports.

very important for you to be there on time.

be there

A: Susie

is

at

yawning and rubbing her

B: She 8.

we

be

seven o'clock.

promise!

eyes.

sleepy. Let's

put her to bed early tonight.

work

A: Martha has been working

all

B: She

be really tired tonight.

day.

I

She

left

for

early this morning.

A: When's dinner?

The

B: We're almost ready to eat. 10.

Ed

1 1

Hmmm.

has been acting strangely

I

lately.

wonder what's causing

be done in

rice

He

be in

five

minutes.

love.

been

the delay. Ellen's plane

here an hour ago. 12.

3

I

thought

I

had some money

in

my wallet,

but

I

don't.

spent

I

Exercise 20. Looking at grammar. (Charts 10-1 -> 10-4) Complete the sentences based on the facts of each situation. Situation

1:

Facts:

Someone's knocking

Ross Fred

1.

Tr

must he

2.

It

couldn't be

3.

I

suppose

190 CHAPTER

10

at the door.

I

wonder who

it is.

out of town. called half an hour ago and said he would stop by this afternoon. Alice is a neighbor who sometimes drops by in the middle of the day. is

Fred

it

Roee

might be

Alice

it.

Situation

I wonder who did it. and she was out driving last night. Beth doesn't have a car and doesn't know how to drive. Ron has a car, but I'm pretty sure he was at home last night. Barb was out driving last night, and today her car has a big dent in the

Someone ran

2:

Stacy has

Facts:

4.

It

couldn't have been

5.

It

must not have been

6.

It

could have been

7.

It

must have been

Situation

There

3:

into the tree in front of our house.

a car,

.

.

.

.

in a closed

A mouse likes last

something ate some of the bread. The drawer until I opened it. to eat bread and often gets into drawers. In fact, we found one

a hole in the bread. It looks like

is

bread was

Facts:

front.

week.

A cat can't open a drawer. And most cats don't like bread. A rat can sometimes get into a drawer, but I've never seen one in our house. 8.

It

could have been

9.

It

couldn't have been

10.

It

must have been

Situation

My friends Mark and

Carol were in the next room with my neighbor. someone playing a very difficult piece on the piano. Mark has no musical ability at all and doesn't play any instrument. Carol is an excellent piano player. I don't think my neighbor plays the piano, but I'm not sure.

4:

Facts:

It

12.

I

13.

It

suppose

it

could have been

must have been

Situation

5:

Facts:

The meeting I

starts in fifteen

just talked to

Stephanie Janet

5.

is

Bob on

minutes.

I

the phone. He's

wonder who on his way.

is

coming.

rarely misses a meeting.

Andre comes

1

heard

couldn't have been

11.

14.

I

to the

meetings sometimes, and sometimes he doesn't.

out of town.

won't be

at the

should be

at

meeting.

the meeting.

be here.

16.

will

17.

might come.

Modals, Part 2

191

Exercise 21 Listening. (Chapter 9 and Charts 10-1 -* 10-4) The spoken forms of some modals are often reduced. For example, may have gone may sound like "may-uv gone" or "may-uh gone." Listen for the spoken forms of modals and write .

jfl}

&$ CD

1

Track so

the non-reduced forms of the words

Example: You

You

you

hear.

will hear:

You shouldn't have done

will write:

You

What's wrong? Your parents look

that.

shouldn't have done

that.

upset.

1.

We

them.

2.

We

them.

3.

You

them.

4.

You

to find out.

5.

Maybe you

6.

You

7.

You

8.

You

out so a

good excuse

late.

for being late.

them what you planned

to do.

your behavior would cause problems.

Exercise 22. Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts 10-1 > 10 4) Work with a partner. Choose one of the given situations and complete present your dialogue to the rest of the

class.

Try

to include

modals

in

the dialogue.

Then

your conversation.

Situation 1 Your teacher is always on time, but today it is fifteen minutes past the time class begins, and he/she still isn't here. You try to figure out why he/she isn't here yet and what you :

should do. A: Mr./Mrs./Ms.*/Miss/Dr./Professor

wonder where he/she

I

B:

I

don't

know

is.

(

Why do you

)

should have been here fifteen minutes ago.

suppose he/she hasn't arrived yet?

....

Etc.

Situation

You

2:

The two

of you are supposed to meet Anita and Pablo at the park for a picnic. when the sky gets dark and the wind starts blowing very hard.

are almost ready to leave Is

the picnic basket

all

packed?

Yes. Everything's ready.

Wow! Do you

feel that

Yeah, and look

at the sky!

wind?

Etc.

"In

American English,

a period

is

used with the abbreviations Mr. /Mrs. /Ms.; British English does not use a period with these

abbreviations.

American: Mr. Black/Mrs. Green/Ms. Brown British:

Mr Black!Mrs

192 CHAPTER

10

Green/Ms Brown

.

The roads are icy. Your eighteen-year-old son, who had gone to supposed to be home an hour ago. (The two of you are either a was a his/her friend.) You are getting worried. You are trying to figure married couple or a parent and out where he might be, what might or must have happened, and what you should do, if Situation

3:

It is late at

party with some

night.

friends,

anything.

A:

It's

B: So

o'clock and

already

am

I.

isn't

Where do you suppose he

home

I'm getting worried.

yet.

is?

Etc.

Exercise 23.

Do

Warm-up.

(Chart io-5)

the verbs in blue express the idea that something

is

(or

may

be) in progress right now, at

the time of speaking? Circle yes or no.

IN PROGRESS? 1

Grandpa

2.

Grandpa may

3.

Shhh. Grandpa

is

4.

Shhh. Grandpa

may be

nap every afternoon.

yes

no

take a nap this afternoon.

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

takes a

taking a nap. taking a nap.

10-5 Progressive Forms of Modals (a)

(b)

{right

knock on the door now)

All of

the lights

Let's just

in

lightly.

Tom may be sleeping.

Progressive form, present time:

modal + be + -ing

Ann's room are turned

off.

She must be

Meaning:

progress

in

right

now

sleeping, (right now)

(c)

(d)

j

Sue wasn't at home last night when we went might have been studying at the library.

to visit her.

She

Progressive form, past time:

modal + have been + -ing

Joe wasn't at home last night. He has a lot of exams coming up soon, and he is also working on a term paper. He must have been studying at the library.

Meaning:

in

progress at a time

in the

Exercise 24. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-5) Complete the sentences. Use the appropriate progressive forms of must, should, may/might/could and the verbs in parentheses. 1

.

A: Look. Those people B:

It (rain)

A:

Why

B:

I

A:

Do

B:

I

is

who

must be

Margaret

are

coming

in the

past

or

door are carrying wet umbrellas.

raining

in her

room?

don't know. She (do)

may / might

/ could be doing

her homework.

you smell smoke?

sure do. Something (burn)

in the kitchen.

Modals, Part 2

1

93

4.

A:

The

B:

I

line's

been busy

He

don't know.

for over

an hour.

Who

The

all

A:

I

sounds

that noise upstairs? It

like a

need

7.

A:

it

sounds

like to

Howard.

to call

Do

me

too.

I'll

go

see.

you know which hotel

he's staying at in

are

at the

8.

9.

know

What? You

A: Did Joe B:

I

Holiday Inn.

I

(study)

I

have a

tomorrow.

A: Did you B:

but I'm not sure.

you doing?

B: I'm writing a letter to a friend, but test

Boston?

at the Hilton,

(stay)

What

Or he

some kind of game.

B: Well, he (stay)

He

talking to?

herd of elephants.

children (play)

A: That's what 6.

is

to his sister in Chicago.

A: What's B:

Julio

to his parents.

{talk)

(talk)

5.

do you suppose

that

Majid

just quit school

and

is

hitchhiking to Alaska?

(joke)

?

mean what he

He

don't know.

said about

Majid yesterday?

when he

(joke)

said that, but

who knows? 10.

A: Did Joe really B:

J

No,

I

mean what he

don't think

so.

I

said yesterday?

think he (joke)

Exercise 25. Let's talk. (Chart 10 5) Discuss what the students on the bus should and should not be doing. Example: The student of the bus.

194 CHAPTER

10

in the

middle of the bus shouldn't be

climbing

out of the

window

to the top

.

(Charts 9-8 and 10-1 - 10-5) Complete each sentence with the appropriate form of the words in parentheses.

grammar.

Exercise 26. Looking at

if

Add not

necessary. 1

Alex has a

test

tomorrow

that he needs to study for.

Kathy

lost

My leather jacket isn't in my closet.

When

I

(must

+

into the

A:

I

think

He

8.

left

(must

+

leave)

home.

at

my roommate

(might

often borrows

my

+

borrow)

clothes without asking me.

+ forget)

wanted

at the

meeting

last

off

night?

the lecture at

air

Shaw

Hall.

I

know

she

+

(must

I

coming from? the door open.

leave)

haven't seen her for weeks.

B: I'm not sure. She (might I

it

to hear the speaker.

A: Where's Jessica?

think

Dad

to turn

(may + attend)

Someone

I

wait)

the room.

A: Where's that cold B:

+

TV a short while before I came He

room.

really

7.

map

watch)

Why wasn't Mai

B: She

watch)

walked into the room, the TV was on, but the room was empty.

before he 6.

(must

her way while driving to River City. She (should

it.

5.

+

two o'clock bus.

her road 4.

He

There's Mr. Chang. He's standing at the bus stop. for the

3.

(should

TV right now.

shouldn't be watching

2.

He

+

travel)

in

Europe.

heard her mention something about spending a few weeks in Europe

this

spring.

9.

10.

A:

When

B:

He

A:

Why didn't

B:

He was

I

arrived,

(must

+

Tarek looked surprised. you.

expect)

Roberto answer the teacher when she asked him a question?

too busy staring out the window. .

attention.

He

(should

window during

+

stare)

.

He

He

(must

(should

+ daydream)

+

pay)

out the

class.

Modals, Part 2

195

.

Exercise 27. Let's talk or write. (Charts 10-1 ~> 10-5) Discuss and/or write about the people and activities in the picture. Include any factual information you can get from the picture and make guesses about the people: their ages, occupations, activities, etc.

Exercise 28. Let's talk. (Charts

A man

and

woman

10-1 -* io-5)

are sitting at a table having a conversation.

guesses about the two people and what's happening.

Answer the questions and add your own

What

In pairs or small groups,

possibilities

can you think

make

of?

to the discussion.

Man: I don't think you should do this alone. Woman: But you don't understand. I have to. Man: Let me go with you. {taking out his wallet) Just give me a minute to pay the bill. Woman: No, I'll be fine. You must let me help. Man: WOMAN: There's nothing you can do. {standing) This is something I need to do for myself. Man:

Okay. If that's the way you want

Woman:

{leaving)

Where

2.

Who

3.

Where's the

5.

Why Why

196 CHAPTER

call

you.

man and woman? they? What is their relationship?

1

4.

I'll

it.

are the

are

woman

going?

does she want to go alone? does the

10

man want

to

go with her?

.

Exercise 29. Looking at grammar. (Charts Choose the best completion for each sentence. 1

— — He

Is Jeff a

2.

good student? don't

I

(sl)

10-1 -> 10-5)

know him

must be

well,

but

I

heard he got

a scholarship for

could be

b.

— Do you know where Eva — She Barbara's house.

c.

next year.

is

is?

at

She said something about wanting

to visit after

work

today, but I'm really not sure. a.

3.

must be

— stayed up — You — do.

all

I

could be

b.

c.

is

c.

feel

night finishing this report for the boss.

really tired.

I

a.

4.

feel

might

b.

— Where's the — saw when

leftover chicken

I

just a.

5.

must

— —

It's I

I

it

got

from dinner

some

must be

feel

ice cubes.

last night?

in the freezer.

It

might be

b.

c.

is

supposed to rain tomorrow. wrong. Weather forecasts are far from

know, but the forecast

1

00 percent

accurate. a.

6.

—

I

must be

the

be able to attend the university in

must be

may be

b. tell

must go

b.

— Which bus should — Bus number 39.

I

c.

me which

bus

there.

I

is

should take to get to City Hall?

But you'd better ask the

might go

take to get to the

main post

c.

goes

c.

goes

driver.

office?

right to the post office.

It

a.

very happy to have the matter finally settled.

That's good news. She

— Excuse me. Could you — Hmmm. Bus number 63 a.

9.

will

is

fall.

a.

8.

c.

heard that Junko has received a scholarship and

— Wonderful! 7.

could be

b.

must go

b.

could go

— Do you suppose Mrs. Chu — She can't think of anything is

sick?

I

else that

would have kept her from coming

to this

meeting. a.

10.

— —

must be

Is that It

may be

c.

Adam's brother standing with him ,

a.

b.

I

suppose.

must be

He

does look a b.

could be

is

in the cafeteria line?

little like

Adam. c.

is

Modals, Part 2

197

— Let's be

11.

want

to

really quiet

wake her

when we go

into the baby's

room. The baby

,

and we don't

up.

— Okay. might sleep

a.

— wonder why the radio — Grandma turn

12.

I

to

to

might be sleeping

b.

is it

on

in the den.

She was

off.

No

might have been sleeping

c.

one's in there.

in the

den

earlier

and was probably

listening

it.

must

a.

forget

b.

must have forgotten

Exercise 30. Warm-up. (Chart Which sentence expresses

must be

c.

forgetting

10 6)

a physical ability?

a.

b.

an acquired

c.

possibility?

d.

permission?

skill?

Isabel can play chess very well.

1.

you can go outside

Yes, Ben,

2.

to play, but

be

back before dinner.

Dogs can hear higher-pitched sounds than

3.

humans I'm

4.

cafe

10-6 (a)

(b)

Tom 1

free for

if

you'd

I

can meet you

at the

like.

Can and Could

He can

strong.

lunch tomorrow.

around noon

Ability:

is

can.

lift

that

heavy box.

can see Central Park from my apartment.

Can

is

used

Can

is

frequently used with verbs of the five senses: see,

to

express physical

hear, feel, smell, taste, as

(c)

Maria can play the piano. She's been taking lessons for

(d)

many

Can

is

years.

You can buy a hammer

at the

hardware

store.

(e)

a hurry

I'll

meet you

(f)

When

(g)

Dogs can

(h)

Tom could lift the

you

you can leave

later.

finish the test,

you

Can

used

is

1

you're

is

to

express

you can buy = used

to give

it

skill.

to play.

possibility. is

possible for one to buy

permission

in

informal situations, as

formal situations, may rather than usually used to give permission, as in (f). in (e).

In

C

APTER 10

can

is

couldn't.

Negative form: cannot or can't

The past form

of

can meaning

"ability" is

Negative form: could not or couldn't

191

in (a).

may leave.

bark, but they cannot/ can't talk.

box, but

if

express an acquired

can play = knows how

Can

I'm not quite ready to go, but in

to

as

in (b).

In (c):

In (d):

compare:

used

ability,

could, as

in (h).

.

Exercise 31. Listening. (Chart 10-6) In spoken English, can is typically unstressed and pronounced

fj)

&^ CD

pronounced /kamt/ although the • write the words you hear. is

1

Track 51

"t"

usually

is

1

The

2.

My mother

3.

My friend

meet you

4.

Mr. Smith

answer your question.

5.

We

Can't

is

unstressed and

help you.

secretary

speak English.

come

at the airport.

to the meeting.

you come?**

6.

7.

You

8.

I

cook.

9.

I

drive a stick-shift car.

10.

/kan/.

often not heard. Listen to the sentences and

take that course.

Our son

count to ten.

Exercise 32. Let's talk. (Charts 10-4 and 10-6)

Make

sentences, answer questions, and/or discuss meanings as suggested in each item.

Work

in

pairs, in small groups, or as a class. 1.

Name

you have and a physical ability you don't have. you have and an acquired skill you don't have.

a physical ability that

acquired

skill

that

2.

There's no class tomorrow. What can you do tomorrow? tomorrow? What are you going to do tomorrow?

3.

What

are the possible

to school 4.

What a.

b. 5.

is

ways you can get

to school?

What

an

What may/might you do are the possible

ways you may get

tomorrow?

the difference in the use of

can and

may in the following?

Sure! You can borrow five dollars from me. You can pay me back You may pay the bill either in person or by mail.

Compare

Name

the following using

can and

later.

can't: people and animals; adults and children;

women and men. 6.

Plan your next vacation and describe what you may do on your vacation; what you can do on your vacation; and what you will do on your vacation.

7.

What

is

something you could do

^Sometimes even native speakers have

as a child that

difficulty in distinguishing

you

can't

do now?

between can and can't. Also, British and American

pronunciations of can't are different. British: can't = /kant/ (cawhnt). American: can't = /kaent/ (rhymes with rant).

**Note:

"t"

+ "you" = "chu"

(can't you

=

/kaencu/).

Modals, Part 2

199

.

Exercise 33. Let's listen and talk. (Charts 10-1 -»- 10-6) Listen to the short talk on human behavior with your book closed. Then open your book and

•^

®* CD

answer the questions. 1

Track 52

2.

Who Who

3.

What

4.

How many people

1

did the researcher talk to

first?

did the researcher talk to later? three questions did the researcher ask each group? in the first

group answered "yes"

to the questions

about their

ability to

dance, sing, and draw? 5. 6.

What differences were there in the answers of the What do you think explains these differences?

Exercise 34. Warm-up. (Chart 10-7) Are the meanings of the two sentences the same or 1

2.

When When

I

was

a child, I

used to play in the

I

was

a child, I

would play

first

group and the second group?

different?

with the other children.

street

in the street with the other children.

10-7 Using Would to Express a Repeated Action in the Past (a)

When was 1

a

child,

my

father

would read me a

Would can be used to express an action that was repeated regularly in the past. When would is used to express this idea, it has the same meaning as used to (habitual past). Sentences (a) and (b) have the same meaning.

story at night before bedtime. (b)

When was 1

a story

(c)

a

child,

my father used to read me

at night before

bedtime.

Used

used to live in California. He used to be a Boy Scout. They used to have a Ford. 1

to expresses a situation that existed in the past, as

in (c).

actions

j

case, would may not be used as an Would is used only for regularly repeated

In this

alternative.

the past.

in

Exercise 35. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-7) Use would and the words in parentheses to express a repeated

action in the past.

Use used

to

to express a past situation. 1.

I

ueed to be

(be)

very shy.

would hide

2.

I

remember my Aunt Susan very

Illiteracy

much 4.

I

is still

a

problem

came

to our house,

in

well.

Every time she came to our house, she

a big kiss

my

and pinch

country, but

it

my cheek.

(be)

afraid of flying.

pounding every time

10

I {hide)

(give)

worse.

(be)

200 CHAPTER

a stranger

in a closet.

me 3.

Whenever

I

stepped on a plane. But

My heart

(start)

now I'm used

to flying

and enjoy

it.

.

5.

When

I

was

a child,

a flashlight to

{take)

bed with

books without 6.

I

me

my parents

so that

I

could read comic

knowing about

it.

My sister {live) and when

I

in

visited her,

we

on weeklong backpacking

Montana,

(go)

trips in the

up

to the

mountains. Every morning, we {wake)

sound of singing

During the

birds.

day,

we

{hike)

through woods and along mountain streams. Often we deer.

Once we saw

a bear, but

it

went

{see)

off in the opposite

direction. 7.

an anthropology major. Once,

I (be)

archeological expedition. Every morning,

we

I

was

member

a

of an

up before

(get)

dawn. After breakfast, we (spend)

our entire day in the

Sometimes one of us (find)

field.

a particularly interesting item,

perhaps an arrowhead or a piece of pottery.

When

that

happened, other members of the

around to see what had been unearthed.

group (gather)

Exercise 36. Warm-up. (Chart io-8) Answer the questions. Use would rather and complete sentences. 1

2.

3. 4.

You

are at school right now.

Where would you

rather be?

What would you rather do than go to class? What did you do last night? What would you rather have done? What are you doing right now? What would you rather be doing?

10-8 Expressing Preference: Would Rather (a)

1

would rather go to a movie

tonight than

study

Would rather expresses

grammar. In (a):

(b)

1

d rather study history than

(study) biology.

Notice that the simple form of a verb follows both

would rather and In (b):

preference.

If

the verb

than. is

the same,

it

usually

is

not repeated

after than.

— How much do you weigh? (c)

(d)

1

d rather not tell you

The movie was to the

(e)

1

concert

in

/

would =

I'd

Negative form: would rather + not

.

okay, but

1

would rather have gone

a beach

The past

form:

would rather have + past participle.

Usual pronunciation:

last night.

d rather be lying on

sitting

Contraction:

in

India than (be)

Progressive form:

"I'd

rather-av"

would rather + be + -ing

class right now.

Modals, Part 2

201

J

.

.

Exercise 37. Looking at grammar. (Chart 10-8) Complete the sentences with would rather and your own words. 1

.

A:

Do you want

B:

Not

really.

I

A: Did you go to the concert

2.

B: Yes, but

A:

What

last

night?

I

you doing

are

B: I'm studying

j

to go to the concert tonight?

right

now?

grammar, but

I

_ than

A:

I

B:

Not me.

than

I

Exercise 38. Let's talk: interview. (Chart

10-8)

Interview your classmates. Begin each question with

Would you rather

j

.

.

Would you

rather.

.

Why? Why?

1

go to Paris, Cairo, or Bogota?

2.

see a movie, a play, or an opera?

3.

use a bike, a motorcycle, or a car for transportation?

4.

prepare your

5.

be playing soccer, shopping for clothes, or feeding birds in the park today?

own

meals, have

someone

6.

have been born in an earlier century?

7.

be swimming

at a

at

home

Why?

prepare them, or eat out?

Why? Why?

Why?

beach or pool right now or doing

this interview?

Why?

Exercise 39. Warm-up. (Chart 10 -9) Check (/) each correct sentence. can stay

1.

I will

2.

I

will

3.

I

may have

late at the office today.

be able stay

late today.

to stay late today.

4.

I

may be

5

I

will

6.

I'm going to have to stay

able to stay late today.

have to stay

late today. late today.

10-9 Combining Modals with Phrasal Modals (a)

incorrect: Janet

will

-ean- help you tomorrow.

A modal cannot be In (a):

The modal

immediately followed by another modal. will

cannot be followed by can, which

is

another modal.

(b) (c)

Janet

You

will

will

be able

have

to help you tomorrow.

to pick her

up

at her

home.

A modal

can, however, be followed by the phrasal modals

be able

to

and have to

The modal modal be able to. In (b):

(d)

Tom

isn't

going to be able

to help you tomorrow.

It

is

will\s correctly followed by the phrasal

also sometimes possible for

one phrasal modal

to

follow another phrasal modal. In (d): be going to is followed by be able to This form more common in negatives and questions.

202 CHAPTER

10

is

.

Exercise 40. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-9) Complete the sentences with the words in italics. 1

be able to

\

you

\

get

\

will

What time 2.

have

to \

here?

take

\

be going to

You

algebra again next year

if

you

don't pass the course this year.

3.

be able to

\

attend

\

be going to

not

\

my friend

I

Jess's

wedding next month due

to a previously scheduled business trip.

Exercise 41. Looking at grammar. (Chart io-9) Complete the sentences with the verb phrases in the list. In some completion

may be

My schedule

meet with you 2.

You need

how you

Jill

until the

feel.

full for

the next few weeks.

I

'm not going to be able to

end of the month.

to see a doctor

how you're 3.

completely

is

more than one

must not have been able to would rather not have to

have to be able to should not have to /not be going to be able to

1

cases,

Discuss the differences in meaning.

possible.

you

feel

comfortable talking

to.

important that she knows

It's

You

tell

her exactly

feeling.

just called

from work. She sounded upset, but she won't

was planning to ask her supervisor

for a raise today.

I

tell

me

what's wrong. She

bet that's the problem. She get the raise.

4.

Let's get to the

outside,

and

movie

a

little late.

I

don't

mind

if

we miss

the previews.

It's

freezing

stand in a long line

I

outdoors until the movie begins. 5.

Children, this

room

is

a mess!

I

am

not going to

tell

you again to clean tell

you

this

it

up. Really,

I

more than once!

Modals, Part 2

203

10-10 Summary Chart of Modals and Similar Expressions Uses

Auxiliary may

(1)

(3)

might

(1)

should

"I"

Past

May borrow your pen?

request

polite

(only with (2)

Present/ Future I

or "we")

may leave the

formal permission

You

50%

— Where's John?

He may have been

He may be

library.

50%

or less certainty

or less certainty

request (rare)

(2)

polite

(1)

advisability

room.

at the library.

— Where's John?

He might have been

He might be

library.

at the library.

90%

I

I

certainty

should study

tonight.

should have studied

I

ought

to

(1)

She should do

on the

well

test

tomorrow.

(expectation) advisability

I

ought

study tonight.

90%

certainty

had better

(1)

advisability with

threat of

be supposed

to

(1)

bad

She ought

to

do

well

on

ought

I

result

expectation

You had better be on or

we

to

is

I

have studied

last

didn't.

She ought

(

on

have done

to

well

test.

past form uncommon)

leave without you.

will

Class

time,

well

test.

on the

the test tomorrow.

(expectation)

last

didn't.

She should have done the

to

I

night, but (2)

at the

Might borrow your pen?

night, but (2)

at the

supposed

to

begin

at 10:00. (2)

unfulfilled

was supposed

Class

expectation

at 10:00, but

must

(1)

strong necessity

(2)

prohibition

I

must go

to class today.

You must not open

(I

had

to

go

it

began

to begin

at 10:15.

to class yesterday.)

that door.

(negative) (3)

95%

certainty

Mary

isn't in

class.

Mary must have been

She

must be sick. have

to

(1)

necessity

(2)

lack of necessity

I

I

have

to

go to

class today.

don't have to

go

to class today.

to

will

necessity

I

(1)

100%

He

(2)

willingness

(3)

to

(1)

to

go

to class today.

be here

at 6:00.

— The phone's

ringing.

I

be going

have got

(1)

certainty

I

I

had

to

didn

t

go

to class yesterday.

have

to

go

to class

yesterday.

(negative)

have got

sick

yesterday.

II

will

get

polite

request

Will

100%

certainty

He

had

to

go to

class yesterday.)

it.

you please help

is

(I

going

to

me?

be here

at 6:00.

(prediction) (2)

definite plan

I

'm going to paint

my bedroom.

(intention)

(3)

unfulfilled intention

I

was going

but

204 CHAPTER

10

I

didn't

to paint

have

time.

my

room,

can

Present/Future

Uses

Auxiliary (1)

ability/possibility

I

Past

can run fast.

I

could run

child, but

(2)

informal permission

You can use my car tomorrow.

(3)

informal polite request

Can borrow your pen?

(4)

impossibility

That can 't be true!

fast

now

when was a I

can't.

I

I

That can't have been

true!

(negative only)

could

(1)

past

ability

I

could run fast when

I

was a

child.

Could borrow your pen? Could you help me?

request

(2)

polite

(3)

suggestion

—

{affirmative only)

You could talk to your teacher.

teacher.

50%

— Where's John?

He could have been

(4)

I

or less certainty

/

need help

in

You could have talked to your

math.

at

home.

He could be at home. (5)

That couldn 't be true!

impossibility

That couldn't have been

true!

(negative only)

be able

to

(1)

ability

I

I

would

(1)

polite

am able to help you. will

be able

to

(3)

was able

to help him.

Would you please help me? Would you mind left early?

request

if

(2)

I

help you.

I

would rather go to the park than stay home.

preference

I

repeated action

I

would rather have gone to

the

park.

When was a child, would visit my grandparents every

in

I

I

the past

weekend. (4)

polite for "want"

I

would like an

apple, please.

(with "like")

(5)

unfulfilled

wish

I

would have liked a

there were

used

to

(1)

repeated action

in

I

shall

(1)

used

past situation that

I

no longer exists

live in

polite

to visit

in

my

cookie, but

the house.

grandparents

every weekend.

the past. (2)

used

none

Shall

question to

I

to live

in

Spain.

Now

I

Korea.

open the window?

make a suggestion (2)

future with /or

we

I

as subject

Note: The use of modals

in

reported speech

shall arrive at nine,

("will"

is

= more common)

discussed in Chart 12-7,

p.

261.

The

use of modals in conditional sentences

is

discussed in Chapter 20.

Modals, Part 2

205

.

Exercise 42. Let's talk. (Chapters 9 and 10) Discuss the differences in meaning, if any, in each group of sentences. Describe situations in which these sentences might be used. Work in pairs, in small groups, or as a class. 1

2.

a.

May I

b.

Could

c.

Can

a.

b. c.

d.

3.

a.

b. c.

4.

5.

6.

8.

I

use your phone?

use your phone?

You should take an English course. You ought to take an English course. You're supposed to take an English course. You must take an English course.

You should see a doctor about that cut on your arm. You had better see a doctor about that cut on your arm. You have to see a doctor about that cut on your arm.

b.

You must not use that door. You don't have to use that door.

a.

I will

b.

I

a.

be at your house by six o'clock. should be at your house by six o'clock.

— There a.

It

b.

It

c.

It

d. It

7.

I

use your phone?

—

is

a knock at the door.

Who

do you suppose

it is?

might be Wendy. may be Wendy. could be Wendy. must be Wendy.

There's a knock at the door. I think

it's

Ibrahim.

may not be Ibrahim. couldn't be Ibrahim. can't be Ibrahim.

a.

It

b.

It

c.

It

a.

The

family in the picture must be

at a restaurant, b.

9.

b. c.

11.

family in the picture are at a restaurant.

— Where's a.

10.

The

Jeff?

He might have gone home. He must have gone home. He had to go home.

b.

Each student should have health insurance, Each student must have health insurance.

a.

a.

If

you're having a problem, you could talk to Mrs. Ang.

b.

If

you're having a problem, you should talk to Mrs. Ang.

c.

If

you're having a problem, you should have told Mrs. Ang.

d.

If

you're having a problem, you could have told Mrs. Ang.

206 CHAPTER

10

..

Exercise 43. Looking at grammar. (Chapters 9 and 10) Use a modal or phrasal modal with each verb in parentheses. More than one possible. Use the one that seems most appropriate to you and explain why. 1

It

looks like rain.

We

auxiliary

may be

should / had better / ought to ehut

(shut)

the windows.

me

2.

Anya, (you, hand)

3.

Spring break starts on the thirteenth.

We

that dish?

Thanks.

(go, not)

to

classes again until the twenty-second.

4.

The baby

is

only a year old, but she

(say, already)

a

few

words.

5.

In the United States, elementary education

There was

long line in front of the theater.

a

almost an hour to buy our

7.

A: I'd

You

B:

8.

like to

compulsory. All children (attend)

of elementary school.

six years

6.

is

We

(wait)

tickets.

go to a warm, sunny place next winter.

(go)

to

A: Mrs. Wilson got a

traffic ticket.

Any

Hawaii or Mexico. Or how about Indonesia?

She didn't stop

at a stop sign.

B: That's surprising. Usually she's a very cautious driver

She 9.

A: This B:

Steve's laptop, isn't

I

his.

know

of.

sometimes bring 10.

In

my

are

1 1

country, a

girl

accompanied by

Jimmy was

serious

A: This

is

of fish

He

to Jana or to

Mindy. They

their laptops to class.

and boy

out on a date unless they

(go, not)

a chaperone.

when he

said

he wanted to be a cowboy when he grew up. at

a great open-air market. is

the traffic laws.

doesn't have a laptop computer, at least

It (belong)

(laugh, not)

12.

all

it?

It (be, not)

not that

and obeys

the sign.

(see, not)

is

suggestions?

Look

at all this

him.

We hurt his

wonderful fresh

We

feelings.

fish!

What

kind

this?

B: I'm not sure.

It (be)

salmon. Let's ask.

Modals, Part 2

207

.. .

Exercise 44. Listening. (Chapters 9 and

-i

f%

G® CD

10)

Listen to each situation and choose the statement cases,

both answers

mav be

(a.

or b.) you would most likely

say.

In

some

possible.

1

Track 53

Example: You

will hear:

It s

almost 5:00. Peter's mom will be home soon. She told him to room today, but it's still a mess. She's going to be really

clean his

mad.

You

will

choose:

He

might clean it up right away. He'd better clean it up right away.

a.

(b. 1.

2.

b.

He should have come. He must have come.

a.

I

a.

b. I 3.

a.

b. 5.

a.

b.

j

supposed to go to the mall and shop. lie in the sun and read a novel.

He may have gotten caught in traffic. He ought to have called by now.

a.

b.

4.

am

would rather

He's not going to be able to go to work for a few days, He might not have to go to work today.

She could have been daydreaming. She must have been daydreaming.

Exercise 45.

Check your knowledge.

(Chapters 9 and 10)

Correct the errors.

you have

a car,

you can traveled around the United

1

If

2.

During

3.

When you

4.

A film director must has

5

When

I

class the students

must

to

sit

States.

quietly.

send for the brochure, you should included a self-addressed, stamped envelope.

was

a child,

control over every aspect of a movie.

can climb to the roof of my house and saw

I

all

the other houses and

streets.

6.

We

7.

I

8.

May you

9.

Many

need

to reschedule.

used to break

my

won't can see you

leg in a soccer

please help

me

game

at the

three

We

1 1

You can having

supposed

to bring

a very

different climates, so

10

time we scheduled for tomorrow.

months

ago.

with this?

students would rather to study on their

10.

208 CHAPTER

I

own

than going to classes.

our books to class every day.

good time

as a tourist in

my

country.

My country has

you have berter plan ahead before you came.

many

.

12.

When

you

when you

visit a

big city in

are in a

my

country, you must to be paying attention to your wallet

crowded place because

a thief

maybe

try to steal

it.

Exercise 46. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chapters 9 and 10) Work with a partner. Complete the dialogues with your own words. Example:

Speaker A: Why don't we ... go to Luigi's Restaurant for lunch? stay and finish this report during lunchtime. Speaker B: Thanks, but I can't. I have to Speaker A: That's too bad. Speaker B: I should have come early this morning to finish it, but I couldn't. I had to my daughter off at school and meet with her teacher. .

.

1.

I

B:

You shouldn't have done

A:

I

5.

why

don't

have to ...

A:

A: .

We

don't

6.

Oh? Why

not?

Why do you

Whose

B:

I

A:

Can

B:

I'll try.

?

A: Are you going to have to do the same

.

.

.

?

don't know. ...

I

think

to It

.

.

.

,

or

it

.

.

.

But

.

so.

So I'm probably not going

be able to I

...

.

might be able

to ...

.

?

7.

A:

I

don't want

B: Well, you'd better

A: Did ... I

say that?

tonight?

A:

B:

drop

B: Yes.

.

Why not?

B:

4.

.

heard that

A: Did you have to ...

A: ....

3.

.

B: Because

?

.

.

I

.

B: That can't be true! She couldn't ....

that!

know, but ....

A: Did you hear the news?

B:

.

.

A:

B: Well,

2.

.

.

?

would have

A: liked to, but I

.

.

.

know, but

...

.

.

,

or

.

.

.

.

.

.

Exercise 47. Let's talk. (Chapters 9 and In small groups, debate one, some, or

I

.

all

10)

of the given statements. At the end of the discussion

member of your group to summarize for the rest of the class the main ideas expressed during your discussion.

time, choose one

Do

you agree with these statements?

Why or why not?

1

Violence on television influences people to act violently.

2.

Cigarette smoking should be

3.

Books, films, and news should be censored by government agencies.

4.

People of different religions should not marry.

5.

People shouldn't marry until they are

6.

All nuclear

7.

All people of the

weapons

banned from

all

at least

in the possession of

public places.

25 years

old.

any nation should be destroyed.

world should speak the same language.

Modals, Part 2

209

.

Exercise 48. Let's write or talk. (Chapters 9 and 10) Write a short paragraph on one or more of the given topics or discuss some of them groups or as a class.

in small

Topics: 1

2.

Write about when, where, and why you should (or should not) have done something in your life. Write about a time in your life when you did something you did not want to do. Why did you do it? What could you have done differently? What should you have done? What would you rather have done? at your future. What will, might, or should it be like? Write about what you should, must, or can do now in order to make your life what you want it to be.

3.

Look

4.

Write about one embarrassing incident in your

done

to avoid

life.

What

could, should, or might you have

it?

5.

Look

6.

Choose one of the environmental problems we are facing today. must, or might be done to solve this problem?

at the world situation and the relationships between nations. should not), must (or must not) be done to promote peace?

210 CHAPTER

10

What

What

could, should (or

could, should, may,

1

Chapter

1

The Passive

Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart ill) Match the sentences to the pictures. Which sentence 1.

The

girl hit

2.

The

ball

was

hit

by the

girl.

3.

The

girl

was

hit

by the

ball.

4.

The

ball hit the girl.

5.

The

girl

was

hitting the ball.

6.

The

girl

was

hit the ball.

is

grammatically incorrect?

the ball.

Picture

11-1

Active vs. Passive

Active:

(a)

subject

verb

object

'Mary'

helped'

'the boy.'

In

A

Picture

the passive, the object of an active verb

subject of the passive verb: the subject of the passive verb

Passive:

(b)

subject

verb

'The boy'

was helped

be

He He He

+

is

was will

be

Form

past participle

helped helped helped

Active:

(d)

An accident happened.

Passive:

(e)

(none)

becomes becomes

by by by

(a)

Mary is and

(b)

of the passive:

the

the

in (b).

passive sentence. The noun that follows

by Mary.

Sentences

(c)

(a)

Notice that the subject of an active verb follows "agent." In (b):

Passive:

boy in

B

by is

by in a

called the

the agent.

have the same meaning.

be + past participle

her. her. her.

can be followed by an It is not possible to use intransitive verbs (such as happen, sleep, come, seem, in the passive. (See Appendix Chart A-1 .)

Only

transitive verbs (verbs that

object) are

used

in

the passive.

die)

211

..

j

Exercise 2. Looking at Decide 1.

A

Kate prepared the

2.

P

The

(Chart

l

l-i)

rice

salad.

was prepared by Jamal.

was preparing the

3.

Shirley

4.

Andy

5.

New species

6.

Our papers

7.

Dinosaurs existed millions of years ago.

8.

Anna's car was stopped by the police.

9.

Mr. Brown painted our house.

has prepared the

dessert.

tea.

of insects are discovered by scientists every year.

will

be collected by the teacher next week.

Hiroki came to our apartment for dinner

10.

Li

grammar.

the sentences are active (A) or passive (P).

if

Warm-up.

Exercise 3.

(Chart

1

1-2)

Complete the sentences. Change the verbs 1

Tom

opens the door.

2.

Tom

is

3.

Tom

has opened the door.

4.

Tom opened the

5.

Tom

6.

last night.

->

in italics

The door

from \e

active to passive.

opened

by Tom.

The door

by Tom.

The door

by Tom.

The door

by Tom.

was opening the door.

The door

by Tom.

Tom

had opened the door.

The door

by Tom.

7.

Tom

will

The door

by Tom.

8.

Tom

is

The door

by Tom.

9.

Tom

will

The door

by Tom.

10.

1 1

12.

opening the door.

door.

open the door.

going

to

open the door.

have opened the door.

Did

Tom

open the door?

the door

by Tom?

Will

Tom

open the door?

the door

by Tom?

Tom

opened the door?

the door

by Tom?

//as

212 CHAPTER

11

..

1-2 Tense Forms of the Passive Active (a)

(b)

(d)

present perfect* simple past

(e)

past progressive

(f)

past perfect*

(c)

(h)

simple future be going to

(i)

future perfect*

(g)

( j)

(k)

*The

Mary Mary Mary Mary Mary Mary Mary Mary Mary

simple present present progressive

helps is helping has helped

the boy.

helped

the boy.

was helping had helped

the boy.

help

the boy.

will

the boy.

the boy.

the boy.

going to help will have helped

the boy.

is

Was the boy helped by Mary? Has the boy been helped by Mary?

In

the boy.

The The The The The The The The The

boy boy boy boy boy boy boy boy boy

is

is

being

has been

was was being had been be is going to be will have been will

helped helped helped helped helped helped helped helped helped

by by by by by by by by by

Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary, Mary.

the question form of passive verbs, an auxiliary verb precedes

the subject.

progressive forms of the present perfect, past perfect, and future perfect are rarely used in the passive.

grammar.

Exercise 4. Looking at Part

I.

Change

(Charts 11-1

-

That play was written by Shakespeare

Shakespeare wrote that

2.

Waitresses and waiters serve customers.

3.

The

teacher

4.

Two

horses were pulling the farmer's wagon.

5.

Toshi

will

is

going

to

play.

explain the lesson.

inviteYoko to the party.

6.

Alex

7.

Kathy had returned the book

8.

Miriam has

is

and n-2)

the active to passive.

1

9.

preparing that report. to the library.

designed several public buildings.

His tricks won't fool me. didn't write that note.

Did Jim

write

10.

I

11.

Does Prof. Shapiro teach that course? No, he doesn 't teach

12.

Mrs. Andrews hasn't signed those papers

Part 13.

14. 15. 16. 17.

lj

Passive

II.

Change

it?

yet.

it

Has Mr. Andrews

signed

them

yet?

the passive to active.

The speech was given by Anwar. Anwar gave the speech. Our assignments are going to be corrected by the teaching assistant. Was the electric light bulb invented by Thomas Edison? The speed limit on Highway 5 isn't obeyed by most drivers. Have you been informed of the rent increase by the building manager? >

Exercise 5. Looking at grammar. (Charts ll-l and n-2) Change the active verbs to passive if possible. Some verbs are intransitive and cannot be changed. 1

A strange thing happened yesterday,

2.

Jackie scored the winning goal.

3.

I

4.

Dr. Ikeda developed that theory.

5.

A hurricane

->

(no change)

The winning goal was scored by

Jackie.

agree with Dr. Ikeda's theory.

destroyed the small fishing village.

The Passive

213

. .

J

6.

A large vase

7

The

8.

After class, one of the students always erases the board.

9.

10.

The Our

1 1

Barbara traveled to Uganda

12.

A special committee is

stands in the corner of our front hallway.

seemed happy when they went

children

solution to

my problem

plan succeeded at

13.

Did

14.

This room

to the zoo.

me

appeared to

dream.

in a

last.

last year.

going to

settle the dispute.

the police catch the thief? is

a mess.

What happened?

Warm-up. (Chart 1 1-3) where something that you're wearing or own was made (e.g., your shoes, phone, etc.). Do you know who made these items? Is it important to know?

Exercise 6. Tell the class cell

shirt,

11-3 Using the Passive grown

(a)

Rice

(b)

Our house was

(c)

This olive

is

oil

is used without a by-phrase. The passive most frequently used when it is not known or not important to know exactly who performs an action.

Usually the passive

in India.

built

in

1980.

was imported horn

is

Crete.

Rice

In (a): is

It

not

is

grown

known

in

India by people, by farmers, by

or important to

know

exactly

who grows

someone. rice in

India.

Examples passive,

(d)

My

aunt

made this

rug. (active)

(f)

This rug That rug

was made by my aunt. was made by my mother.

(c) illustrate

the most

common use

of the

knows who performs an

action, usually the active

is

in (d).

Sometimes, even when the speaker knows who performs an he/she chooses to use the passive with the by-phrase in order to focus attention on the subject of a sentence.

action,

on the Mississippi was written by Mark Twain. Life

In (e):

In

(f):

The focus The focus

because

J

and

without the by-phrase.

the speaker

If

used, as

(e)

(a), (b).

i.e.,

it

of attention is

is

on two rugs.

on the book, but the by-phrase

is

included

contains important information.

-

Exercise 7. Looking at grammar. (Charts ll-l 11-3) why passive was chosen for these sentences instead of active.

Discuss

My sweater was

1

made

in

England.

The speaker or writer probably uses the passive here because he or she doesn't

Using an active sentence (Someone made any important information. the sweater.

2. 3.

This composition was written by

The Washington Monument

visited

Bananas originated

now

214

C

HAPTER

11

They

in Asia

but

this year.

That one was written by Mariko.

5.

world.

know who made add

sweater in England) wouldn't

The new highway will be eompleted sometime next month. The World Cup soccer games are being televised all over the world

4.

6.

my

Ali.

by hundreds of people every day.

are

grown

in the tropics of

were introduced to the Americas in 1516.

both hemispheres of the

.

11-3) Exercise 8. Reading and grammar. (Charts ill Read the paragraph. Underline the passive verbs. Discuss why the rather than active. Answer the questions in complete sentences.

writer chose to use passive

Early Writing Materials

The

chief writing material of ancient times

was papyrus.

It

was used

in Egypt, Greece,

and

other Mediterranean lands. Parchment, another writing material that was widely used in

made from

ancient times, was

the skins of animals, such as sheep and goats. After the hair

been removed, the skins were stretched and rubbed smooth the

main writing material

today,

to

make

The

ancient Egyptians and Chinese

substances such as berries, soot, and tree bark.

made

Through

formulas have been developed for ink. Most ink today

is

No

one knows when the

ink from various natural

the centuries, thousands of different

made from

synthetic chemicals.

3.

What was parchment made from? What three things were done to animal

4.

Who

5.

When was

6.

In ancient times, what ingredients did the Egyptians and Chinese use for ink?

7.

What

skins to

make

some

ink

first

used?

substances are in ink today?

We

allow, not

\

\

to go to the park alone

We weren 't allowed

2.

A package

3.

Maria

4.

When I was

\

deliver

teach

\

\

in

\

to

to

go

to the

1

3)

simple past.

Some

are active,

and

our apartment yesterday

when he was three elementary school, we \ require \ to wear uniforms

5.

As we watched, the airplane I

7.

Timmy

\

agree

drop

\

disappear

\

into the clouds

a plate after dinner last night

The plate \ fall \ to the floor What \ happen \ yesterday

10.

Something very sad

1 1

My cat

12.

She

\

kill

\

instantly

13.

She

\

die

\

instantly

\

\

with your decision yesterday

\ \

when we were young

park alone when we were young.

her son to read

6.

9.

1

are passive.

>

8.

writing material?

used paper?

first

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Charts ll-l Make complete sentences with the given words. Use the

1

first

Before paper was invented, what materials were used for writing?

1

2.

Paper,

was invented by the Chinese.

Ink has been used for writing and drawing throughout history. ink was developed.

a writing surface.

had

hit

\

by

\

with a crash

happen

\

yesterday

a speeding truck

The Passive

215

..

J

Exercise 10. Listening. (Charts ill Choose the sentence

CD

'.

Example: You

You

(a.

or b.) that has the

The

will hear:

will choose: (aj) b.

1.

2.

a.

Someone would

b.

A famous

4.

I

The

one you hear.

manager interviewed Mr. Evans Mr. Evans was interviewed. The assistant manager was interviewed.

would

like to

for the sales job.

new library, new library.

design the

design the

The speaker will be asked questions, The audience will be asked questions.

a.

A party is being planned by Dr. Wilson, A party is being planned by the staff.

a.

b. 6.

as the

ignored the salesclerk. salesclerk ignored me.

a.

b.

b. 5.

1-3)

assistant

like the architect to

architect

1

The kids told others to leave, Someone told the kids to leave.

a.

b. 3.

>

same meaning

Natural habitats have altered human development. Natural habitats have been altered by human development.

a.

b.

Exercise 1 1 Looking at grammar. (Charts l-i -» 1 1-3) Change each news headline into a complete sentence. Work in pairs, l

.

in small groups, or as

a class. 1

5

PEOPLE KILLED BY TORNADOES

Five people 2.

yesterday.

DECISION ON TAX INCREASE TO BE

ANNOUNCED SOON

A decision on a tax increase 3.

MORE THAN

billion

worldwide each day.

cups of coffee

200,000 CARS RECALLED FOR BRAKE DEFECTS SPNCE LASTYEAR

Two hundred 5.

CONSUMED WORLDWIDE

2 BILLION CUPS OF COFFEE

More than two 4.

soon.

thousand cars

NEW HIGH-SPEED COMPUTER

New high-speed

for brake defects since last year.

CHIPS DELAYED

computer chips

until next year.

Exercise 12. Game. (Charts 11-1 -> n-3) Work in teams with your books closed. Your teacher passive

if

possible.

Use

the by -phrase only

correct sentence. 1

Someone

invited

you

2.

People grow rice in

3.

Someone

216 CHAPTER

11

is

to a party.

many

countries.

televising the tennis match.

if

will say a sentence.

necessary. Your

Change

team wins one point

it

to

for each

6.

Someone told you to be here at ten. Someone is going to serve dinner at Someone has made a mistake.

7.

An

4. 5.

accident happened at the corner of Fifth and Main.

8.

Ivan's daughter

9.

The

10.

six.

drew

My son drew this picture.

that picture.

judges will judge the applicants on their creativity.

My sister's plane will arrive

at 10:35.

Professor Rivers teaching that course this semester?

11.

Is

12.

The

13.

When

14.

After the concert was over, hundreds of fans surrounded the rock star outside the theater.

mail carrier had already delivered the mail by the time is

someone going

announce the

to

I left

for school this

morning.

results of the contest?

Exercise 13. Let's talk. (Charts n-1 -> n-3) Your teacher will read each sentence and the question that

follows.

Student

A will

change the

sentence to the passive. Student B will answer the question with the information provided by Student A. Close your book for this activity.

Example: To A: People speak Arabic in many countries. To B: Is Arabic a Teacher {book open) People speak Arabic in many countries. Student A (book closed): Arabic is spoken in many countries. Teacher (book open) Is Arabic a common language? Student B (book closed): Yes. It is spoken in many countries.

common

language?

:

:

Someone

your pen.

1.

To A:

2.

To A: People play soccer in

3.

stole

To A:

Someone robbed

5.

To A:

The

6.

To A:

A judge

To A:

The government

To B: Is To A: To B: 9.

To A:

To B: 10.

11.

it

the bank.

police caught the

jail.

To B:

)'s

(

pen?

To B: Is soccer a popular sport? )

sent a letter last week, but he/she put

letter?

What happened

To B:

bank robber.

sent the thief to

to

To B:

to the

bank?

Did the bank robber

What happened

get away?

to the thief?

requires international students to have visas. necessary for international students to have visas?

Someone had already made the coffee by the time you got up Did ( ) have to make the coffee when he/she got up? Someone discovered gold in California What happened in California in 1848?

this

morning.

in 1848.

To A: People used candles for light in the 17th century. To B:

Was

To A:

There

To B: Is 12.

countries.

Someone returned your letter. To B: ( wrong address on it. What happened to the

4.

8.

many

What happened

To A:

the

7.

To B:

electricity is

a party )

(

used for

light in the

tomorrow

night.

17th century?

Someone

invited

you to

go.

invited to the party?

To A: You wanted to buy a chair, but you needed time to make up your mind. Finally you decided to buy it, but someone had already sold it by the time you returned to the store.

To B:

Did

(

)

buy the

chair?

The Passive

217

Exercise 14. Looking at grammar. (Charts ll-i -> 1-3) Complete the sentences with the passive form of the verbs in the list. Use any appropriate 1

tense.

/invent

build

divide

order

surprise

cause confuse

expect

kill

report

frighten

offer

spell

surround wear

1.

The

2.

An

3.

The

4.

Even though construction

electric light

by Thomas Edison

tv^g Invented

bulb

by water.

island

-ing

in 1879.

with a double

form of sit costs are high, a

"t."

new dormitory

next year. 5.

The

6.

A bracelet

7.

The Johnsons' house burned down. According

class

was too

large last semester, so

two

into

it

around the

sections.

wrist.

to the inspector, the fire

by lightning. Al got a ticket for reckless driving.

8.

to

9.

I

read about a hunter

When he

pay a large

went

to traffic court,

he

fine.

who

by another

accidentally ,

hunter. 10.

The

11.

I

hunter's fatal accident

didn't expect Lisa to

in the

come

to the

meeting

last night,

newspaper yesterday.

but she was there.

I

to see her.

12.

Last week

13.

The

a job at a local bank, but

I

children

in the

Could you explain

this

math problem

to

me? Yesterday

by the teacher's explanation. 15.

218

the plane going to be late?

A:

Is

B:

No.

HAPTER

11

It

to be

on time.

didn't accept

it.

middle of the night when they heard

strange noises in the house. 14.

I

in class

I

J

n-3) f\ Listen to the report about chocolate with your book closed. Then open your book and 81 again. Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear. CD

Exercise 15. Listening. (Charts

11-1

>

listen

1

Track 55

How Chocolate

Made

Is

from the seeds of roasted cocoa beans. After the seeds

Chocolate

into a liquid. This

the inside of the seed

.,

liquid

chocolate liquor.

which

from the This

..

solid,

The

liquor

fat,

_

liquor. After this

.,

which

as

up and becomes unsweetened cocoa. This

is

a solid

cocoa cake,

a very bitter

10

To make

chocolate.

it

taste better, other substances

such as cocoa butter and sugar

later. 11

Exercise 16. Looking at

grammar.

Complete the sentences with the

(Charts ll-l and 1 1-3) form of the verbs in parentheses. Use any

active or passive

appropriate tense. 1.

Gold

2.

The Amazon

was discovered

(discover)

valley

is

in California in 1848.

extremely important to the ecology of the earth. Forty percent of

the world's oxygen (produce) 3.

for a 4.

now Roberto

Right

In

bad burn on

my

is

his

there.

in the hospital.*

He

(treat)

arm.

country, certain prices, such as the price of medical supplies, (control)

by the government. Other prices (determine)

by how much consumers are 5.

Richard Anderson

is

a former astronaut. Several years ago,

by

(inform)

longer be a test

pilot.

He

duties because of his age. 6.

Frostbite cold.

It

most frequently

*in the hospital

- American

**Note: affect = a verb effect

=

a

noun

and

(e.g.,

an

a person's skin (expose)

pay for a product.

when he was

aircraft

that

Anderson took the corporation

52,

Anderson

corporation that he could no

he was being relieved of his

to court for age discrimination.

to

extreme

the skin of the cheeks, chin,

(affect)**

toes.

English; in hospital

(e.g.,

his superior at

(tell)

may occur when

ears, fingers, nose,

willing to

The weather

=

affects

British English.

my

The weather has an

moods.).

effect

on

my

moods.).

The Passive

219

Since the beginning of the

many

modern

industrial age,

of the natural habitats of plants and animals

by

(destroy)

development and pollution.

industrial 8.

Carl Gauss (recognize) as a

mathematical genius when he was

professor gave all

the

numbers from

him only it

9.

a

arithmetic problem. Carl (ask) to

1

100

(1

to

_

-2-3-4-5, etc.).

eight seconds to solve the problem.

How

It (take)

could he do

+

100, 2

-

it

quickly because he (know)

it

so quickly?

99, 3

-

98,

and so on

to

that each pair of

50-51)

Exercise 17.

Warm-up.

.--?-'

1.

should be taught to be kind to animals.

2.

should be expected to be in class

3.

can't be

4.

must be treated with kindness.

1-4 The Passive

(a)

Tom

(b)

The window

(c)

Children

modal* will

can't

should

Mayl

(d) (e)

This book

(f)

This

(9)

Mary

(h)

Fred

had

to

supposed

to

Past-passive form: (i)

The

(j)

This house

2^0

better

ought has

letter

is

letter

Eric

COUi

Jill

oug for a discussion

to

should

(1)

HAPTER11

time.

grown in a desert.

-

be

- past

be be be be be be be be

modal - have

(k)

9 and 10

on

Form of Modals and Phrasal Modals

Passive form

have have have have

participle

invited

to the picnic.

opened. taught

to respect their elders.

excused

from class?

returned sent

to the library before Friday.

told

about our change in plans. about the meeting.

told

beet

been been been been

i

numbers

up with the answer: 5,050.

(Chart n-4) Complete the sentences with your own words. Are the verbs active or passive?

-jpters

Can you do

equaled 101. So he (multiply)

50 times 101 and (come)

j

add up

quickly?

Carl could do (1

him an

One day

ten.

- past

before June

1st.

participle

sent built

last week. over 200 years ago.

offered

the job.

invited

to the party.

of the form and use of modals and phrasal modals.

grammar.

Exercise 18. Looking at

Complete the sentences with the words

(Chart

1

1

-4)

Use

in parentheses.

the appropriate form, active

or passive. 1.

James (should +

2.

Someone

3.

James (should +

4.

Meat (must +

5.

You (must +

6.

We It

tried,

I tried,

8.

Good

ehould be told

+

ehould

(should

I

the

meat

window

as possible.

news

a long time ago.

(couldn't

+

it

will spoil.

in a refrigerator or

it

will spoil.

open)

shut.

+

(couldn't

news!

soon

in a refrigerator or

keep)

I

as

James the news immediately.

tell

should have been told

tell)

but the

but

tell)

news

the

keep)

was painted

7.

tell)

(may +

the window.

open)

a job soon.

offer)

I

had an interview

at

an engineering firm yesterday. 9.

Chris has good news.

(may + 10.

I

her a job soon.

hope Chris accepts our job

a job

A

by

a

+

offer,

already

+

but

know

she's

we made our

class for

next semester

is

in half,

been interviewing with several

offer)*

competing firm (may + already +

The

I

competing firm before we made our

Chris a job before 12.

engineering firm where she had an interview yesterday

offer)

companies. She (may

11.

The

offer.

offer)

offer.

too large.

It

(ought

to

but there's not enough

+

divide)

money

in the

budget to hire another

teacher. 13.

Last semester's class was too large.

It

(ought

to

+

divide)

in half.

14.

These books (have

to

+

to the library

return)

by

tomorrow. 15.

Polly (have to

+

these books by next Friday. If she

return)

doesn't return them, she (will

+ have

to

+

pay)

a fine to the library.

*A midsentence adverb such second auxiliary

(e.g.,

as

already may be placed

after the first auxiliary (e.g., might

already have come) or

after the

might have already come).

The Passive

221

16.

A: Andy, your chores {had

by the time B: 17.

Mom.

Don't worry,

A: Andy, you {had

finish)

home, including taking out the garbage.

get

I

+

better

do everything you

I'll

told

me

to do.

+ finish)

better

your chores before

Mom gets home. B: 18.

19.

I

know.

I'll

do them

I'm busy right now.

in a minute.

+

This application

{be supposed to

to the personnel

department soon.

send)

Ann's birthday was on the 5th, and today a

is

the 8th.

week

ago.

Her birthday card

Maybe we'd

{should

+

send)

better give her a call to

wish her a belated happy birthday. 20.

A: Yoko didn't expect to see her boss at the labor union meeting. B:

She {must +

when

surprise)

she saw him.

A: She was.

j

Exercise 19. Looking at

Make complete Example: must

grammar.

(Chart

1

1-4)

sentences with the given words. a.

Seat belts >

b.

Seat

\

\ during takeoff and landing must be worn during takeoff and landing.

wear

belts

All passengers

wear

\

\

their seat belts during takeoff

and landing

-> All passengers must wear their seat belts during takeoff and landing.

1.

2.

3.

4.

will

can

should

may

a.

Many lives

b.

The procedure

a.

b.

Shoppers \ look for \ product information on the internet every day Product information \ find \ on the internet

222 CHAPTER

11

check

\

smoke alarm

People

Smoke alarm

batteries

a.

The typhoon

\

\

\

new medical procedure many lives

with the

\

save

\

a.

c.

had better

save

b.

b.

5.

\

kill \

\

test

\

once a month once a month

batteries

hundreds of villagers yesterday \ kill \ in the typhoon yesterday \ die \ in the typhoon yesterday

Hundreds of villagers Hundreds of villagers

a.

Medical supplies

b.

Villagers

\

receive

\ soon medical supplies soon

deliver

\ \

.

-4) Exercise 20. Let's talk. (Chart Use passive modals to restate the computer rule. Work in pairs or small groups. 1

Do

Example:

not bring food into the

— Food must

1

Li

for each

lab rules:

4. 5.

Use

3.

two sentences

the lab.

Turn off cell phones. Computers are for school use only. Do not play computer games. Do not download music from the internet.

2.

at least

lab.

cannot be brought into — Food must be left outside.

1

Make

not be brought into the lab.

-* Food

Computer

lab rules.

the printer for schoolwork only.

grammar. (Chart 1 1 4) with the verbs in parentheses. Use the modal or phrasal modal that Complete the sentences sounds best to you. All of the sentences are passive. Exercise 21. Looking at

can be

1

The

2.

He

3.

According to our teacher,

entire valley (see)

is

wearing a gold band on his fourth

He

in ink. 4.

I

found

all

from the mountain

eeer\

finger.

He

top.

(marry)

of our compositions (write)

won't accept papers written in pencil.

this

book on

my

by one of the students 5.

Your daughter has

6.

Some

UFO

a

desk

when

I

came

to class. It (leave)

in the earlier class.

good

voice.

Her

interest in singing (encourage)

sightings (explain, not)

easily.

They

are

inexplicable.

7.

Try

to speak slowly

(misunderstand)

when you

give your speech. If you don't,

some of your words .

The Passive

223

1

.

8.

9.

What? You tripped over lap?

You

The

hospital in that small

and dropped your

town

A new hospital

is

years ago.

(build)

Do you

from

agree?

Exercise 22. Listening and grammar. (Charts 1 l-l -* -4) Part I. Listen to the lecture on the 2004 Indian Ocean tsunami with your book closed. Then open your book and choose all the grammatically correct sentences in each group. 1

/ft CD

woman's

very old and can no longer serve the needs of the

Blue whales and other endangered species (save) extinction.

G®

plate of food into a

(embarrass)

community. 10.

a chair at the party

1

1

Track 56

1

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

(sl)

An

(b?)

The

hit the

Indian Ocean.

Indian Ocean was hit by an earthquake,

c.

An

a.

Millions of lives were changed forever by the earthquake,

b.

Millions of lives changed forever by the earthquake.

a.

The quake

b.

The quake was

c.

Giant tsunami waves were followed the earthquake.

d.

Giant tsunami waves followed the earthquake.

a.

Thousands of people swept out

b.

Thousands of people were swept out

c.

The tsunami wave swept thousands

a.

Nearly 300,000 people died.

b.

Nearly 300,000 people were died.

c.

Nearly 300,000 people were

d.

Nearly 300,000 people

a.

The damage could have been

b. c.

7.

earthquake

a.

b.

earthquake was

A tsunami A tsunami An An

224 CHAPTER

1

hit the

Indian Ocean.

followed by giant tsunami waves. followed by giant tsunami waves.

to sea. to sea.

of people out to sea.

killed.

killed.

lessened by a tsunami early-warning system.

early-warning system could have lessened the damage. early-warning system could have been lessened the damage.

early-warning system already exists for the Pacific Ocean.

early-warning system already

is

existed for the Pacific Ocean.

Part

II.

Listen again. Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear.

The 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami In 2004, several countries that border the Indian Ocean, including Indonesia, Thailand, India,

by an earthquake and subsequent tsunami.

Malaysia, and Somalia, 1

(As you

may

already know, a tsunami

of lives

a giant

is

ocean wave.) In

forever.

just a

few short hours, millions

The earthquake

2

at 9.3

on the Richter

3

was the fourth

scale. It

largest

earthquake since 1900 and the second

on the Richter

largest that

scale.

4

The quake

by four giant waves

as high as

100

feet

5

(or

30 meters). Whole

Thousands of people

villages 6

many

out to sea, and

due

others

to lack of

7

medical care. In

total,

almost 300,000 people

,

and

1.3 million

9

homeless. Aftershocks from the earthquake

people 10

for several days.

n damage

Tragically, the

if

there

had been

a

12

tsunami early-warning system. Such a system already

for the Pacific 13

Ocean, but

Ocean. Since the tsunami

to the Indian

it

disaster,

14

governments

together to develop an early-warning system 15

such destruction again from a tsunami.

so that Southeast Asia 16

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Charts ill -> 11-4) Change the verbs to the passive as appropriate. Discuss why you decided should be in the passive but that others should remain It is

(1)

Paper

is

history, people

a

common

have

made

material. it

the work.*

ueed

Pe opl e

us e

it

everywhere

from various plants such

chief source of paper. In the past, people

that certain verbs

active.

as rice

in the world.

Throughout

and papyrus, but today wood

is

made paper by hand, but now machines do most

Today people make paper from wood pulp by using

either a

the

of

mechanical or a

chemical process.

*Whether or not

to use the passive in the

appropriately be used.

Some

second half of

this

sentence

is

a stylistic choice. Either the active or the passive

can

writers might prefer the passive so that both halves of the sentence are parallel in structure.

The Passive

225

.

In the mechanical process,

(2)

someone

grinding,

Then someone

sprays

it

with water to keep

first

small pieces in a chipping machine.

someone cooks (4)

The

the wood,

wood

into small chips.

from burning from the

During the

friction of the grinder.

someone washes the wood, and then someone

Then someone cooks

someone washes

cuts

it

into

the chips in certain chemicals. After

to get rid of the chemicals.

it

next steps in making paper are the same for both the mechanical and the chemical

Someone

processes.

it

the

soaks the chips in water.

In the chemical process,

(3)

someone grinds

thoroughly washes

it

drains the pulp to again.

form

a thick

mass, bleaches

Next someone puts the pulp through

it

with chlorine, and then

a large

machine

that squeezes

the water out and forms the pulp into long sheets. After the pulp sheets go through a drier and a press,

(5)

someone winds them onto

The

And you

These

rolls.

of paper are then ready for use.

next time you use paper, you should think about

should ask yourself this question:

how

can imagine

understand

rolls

how

different today's essential

origin

and how people make

it.

the world be like without paper? If you

world would be without paper, you

will

immediately

paper has been in the development of civilization.

Exercise 24. Let's write. (Charts Write about

What would

its

how something

is

l

l-l ->

1

1-4)

made. Choose one of these

topics.

Topics: 1.

2.

Write about something you know how to make. Possible subjects: a bookcase, a sweater, a bead necklace, a special kind of food, etc.

kite, a

ceramic pot, a

Use a reference tool such as the internet to find out how something is made, and then summarize this information. It's not necessary to go into technical detail. Read about process and then describe steel, silk

it

in

your

own

words. Possible

thread, bronze, leather, etc.

Exercise 25. Warm-up. (Chart n-5) Look around the room and answer these questions. 1

Are the windows closed?

2.

Is

3.

Are the

4.

Is

the door shut? lights

turned on?

anything broken? If so, what?

226 CHAPTER

11

subjects:

the

a candle, a pencil, glass,

11-5 Non-Progressive Passive a ) The door b ) The door The door ( c )

and

old and green are adjectives. They

(

is

old.

In (a)

(

is

green.

describe the door.

is

locked.

locked is a past

In (c):

adjective.

( ( (

When

locked the door five minutes ago. d) e ) The door was locked by me five minutes ago. Now the door is locked. f ) 1

(b):

It

participle.

the passive form

situation or state,

as

is

used

in (c), (f),

"non-progressive passive." •

It

is

used as an

describes the door.

no action

In

to

describe an existing

and

(i), it

taking place; the action

is

is

called the

the non-progressive:

happened

earlier.

g ) Ann broke the window yesterday. ( h ) The window was broken by Ann. ( ) Now the window is broken. (

no by-phrase.

•

there

•

the past participle functions as an adjective.

is

i

( j

( (

k

) ) )

1

(m) n) ( (

(

j

o) p)

1

am interested in Chinese

Prepositions other than by can follow non-progressive passive verbs. (See Chart 11-6.)

art.

He is satisfied with his job. Ann is married to Alex. know where am.

1

don't

1

can't find

1

1

1

1

my

purse.

It

is

am lost.

Sentences (m) through (p) are examples of idiomatic usage of the passive form in common, everyday English. These sentences have no equivalent active sentences.

gone.

am finished with my work. am done with my work.

Exercise 26. Looking at grammar. (Chart 1-5) Complete the sentences with the non-progressive passive of the verbs 1

in parentheses.

Use

the

simple present or the simple past. 1.

Olga

2.

The door

3.

The

4.

This room (crowd,

not)

5.

We

because class

6.

It is

7.

Yesterday

8.

We

is

wearing a blouse.

room

to this

lights in this

can leave hot in

now

this

it

room

It

(make)

are ready to

sit

made

on.

(turn)

in this

(finish)

the

window

room because

down and

eat dinner.

(close)

the

The

window

table

the meat and rice (do)

9.

10.

Where's

my wallet?

Hmmm. My dress

of cotton.

(shut)

room because

was hot

is*

,

It (go)

(rear)

_

.!

(close)

(set)

and the candles

Did you .

I

take

(light)

it?

wonder how

that happened.

The Passive

227

.

j

Exercise 27. Looking at grammar. (Chart n-5) Complete each sentence with an appropriate form of the words crowd

bear (born)* block confuse

marry

exhaust

Could you

me some

1

Excuse me,

2.

Let's find another restaurant. This

have to wait

sir.

at least

give

an hour for

one

That's hard work!

5.

You

6.

Annie can't close the window.

7.

Louise

8.

Carolyn and Joe were married to each other for

9.

for

now

I'm

sorry.

am

I

lost

.

tomorrow

I

I

one thing, and John told

probably sleeping.

but

turn off

.

We

a table.

4.

is

stick

schedule

too

The meeting

me

spoil

qualify

directions?

3.

told

list.

plug in

locate

/lose

divorce

in the

me

another.

need

don't

I

at nine.

to rest for a while.

know what

to think. I

It

The

lights in

her

they

room

five years,

.

You

not for the job.

We

need someone

with a degree in electrical engineering.

my wife.

love

10.

I

11.

We

12.

We'd

to a wonderful

I

can't eat this fruit. It

better call a plumber.

.

We'll have to throw

The water won't go down

the drain.

with food. 13.

Vietnam

14.

A:

How

B:

He

A:

The TV

15.

B: Are

*In the passive,

228 CHAPTER

in Southeast Asia.

old

Juan? in 1980.

set isn't

working.

you sure?

born

11

is

is

used as the past participle of bear to

mean

woman.

"given birth

to.'

The

it

drain

out.

would

.

Exercise 28. Warm-up. (Chart n-6) Answer the questions. What

is

something that you are

.

1.

interested in?

3.

concerned about?

5.

excited about?

2.

annoyed by?

4.

scared of?

6.

accustomed

to?

Common Non-Progressive Passive Verbs

11-6

+ Prepositions 'm interested in

Greek

1

(b)

He's worried about losing his

be concerned be excited be worried

S

against

>

for

be be be be be be be be be be be be

exhausted >

gone

from

protected ~\

>

in

J

be disappointed be involved

\

•

be be be be be be be be be be be

"1

}

of

J

be frightened be scared be terrified

divorced

be dressed be interested be located

j

be composed be made be tired

about

J

be known be prepared be qualified be remembered be well known

are followed by prepositions

other than by.

job.

^

be discriminated

be be be be

Many non-progressive verbs

culture.

(a)

^ >

of/by

J

accustomed addicted

committed connected

acquainted associated cluttered

crowded done equipped

with

filled

finished

pleased provided satisfied

dedicated

devoted

>

be annoyed be bored be covered

to

engaged exposed

*

with/by

limited

married

opposed related

•*,

/

Exercise 29. Looking at grammar. (Chart n-6) Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions. Situation:

Maya

is

a toymaker.

about

She makes simple toys from wood.

1.

She

is

excited

2.

She

is

known

3.

She

is

interested

4.

She

is

pleased

5.

Her

toys are

6.

The

materials in her toys are limited

7.

She

8.

She worries

is

made

disappointed

creating toys children enjoy. creating high-quality toys.

how

children play with one another.

the response to her toys.

wood.

many

wood. of the popular toys in stores today.

toys that don't encourage children to use their imagination.

The Passive

229

.

-i f\

&$ CD

Exercise 30. Listening. (Chart 11-6) They contain non-progressive

Listen to the sentences.

passive verbs plus prepositions. Write

the prepositions you hear. 1

Track 57

Example: You

You

_i

Carol

will hear: will write:

is

in

1.

5.

2.

6.

3.

7.

4.

8.

Exercise 31

interested in ancient history

Looking at grammar. (Chart

.

Complete the sentences with the correct married

11-6)

prepositions.

1

Jack

2.

Could

3.

My car is

4.

Gandhi was committed

5.

Barbara turned off the TV because she was tired

6.

The

7.

Their apartment

and 8.

is

I

Joan.

please have the dictionary

when you

are finished

air-conditioning and a sun roof.

equipped

nonviolence.

He

always messy.

It's

believed in

it all

of his

life.

listening to the news.

choices in that restaurant are limited is

it?

pizza

and sandwiches. newspapers, books, clothes,

cluttered

dirty dishes.

A: Are you in favor of a worldwide ban on nuclear weapons, or are you opposed it?

the possibility of a nuclear war starting by

B: I'm in favor of it. I'm terrified accident. 9.

A: Are you

But

still

my wife

is

against disarmament.

associated

the International

B:

I

was, until this year. Are you interested

A:

I

think I'd like

and

230 CHAPTER

11

I

to.

They

are dedicated

admire the work they've done. Can you get

Red Cross and Red Crescent? working with them?

helping people in times of

me some

information?

crisis,

.

J

Exercise 32. Looking at grammar. (Chart 1-6) Complete each sentence with the non-progressive passive form of the given verb and an appropriate preposition. Use the simple present. 1

winter,

1

cover

It's

2.

finish

Pat

3.

addict

Ann

and the ground

\e

covered with

snow.

her composition. laughingly calls herself a "chocoholic." She says she chocolate. the progress

4.

satisfy

I

5.

engage

Hashim

_ Fatima.

6.

divorce

Elaine _

_____ Pierre.

7.

relate

Your name

is

Mary

have made.

I

you

Smith.

John Smith? 8.

Mrs. Robinson works

dedicate

in

an orphanage. She

her work. 9.

10.

dress

Miguel

commit

The

a tuxedo for his

1 1

We

prepare

12.

li

We

do

our school.

at

finished packing our sleeping bags, tent, first-aid

clothes.

We

today.

improving the quality of

administration

education

wedding

food, and

warm

our camping

are finally

are

kit,

trip.

this exercise.

Exercise 33. Let's talk. (Chart 6) Think about changes that modern life has brought in communications, travel, work, school, daily life, etc. Complete the phrases with the correct prepositions and answer the questions. 1

Work

1

in pairs or small groups.

What changes

or innovations are you (or people you

1.

excited

2.

concerned

3.

opposed

4.

annoyed

5.

addicted

6.

not accustomed

know)

.

.

.

?

?

The Passive

231

.

j

.

Exercise 34. Looking at

Add

grammar.

(Chart

1

1-6)

the missing preposition to each sentence. with

1

I'm not acquainted A that man.

2.

The department

3.

Bert's bald

head

store

is

was

Do

you know him?

filled toys for

the holiday sale.

when

protected the hot sun

he's

wearing his hat.

bone

4.

Your

5.

A person who is

leg

is

connected your hip bone. addicted drugs needs

professional medical help.

make

work on

6.

What? You're

7.

The

school children were exposed the flu by a student

8.

The

electronic items were priced so low for the sale that they were

still

dressed your pajamas? You'll never

it

to

who had

time.

it.

gone the store shelves

minutes.

9.

10.

_i

Roberta didn't get the job even though she was qualified

My office is located

Exercise 35.

a building next to the

Warm-up.

(Chart

1

it.

park on Fifth Avenue.

1-7)

Complete the sentences with the words

in the

list.

Notice the word forms that follow the

verb get

hungry

dressed

dirty

1.

When

2.

We

3.

Don't go out

4.

I'll

5.

If

I

6.

It

was

the children played in the

didn't have a

map, so we

in the rain

232 CHAPTER

a

11

I

wet

lost

their clothes got

got

.

.

without a coat. You'll get

be ready to leave as soon as skip breakfast,

mud,

hurt

I

get

.

during

always get

bad accident, but

luckily

no one

got

It'll

my

just take a

late

.

few minutes.

morning

class.

in

.

The Passive with Get

-7

1

Get + Adjective (a) (b)

stopped working because

I

Get may be followed by

'm getting hungry. Let's eat soon.

I

I

idea of change

got sleepy.

growing In (a):

now

Common

certain adjectives.

— the idea

Get gives the

becoming, beginning

of

to be,

to be.

I'm getting

hungry =

I'm beginning to

wasn't hungry before, but

I

be hungry.

adjectives that follow get

angry anxious

cold

fat

hungry

quiet

tall

comfortable

full

late

ready

thirsty

bald

dark

good

light

rich

warm

better

dizzy

hard

mad

ripe

well

big

easy

healthy

nervous

serious

busy

empty famous

heavy

noisy

sick

wet worse

hot

old

sleepy

chilly

Get + Past Participle (c)

(d)

I

stopped working because

I

got

Get may

tired.

also be followed by a past participle.

participle functions

They are getting married next month.

as an adjective;

it

The past

describes the

subject.

The passive not

Common

in

with

get is common

in

past participles with get

get accepted

get dressed

(for, into)

get invited

(in)

(to)

get accustomed to

get drunk (on)

get involved

get acquainted (with)

get elected

get killed

get arrested

get

(for)

(to)

engaged

get lost

(to)

(in,

(in)

get excited (about)

get married

get confused (about)

get finished (with)

get prepared

get crowded (with)

get fixed (by)

get scared

get divorced (from)

get hurt (by)

done

(to) (for)

(of)

get sunburned

get interested

(with)

with)

(by, with)

get bored (with)

get

spoken English, but

formal writing.

get worried (about)

(in)

Exercise 36. Looking at grammar. (Chart n-7) Complete the sentences with words that make sense. More than one answer may be correct for each sentence. 1

The meeting a.

2.

I

think a.

3.

I'll

tire

starts in

an hour. (b?)

We

late

I

need

prepared

to get

for

it.

d.

readying

dark

d.

late

c.

tired

d.

sleepy

c.

packed

d.

finished

(a) ready

stop working for the day. I'm getting b.

tired

Sonia stopped working because a.

4.

prepare

b.

dark

c.

it

was getting

can leave as soon as you get

a.

pack

b.

finish

The Passive

233

1

5.

Sam was supposed

6.

I

_i

are

ago, but he

anxious

you going

to get

Exercise 37. Looking at

I'm getting

isn't here.

d.

worried

got

I

c.

interested

d.

am

c.

married

d.

engage

bored

?

marry

b.

still

worry

c.

bored

b.

marriage

a.

home an hour

end of the movie because

bore

When

be b.

didn't stay for the a.

7.

to

nervous

a.

grammar.

(Chart

1

1

7)

Complete the sentences with any appropriate tense of get and the given

/hungry

accustom

do

better

engage

invite

pay remarry

dark depress

fire

marry

well

hire

nervous

wet

adjectives.

divorce

1.

What

2.

I

time are we going to eat?

didn't have an umbrella, so

am

I

getting hungry

while

.

I

I

was waiting

for the

bus

yesterday. 3.

Every time

4.

Would you mind turning on

5.

Maria's English

6.

My friend was sick, so I sent him a card.

7.

How long did it take you to

8.

We

9.

Chris

10.

I

11.

I

I

have to give a speech,

is

the light?

improving.

can leave as soon as

I

in here.

It

It

It said, "

_

to living here?

with

I

_ when

got an invitation.

soon.

this

work.

she lost her job, so

I

tried to cheer her up.

you

on Fridays.

to the party too?

I'll

give

you the money

I

owe you next

Friday.

Okay? 12.

1

3.

14.

After

But

Ed

later

he

Ben and Sara have had an Then, they Finally, they

234 CHAPTER

1

by an engineering firm.

graduated, he

because he didn't do his work. interesting relationship. First, they

Later, they

Today they

are a happily married couple.

.

Exercise 38. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 1-7) some of their answers with 1

Interview your classmates. Share

Example: Have you ever gotten dizzy? Tell -* Yes. I got dizzy

a 1

Tell

2.

Do

me

lot

me

when I went on a

about

the class.

it.

ride at the carnival last

summer. But

it

was

offun!

about a time you got

Where were you and what happened?

lost.

you ever get sleepy during the day?

If so, tell

me

about

it.

If not,

when do you

get sleepy? 3.

Have you

4.

Think of the world

ever gotten really scared? situation today.

What

scared you?

What

things are getting better, and

what things are

getting worse? 5.

Have you ever gotten hurt

6.

Tell

7.

any kind of accident?

What happened?

about a time you got confused about something.

Have you or has someone you know ever gotten cheated when you bought something? Tell

8.

me

in a traffic accident or

Is

me

about

it.

there an election

If so,

who do you

coming up

think

is

in this

country or another country that interests you?

going to get elected?

Who

got elected in the last election in this

country?

Exercise 39. Warm-up. (Chart The teacher in the picture is lecturing

1

1

2.

How would you How would you

1-8)

her class about healthy food.

describe the teacher: boring or bored? describe the students: boring or bored?

The Passive

235

1

.

11-8 Participial Adjectives

— The problem confuses the students. (a)

It

The present participle serves as an adjective with an active meaning. The noun modifies performs an action.

a confusing problem.

is

it

The noun problem does something;

In (a):

Thus,

— The students are confused by the problem. (b)

it

is

it confuses. described as a "confusing problem."

The past participle serves as an

They are confused students.

adjective with a passive

meaning. In (b): The students are confused by something. Thus, they are described as "confused students."

— The story amuses the children. (c)

It

an amusing

is

— The children are amused by the (d)

j

In (c):

The noun story performs

In (d):

The noun children receives

the action.

story.

They are amused

story.

the action.

children.

Exercise 40. Looking at grammar. (Chart 1-8) Match the sentences to the pictures. Some sentences describe 1

neither picture.

.-^v\

Picture 1

2. 3.

A

Picture

The monster is frightened. The monster is frightening. The child is frightened.

4. 5.

6.

The The The

child

The

class bores the students.

2.

The

students are bored by the

3.

The game

4.

The people

1

.

236 CHAPTER

1

excites the

people.

are excited

It is

is

frightened.

tiger

is

frightening.

It is

11-8)

participle of the verb in

boring

a

class.

frightening.

tiger

Exercise 41. Looking at grammar. (Chart Complete each sentence with the present or past

is

They

are

an

by the game. They are

B

italics.

class.

bored

students.

game. people.

.

5.

The news

6.

The man was

7.

The

The

9.

The work

was

news.

He was

by the strange

child was frightened

8.

It

by the news.

surprised

comfort from her

10.

man.

surprised the

exhausted the men.

The

child sought

It

It

was

sound.

a

was

work.

men

The

were exhausted.

shade of a

noise.

father.

strange noise frightened the child.

The men

man.

a

sat

down

under the

to rest

tree.

Exercise 42. Let's talk. (Chart 1 8) Your teacher will read the questions. Answer them past participle. Close your book for this activity. 1

Example:

If a

as a class (or individually) with a present or

book confuses you, how would you describe

How would you describe

the book?

yourself?

Teacher

(book open)

Speaker A (book

Teacher

1

confusing

:

How would you describe yourself?

(book open):

Speaker B (book If a story

book confuses you, how would you describe the book?

If a

:

closed)

closed)

confused

:

amazes you, how would you

5.

If a painting interests you,

6.

If a situation

7.

If a

book disappoints you,

how would

8.

If a

person fascinates you,

How would

9.

If

How would you

describe the story?

describe yourself? 2.

If a story depresses

you,

you describe the story? you describe yourself?

_i

If

If a

tires

you,

movie bores you,

.

.

.

.

.

.

?

?

Exercise 43. Listening. (Chart 8) Choose the words you 1

^ CD

some work

3.

4.

'

Track 58

will

hear

You

will

choose: annoy

.

?

.

embarrasses you,

.

.

.

.

?

.

.

.

?

an assignment frustrates you,

annoys you,

10.

If a noise

11.

If

an event shocks you,

12.

If

an experience

thrills

.

.

.

.

.

? .

?

you,

.

.

.

:

1

Listen to the sentences.

Example: You r

.

hear.

Something's wrong with the annoying buzz all day. ^annoying)

1.

miss

missing

missed

2.

satisfy

satisfying

satisfied

3.

frighten

frightening

frightened

4.

marry

marrying

married

5.

scare

scary

scared

6.

finish

finishing

finished

refrigerator.

It's

been making an

annoyed

The Passive

237

1

. .

^ CD

'

Track 59

j

Exercise 44. Listening. (Chart n- 8) Listen to the sentences. Choose the correct completions.

Example: You r

will hear:

I

attended a great lecture

last night.

It

was

You

will choose: (fascinating)

You

will hear:

The audience

listened carefully to the lecture.

You

will choose:

fascinating

(fascinated

fascinated

1.

thrilling

thrilled

5.

delightful

delighted

2.

thrilling

thrilled

6.

delightful

delighted

3.

shocking

shocked

7.

confusing

confused

4.

shocking

shocked

8.

confusing

confused

Exercise 45. Looking at grammar. (Chart 1-8) Complete the sentences with the present or past participle of the verbs

They were

1

1

The

2.

I

3.

The

{injure)

4.

The

teacher gave us a {challenge)

thief tried to

pry open the

locked

{lock)

cabinet.

found myself in an {embarrass)

doing

in parentheses.

situation last night.

woman was

put into an ambulance. assignment, but

we

all

enjoyed

it.

5.

The

{expect)

6.

The

invention of the {print)

event did not occur. press

was one of the most

important events in the history of the world. 7

{Experience)

travelers

pack

lightly.

They

carry

little

more than

necessities.

8.

A

9.

No

10.

{grow)

_

one appreciates a

There

is

child needs a {balance) child.

{spoil)

an old saying: "Let

dogs

{sleep)

bring up past problems."

.13-

238 CHAPTER

1

diet.

lie."

It

means "Don't

.

1 1.

We had

backpacking 12.

The

13.

{Pollute)

14.

I

but hair-raising experience on our

a {thrill) trip into the wilderness.

was towed away by

car

{abandon)

water

don't have any furniture of my own.

Do

is

a

tow

truck.

not safe for drinking.

you know where

I

can rent a {furnish)

apartment? 15.

The equator

is

the {divide)

line

between the Northern and

Southern hemispheres. 16.

We

17.

The

expect our

all

psychologist spoke to us about

coincidences in the

3

officials to

{elect)

lives

some of the {amaze)

of twins living apart from each other from birth.

Exercise 46. Let's talk: interview. (Charts

Make

3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8.

9.

10.

What

What What What What What What What What What

\

some

class.

What \ be \ you \ worried about ->

2.

11 -5-+ 11-7)

questions with the given words. Interview two students for each question. Share

of their answers with the 1

be honest.

in today's world?

are you worried about in today's world?

be

(or

\

you

who)

tired of?

\ \

be

\

you

\

get

\

you

\

want

\

be

excite

\

you

\

be

\

confuse

\

be

\

you

\

\

confuse

\

\

\

you \ pleased with?

really

\

\ \

to

nervous about?

be

\

remembered

for?

to you?

get excited about?

\

\

to students?

confused by? to children?

Exercise 47. Listening. (Chapter 1) Part I. Listen to the lecture about the early Olympic Games with your book closed. Then £fi open your book and read the statements. Circle "T" for true and "F" for false. 1

CD

1

Track 60 1

The Olympic Games were and

2.

men

could compete against one another.

Greece invited other nations to the games to

3.

women

established so that

encourage good relationships among countries.

The winning

athletes

were considered heroes.

The Passive

239

.

Part

II.

Listen again. Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear.

The Olympic Games The Olvmpic Games

more than 2,000

vears ago in Olvmpia, a

1

small town in Greece.

The games

for

two purposes. One was

2

to

showcase the physical

and

qualities

performances of its young men. At that time,

athletic

only Greek males

to compete. In fact,

women

3

to

watch the games, and the only spectators were

to

encourage good relationships among Greek

4

men. The other goal

cities.

5

People of other nationalities

to participate. 6

The winner

of each event

with a wreath

made

of olive leaves.

7

Additionally, his statue

in

Olvmpia

for

all

to see.

8

as heroes

athletes 9

when

thev

10

returned to their

cities

fame and

because with their victorv, thev 11

honor

j

hometowns.

Exercise 48. Let's talk. (Chapter 1 1) Discuss these questions. Work in small groups or as a 1

J

to their

What

is

one of the most

satisfying experiences in

2.

Do

3.

Are you concerned about global warming?

4.

What

5.

We

you ever get

stressed?

things in your daily

What life

stresses

class.

your

you?

Why or why not?

do you sometimes get

all want to accomplish good things do you want to be remembered?

life?

in

our

life

tired of doing?

and be good people. After you're gone,

Exercise 49. Let's talk or write. (Chapter 1 1) Discuss and or write about one or more of the topics. Topics: 1.

Athletes as

Hl

most popular sports in your country and who are today's sports heroes? Who were your sports heroes (if any) when you were a child? How are athletes viewed by the general public in your country? Do you feel athletes are important role models for

What

are the

children? 2.

Men V vs. Women's Sports When you were growing

up, were girls' sports and boys' sports considered to be of equal your school? Traditionally, women's sports have been viewed as less significant than men's sports, but today men's and women's sports are treated equally in the Olympics. Do you feel that >men's sports are as valuable and entertaining as men's sports? if vou are a fan of one but not the other, why?

importance

in

..

240 CHAPTER

11

.

3.

International Competition

Sports are competitive activities with winners and losers, yet the modern Olympics can be seen as valuable in creating international understanding and cooperation. What do you feel is the value (if any) of international sports competitions such as the Olympics?

j

Check your knowledge.

Exercise 50.

(Chapter

1

1)

Correct the errors.

mtereeted

am

interesting in his ideas.

1

I

2.

Two

3.

The movie was

4.

The

5.

The winner

6.

When and

7.

My brother and I have

8.

I

9.

It

people got hurted in the accident and were took to the hospital by an ambulance. so bored that

am not was

of the race hasn't been announcing yet.

where has the automobile invented?

agree with you, and

late,

and

I

11.

I

12.

In class yesterday,

13.

WTien we were children, we

strange things were

didn't go to dinner with

monsters,

when

I

day, while the old

buy another

=

He

my

sat

last night.

them because I

mother.

I

had already been

eaten.

didn't understand the lesson.

are very afraid of caterpillars.

Whenever we saw one of these

our house before the caterpillars could attack

man was

us.

I still

get scare

me. cutting

down and begin

down

to cry

a big tree near the stream, his axe

because he does not have enough

was

fallen

money

to

axe.

a genealogical

"branch" of the

happened

a caterpillar close to

into the river.

*family tree

to

tree.*

don't think you'll ever convince me.

was confusing.

we were run

saw

I

was getting very worry about

I

more about our family

always been interesting in learning

Many

One

asleep after an hour.

fell

students helped by the clear explanation that the teacher gave.

10.

14.

we

diagram that shows how family members are

related, each generation

is

represented by a

new

tree.

The Passive

241

.

2

'

'

Chapter 1 Noun Clauses

Exercise Check (/)

/

1

Warm-up.

1.

l)

Jin studies business.

2.

What does

3.

What Jin

studies?

4.

What Jin

studies

5.

His books.

6.

I

don't

Jin study?

is

business.

know how much

his

books

cost.

How much his books cost? How much do his books cost?

7. 8.

12-1

Introduction A

independent clause (a)

(Chart 12

the complete sentences.

'Sue

lives in

clause

is

a group of words containing a subject and a verb.*

An independent clause

Tokyo.

(or

main clause)

is

a complete sentence.

It

contains the main subject and verb of a sentence. independent clause (b)

'Where does Sue

(c)

'where Sue

Examples (a) and (b) are complete sentences. Example (a) is a statement; (b) is a question.

live?

A dependent

dependent clause lives'

Example

noun clause (d)

1

kn dw

where Sue

'

lives.

(c) is

S

1

In (e):

S (f)

]

What he said

*A phrase

2 Can you tell me what time the computer lab

1

How is

2.

What does

3.

What was my

4.

Who am I

5.

When

6.

How much time

do we have

7.

When

do

end

8.

Where

is

this

me.

closes?

mean?

grade?

supposed

to talk to?

our next assignment due?

classes

for the test?

for the year?

our class going to meet?

Exercise 8. Let's talk. (Chart Speaker

A

Use

names of your

the

tell

word pronounced?

this

is

easy.

know

don't

Exercise 7. Looking at grammar. (Chart 12 -2) Change the questions to noun clauses. Begin with Can you Example:

a secret.

Do you know

this?)

is

is

Example: Where

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

classmates.

is (

12 2)

Speaker

asks a question.

B

responds beginning with / don 't knoiv OR I wonder. in pairs, in groups, or as a class.

Work

)?

open)

Where

:

closed):

I

don't

is

Marco?

know where Marco

is.

or

(Change 1.

Where does

2.

What country

is (

3.

How long has

(

4.

What

5.

Where

6.

How

7.

What

8.

Why was

9.

What

is (

)

)

)

from?

been

telephone number?

is it

to the

South Pole?

kind of watch does

is (

)

(

)

(

)

have?

absent yesterday?

favorite color?

roles if

working

is.

in pairs.

12. 13.

Where

are

you going

14.

Where

did

(

15. 16.

Why is How often

17.

Whose book

18.

How much

11.

living here?

wonder where Marco

been married? How long has Why are we doing this exercise? Who turned off the lights?

10.

live?

the post office?

is

far

)

(

I

)

(

)

does is

go

after class yesterday?

smiling?

)

(

to eat lunch/dinner?

(

)

go to the library?

that?

did that book cost?

Noun Clauses 245

.

j

Exercise 9. Looking at

grammar.

(Chart 12-2) The words in parentheses should be the answer to the question you make. Begin with a question word {who. what, how. when, where, why Then change the question to a noun clause.

Make

1

.

questions from the given sentences.

Tom will

be here (next week).

Question:

Noun 2.

He

,',-f

Clause: Please

coming

is

":-- 7f ~f ?' -

.•

tell

•':- ~:~

me

{btxause he wants

;

:

-.-•

-.-

to visit his friends).

Question:

Xoun 3.

Clause: Please

He'll be

on

tell

me

flight {645, not flight 742).

Question:

X 4.

un Clause:

(Jim Hunter)

is

Please

tell

me

going to meet him

at the airport.

Question:

Xoun 5.

Clause: Please

Jim Hunter

is

{his

tell

me

roommate).

Question:

Xol"N Clause: Please 6.

He

lives {on Riverside

tell

Road

me in

Columbus, Ohio, USA^

Question:

UN Clause: 7.

He was

(/;/

Please

tell

me

Chicago) last week.

Question:

Xoun 8.

He

Clause: Please

tell

me

has been working for Sony Corporation

Question:

Xoun 9.

He

Clause:

Do

you

k

has {a Sony) computer

Qui

N

246 CHAPTER

s

:

at

home.

ion:

N Ciause:

12

Do

you know

(since

2000).

.

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Chart 12-2) Complete each sentence with the words in parentheses. Use any appropriate verb of the completions contain noun clauses, and some contain questions. 1.

A:

Where

B:

I

did Ruth ao

(Ruth, go)

Ask her

don't know.

Didn't

I

made

I

lend

don't have

B:

I

A:

The door

to

Where (my

eraser, be)

you?

Ask

it.

She's not in her room.

.

a mistake.

it

Some

She might know where (Ruth, go)

friend Tina.

Ruth went A: Oops!

.?

tense.

Sally

where

Why

isn't locked!

(it,

be)

..

I

think

I

saw her using

(Franco, lock, not)

it.

it

before he left?* B:

Why ask me? How am

I

it?

A: Mr. Lee

I

just forgot.

a recent immigrant, isn't he?

have no idea, but

how D.

Maybe he

(he, lock, not)

How long

in

(he, be)

country?

this

B:

is

supposed to know why

long

I'll

be seeing Mr. Lee

Look

Would you

like

me

to ask

him

here?

(he, be)

A: Help! Quick!

this afternoon.

at that

road sign!

Which road

(we, be supposed)

to take?

B: Don't look at me! You're the driver.

I

don't

know which road

to take. I've never

*Word order

been here before.

in negative questions:

Why

didn't

Very formal:

Why

Usual:

(we, be supposed)

you

call

me? (with did + not contracted)

did you not call me?

Noun Clauses 247

.

Exercise 11. Listening. (Chart 12-2) Listen to the dialogues. Choose the completions you hear.

^--

C 12 3) Work in small groups. What would you say in each

situation?

Use noun

clauses.

Example: Someone asks you about the time the mail comes. You're not sure. Possible answers: I'm not sure what time the mail comes. I don 't know when the mail is supposed to be here. Etc. 1.

2. 3.

4.

You see a restaurant. You can't tell if it's open yet. You ask a man standing outside. You were absent yesterday. You want to know the homework. You ask another student. Someone asks you the date. You don't know, but you tell them you'll find out. Someone asks you about the weather tomorrow. Is it supposed to be sunny? You haven't heard.

5.

6.

7. 8.

You're at a clothing store. You're buying a coat and want to know about the return policy. How many days do you have to return it? You ask a salesperson.

Your friend asks you if you want to go to a movie or get a DVD to watch sound good to you. You tell your friend you don't care which you do.

at

home. Both

You have a late fee on your bill. You want to know why. You call the company and ask. You are planning a hiking trip with a friend. This friend wants to bring his dog and asks you

if it is

Exercise 20.

okay.

It

doesn't matter to you.

Warm-up.

(Chart 12-4)

Complete the second sentence of each pair with an infinitive. Use to get or to do. Is the meaning in each pair the same or different? 1.

2.

a.

Susan doesn't know what she should do.

b.

Susan doesn't know what

a.

She needs

b.

She needs to figure out how

to figure out

how

she will get home.

home.

Noun Clauses

251

12-4 Question Words Followed by (a)

I

don't

(b)

I

don't

(c)

(d) (e) (f

)

(g) (h)

j

Pam Pam

know what I should do. know what to do.

can't decide tell tell

Question words (when, where, how, who, whom, whose, what, which, and whether) may be followed by an infinitive.

whether she should go or stay home. whether to go or (to) stay home.

can't decide

Please Please Jim Jim

Infinitives

Each

sentences

pair of

the examples has the

in

same meaning.

me how can get to the bus station. me how to get to the bus station. I

us where we could find told us where to find it. told

Notice that the meaning expressed by the infinitive is either

should or can/could.

it.

Exercise 21. Looking at grammar. (Chart 12-4)

Make 1.

2. 3.

sentences with the same meaning by using infinitives.

me when I should come. -> Sally told me when to The plumber told me how I could fix the leak in the sink. Please tell me where I should meet you. Sally told

4.

Robert had a long excuse for being should believe him or not.

5.

Jim found two

6.

I've done everything what else I can do.

shirts

Exercise 22. In your

he I

liked,

late for their date,

but Sandy didn't

Andy

get his

life

words. (Chart 12-4) own words. Use infinitives

Complete the sentences with your 1.

2.

I

B:

How

A:

Where

about your green are

you going

B: I'm not sure.

3.

4.

5.

what to wear

can't decide

A:

A:

Do

B:

No, but

A:

I

B:

How

I

straightened out.

in

I

don't

know

your completions.

suit?

to live

can't decide

when you go

to the university?

whether

or

vou know how

don't

I'd like to learn.

know what

for her birthday.

a

dilemma.

Before you leave on your

He

can't decide

whether

ideas?

trip,

or

think he should do?

read this tour book.

and how

12

Got any

about a book?

My cousin has

252 CHAPTER

she

to the reception.

What do you 6.

know whether

but he had trouble deciding which one he should buy.

can think of to help

own

come.

It tells

you where

Exercise 23. Warm-up. (Chart 12-5) Check (/) the grammatically correct sentences.

/

1.

We know

that the planets revolve

around

the sun.

2.

Centuries ago, people weren't aware that the planets revolved around the sun.

3.

That the planets revolve around the sun

4.

Is clear that the planets revolve

now

is

around

a

well-known

fact.

the sun.

12-5 Noun Clauses Beginning with That Verb + 77m£-Clause (a) (b)

I

I

think that

Bob

Bob

think

will

come.

will

that

In (a):

Bob

will

come

a noun clause. The word that is

is

the object of the verb think.

come.

omitted

in

speaking, as

in (b).

It

It

is

used as

usually

usually included

is

in

formal writing.

See

the

list

below

for

verbs commonly followed by a

f/iaf-clause.

agree that

feet that

know

believe that

find out that

learn that

decide that discover that

forget that

notice that

tell

hear that

think that

explain that

hope

promise that read that

that

remember

that

that

say that

someone

that

understand that

Person + Be + Adjective + 77iaf-Clause (c)

Jan

is

happy

(that )

Bob

commonly follow certain adjectives, such as when the subject refers to a person (or See the list below.

That-c\auses

called.

happy in

(c),

persons). I'm afraid that*

Al

is

certain that

I'm

amazed

Al

is

confident that

I'm

Al

is

I'm

angry that aware that

Al

is

disappointed that glad that

It

+ Be + Adjective + 77*a*-Clause It

is

that

Ann

clear (that )

likes

her

We're We're We're We're

new job.

happy

Jan Jan Jan Jan

that

pleased that proud that relieved that

That-c\auses

is

sorry that

is

sure that surprised that worried that

is is

commonly follow adjectives in sentences it + be, as in (d). See the list below.

that begin with

It's

amazing

It's

interesting that

It's

It's

clear that

It's

likely that

It's

It's

good

It's

lucky that

It's

important that

It's

nice that

that

that

obvious that

It's

It's

It's

possible that strange that

It's

surprising that

It's

It's

true that

undeniable that well/known that wonderful that

77mf-Clause Used as a Subject (e)

7773f

4nn

likes

her new job

is

clear.

It

is

possible but

uncommon

for ffraf-clauses to

the subject of a sentence, as

omitted (f

)

(g)

The It

is

fact (that)

Ann likes her new job is Ann likes her new job.

More

clear.

often,

the tfiaf-clause

a that-c\ause

with the fact that, as

a fact (that)

as 'To be afraid has

when

in (f

in ),

in (e). is

be used as

The word Maris

not

used as a subject.

the subject position begins or

is

introduced by

it

is

a

fact,

in (g).

two possible meanings:

(1)

It

can express

(2)

It

often expresses a

fear:

I'm afraid of dogs. I'm afraid that

meaning

similar to "to

his

dog

zvill bite

me.

be sorry": I'm afraid that

I can

't

accept your invitation. I'm afraid you have the

wrong number.

Noun Clauses

253

.

J

own

Exercise 24. In your

words. (Chart

12-5)

Complete the sentences with your own words. on the news that ....

recently heard

1

I

2.

When

3.

I

4.

All parents

5

Most people

I

was young,

found out that ....

I

sometimes forget that ....

hope in

that ....

my country believe

that ....

6.

Do

7.

I

8.

Scientists have discovered that

9.

Students understand that ....

feel that

.

.

?

.

recently read that ....

Have you noticed

10.

Exercise 25. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 12

you

that

.

.

.

.

?

5)

Interview your classmates. Ask each one a different question. Their answers should follow this

I'm +

pattern:

Example:

What

adjective is

+

that-clause.

something

-> I'm glad that

your

in

my family

is

life

that you're glad about?

supportive of me.

1

What

is

something that disappointed you

2.

What

is

something that annoys you?

3.

What

is

something about your friends that pleases you?

4.

What

is

something about nature that amazes you?

5.

What

is

something about another culture's traditions that surprises you?

6.

What

is

something that you are afraid

7.

What

is

something about your future that you are sure

in the past?

will

happen

in the future? of?

grammar. (Chart 12 5) and any appropriate word(s) from the

Exercise 26. Looking at

Make noun

clauses using

it

list.

Make an

sentence by using a r/zar-clause as the subject.

apparent

a pity

clear

a

a fact

strange

shame

surprising

unfair

too bad

unfortunate

true

a

well-known

fact

obvious

1.

The world It is *

is

round.

a fact that the world

That the world

is

round

is

is

round.

a fact.

2.

Tim

hasn't been able to

3.

The

earth revolves around the sun.

4.

Exercise can reduce heart disease.

5.

Drug abuse can

6.

Some women do

7.

Irene,

8.

English

254 CHAPTER

who

12

is

is

make any

friends.

ruin one's health.

not earn equal pay for equal work.

an excellent student,

failed her

entrance examination.

the principal language of business throughout

much

of the world.

equivalent

Exercise 27. Game. (Chart 12-5) Work in teams. Agree or disagree with

the given statements. If you think the statement is true, begin with It's a fact that. If you think the statement is false, begin with It isn't true that. If you're not sure, guess. Choose one person to write your team's statements. The team with the most correct statements wins.*

fact tfiat

1.

/t's

2.

/t /sn't tru

She

said she

g)

"1

am going

(h)

"1

)

"1

)

(

(

)

(

(

k

watchedTy every day. was watchingTy. had watchedTy. had watchedTy. had watchedTy. would watchTy. was going to watch TV.

-»•

She

said she

can watchTy"

-*

She

said she

could watchTy.

may watchTy"

->

She

said she

might watchTy.

"1

must watchTy"

->

She

said she /7ad to

)

"1

A?ave to watofr TV."

-*

She

said she

had

)

"1

should watch TV."

-*

She

said she

should watch TV

"1

ought

->

She

said she oug/rt to wato/7 TV.

"1

/n/g/if wato/7 TV."

-»

She

said she

i

( j

day."

watchingTy"

1

to

to

watch TV."

watch TV."

to

just

1

didn't

1

didn't

go

He

wanted us

to read

If

the reporting verb (the main

verb of the sentence,

The

world

ts

round."

-

She

said)

e.g.,

simple past, the verb in the noun clause will usually also be is

in

these

(1): should, ought to, and might do not change.

might watchTy. Changing verbs to past forms in reported speech is common in both speaking and writing.

6.

However, sometimes in spoken English, no change is made in the noun clause verb, especially if the speaker is reporting something immediately or soon

6.

after

(o)

quotation

In

hear him.

Chapter

No

watch TV.

Did Mr. Jones give any assignments?

to class yesterday.

said he

said.

marks are used.

watchTy.

(n) Later reporting:

— — Yes.

someone has

in a past form, as examples.

(m) Immediate reporting:

— What did the teacher say? — He said he wants us to read Chapter

Reported speech refers to using a noun clause to report what

said the world is round.

was

it

Also,

said.

sometimes the present

tense

is

English

retained even

when

in

formal

the reported

sentence deals with a general as in (o).

truth,

(p)

"1

watchTy every

day."

->

(q)

"1

watchTy every

day."

->

r)

"1

watchTy every

day."

-»

She says she watchesTy every She has said that she watches

TV (

(

s

)

"

Wa tch TV."

-»

will

When

the reporting verb

is

simple present, present perfect or future, the noun clause verb is

every day.

She

TV

day.

not changed.

say that she watches

every day.

She

told

me

to

watch TV. *

In

reported speech, an

imperative sentence to

an

infinitive.

instead of

Tell

say as

changed used

is

is

the reporting

verb.

See Chart 14-6, p. 313, for other verbs followed by an infinitive that are used to report speech. *note: Tell

is

Also possible:

immediately followed by a (pro)noun object, but say

He

said to

me

he would be

is

not:

He

told

me

he would be

late.

He said he

would be

late.

late.

Noun Clauses

261

.

Exercise 37. Looking at grammar. (Chart 12 7) Complete the sentences by reporting the speaker's words. Use noun forms in noun clauses

Pedro

1

if

"Do you need

a

"What do you want?"

3.

Jennifer asked,

Talal asked, "Are

want

me .... asked me ....

pen?" Elena asked. Elena asked

4.

Jennifer

you hungry?" Talal wanted

a sandwich,"

Elena

to

know

....

Elena said ....

5.

"I

6.

"I'm going to move to Ohio," said Bruce. Bruce informed

7.

"Did you enjoy your

8.

Oscar asked, "What are you talking about?" Oscar asked

9.

Maria asked, "Have you seen

Amy

said.

trip?" asked

Kim. Kim asked

my grammar book?"

said, "I don't want to go."

Amy said

me

me

....

....

me

....

Maria wanted

to

12.

13.

Felix said,

14.

Nadia

15.

"Why is me ....

"You should work harder."

said, "I

know

....

....

"Can you help me with my report?" asked David. David asked me "I may be late," said Mitch. Mitch told me ....

16.

past verb

Pedro said .... would help me.

2.

1 1

Use

said, "I will help you."

-> Pedro said (that) he

10.

clauses.

appropriate.

Felix told

me

....

....

have to go downtown." Nadia said ....

the sky blue?"

my young

My mother asked, "Where is

daughter often

asks.

My young daughter often asks

My mother wondered

everyone?"

....

18.

come to the meeting," said Pavel. Pavel told me .... Ms. Adams just asked Ms. Chang, "Will you be in class tomorrow?" Ms. Adams wanted know ....

19.

"I think

20.

"Does Omar know what he's doing?" I wondered .... "Is what I've heard true?" I wondered ....

17.

21.

"I will

I'll

go to the library to study." Joe said ....

22.

"The sun rises in the east," said Mr. Clark. Mr. Clark, an elementary school teacher, explained to his students that ....

23.

"Someday we'll be

in contact with beings

Exercise 38. Let's talk. (Chart

from outer space." The

scientist predicted that ....

12 7)

A

and B have their books open. They read the dialogue aloud. Student C's book closed. Your teacher asks Student C about the dialogue. Students

Example:

Student A Student B

(book open):

What

(book open):

Two-thirty.

(book closed):

What did Manuel (Student A) want to know? He wanted to know what time it was (or is). What did Helen (Student B) say?

Teacher:

Student C Teacher:

Student C 1

.

time

(book closed): She told

is it?

him

that

Student A: Can you speak Arabic? Student B: A little. Teacher: What did (Student A) ask? What did (Student B) say?

262 CHAPTER

12

to

it

was (or

is)

two-thirty.

is

.

.

2.

Student A: Where is your grammar book? Student B: In my backpack. What did (Student A) want to know? Teacher: What did (Student B) tell (Student A)?

3.

Student A: What courses are you taking? Student B: I'm taking three science courses this Teacher: What did (Student A) want to know? What did (Student B) say?

4.

term.

Student A: Did you finish your assignment? Student B: Oh, no, my assignment! I totally forgot about Teacher: What did (Student A) ask? What did (Student B) tell (Student A)}

5.

Student A: Have you had lunch Student B: Yes, I just finished. Teacher: What did ... ?

6.

Student A: Where will you be tomorrow around three Student B: I have a doctor's appointment at 2:45.

7.

8.

9.

10.

Student A: How do you Student B: It's okay.

Student A: Student B:

Is

what you

Yes,

it's

it.

already?

like living

o'clock?

here?

said really true?

the truth. I'm not

making

it

up.

Student A: How many people have you met since you came Student B: Lots. People here have been very friendly.

Student A: Student B:

Is

what you want

Yes,

it's

here?

me about really important? We need to sit down and have

to talk to

very important.

a serious

conversation.

Exercise 39. Let's talk. (Charts

12-1 -> 12-7)

Speaker A asks a question — whatever comes to mind — using each item and a question word

(when, how, where, what, why, etc.). Speaker B answers the question in a complete C reports what Speaker A and Speaker B said. Work in small groups or

sentence. Speaker

as a

class.

Example: tonight

Speaker A (Rosa): What are you going to do tonight? Speaker B (AH): I'm going to study. Speaker C (Yung): Rosa asked Ali what he was going to do

tonight. Ali replied that

he was

going to study. 5.

book

music

6.

this city

courses

7.

population

tomorrow

8.

last

1

this

2. 3.

4.

evening

year

9.

10.

television

dinner

1 1

next year

12.

vacation

Noun Clauses 263

.

grammar. (Chart 12-7) with a past form of the verbs in parentheses. Complete the sentences Exercise 40. Looking at

A:

1

The

test

B: Really? 2.

A:

It's

is

I

I

thought

you sure?

it

{snow)

.

I

heard he {need)

what

A: Mikhail can't B:

I

heard.

I

to

borrow

it

for Sunday.

yet.

heard she {apply)

for

work

her uncle's company.

at

6.

for Tuesday.

{schedule)

A: Marita hasn't applied for a job B: That's not

5.

it

A: Tony needs to borrow your bike for Saturday. B: Are

4.

heard

raining outside.

B: Really?

3.

scheduled for Monday.

Are you sure?

A: Ms. Alvarez B: Really?

I

is

come I

tonight.

heard he {come)

going to

tonight.

retire.

in her sales

thought she {continue)

position for another year.

ffii

Exercise 41. Listening. (Chart 12-7) them using

Listen to the sentences. Complete

past verb forms to report speech.

C 12-7) Read each dialogue and write a report about it. Your the speaker's words, but

it

report should include an accurate idea of

doesn't have to use the exact words.

Example: Jack said, "I can't go to the game."

Tom

said,

"Oh? Why not?" enough money

"I don't have

for a ticket," replied Jack.

Possible written reports:

-> Jack told

Tom

that he couldn't go to the

game because he

didn't have

enough money

for

a ticket.

-

When Tom money

asked Jack

why he

couldn't go to the game, Jack said he didn't have enough

for a ticket.

-> Jack said

he couldn't go to the game.

didn't have

enough money

When Tom

asked him

why

not, Jack replied that he

for a ticket.

Write reports for these dialogues. 1

"What

are

you doing?" Alex asked.

"I'm drawing 2.

a picture," I said.

Asako said, "Do you want Sunday night?"

to go to a

movie

Noun Clauses 265

.

Cho

said, "I'd like to,

"How

3.

but

have to study."

I

old are you, Mrs. Robinson?" the

Mrs. Robinson

said, "It's

boy asked.

little

not polite to ask people their age."

"How much money do you make?"

the

little

boy asked.

"That's impolite too," Mrs. Robinson said.

you

"Is there anything

4.

"Yes,"

"What

I

especially

replied. "There's a

is it?"

show

want

to

watch on TV tonight?" my sister asked. been waiting to see for a long time."

at eight that I've

she asked.

documentary on green sea turtles," I said. "Why do you want to see that?" "I'm doing a research paper on sea turtles. I think I might be able to get some good information from the documentary. Why don't you watch it with me?" "No, thanks," she said. "I'm not especially interested in green sea turtles." "It's a

Check your knowledge.

Exercise 44.

(Charts 12-1 -> 12-7)

Correct the errors. 1

Tell the taxi driver

2.

My roommate

where do you want

came

3.

was

It

my first

else will

day

be in the

class.

He

5.

What does

6.

What my friend and

7.

The doctor asked

8.

I

9.

Is

10.

me

call

that

from

What

what did

I

did

that

it

I felt

and

it is

was our okay.

drowned?

was

really frightening.

It is

a fact that

I

would be

intend to do after

in class? I said

am

I

I

I

class.

I

wondered who

like?

graduate?

confidential.

secret.

told

my friend

We

him

asked him what kind of movies does he true you almost

you

am on my way to my first

I

the teacher

a patient tell a doctor

I

aren't

my family.

at the university,

4.

asked

room and asked me why

into the

waiting for a telephone

to go.

didn't even

that

like,

I

me

our parents what did we do.

don't feel well.

he said me,

asked me. Yes,

almost drowned makes

tell

I like

I said.

romantic movies.

I'm

really glad to

be

alive.

very careful about water safety whenever

I

It

go

swimming. 11.

I

didn't

science I

266 C

know where am museum. She

get off the bus.

HAPTER 12

I

tell

supposed to get off the bus, so

me

the

name

I

asked the driver where

of the street. She said she will

tell

is

me when

the

should

My mother did not live with us. When other children asked me where was my mother,

12.

I

them she

told

When

13.

I

is

going to come to

visit

asked the taxi driver to drive

At that time

I

didn't care

me

faster,

how much would

very soon.

he said it

I

will drive faster if

cost, so I told

him

to

you pay

go as

fast as

me

more.

he can.

My parents told me is essential to know English if I want to study at an American

14.

university.

Exercise 45. Let's talk. (Charts 12-1 -> 12 7) Give a one-minute impromptu speech on any topic that interests you Your classmates will take notes report what you said.

etc.).

will

as

you speak. Later,

in a short

(insects, soccer, dogs,

paragraph or

Exercise 46. Let's talk and write. (Charts 12-1 -> 12-7) You and your classmates are newspaper reporters at a press conference. You

orally,

they

will all interview

your teacher or a person whom your teacher invites to class. Your assignment is to write a newspaper article about the person whom you interviewed. Take notes during the interview. Write down some of the important sentences so that you can use them for quotations in your article. Ask for clarification if you do not understand something the interviewee has said. It is important to report information accurately. In your article, try to organize your information into related topics. For example, if you interview your teacher, you might use this outline: I.

II.

General introductory information Professional

life

A. Present teaching duties B.

Academic

duties

and

activities outside

of teaching

C. Past teaching experience D. Educational background III.

Personal

life

A. Basic biographical information

(e.g.,

place of birth, family background, places

of residence)

Free-time activities and interests C. Travel experiences

B.

This outline only suggests a possible method of organization. You must organize your own depending upon the information you have gained from your interview. When you write your report, most of your information will be presented in reported speech; use quoted speech only for the most important or memorable sentences. note: When you use quoted speech, be sure you are presenting the interviewee's exact words. If you are simply paraphrasing what the interviewee said, do not use quotation marks. article,

Noun Clauses 267

)

. .

Exercise 47. Let's talk and write. (Charts 12-1 -» 12 7) Work in small groups. Discuss one (or more) of the given statements. Write a report of the main points made by each speaker in your group. (Do not attempt to report every word that was spoken.)

remark, and state to introduce use think or believe, you will probably use present tenses (e.g., Omar thinks that money is the most important thing in life.). When you use say, remark, or state, you will probably use past tenses (e.g., Olga said that many other things were more important than money.). In your report, use words such as think, believe, say,

noun

clauses.

When you

Do you agree with these statements? Why or why not? 1 Money is the most important thing in life. 2. A woman can do any job a man can do. 3.

When

4.

A world

a person decides to get married, his or her love for the other person important consideration.

states of

is

the only

government is both desirable and necessary. Countries should simply become the one nation, the Earth. In this way, wars could be eliminated and wealth could be

equally distributed.

Exercise 48. Warm-up. (Chart 12-8) Read the sentences. Then substitute the phrases Situation: Mr. and Mrs. Smith plan to

in

any way that

retire

in the

list

soon and

for the

travel

any place that

anything that

words

in blue.

around the world.

at

any time that

1

They'll go wherever they want.

3.

They'll do whatever they want.

2.

They'll leave whenever they want.

4.

They'll help people however they can.

12-8 Using -ever Words The

words give the idea

following -ever

whoever

(a)

of "any."

Whoever wants

to

Anyone who wants (b)

He makes He makes

Each

pair of

sentences

in

the examples has the

come is welcome. to come is welcome.

friends easily with friends easily with

whoever he meets.* anyone who he meets.

whatever

(c)

He always says whatever comes into his mind. He always says anything that comes into his mind.

whenever

(d)

You may leave whenever you wish. You may leave at any time that you wish.

wherever

(e)

She can go wherever she wants to go. She can go anyplace that she wants to

however

(f

'In (b):

whomever

In British English,

268 CHAPTER

is

12

go.

The students may dress however they please. The students may dress in any way that they please.

also possible;

whoever

same meaning.

(not

it is

the object of the verb

whomever)

is

meets. In American English, whomever is rare and very formal. He makes friends easily with whoever he meets.

used as the object form:

.

j

Exercise 49. Looking at grammar. (Chart 12-8) Complete the sentences with -ever words. 1

Mustafa

is

free to

go anyplace he wishes.

2.

Mustafa

is

free to

go anytime he wishes.

3.

I

don't

know what you should do about

He He

wherever

can go

he wants.

can go

that problem.

he wants.

Do

seems

best to you. 4.

I

want you

to

be honest.

hope you

leads a

5.

6.

I

If you

want

you want.

I

don't care one

Those children

8.

I

9.

Irene does go, gets

car.

up

of love and happiness

to rearrange the furniture, go ahead.

7.

have a

life full

feel free to say

I

are wild!

way

I feel

is

is

on your mind.

rich.

You can rearrange

it

or the other.

has to be their babysitter.

sorry for

you want

can take you

to go.

she wants to do, goes

she wants to

she wants to get up, makes friends with she meets, and dresses

she pleases.

Noun Clauses 269

13

Chapter

Adjective Clauses

Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart 13-1) The sentences are all correct. The words to? How does the noun affect the choice 1.

a.

b. c.

2.

a.

b. c.

13-1

We We We

in blue are

all

Adjective Clause Pronouns

Used

thanked the woman.

as the Subject

In (a):

1 (b)

1

thanked the thanked the

It is

(d)

helped me. that helped me.

is

on the

The book which The book that

is is

An

who

woman woman

The book

(c)

table.

on the on the

table

is

table

is

adjective clause modifies a noun.

In (a):

mine.

thanked the woman = a main clause; who helped me = an adjective clause.*

/

the adjective clause modifies

who is

the subject of the adjective clause.

In (b):

that

the subject of the adjective clause.

is

mine.

note: (a) and (b) have the

mine.

have the same meaning.

for

same meaning;

correct: The book that is on the table is mine. incorrect: The book is mine that is on the table.

*A

clause

is

a structure that has a subject

and

a verb.

An

(c)

and

(d)

people

which = used for things that = used for both people and

(f)

woman.

In (a):

who = used

(e)

they refer

The new computer is fast. It is in my office. The new computer which is in my office is fast. The new computer that is in my office is fast.

She helped me. 1

What nouns do

helped the man. He was lost in the woods. helped the man who was lost in the woods. helped the man that was lost in the woods.

1

(a)

pronouns.

of the pronoun?

things

adjective clause closely follows the

noun

it

modifies.

There are two kinds of clauses: independent and dependent.

In example (a): •

The main

clause (/ thanked the

woman)

is

also called

an independent clause.

An independent

clause

is

a

complete sentence

and can stand alone. •

The

adjective clause (who helped me)

stand alone.

270

A

is

a

dependent

dependent clause must be connected

clause. to

A

dependent clause

an independent clause.

is

NOT

a complete sentence

and cannot

.

Exercise 2. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-1) Choose all the possible completions for each sentence.

j

Do

not add any

commas

or capital

letters.

1

.

2.

3.

I

met

the doctor

(a)

who

Did

I tell

my father

(bJ that

after the accident.

which

c.

Where is the magazine b. that a. who

which

c.

that

b.

The house a. who

d.

c.

d.

that

b.

c.

d. is

I

2.

The The The

3. 4. 5. 6.

He

saw the man.

1

girl is

happy. She

student

won

d.

it

He

students are from China.

sits

>

closed the door.

They

sit

in the front row.

We are studying sentences. They contain adjective clauses. I am using a sentence. It contains an adjective clause.

Exercise 4. Let's talk. (Chart 13-1) true statements. Use who as the subject of an

groups, or as a

class.

Example:

I like

teachers

I like

teachers

I like

teachers

who

People I

3.

Friends

who

4.

Famous

athletes

.

.

.

don't like people

Exercise I.

.

adjective clause.

Work

in pairs, in small

who .... who have a good sense of humor. who don't give tests. Etc.

amaze me.

1.

2.

Part

I

next to me.

Make

A-

man

I saw the

adjective clause.

the race.

from China.

is

—»

a defective truck?

going to be rented soon.

which

closed the door.

me

he

Exercise 3. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-1) Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence as an

j

CD

it

tried to sell

which

across the street from us

is

she

has the story about online theft?

you about the car salesman

who

a.

4.

helped

.

who

....

frustrate

.

who

.

.

.

me.

good

are not

role

models

for children.

5. Listening. (Chart 13-1)

When

tvho

is

contracted with an auxiliary verb, the contraction is often hard to hear. What is the full, uncontracted form of the italicized verb?

Listen to the following sentences. 2

Track 3

1.

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

7.

He has He has He has He has He has He has He has

a friend who'll help him. a friend

who 's

a friend who's

(full form

= who

will)

helping him.

helped him.

friends who're helping him. friends who've helped him. a friend

who'd helped him.

a friend who'd like to help him.

Adjective Clauses

271

.

Part

II.

Complete the sentences with the verbs you hear, but write the

uncontracted form

full,

of each verb.

Example: You

You

I

know

a

will write: I

know

a

will hear:

8.

We know

a

person

who

9.

We know

a

person

who

That's the

11.

I

12.

Let's talk to the people

13.

There adult

lived in

a nurse

20 different countries. lived

in

20 different countries.

great for the job. to apply for the job.

the speech at our graduation.

who

around the world helping people.

who

the protest march.

are people at the factory

who

there

all

their

lives.

care of my

The doctor who

14.

has

man who

10.

know

man who's man who

mother

retired.

Exercise 6. Warm-up. (Chart 13-2) Read the passage and complete the sentences.

When William

and Eva started

and William would quit

his job to stay

home

with the children.

William has been a stay-at-home dad for the school,

and

he's going

time with his children.

He

is

last

back to work. He's looking

What

decided that Eva would continue to work

their family, they

seven years, but

for a job that will

kind of job do you think he

looking for a job that/which

.

.

.

or He

him free on weekends him to work on weekends

is

is

now both still

allow

not looking for a job thatlwhich

to

spend

.

.

.

commute home

1

leave

5.

have a long

require

6.

be close to

3.

include a lot of long-distance travel

7.

demand

4.

have minimal travel requirements

8.

have flexible hours

13

him

looking for?

2.

272 CHAPTER

children are in

sixteen-hour work days

.

13-2 Adjective Clause Pronouns Used as the Object of a Verb The man was saw him.

Notice in the examples: The adjective clause pronouns are placed at the beginning of the

Mr. Jones.

1

clause.

i (a)

(b) (c)

The man The man The man

saw 1 saw saw

who(m)

was was was

1

that

/

Mr. Jones. Mr. Jones.

especially

only

The movie wasn't very good. We saw it last night,

(e) (f)

(g)

which

The movie The movie The movie

that

In (c)

we saw last night we saw last night we saw last night

wasn't very good. wasn't very good. wasn't very good.

whom,

Whom is generally

used

very formal English.

and

(f ):

An

object pronoun

is

often omitted

things

In (g): The pronoun him must be removed. unnecessary because who(m), that, or functions as the object of the verb saw.

1

1

1

Looking at grammar. (Chart

Exercise

7.

Choose

the possible completions for each sentence.

all

usually used instead of

speaking.

who(m) = used for people which = used for things that = used for both people and

The man who(m) saw -him- was Mr. Jones. The man that saw -htm- was Mr. Jones. The man saw -htm- was Mr. Jones.

incorrect:

in

in

(0) from an adjective clause. (A subject pronoun, however, may not be omitted.)

i (d)

who is

In (a):

Mr. Jones.

It

is

13-2)

Do

not add any

commas

or capital

letters.

1

.

Tell

me

(y

who (J)

Do you want a.

who

that

c.

which

The apartment a. who b.

that

c.

d.

which

d.

my

which

we wanted c.

when you were she

(e?)

in Oxford.

whom

(fV)

the photographer took?

most often on

I call

that

to rent

cell

d. is

which

they

phone she

no longer d.

it

e.

whom

f

.

my mother and my f. e. whom

are

sister.

available. e.

whom

f

.

the Smiths adopted are from three different countries.

children

who

c.

visited

to see the pictures

b.

a.

j

that

b.

The people a. who

The

you

about the people

b.

that

c.

which

d.

they

e.

Exercise 8. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-2) Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence as an

whom

f.

adjective clause.

Give

all

the

possible patterns, orally or in writing. 1

The book was good.

—> 2. 3.

4. 5.

I

read

The book that I which 1

woman.

it.

I read

was good.

met her at the party the composition. You wrote it.

I

liked the

I

liked

I

last night.

The people were very nice. We visited them yesterday. The man is standing over there. Ann brought him to the

party.

Adjective Clauses

273

.

Exercise 9. Warm-up. (Chart 13-3) Compare the underlined adjective clause in sentence

1

2.

a.

do you notice? note: Both sentences are

differences

think Lee

a.

I

b.

Do

a.

The

b.

Do

is

with the one in sentence

is

a

What

who you can have fun with person with whom you can have fun ?

a person

you think Lee

b.

correct.

.

art school which Lori applied to is very demanding. you know the name of the art school to which Lori applied ?

13-3 Adjective Clause Pronouns Used as the Object of a Preposition She 1

is

the

woman.

very formal English, the preposition

In

you about her.

told

and (a) (b) (c)

(d)

She She She She

is

the

is

the

is

the

is

the

about whom who(m)

woman woman woman woman

that

1

told

you about. told you about. told you about.

verb of the adjective clause, as

1

(e) (f)

(g) (h)

The The The The

after the subject

and

the other

in

examples.

night.

the preposition

If

comes

at the

of the adjective clause, only

whom or

may be

is

A

used.

preposition

beginning

which

never

immediately followed by that or who.

which we which we

music music music music

comes

at

in (a)

everyday usage,

the preposition

The music was good. it last

in

told you.

1

listened to

Usually, however,

(e).

/

note:

We

comes

the beginning of the adjective clause, as

to

we we

that

listened

last night

listened to

last night

listened to

last night

listened to

last night

was was was was

She

incorrect:

good good good good

I

is

the

woman

about

The music to that we last night was good.

incorrect:

who

told you.

listened

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-3) Choose all the possible completions for each sentence. Which one seems the most formal? 1

.

The

were under the

sunglasses

was looking

a.

which

b.

that

c.

I

was looking

d.

I

was looking

e.

I

was looking

I

I

was looking

sofa.

2.

for

for

for

for

them

The

health-care workers

a.

who

I

spoke to

b.

that

I

spoke to

c.

who

I

spoke to them

d.

to

whom

e.

to

who

f.

I

I

I

spoke

adjective clause.

possible patterns, orally or in writing.

The man

2.

I

3.

The meeting was

is

standing over there.

must thank the people.

274 CHAPTER

13

I

I

was

telling

you about him.

got a present from them.

interesting.

Omar went

to

it.

spoke

spoke to

Exercise 11. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-3) Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence as an

1

were helpful.

Give

all

the

..

Exercise 12. Looking at Give

all

grammar.

(Charts 13-1

->

13-3)

the possible completions for each sentence.

1

The

dress

2.

Did

I tell

3.

The

report

4.

The doctor

5.

Did you hear about the earthquake

6.

The woman

that / which /

you about the

she

is

wearing

new.

is

woman

I

Joe

is

writing

must be

examined the

met

last

night?

finished by Friday.

sick child

was

gentle.

occurred in California? I

was dancing with stepped on

my toes.

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Charts 13-1 -13-3) Underline the adjective clause in each sentence. Give all other possible patterns. 1

The woman

that

I

-» who(m) I spoke

—> —>

/ spoke to

spoke to gave

me good

to

whom

I spoke

returned the

money which I had borrowed from my roommate.

2.

I

3.

Yesterday

4.

Marie lectured on a topic she knew very

5.

I

I

ran into an old friend

read about a

Exercise 14.

advice.

to

man who

I

hadn't seen for years. little

about.

keeps chickens in his apartment.

Check your knowledge.

(Charts 13-1

13-3)

Correct the errors in the adjective clauses. 1

In our village, there were

2.

I

many people

enjoyed the book that you told

me

didn't have

to read

much money.

it.

Adjective Clauses

275

.

3.

I still

4.

I

remember

the

my father

showed

man who

he taught

a picture of the car

me

to play the guitar

am

going to buy

I

it

as

when soon

I

was

a boy.

as I save

enough

money. 5.

The woman about who I

was talking about suddenly walked into the room.

I

hope she didn't hear me.

6.

The people appear

7.

I

8.

WTiile the

amateur

in the play are

actors.

don't like to spend time with people which loses their temper

boy was

easily.

he took pictures of people which was waiting for their

at the airport,

planes.

9.

who works

People

in the

hunger program they estimate that 45,000 people worldwide die

from starvation and malnutrition-related diseases every 10.

Zi

In one corner of the marketplace, an old

man who was

single

day of the year.

playing a violin.

Exercise 15. Looking at grammar: pairwork. (Charts 13-1 -* 13-3) Work with a partner. Speaker A looks at the cue briefly. Then, without looking Speaker

A says

the cue to Speaker B.

Speaker

B

at the text,

begins the answer with Yes.

Examples:

Speaker A {book Speaker B {book

open):

Speaker A {book Speaker B {book

open):

You drank some

A police

closed): Yes, I

1

You

2.

You saw

3.

A woman

4.

Some

5.

You were reading

a book.

6.

A taxi

you

Change 7. 8.

9.

a

officer

thanked

are sitting in a chair. Is

it

tea.

Did

it

taste

good?

drank tasted good.

closed): Yes, the tea I

helped you. Did you thank her? who helped me.

the police officer

comfortable?

man. Was he wearing

a

brown

suit?

stepped on your toes. Did she apologize?

students took a

driver took

test.

Did most of them Did you

finish

it?

Did you have

to the

bus

Was

in the center of

station.

pass?

a conversation with her?

roles.

You

stayed at a hotel.

it

town?

A waiter served you at a restaurant. Was he polite? A woman came into the room. Did you recognize her?

10.

Some

11.

You were looking

12.

A

students are sitting in this room. for a dictionary.

clerk cashed your check.

276 CHAPTER

13

Can

Did you

Did he ask

all

find

of

them speak English?

it?

for identification?

.

Exercise 16. Warm-up. (Chart 13 4) Check (/) the sentences that are grammatically

correct

.

1.

I

have a friend. His purpose in

2.

I

have a friend whose purpose in

3.

I

have a friend

purpose in

life is

to help others.

4.

I

have a friend that his purpose in

life is

to help others.

who

his

life is

to help others.

life is

to help others.

13-4 Using Whose Whose is used

know the man. His bicycle was stolen. 1

as adjectives:

i (a)

1

know

the

man whose

to

same meaning as

show possession.

his, her,

and

its,

bicycle was stolen. Like his, her,

its,

It

carries the

other possessive pronouns used

and

their.

whose is connected

their,

to

a

noun:

The student 1

writes well.

his bicycle

read her composition.

— whose bicycle — whose composition

her composition

i (b)

(c)

The student whose composition 1 read writes

worked at a form a union. 1

company whose employees wanted

That's the boy

whose parents you

(e)

That's the boy

who's

)

my math

in

*When has

at

Who's can mean who

a helping verb in the present perfect,

is

a

it is

it

may

also be

in (c).

the

is,

as

same in (e),

pronunciation. or

who

has, as

in (f).

our house since

is

modifies people, but

modify things, as

to

Whose and who's have

met.

class.

who's been living mother was arrested.*

That's the boy his

Whose usually

to

used

(d)

(f

Both whose and the noun it is connected to are placed at the beginning of the adjective clause. Whose cannot be omitted.

well.

usually contracted with

who

in

speaking and sometimes in informal writing,

as in (f ).

When has

main

verb,

it is

not

contracted with

who:

I

know a man

who has

Exercise 17. Looking at grammar. (Chart Complete the sentences with zvho or whose.

name

a cook.

13 4)

1

I

know

a doctor

whose

last

2.

I

know

a doctor

who

lives

3.

The woman

wallet

was stolen called the

4.

The woman

found

my wallet

5.

The

professor

_

teaches art history

6.

The

professor

_

course

7.

I

apologized to the

8.

I

made

man

friends with a

man

on

I

is

Doctor,

a sailboat.

am

called

taking

coffee is

me

police,

immediately.

is

excellent.

is

excellent.

I spilled.

in

my

class.

Adjective Clauses

277

.

j

Exercise 18. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-4) Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence as an 1

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

adjective clause.

woman. Her husband is the president of the corporation. —> / met the woman whose husband is the president of the corporation. Mrs. North teaches a class for students. Their native language is not The people were nice. We visited their house. I live in a dormitory. Its residents come from many countries. I

met

the

English.

I have to call the man. I accidentally picked up his umbrella after the meeting.

The man poured his face.

when he

a glass of water on His beard caught on fire a cigarette.

lit

Exercise 19. Listening. (Chart 13-4) you hear: who's or whose.

Circle the words CD 2 Track 4

Example: You

You

The man who's

will hear:

is

Mr. Smith,

whose

who's)

will choose:

standing over there

1.

who's

whose

5.

who's

whose

2.

who's

whose

6.

who's

whose

3.

who's

whose

7.

who's

whose

4.

who's

whose

8.

who's

whose

Exercise 20. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chart 13-4) Work with a partner. Pretend you are in a room full of people. You and your

partner are

speaking. Together, you are identifying various people in the room. Begin each sentence with

There

Alternate items, with Partner

is.

doing item 1

That man's wife

is

is

the

That woman's husband

is

—> Partner

the

There

B:

mother

is

That

4.

That person's picture was

5.

That woman's car was

6.

That man's daughter won

7.

You found

8.

You

9.

You read

girl's

that

is

man whose

wife

B doing

13

is

my

teacher.

a football player.

woman whose husband

is

a football player.

a dentist. in the

newspaper.

stolen.

woman's

a gold

medal

at the

keys.

are in that teacher's class. that author's book.

You borrowed

278 CHAPTER

Partner

your teacher.

There

3.

10.

1,

3, etc.

—> Partner A: 2.

A doing item

that student's lecture notes.

Olympic Games.

item

2,

Partner

A

Exercise 21. Listening. (Chart 13-4) You

Listen to the sentences in normal, contracted speech. CD

who

is),

or

who's (meaning who has).

whose, who's (meaning

will hear:

Circle the correct meaning.

2

Track 5

Example: You

You

j

know

will hear:

I

will choose:

whose

woman

a

fwho

who's a

taxi driver.

who

is")

has

1.

whose

who

is

who

has

5.

whose

who

is

who

has

2.

whose

who

is

who

has

6.

whose

who

is

who

has

3.

whose

who

is

who

has

7.

whose

who

is

who

has

4.

whose

who

is

who

has

8.

whose

who

is

who

has

Exercise 22. Let's talk: small groups. (Chart Complete the sentences 1

.

orally in small groups.

A famous person is

a

admire

famous person

A person is

life I

has

13-1

a country

is

is

made

the world a better place. affairs

today

having a bad influence on world

leadership on issues of global

is a country throughout the world.

13-4)

Discuss each other's choices and opinions.

having a good influence on world

is

-

is

affairs today,

warming

is

much admired

Warm-up.

Exercise 23.

(Chart 13-5) same meaning, and all of them are grammatically correct. The blue. What differences do you notice?

All of these sentences have the

adjective clauses are in 1

.

The town where

2.

The town

3.

The town which

4.

The town

that

5.

The town

I

in

I

grew up

which

I

I

I

grew up

13-5 Using Where The

He

grew up

grew up

grew up

very small.

is

in

is

in

in is

is

very small.

is

very small.

very small.

very small.

in Adjective Clauses

is very old. there (in that building).

building

lives

(a)

The

building

where

he

lives

is

very

old.

(b)

The The The The

building

in

is

very

old.

lives in

is

very

old.

building

that

he he he he

lives

building

which which

lives in

is

very

old.

building

Where place If

is

very

used

where

is

in

an adjective clause

where

is

to

modify a

country, room, house, etc.).

used, a preposition

adjective clause, as If

lives in

is

{city,

is

not included

not used, the preposition

included, as

in

the

in (a).

must be

in (b).

old.

Adjective Clauses

279

.

.

Exercise 24. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13 Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence 1

The

2.

That

3.

The

4.

That

city

was

beautiful.

the restaurant.

is

office

is

busy.

Exercise 25.

I

I will

keep

an adjective clause.

spent our vacation there (in that

meet you there

work there

I

the drawer.

is

We

5)

as

city).

(at that restaurant).

(in that office).

my jewelry there

(in that drawer).

Warm-up.

(Chart 13 6) All of these sentences have the same meaning, and adjective clauses are in blue. 1

I

clearly

2.

I

clearly

3.

I

clearly

4.

I

clearly

remember remember remember remember

13-6 Using When

the the the the

What

differences

all of them are grammatically do you notice?

day when I rode a bike for the first time. day on which I rode a bike for the first time. day that I rode a bike for the first time. day I rode a bike for the first time.

in Adjective Clauses When

never forget the day.

I'll

met you then {on that day).

1

noun

is

used

in

an adjective clause

I'll

never forget the day

when

1

met you.

The use

(b)

I'll

never forget the day

on which

1

met you.

modifies a noun of time

I'll

never forget the day

that

1

met you.

that

(c)

I'll

never forget the day

/

Monday

2.

7:05

3.

1960

4.

July

280 CHAPTER

the day.

the time.

is

is

is

is

the year.

will

come then (on

My plane arrives then The

the month.

13

They

a preposition

in is

an adjective clause

somewhat

is

in (b);

omitted.

6) as

is

different

otherwise, the

an adjective clause.

that day)

(at that time).

revolution took place then (in that year).

The weather

modify a

other adjective clauses: a preposition

preposition

Exercise 26. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13 Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence 1

in

of

preceding which, as

met you.

to

of time (year, day, time, century, etc.).

(a)

(d)

The

correct.

usually the hottest then (in that month).

that

from

is

used

.

Exercise 27. Looking at grammar. (Charts 13-5 and 13-6) Combine the two sentences. Use where or when to introduce an adjective 1.

That

The accident occurred there. the place where the accident occurred.

the place.

is

—> That 2.

is

There was

—

>

clause.

a time.

There was a time

Movies cost

when

a

dime then.

movies cost a dime.

3.

A cafe

4.

Every neighborhood in Brussels has small

is

a small restaurant. People

can get

a light

cafes.

meal

there.

Customers drink coffee and

eat

pastries there.

Dinosaurs dominated the earth then.

5.

There was

6.

The house was destroyed in an earthquake ten years ago. I was born and grew up The miser hid his money in a place. It was safe from robbers there. There came a time. The miser had to spend his money then.

7. 8.

a time.

Exercise 28. Let's talk: interview. (Charts

13-1 -> 13-6)

Interview two classmates for each item. Encourage the nouns in bold.

Example:

What

there.

them

Share a few of their answers with the

to use adjective clauses that

modify

class.

kind of food don't you like? food that is too sugary.

-> / don *t like 1

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

o CD

2

What kind of people do you like to spend time with? What kind of people do you prefer to avoid? What kind of cities do you like to visit? What kind of teachers do you learn best from? What kind of place would you like to live in? What time of day do you feel most energetic?

Exercise 29. Listening. (Charts 13-1— 13-6) Listen to the sentences. Choose the correct meanings Example: You

will hear:

Track 6

You

will

choose:

for each sentence.

The nurse who gave the medicine a. The patients were confused. (b^The

patients received medicine

to the patients

seemed confused.

from the nurse.

©' c?)The nurse was confused. 1.

a.

b. c.

2.

a.

b. c.

3.

a.

b. c.

4.

a.

b. c.

A man

organized the dinner.

The man is the speaker's friend. The speaker organized the dinner.

Two people were killed in an accident. Two people blocked all lanes of the highway for two hours. An accident blocked all lanes of the highway for two hours. The The The

speaker lives in a large city. speaker was born in a small town. speaker was born in a large city.

The music The music The music

teacher and the students play in a rock band. teacher directs a rock band. teacher plays in a rock band. Adjective Clauses

281

)

..

5.

6.

b.

The speaker gave Jack a camera for his The camera takes excellent pictures.

c.

Jack takes excellent pictures.

a.

a.

b. c.

)

.

birthday.

The speaker often invites the neighbor to dinner. The neighbor often visits at dinnertime. The speaker visits the neighbor at dinnertime.

Exercise 30. Let's talk. (Charts 13-1 - 13-6) Work in small groups or as a class. The leader will ask Speaker A

a question.

The

leader will

then ask Speaker B to summarize the information in Speaker A's response in one sentence beginning with The. Speaker B will use an adjective clause. Only the leader's book is open.

Example:

Leader: Speaker A (AH):

Who

Leader

Who was

to A:

it

from?

My brother.

Speaker A:

Leader

got an email yesterday?

did.

I

Summarize

to B:

The

Speaker B:

this information.

Begin with The.

email (AH) got yesterday was from his brother.

{Change 1

Who

Is it close to

2.

Who

is

What 3.

an apartment?

lives in

7.

school?

wearing earrings?

are they

made

8.

is it?

Whose

Who

watched

What was

of?

Pick up something that doesn't belong to you.

What

leaders if working in groups.

What did you have Was it good?

9.

is it?

4.

5.

grew up in a small town? In what part of the country is it located?

has borrowed something recently? did you borrow? does it belong to?

Who went to Was

1 1

a restaurant yesterday?

crowded?

it

shops for groceries?

Who

12.

eats

Who Was

2.

Is

B:

Absolutely!

I

I

if I

come along on the picnic? Anyone who wants to come

It's

so.

Oh,

282 CHAPTER

13

is

lunch away from home?

took the bus to class today? late or on time?

it

modifies.

more than welcome.

They're looking for somebody

amazing,

lot

of money.

isn't it?

A: You're the only one B:

of the store?

apply for the opening in the sales department?

don't think

A: Everything the Smiths do costs a B:

4.

it

A: Should B:

3.

okay

A:

name

it

Exercise 31. Warm-up. (Chart 13-7) Underline each adjective clause. Draw an arrow to the word 1

the

is

Where do you usually eat? Does it have good food?

expensive?

it

leaders if working in groups.

Who What

Who has bought something recently? Was

6.

10.

TV program last night?

What

{Change

leaders if working in groups.

Who

a

about?

Who Who

{Change

it

for dinner last night?

who

that can't be true.

really

understands me.

who

speaks Spanish.

13-7 Using Adjective Clauses someone want you

Adjective clauses can modify indefinite pronouns (e.g.,

There

(b)

Everything he said was pure nonsense.

(c)

Anybody who wants

(d)

Paula was the only

(e)

Scholarships are available for those

I

to

come

Modify Pronouns

meet.

(a)

is

to

to

someone, everybody). Object pronouns (e.g., who(m), that, which) are usually omitted in the adjective clause, as in (a) and (b).

welcome.

is

one I knew at

Adjective clauses can modify the one(s) and

the party.

those*

who need

financial assistance.

(f)

incorrect:

I

come from a

who am a

student at th s s choo

country

Asia.

in

i

Adjective clauses are almost never used to modify

l

personal pronouns. Native English speakers would not write the

is /

who am

(g)

It

(h)

He who

*An

j

sentence

in

(f ).

responsible.

Example

(g) is possible, but

laughs last laughs best.

Example

(h) is

very formal and

uncommon.

a well-known saying in which he is used as an indefinite pronoun (meaning "anyone" or "any person").

which can also be used to modify the demonstrative pronoun that: We sometimes fear that which zee do not understand. The bread my mother makes is much better than that which you can buy at a store. adjective clause with

Exercise 32. Looking at Complete the sentences with

grammar.

1.

Ask Jackie. She's the only one

2.

I

3.

He

4.

I'm powerless to help

5.

I

6.

What was Mr. Wood

7.

I listen

8.

You shouldn't

9.

All of the students are seated.

have a question. There

(Chart 13-7)

adjective clauses.

is

who knows the answer.

something

can't trust anyone. There's

no one

her. There's

nothing

know someone talking about?

I

didn't understand anything

to everything

believe everything

The

teacher

10.

The

test

1 1

.

The

courses I'm taking this term are

12.

The

concert had already begun. Those

had

to wait until intermission to be seated.

we took

is

the only one

yesterday was easier than the one

more

difficult

than the ones

Adjective Clauses

283

j

^

Exercise 33. Listening. (Charts

n

3-1 -^ 13-7)

Listen to the entire conversation with your book closed.

Complete the sentences with the words you

again.

CD 2

Then open your book and

listen

hear. Write the uncontracted forms.

Track?

A:

Do

you see

that

guy

wearing the baseball cap? l

B:

I

see two guvs

wearing baseball caps.

Do

you mean the one

2

T-shirt says "Be Happy"?

A: Yeah, him.

Do

you remember him from high school?

doesn't he? Isn't he the one

He

looks a

little

different

now,

joined the circus? 4

B:

Nah,

I

heard that story too. That was

summer,

just a

rumor.

his wife spent a lot of time there, so

started saying she

was working there

When

a

town

people started wondering why.

as a performer.

visiting a cousin

the circus was in

manager

But the truth

for the circus.

is

She

that she just

last

Some

people

was only

wanted

to

spend

5

time with him while he was in town.

A: Well, you know,

it

was

a story

sure enjoyed talking about she'd learned B:

*fishy

Rumors

how

to eat fire

really take

on

= suspicious; hard to believe.

284 CHAPTER

13

it.

pretty fishy* to

The

last

was that

thing

and swallow swords!

a life of their

own, don't

me. But people

they?!

Exercise 34.

Warm-up.

(Chart 13-8)

Listen to your teacher read the sentences aloud. Both are correct. Notice the use of pauses.

Then answer these questions for both sentences: • Which adjective clause can be omitted with no change it

What do you

•

1.

I

in the

meaning of the noun

modifies?

just

notice about the use of

commas?

found out that Lara Johnson, who speaks Russian

fluently, has applied for the job at

the Russian embassy. 2.

That's not the job for you. Only people

who

speak Russian fluently

will

be considered for

the job at the Russian embassy.

13-8 Punctuating Adjective Clauses General guidelines for the punctuation of adjective clauses: (1) do not use commas if the adjective clause is necessary to identify the noun it modifies.* (2) use commas if the adjective clause simply gives additional information and is not necessary

noun

to identify the

it

modifies.**

(a)

(b)

The professor who teaches Chemistry 101

is

an

In (a):

No commas

excellent lecturer.

necessary

Professor Wilson, who teaches Chemistry 101, an excellent lecturer.

necessary

is

In (b):

are used.

to identify

Commas

The

adjective clause

which professor

are used.

The

is

is

meant.

adjective clause

is

not

We already

to identify Professor Wilson.

know who he is: he has a name. The adjective clause simply gives additional information. (c)

Hawaii, which consists of eight principal islands, a favorite vacation spot.

is

(d)

Mrs. Smith, who

is

a retired teacher, does

volunteer work at the hospital.

(

(e)

The man


Part I. Answer these questions. Then read the article. Notice 1

2.

Do you have a computer? Do you know the name of its

13 -8) the adjective clauses in blue.

operating system?

The History of DOS As you know,

a

computer needs

most people think about the computer, Microsoft or

Bill

first

that

was called

may come

man

Seattle

an operating system

in order to

run programs.

to

in Seattle

Computer.

mind. Actually, the truth

is

his

dirty operating system." It took

He was

own program. He

a

computer

that I.B.M.

for a

it

company

QDOS, which meant

to develop

to create

"quick and

it.

an operating system to run

a personal

was developing. Microsoft saw the program that Tim had written and

1980, paid

him $25,000

the rights.

It

history.

called

quietly looking for

different.

computer programmer and needed an

him about four months

At the same time, Microsoft was

somewhat

named Tim Paterson who worked

operating system for his computer. Paterson got tired of waiting for another

one and decided to develop

When

operating systems that were developed for the personal

Gates

In the late 1970s, there was a

company

to have

for a license for

became known

Microsoft and

Bill

DOS. A year

later they

in

paid another $50,000 to acquire

as the Microsoft disk operating system

(MS-DOS), and

the rest

is

Gates became very successful using Paterson 's operating system.

Adjective Clauses

289

..

Part II. Complete the sentences with information from the your completions. 1

.

Tim

Paterson was the person

Computer was

the

article.

Use

adjective clauses in

who

company

that

2.

Seattle

3.

The

4.

I.B.M. was a company that

5.

Microsoft, which

6.

Microsoft acquired rights to a program that

abbreviation for the program was

QDOS, which

Exercise 42. Warm-up. (Chart 13-9) Choose the correct meaning (a. or b.) for each sentence. 1

2.

The couple

has thirteen children, only a few of whom

a.

Ten children

b.

A few of the couple's

live at

live at

home.

home. children live at

Victoria bought a dozen dresses,

home.

most of which she

a.

Victoria returned a dozen dresses.

b.

Victoria kept a few of the dresses.

later

returned to the store.

13-9 Using Expressions of Quantity in Adjective Clauses my class there are 20 students. Most of them are from Asia.

An

In

(a)

In

my

class there are 20 students,

may contain an expression of some of, many of, most of, none

adjective clause

quantity with of:

most of

whom

of,

half

of,

both

of,

two

of. etc.

are from Asia.

The expression (b)

He gave were

several reasons, only a few of

which

valid.

This pattern (c)

The teachers discussed Jim, one problems was poor study habits.

of

precedes the pronoun. Only

of quantity

whom, which, and whose are used

whose

Commas

is

more common

in

as

an adjective clause.

2.

The city has sixteen schools. Two of them are junior colleges. —> The city has sixteen schools, two of which are junior colleges. Last night the orchestra played three symphonies. One of them was

3.

I

4.

The

5.

That company currently has

6.

After the

tried

on

six pairs

village has

of shoes.

I

liked

13

Beethoven's Seventh.

none of them.

around 200 people. The majority of them are farmers. five

employees. All of them are computer experts.

riot, over 100 people were taken to the hospital. innocent bystanders.

290 CHAPTER

pattern.

are used.

Exercise 43. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-9) Combine the two sentences in each item. Use the second sentence 1

in this

writing than speaking.

Many

of

them had been

. .

3

J

Exercise 44. In your own words. (Chart 13 Complete the sentences with your own words. Use

me

9)

adjective clauses.

whom are from

roommates, both of

1

Al introduced

2.

The Paulsons own

3.

I

have three brothers,

4.

I

am

5.

I

have two roommates, neither of

6.

This semester

I

7.

The company

hired ten

8.

In

to his

California.

four automobiles, one of

all

of

taking four courses, one of

my

had

buy

to

fifteen books,

new

most of

employees, some of

.

apartment building, there are twenty apartments, several of

Exercise 45. Warm-up. (Chart 13-10) What does which refer to in each sentence? 1

2.

The soccer team worked very hard to win, which made their coach very proud. Some of the athletes in the class cheated on the final exam, which disappointed

their

coach. 3.

Sam

took the

final

exam, which he passed without

13-10 Using Which

to

(a)

Tom was

late.

That surprised me.

(b)

Tom was

late,

which surprised me.

(c)

The

elevator

is

out of order. This

(d)

The

elevator

is

out of order,

Modify a Whole Sentence The pronouns that and this can refer whole sentence which comes before. In (a):

is

which

cheating.

too bad. is

too bad.

was

The word

to the idea of a

that refers to the whole sentence

Tom

late.

Similarly,

an adjective clause with which may modify the

idea of a whole sentence. In (b):

The word which

Tom was

refers to the

whole sentence

late.

Using which to modify a whole sentence is informal and occurs most frequently in spoken English. This structure is it

generally not appropriate is

written, however,

reflect

a pause

in

it

is

in

formal writing.

preceded by a

Whenever

comma

to

speech.

Adjective Clauses

291

j

Exercise 46. Looking at grammar. (Chart 13-10) Combine the two sentences. Use the second sentence as an 1.

Sonya lost her job. That wasn't surprising. —> Sonya lost her job, which wasn't surprising.

2.

She usually came

3.

So her boss

4.

She hadn't saved any money. That was unfortunate.

5.

So she had

6.

She has found

7.

So she has repaid the money she borrowed from me.

8.

She has promised herself to be on time

work

to

late.

That upset her

borrow some money from me.

new

a

boss.

That made her angry.

fired her.

to

job.

That

I

didn't like that.

lucky.

is

to

work every

Exercise 47. Looking at grammar. (Charts Combine sentences a. and b. Use b. as an adjective Punctuate 1.

3.

4.

5.

13-1

a.

An

b.

A pronoun refers

antecedent

a.

The

b.

It

appreciate that.

That

day.

is

a

good

idea.

> 13-10)

Use formal written

clause.

English.

a word.

is

antecedent

to this word.

is

a word

to

which a pronoun

refers.

blue whale is considered the largest animal that has ever can grow to 100 feet and 150 tons.

b.

The plane was met by a crowd of 300 people. Some of them had been waiting for more than

a.

I

carefully.

—> An 2.

adjective clause.

lived,

four hours.

describe the basic process.

a.

In this paper,

b.

Raw

cotton becomes cotton thread by this process.

a.

The

researchers are doing case studies of people to determine the importance of

I will

heredity in health and longevity,

6.

7.

b.

These people's

a.

At the end of this month,

b.

The

a.

b.

8.

a.

b.

families have a history of high blood pressure scientists at the institute will

results of this research will

six

According to many education officials, "math phobia" a widespread problem, A solution to this problem can and must be found.

The art museum hopes to hire a new administrator Under this person's direction, it will be able to purchase significant pieces of

9.

be published within

a.

The

b.

Its

giant anteater licks

tongue

is

art.

up ants

for

its

dinner,

longer than 30 centimeters

(12 inches). 10.

a.

The

b.

It

292 CHAPTER

anteater's tongue

can go

13

in

is

sticky.

and out of its mouth 160 times

a

minute

and heart

conclude their months.

(that

is,

disease.

AIDS

research,

a fear of mathematics)

is

.

.

Exercise 48. Reading and grammar. (Charts 3-1 > 13-10) Read about Ellen and her commute to work. Underline what the words 1

(1) Ellen lives

on an

island

and commutes

a boat with other foot passengers to the city (2)

She leaves her house

ferry ride takes

which

is

work by passenger

ferry.

Once

she's

ferry,

which means she takes

where they work. earlier

than she'd

30 minutes. Ellen needs 20 minutes

her car and boards the her

at 6:00,

to

in blue refer to.

but necessary because the

like

to drive to the parking lot

on the other

side, she catches a

where she leaves

bus which takes her to

office.

(3) Traffic

is

usually heavy at that hour, so she's

on the bus

for another

30 minutes.

On

the

bus, she usually reads reports that she was too tired to finish the night before. (4)

The bus drops

her off a few blocks from her

office.

Sometimes she stops

stand and picks up coffee for her co-workers, for which they reimburse her (5)

By

the time she gets to her office, she has been

she wishes she didn't have to do but island so

isn't

commuting

for

at

an espresso

later.

an hour and

going to change because she enjoys her

a half,

life

which

on the

much.

Exercise 49. Let's talk or write. (Charts 13-1 -> 13-10) Discuss and/or write definitions for one or more of the given topics. Include an adjective clause in each definition. If you are writing, choose only one item and expand your definition to a paragraph. The

ideal

.

.

.

1

friend

5.

school

2.

mother

6.

vacation

10.

doctor

3.

father

7.

teacher

1 1

lifestyle

4.

spouse

8.

student

12.

(your choice)

9.

job

Adjective Clauses

293

Exercise 50. Warm-up. (Chart 13-1 1) Look at the words in blue. What differences do you note: Sentences 1.

2.

phrase:

who were

a.

I

talked to the people

I

talked to the people sitting beside

sitting beside

me

me

at the ball

b.

The notebooks that are on my desk are mine, The notebooks on my desk are mine.

a.

I

b.

I

13-11 clause:

notice between each pair of sentences?

have the same meaning.

b.

b. a.

3.

and

a.

at

the ball game,

game.

read an article about Marie Curie, who was a famous French read an article about Marie Curie, a famous French scientist.

Reducing Adjective Clauses

to Adjective Phrases

A clause is a group of related words that contains a subject and a verb. A phrase is a group of related words that does not contain a subject and

(a)

clause:

The

girl

who

(b)

phrase:

The

girl

sitting

is sitting

me is

next to

next to

me is

scientist,

a verb.

An

Mai.

adjective phrase

adjective clause.

Mai.

It

is

a reduction of an

modifies a noun.

does not contain a subject and (c)

clause:

The

(d)

phrase:

(none)

girl

(

whom) 1 saw was

Mai.

Examples

(a)

and

(b)

It

verb.

have the same

meaning.

Only adjective clauses that have a subject pronoun who. which, or are reduced to modifying that

—

—

adjective phrases.

The

adjective clause

cannot be reduced

in (c)

to

an adjective

phrase.

The man who The man

clause:

(e)

phrase:

is

talking to John

There are two ways in which an adjective clause is changed to an

from Korea. from Korea.

is

adjective phrase.

The ideas which are presented in that book are good. The ideas presented in that book are good.

clause:

(f)

John

is talking to

phrase:

1.

If

the adjective clause contains the

be form

(h)

(i)

woman woman

phrase:

Ann Ann

clause:

English has an alphabet that consists of 26

phrase:

English has an alphabet

clause:

Anyone who wants Anyone wanting

clause:

(g)

phrase:

is

the

is

the

Paris, ivhich

Paris, 'he capital of France, i

is

for the error.

is

an

exciting

If

there

in (e), (f),

is

adjective clause,

letters.

come with us is welcome. come with us is welcome.

an exciting

a verb, omit the subject

no be form of a verb in the is sometimes possible to omit the subject pronoun and change the verb to its -/ngform, as in (h) and (i). 2.

letters.

to to

of

pronoun and the be form, as and (g).*

for the error.

consisting of 26

the capital of France,

(j)

(k)

is

responsible responsible

that is

city.

If

the adjective clause requires

commas, as

city.

it

also requires

in (j),

the adjective phrase

commas, as

in (k).

An

which a noun follows another noun, as in (k), is called an appositive. adjective phrase

*If

an adjective clause that contains be + a

noun (

it

single adjective is

changed, the adjective

modifies.

Fruit that

LAUSE:

CORBEC

I

KKl


was allowed

may

require

leave early."

to leave early.

OR

to leave early.

2.

Roberto said to me, "Don't forget to take your book back to the

3.

Mr. Chang thinks

4.

Mrs. Alvarez was very stern and said to them,

5.

I

I

library."

have a good voice, so he said to me, "You should take singing lessons. a little angry.

She shook her finger

because the Dean of Admissions said to me, "You

school late." 6.

The

7.

My friend said to me, "You should get some

8.

The robber had

a gun.

9.

My boss

me, "Come

law says, "Every driver must have

14

the children

and

"Don't play with matches!"

am very relieved

314 CHAPTER

at

said to

He

said to to the

a valid driver's license."

automobile insurance."

me, "Give me

all

of your money."

meeting ten minutes

early."

may

register for

.

Exercise 27. Let's talk. (Chart 14-6) Work in small groups. Speaker A forms the Speaker

C

question, and Speaker B gives the answer. changes the sentence to passive (the fry-phrase can be omitted).

What \ someone \ remind \ you \ do \ recently? Speaker A: What did someone remind you to do recently, Mario? Speaker B: My roommate reminded me to recharge my cell phone. Speaker C: Mario was reminded to recharge his cell phone.

Example:

member \ remind \ you \ do

1

What

2.

Where

\

3.

What

\

the government

\

require

4.

What

\

doctors

\

patients

5.

What

\

teachers

6.

What \ our

7.

What

8.

Where

9.

What \ our

\

\

a family

a friend

ask

\

\

\

you

expect

teacher

parents

\

advise

\

the laws \

\

\

tell

\

you

\

teacher

\

\

\

\

people

\

\

\

do?

do?

do?

\

do

\

recently?

you

\

do?

\

their kids

encourage

\

recently?

recently?

students

\

not permit

warn

go

\

\

us

not \

go?

\

do

to practice

our English?

Exercise 28. Looking at grammar. (Charts 14-3 and 14-6) Complete each sentence with

a

gerund or an

1.

We're going out for dinner. Would you

2.

Jack avoided

3.

I

4.

Would you mind

5.

Even though

looking

at

infinitive.

to join

like

me.

me

was broke, so Jenny offered

I

us?

the door for

asked the people in front of me

a little

money.

me?

at the

movie

quiet,

they kept 6.

Lucy pretended

7.

The

8.

I

9.

Mrs. Jackson warned her young son not

the answer to

teacher seems

don't

in a

mind

my question.

good mood today, don't you think?

alone.

the hot stove. 10.

Residents are not allowed pets in

1 1

.

my




14-7)

in parentheses.

in the ocean.

(lecture)

being

suffer.

news reports of children who

I

can't bear (watch)

are starving.

I

can't stand (read)

about animals that have been cruelly abused by people.

318 CHAPTER

14

4.

I'm afraid of flying. runway,

my heart

When

Uh-oh! The plane

starts (race)

(move*) 5.

When

,

I travel, I

down

a plane begins (move)

and

my heart

is

is

the

beginning

starting (race)

prefer (drive)

to (take)

a plane. 6.

I

rather than (take)

prefer (drive)

a plane. 7.

I

you that your loan application has not been

regret (inform)

approved. regret

8.

I

9.

When

to

(listen, not)

my father's

advice.

He was

right.

a student asks a question, the teacher always tries (explain)

the problem as clearly as possible. 10.

I tried

everything, but the baby

still

wouldn't stop

(cry)

I

tried (hold)

him, but that didn't help,

I

tried (feed)

him, but he

refused the food and continued (cry) I

tried (burp)

I

tried (change)

him.

_

Nothing worked. The baby wouldn't stop

*If possible, native

his diaper.

crying.

speakers usually prefer to use an infinitive following a progressive verb instead of using two -ing verbs

in a row.

Usual: The baby If

the

main verb

is

Babies start to

is

starting to

walk, (instead of walking)

not progressive, either form

walk around one. OR

is

used:

Babies start

walking around one.

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Part

1

319

..

Exercise 33. Let's talk. (Charts 14 Speaker

A

gives the cues.

B makes

Speaker

verb tense, or modal can be used.

3 -> 14 7)

Work

sentences from the verb combinations.

Any name,

in pairs or small groups.

Examples:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

open):

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

open):

like

closed)

go to go (or going) to the park.

I like

:

Kostas asked

ask

closed)

\

:

open

\

me

to

open the window.

Change go

1

advise

2.

offer

Mend

3.

start

\

\

.

laugh

4.

remind

5.

be allowed

take

\

\

have

\

go

7.

look forward to

8.

forget

9.

remember \ go

10.

\

suggest

\

see

bring

go

\

continue

12.

finish

13.

encourage

walk

\

do

\

go

\

14.

can't stand

15.

regret

Change

Change roles. 6. postpone

roles.

11.

\

have to wait

take

\

roles.

16.

decide

17.

stop

18.

consider

19.

keep

20.

intend

ask

\

\

come

walk

\

\

\

not go

put off \ do \

finish

Exercise 34. Let's talk: interview. (Charts 14-3

-> 14-7)

Make

true sentences about yourself using the words in parentheses. Ask other students about themselves using the given question word. Share some of the answers with the class.

Example:

(like

—>

/

\

go

\

like to

on weekends) Where? go

to

Central Park on weekends.

How about you?

Where do you

like to

go

on weekends? 1

(enjoy

2.

(be interested in

3.

(be used to

4.

(prefer

5.

(can't stand

6.

(decide

What?

listen to)

\

\

\

have

learn) \

go to bed)

\

\

\

What?

for breakfast)

What

What?

time?

watch) What?

study English)

Why?

Exercise 35. Looking at grammar. (Charts 14-3

-> 14-7)

Complete each sentence with an appropriate form of the verb in parentheses. 1

Mary reminded me

2.

I've

We

not ~o be

volunteered (help)

discussed

own

320 CHAPTER

business.

14

late for the

at

meeting.

the local school during

my time

off

and

the lunchroom.

(paint) 3.

(be, not)

(quit)

our jobs and (open)

our

.

need

4.

I'm getting

5.

Sometimes students avoid

tired.

I

Most

_ at the teacher

{look)

if

they don't want

a question.

{answer) 6.

a break.

{take)

children prefer {watch)

television to {listen)

to the radio. 7.

The

taxi driver refused {take)

{pay) 8.

The

.

He wanted

a check.

the passenger

cash.

travel agent advised us {wait, not)

until

August {make)

a reservation. 9.

Keep

{talk)

..

10.

Linda offered

1 1

Igor suggested

my plants

{water)

(

go) _

How does

weekend.

that

sound

The doctor ordered Mr. Gray

13.

Don't

14.

Toshi was allowed {renew)

15.

Don't forget

me

Sally

was out of town. mountains

this

to you?

{smoke, not)

his secret. I prefer {know, not)

his student visa.

Jane

{tell)

reminded

me

me

{call)

about {go)

tomorrow.

you

{ask)

{remember) 17.

I

in the

{swim) 16.

while

{ski)

12.

tell

I'm listening to you.

Bob

{tell)

{bring)

his soccer ball to the picnic.

Recently, Jo has been spending most of her time {do)

research for a

book on pioneer women. 18.

The

little

boy had

a lot of trouble

{convince)

anyone he had seen a mermaid.

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Pan"

1

321

.

Exercise 36.

Warm-up.

(Chart 14-8)

All of the sentences are correct.

Do

What

differences

you agree or disagree with the statements?

do you notice

Why

Speaking a second language without an accent

1

or

why

in their

grammatical structure?

not?

is

nearly impossible for adult language

is

nearly impossible for adult language

learners.

To speak

2.

a

second language without an accent

learners. 3.

It is

nearly impossible for adult language learners to speak a second language without

an accent.

14-8 (a)

It

It is difficult

+

Infinitive;

to learn a

Gerunds and

second language.

Infinitives as Subjects Often an

infinitive

phrase

is

used with

it

as the

The word it refers to same meaning as the infinitive

subject of a sentence.

and has the phrase In (a):

(b)

Learning a second language

at the It

A gerund

is difficult.

end

means

of the

sentence.

"to learn

phrase

is

frequently used as the

subject of a sentence, as

(c)

(d)

To learn a second language

It

is

easy for young children

to learn

is

infinitive can also be used as the subject of a sentence, as in (c), but far more commonly an infinitive phrase is used with it, as in (a).

a second language.

easy for

young

children.

The phrase

is

who

the speaker

grammar.

sentences beginning with

be dangerous

2.

be important

3.

not be easy

4.

be

—>

It's

it.

dangerous

silly

5.

must be

6.

be always a pleasure

7.

be smart

8.

not cost

9.

be necessary

10.

interesting

much money

take time

322 CHAPTER

14

to

talking

in (d).

Use

a

(Chart 14 8)

form of the given word followed by an

phrase for each sentence. 1.

is

easy for young children.

Exercise 37. Looking at

Make

(someone) may be used

for

specify exactly

about, as

To learn a second language

in (b).

An

is difficult.

Learning a second language

a second language."

to ride

a motorcycle without wearing a helmet.

infinitive

.

Exercise 38. Looking at grammar. (Chart 14-8) Add for (someone) and any other words to give a more specific and

accurate meaning to

each sentence. 1.

It isn't

—

on time. me to be on

possible to be

It isn't possible for

>

walk

to class in

time for class

bus drivers are on strike

if the

and I have

to

a rainstorm.

2.

It's

easy to speak Spanish.

3.

It's

important to learn English.

4.

It is essential to

5.

It's

6.

It's difficult

7.

It

8.

It is

get a visa.

important to take advanced math courses. to

communicate.

was impossible a

good idea

to

come

to study

to class.

gerunds and

infinitives.

Exercise 39. Let's talk: pairwork. (Chart 14 8) Work with a partner. Speaker A gives the cue. Speaker B completes Speaker

infinitive phrase.

A restates

the sentence with an

the sentence using a gerund phrase as the subject.

Example:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book Speaker A (book

fun

open):

It's

closed):

... to ride a horse.

open):

Riding a horse

.

.

.

fun.

is

Change

roles.

1.

It's

dangerous ...

5.

It is

wrong

2.

It's

easy

6.

It

3.

It's

impolite ...

7.

It's

4.

It is

8.

Is it difficult

..

.

important ...

.

.

.

takes a lot of time a

good idea .

.

.

.

.

..

.

.

?

Exercise 40. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 14-8) Interview two different students for each item. Ask the students to answer each question using a gerund phrase as the subject. 1

What

is

easy for you?

2.

What

is

hard for you?

3.

What

is

or isn't interesting for you?

4.

What

has been a good experience for you?

5.

What sounds

6.

What

is

considered impolite in your country?

7.

What

is

a complicated process?

8.

What demands

like

fun to you?

patience and a sense of humor?

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Part

1

323

14-9 Reference Verbs with a

bullet

(•)

by Gerunds

List of Verbs Followed

can also be followed by

See Chart

infinitives.

14-10.

1.

admit

He admitted stealing the money.

2.

advise*

She advised I

3.

anticipate

4.

appreciate

5.

avoid

6.

can't bear*

7.

begin*

8.

complete

9.

consider

waiting

until

tomorrow.

good time on vacation.

anticipate having a

appreciated hearing from them.

I

He avoided answering my bear waiting

can't

I

began

It

finally

I

will

I

question.

long lines.

in

raining.

completed

my

writing

term paper.

consider going with you.

10.

continue*

He continued speaking.

11.

delay

He delayed leaving for

12.

deny

She denied committing the

13.

discuss

They discussed opening a new business.

14.

dislike

15.

enjoy

We

16.

finish

She

17.

forget*

I

18.

hate*

19.

can't help

20.

keep

21.

like*

school.

crime.

dislike driving long distances.

I

'II

enjoyed

visiting

finished studying about ten.

never forget

hate making

I

them.

Napoleon's tomb.

visiting

silly

mistakes.

can't help worrying about

I

I

keep hoping he

I

like

love going to operas.

will

it.

come.

going to movies.

22.

love*

I

23.

mention

She mentioned going to a movie.

24.

mind

25.

miss

26.

postpone

Let's

27.

practice

The

athlete practiced throwing the

28.

prefer*

Ann

prefers walking to driving to work.

29.

quit

He

30.

recall

I

don't recall meeting him before.

31.

recollect

I

don't recollect meeting him before.

32.

recommend

She recommended seeing the show.

33.

regret*

I

regret telling him

34.

remember*

I

can remember meeting him when

35.

resent

I

resent her interfering

36.

resist

I

couldn't resist eating the dessert.

37.

risk

She

38.

can't stand*

39.

start*

It

40.

stop

She

41.

suggest

She sngg sted going to a movie.

42.

tolerate

She

43.

try*

I

tried

4.

understand

I

don't understand his leaving school.

324 CHAPTER

14

Would you mind helping me I

I

my

miss being with

with this?

family.

postpone leaving

until

tomorrow. ball.

quit trying to solve the problem.

risks losing

my

all

secret.

in

of her

cant stand waiting

in

my

I

was a

child.

business.

money.

long lines.

started raining. '

p id going to classes when she got

sick.

won't tolerate cheating during an examination.

changing the

light bulb,

but the

lamp

still

didn't work.

14-10 Reference Verbs with a

bullet

(•

i

List of Verbs Followed

by

Infinitives

can also be followed by gerunds. See Chart 14-9.

Verbs Followed Immediately by an Infinitive 1.

afford

2.

agree

buy

can't afford to

I

They agreed She appears

it.

help us.

to

be tired. meet you at the

3.

appear

4.

arrange

1

5.

ask

He asked to come with

6.

can't bear*

7.

beg

He begged

8.

begin*

It

11

arrange

to

to

can't bear to wait

began

1

She claims

11.

consent

She

12.

continue*

He continued

13.

decide

14.

demand

1

1

see

don't care to

care claim

movie

us.

long lines.

with us.

to rain.

10.

9.

in

come

to

that show.

know a famous

to

consented to

have decided

deserve

She deserves

16.

expect

1

expect the

17.

fail

She

to

on

forgot to mail the

19.

hate*

1

20.

hesitate

Don't hesitate to ask for

hate to

make

plan

\'m planning to

31.

prefer*

Ann

32.

prepare

We prepared to

33.

pretend

He pretends

mean

to hurt

your feelings.

have a

party.

prefers to walk to work.

welcome them.

not to understand.

regret*

I

regret to

remember*

38.

seem

39.

can't stand*

40.

start*

41.

struggle

42.

swear

43.

talk

in

to the

mistakes.

my

help.

hope

Jack hopes

22.

intend

He intends to be a firefighter. He learned to play the piano.

learn

offer

30.

didn't

need to have your opinion. They offered to help us. I

36.

21.

23.

29.

I

37.

letter.

silly

need

on Monday.

book

1

mean

28.

refuse to believe his story.

time.

forget*

27.

promise not

is

18.

her work

I

enter graduate school

failed to return the

finish

I

fall.

library

She managed to

refuse

win the prize.

to

manage

love to

promise

responsible. 15.

26.

like to

35.

speak.

demand to know who

I

34. to

to leave

I

love*

marry him.

star.

finally

like*

25.

early.

airport.

1

go to the movies. go to operas.

24.

to arrive next

week.

to

be

late.

you that you

tell

failed.

remembered to lock the door. That cat seems to be friendly. I

I

It

I

can't stand to wait

in

long lines.

started to rain.

struggled to stay awake.

She swore to tell the truth. He tends to talk too much. She threatened to tell my parents.

44.

threaten

45.

try*

I'm trying to learn English.

46.

volunteer

He volunteered to

47.

wait

17/

48.

want

1

49.

wish

She wishes

invite

Harry invited the Johnsons to

help us.

wait to hear from you.

want

to tell

you something. to

come

with us.

Verbs Followed by a (Pro) noun + an Infinitive 50.

advise*

She advised me

to wait until

64.

tomorrow. 51.

allow

52.

ask

53.

beg

54.

cause

55.

challenge

She allowed me

to use her car. asked John to help us. They begged us to come. Her laziness caused her to fail. She challenged me to race her

65.

convince

We needed Chris to help

1

couldn't convince

him

to

dare

He dared me

58.

encourage

had done. He encouraged me

59.

expect

1

60.

forbid

61.

force

62.

hire

63.

instruct

expect you

to

to

order

The judge ordered me

permit

He permitted

68.

persuade

69.

remind

70.

require

persuaded him to come for a visit. She reminded me to !ock the door. Our teacher requires us to be on

accept

pay a

fine.

1

time. 71.

to try again.

to

the children to stay up

late.

to

72.

each tell

My

brother

tai

The doctor

toh

time.

forbid you to tell him. They forced him to tell the truth. She hired a boy to mow the lawn. He instructed them to be careful. 1

66.

67.

do better than he

be on

us figure

out the solution.

our help. 57.

need

1

the corner. 56.

come

to his party.

e to swim. to take

these

pills.

73

urge

1

74.

want

1

75.

warn

1

urged ner wan' you wa-, ied

i 1

pply for the job.

oe happy.

you not

Gerunds and

to drive too fast.

Infinitives, Part

1

325

.

:

Exercise 41. Let's talk: pairwork. (Charts 14-9 and 14-10) Work with a partner. Partner A gives the cue. Partner B completes the sentence with doing or to do it. Check Charts 14-9 and 14-10 for the correct verb form if necessary. Example:

I

promise

Partner A Partner B

(book open)

We

2.

I

3.

She didn't allow

4.

I

5.

Please remind

6.

I

7.

Our

.

9.

I

.

.

.

.

me

me

.

.

.

.

me

persuaded

mind

.

.

12.

I

hope

.

13.

She convinced

.

.

.

.

.

me

He mentioned I

16.

I

encouraged him

17.

I

warned him not

We

.

I

20.

We

prepared

decided

didn't force

I

couldn't resist

29.

Somehow, the cat managed Did the little bov admit

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

He

32.

I

33.

She swore

34.

I

35.

.

.

.

.

denied

didn't

.

.

.

.

.

.

37.

38.

I

39.

Do

40.

I

.

suggested advised

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

me

struggled

.

.

.

.

.

.

don't want to risk

.

you recommend

miss

.

.

.

.

Change

roles.

.

.

can't imagine

41.

I

42.

She threatened

43.

He seems

44.

The

45.

She challenged

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

to dislike

Did he deny She taught

23.

Did you

48.

Do you

24.

She agreed

49.

I

25.

They consented

50.

I'll

.

practice

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Game.

.

children begged

47.

.

.

.

volunteered

He He He

46.

.

.

.

mean

He resented When will you finish .

.

.

.

.

roles. .

.

.

.

roles.

31.

22.

21.

him

.

.

.

don't recall

19.

I

28.

36.

15.

.

27.

Change

.

14.

expect

Stop

30.

.

roles.

refused

26.

.

.

I

.

.

.

Evervone avoided

Change

.

director postponed

11.

18.

.

.

.

considering

don't

Change

.

.

.

it.

.

.

don't care

He

10.

plan

can't afford

8.

promise

I

(book closed): ... to do

1

am

it

.

.

me

me .

.

? .

.

anticipate

don't recollect

arrange

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

(Charts 14-9 anc 14-10) Divide into teams. Your teacher will begin a sentence by using any of the verbs in Charts 14-9 and 14-10. Complete the sentence with to do it or doing it, or with your own words. Each correct completion scores one point.

Exercise 42.

Example:

Teacher:

STUDENT

I

Teacher:

326 CHAPTER

reminded Mario

A: ... to do Yes.

14

One

it.

or

point!

.

.

.

... to

be on time.

Exercise 43. Looking at grammar. (Charts 14-9 and 14-10) Choose the correct form of the verbs in italics. In some sentences, both verbs 1.

Hassan volunteered

2.

The

bringing

I

to

bring

pronouncing

students practiced

I to

some food

to the reception.

pronounce

the "th"

sound

in the

are correct.

phrase "these

thirty-three dirty trees."

the wolf threatened

3.

In the fairy

4.

The movers

5.

Anita demanded

6.

My skin can't tolerate

7.

Mr.

8.

Fred Washington claims

9.

Linda

tale,

struggled

Kwan broke

10.

I

hate

11.

I

can't bear

12.

Ming Wan

knowing

getting

I

I

I

up the

in the

to be

sun

all

I

to get

seeing

I

being

I

be

to

a

pass

the entrance exam.

to

work

late.

animals

just started a

new

Little

Red Riding Hood.

fired.

day. I get

mean

sunburned doing

I

to

easily.

do

it.

descendant of George Washington.

to

to see

named

stairs.

know why she had been

to

being

a girl

to eat

the piano

to lift

I

I

the antique vase. I'm sure he didn't

passing

failed

lifting

eating

suffer.

business.

He

risks

losing

I

to lose

everything

if it

doesn't

succeed.

Exercise 44. Looking at grammar. (Charts 14-9 and 14-10) Complete each sentence with an appropriate form of the verb 1.

How did you manage

2.

I

3.

Olga

4.

Mrs. Freeman can't help (worry)

5.

Children,

6.

Lori suggested (leave)

7.

I

think

Sam

finally

urged

I

{find)

to find

out about the surprise party? another chance.

deserves (have)

admitted

forbid

Omar

(be)

in parentheses.

_

responsible for the problem.

about her children.

you (play)

in the street. There's too

around

six.

to school

(return)

Is

and

much

traffic.

that too early for you? (finish)

his education.

8.

Oscar keeps (hope)

and (pray)

that things will

get better. 9.

Nadia keeps (promise)

(visit)

us,

_

but she

never does. 10.

My little

cousin

is

a

blabbermouth!

He

can't resist

everyone

(tell)

my secrets!

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Part

1

327

11.

I

managed

finally

Yoko

{persuade)

school and (finish) 12.

Margaret challenged

(stay)

in

her degree.

me

her across the pool.

(race)

Exercise 45. Let's talk. (Chapter 14) Work in groups of three to five. Choose one of the Each group member continues the story by adding

make up your own. At least one of the sentences should contain words from the list on page 329, plus a gerund or infinitive phrase (but it is okay to continue the story without using a gerund or infinitive if it works out that way). As a group, use as many of the words in the list as you can. Example: Yoko had a bad night

Speaker A:

.

.

.

last night.

First,

story beginnings or

a sentence or two.

when

she got home, she discovered that

.

.

.

her door was unlocked. She didn't recall leaving her door unlocked.

She always remembers to lock her door and in fact specifically remembered locking it that morning. So she became afraid that someone had broken into her apartment.

Speaker

She thought about going inside, but then decided it would be better not to go apartment alone. What if there was a burglar inside?

B:

into her

Speaker C: Instead of going into her apartment alone, Yoko walked to her next-door neighbor's door and knocked. Speaker D: Her neighbor answered the door. He could see that something was the matter. "Are you all right?" he asked her. Etc.

Story beginnings: 1

.

having trouble with (her/his) roommate, whose name is ( ). (Her/His) pets even though the lease they signed forbids residents to keep animals in their apartments. Yesterday, one of these pets, a/an .... ) is

(

roommate keeps many

2.

It

was

328 CHAPTER

a

14

dark and stormy night.

(

)

was

all

alone at home. Suddenly

) were walking home together after dark. They heard a they looked up in the night sky, they saw a huge hovering aircraft. It glowed! It was round and green! ( ) was frightened and curious at the same time. (She/He) wanted to ... but ....

Not long

3.

ago,

)and(

(

strange whooshing sound.

When

,

4.

Once upon a time, ( ) lived in a faraway village in a remote mountainous region. All of the villagers were terrified because of the dragon that lived nearby. At least once a week, the dragon would descend on the village and ....

5.

(

)

had

a

bad day

yesterday. First of

all,

when

(she/he) got

up

in the

morning,

(she/he) discovered that ....

List of words

and phrases

to use in

your

story:

+ an infinitive or a gerund subject

Prepositional expressions followed by gerunds

Verbs followed by gerunds or infinitives

be accused

admit

mind

be a bad experience

advise

need

be a bad idea

addition to

afford

offer

be better

afraid of

agree

permit

be clever

ask

persuade

be dangerous

avoid

plan

be

beg

postpone

be easy

of

be accustomed in

be

apologize believe

(to

to

someone)

in

blame (someone) be capable

for

for

It

difficult

begin

prefer

be essential

consider

prepare

be

complain about

continue

pretend

be a good experience

dream

convince

promise

be a good idea

decide

quit

be fun

demand

recall

be hard

deny

refuse

be important

discuss

regret

be impossible

dislike

remember

be interesting

encourage

remind

be necessary

of

be committed

to

of

be excited about forgive

be

(someone)

for

guilty of

instead of

be interested

in

look forward to

be opposed

foolish

enjoy

risk

be a pleasure

prevent (someone) from

expect

seem

be possible

be scared

to

fail

start

be relaxing

stop (someone) from

force

stop

take effort

succeed

forget

of

struggle

take energy

take advantage of

hesitate

suggest

take

be

hope

threaten

take patience

invite

wait

take time

think of

learn

want

be

like

warn

in

terrified of

thank (someone)

tired of

be worried about

for

money

manage

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Part

1

329

Check your knowledge.

Exercise 46.

(Chapter

14)

Correct the errors. don't

mind

to have a

roommate.

1.

I

2.

Most

3.

Learning about another country

4.

I

5.

The

6.

All of us

7.

I'm looking forward to go to swimming

8.

Ski in the Alps

9.

Don't keep

home

students want return

it is

task of find a person

needed

it

to

went

was

who

could tutor

a big thrill for

to be asking

me

During

11.

I

12.

Is

13.

When I

entered the room,

14.

When

got

a fire drill, everyone

the

14

me

me

in English wasn't difficult.

is

home, Irene was

yesterday.

in the ocean.

me. over.

required leaving the building. I

understand people I

game

same questions over and

don't enjoy to play card games.

330 CHAPTER

very interesting.

to the ticket office before the

10.

I

as possible.

hard to don't make any mistakes.

tried very

hard for

soon

as

found

prefer to spend

who

speak very

my young

lying in

my time

for read or

watch movies.

fast.

son stand on the kitchen

bed think about what

a

table.

wonderful time she'd had.

.

.

15

Chapter

Gerunds and

Part 2

Infinitives,

Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart 15-1) Which sentences answer the question "Why"? 1.

Joe went to the library to study last night. —» Why did Joe go to the library last night? To study.

2.

Lucy wants

—» (The 3.

Eva opened the window Oscar came to

5.

Rick needs to

call his

mother.

6.

Rick needs to

call his

mother

He came here He came here

(c)

incorrect:

(d)

incorrect:

(e)

incorrect:

(f )

1

1

went went

this

some

in

to

to

tell

order to study English.

to the store for

to the store to

for

air.

her the good news.

for

Order To In

studying English.

for to

some

fresh

order to

is

used

to

express purpose.

question "Why?" In order

study English.

He came here He came here He came here

"Why?")

school in order to learn English.

Infinitive of Purpose: In

(b)

(g)

to let in

4.

15-1 (a)

to leave now.

sentence doesn't answer the question

To express purpose, use

is

(in

It

answers the

often omitted, as

order)

to,

in (b).

not for, with a verb.*

study English.

study English.

For can be used to express purpose, followed by a noun object, as in (f).

bread.

buy some

but

it

is

a preposition and

is

bread.

The phrase be used for expresses the typical or general purpose of a thing. In this case, the preposition for is followed by a gerund: A saw is used for cutting wood. Also possible: A saw is used to cut wood. However, to talk about a particular thing and a particular situation, be used + an infinitive is used: A chain saw zvas used to cut (NOT for cutting) down the old oak tree.

'Exception:

j

Exercise

2.

Looking at grammar. (Chart

15

-l)

Complete the sentences with to ox for. Isabella spent 1

a month

in

Miami. She went

to

see her cousins.

for

a vacation.

there

.

.

business.

meet with company

executives.

331

.

3

5.

discuss long-term plans for the company.

6.

spend time with her parents.

7.

a visit

with childhood friends.

own

Exercise 3. In your

words. (Chart

15-1)

Complete the sentences with your own words. Express the purpose of the 1

j

.

I

went

to

Chicago

my grandparents.

visit

to

2.

Ron went

3.

I

4.

Reisa went to the grocery store to

5.

I

6.

My son went to the

7.

I

8.

Kevin swims every day

went

went

to

Chicago

a medical conference.

for

to the grocery store for

to the doctor to

swim every day

doctor for

to

for

Exercise 4. Looking at

Add

action.

grammar.

(Chart 15-1)

in order wherever possible. If nothing should be added, write 0.

went

1

I

2.

When

to the

garden center

the teacher asked

what she was

My roommate

4.

Mustafa climbed onto

5.

Rita has to

6.

I

really

7.

I

jog three times a

8.

Karen

9.

It's

asked

work

to get

a question, Scott

at

me

some

fertilizer for

my flowers.

pretended

to

up the

dishes after dinner.

to clean

a chair

to

two jobs

want

easier for

order

understand

saying.

3.

finally

him

in

to

change

went

bulb in the

ceiling.

support herself and her three children.

to learn Italian before

week

a light

I visit

Venice next year.

to stay healthy.

to the dentist

me

to get to

some

relief

from her toothache.

understand written English than

it is

to

understand

spoken English. 10.

Is

it

important

understand what you're saying?

332 CHAPTER

15

to

speak English without an accent as long as people

.

.

Exercise 5. Check Correct the errors.

j

your knowledge. (Chart

15-1)

to

went

to the library

1.

I

2.

Helen borrowed

3.

The

4.

I

came

5.

I

traveled to

-for-

study

last night.

my dictionary for to

teacher opened the

window

look up the spelling of occurred.

for letting

some

fresh air into the

room.

to this school for learn English.

Osaka

my sister.

for to visit

Exercise 6. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 15-1) Ask two classmates each question. Share some of their responses with the What

are two reasons

why some people

1

go to Hawaii for vacation?

3.

cheat on exams?

5.

tell

2.

exercise?

4.

meditate?

6.

become

Exercise 7. Warm-up. (Chart 15-2) Look at the adjectives in blue. What do you about the words that come before them?

2.

Anya was sorry to hear that her Nate is certain to pass his test.

3.

Timmy

4.

I

1

was sad

would

be

learn his pet goldfish

to

happy

to help

(b)

We I

to

see Ted

come

lies?*

actors?

after

them?

had

died.

you.

were sorry to hear the bad news.

was surprised

notice about the words that

white

favorite restaurant closed.

15-2 Adjectives Followed by (a)

class.

Infinitives

Certain adjectives can be immediately followed by

at the meeting.

(a) In

and

infinitives,

as

in

(b).

general, these adjectives describe a person (or persons), not a

thing.

Many

of

these adjectives describe a person's feelings or

attitudes.

Common

adjectives followed by infinitives

glad to (do

happy

it)

ready to prepared to anxious to eager to

sorry to*

sad to*

to

pleased to delighted to

upset to* disappointed to*

content to

embarrassed

lucky to

proud

fortunate to

ashamed

*The expressions with

lies

=

surprised to*

hesitant to

amazed

reluctant to

astonished to*

afraid to

shocked to* stunned to*

willing to

relieved to

*white

careful to

lies

to

to

motivated to

certain to

determined

likely to

to

asterisks are usually followed

to

to*

unlikely to

by

infinitive

phrases with verbs such as

see, learn, discover, find out, hear.

that aren't considered serious, e.g., telling a friend her dress looks nice

when you

don't think

Gerunds and

it

does.

Infinitives, Part

2

333

.

_i

.

own

Exercise 8. In your

words. (Chart

Complete the sentences using the expressions infinitive

15-2) listed in

Chart 15-2 and your own words. Use

phrases in your completions.

Nicole always speeds on the expressway. She's .... —> She's certain to get stopped by the police.

1

—»

She's likely to get a

worked hard

ticket.

day long. Enough's enough! I'm ....

2.

I've

3.

Next month, I'm going

all

looking forward to

it.

to a family reunion

one in 25

first

I'm very

years.

Some children grow up in unhappy homes. and supportive. I'm ....

5.

Ivan's

My family, however, has

run out of money again, but he doesn't want anyone desperately, but he's ....

to

know

always been loving

his situation.

He

money

Rosalyn wants to become an astronaut. That has been her dream since she was She has been working hard toward her goal and is ...

6.

much

I'm ....

4.

needs

— the

a little girl.

.

Our neighbors had

7.

both of us love the

Andrea recently told mv ears! I was ....

8.

3

extra tickets to the ballet, so they invited us to go with them. Since ballet,

we were

....

me what my wayward

brother

Exercise 9. Let's talk. (Chart 15 2) Work in small groups. Complete the sentences with

is

up

to these days.

I

couldn't believe

from Chart 15-2 that make

adjectives

Discuss your answers.

sense.

Situation

1

:

Mr. Wah was offered an excellent job

in another country.

He

sees advantages

and

disadvantages to moving.

He

is

.

.

ead to

1

I

prepared to / reluctant to

leave his country.

2.

move away from

3.

take his wife and children away from

his parents.

family and friends.

new

4.

try a

5.

learn a

Situation*

The

2:

residents

There have been

have been

.

.

job.

new

a lot of nighttime burglaries in the

language.

town of Viewmont.

.

homes

6.

leave their

7.

lock their doors and

8.

watch

334 CHAPTER

15

overnight.

for strangers

windows

on the

at night.

streets.

.

have weekly meetings with the police for updates

on

their progress.

hear that the police suspect

10.

neighborhood teenagers.

Exercise 10. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 15-2) questions using the words in parentheses. Ask two classmates each some of their answers with the class.

Make

1.

What

2.

When you're

are children

sometimes

(afraid

tired in the evening,

do)?

\

what

are

you (content

do)?

\

3.

What

4.

If

5.

What are people who don't speak English well (reluctant \ What are you (determined \ do) before you are too old? What are some things people are (ashamed \ do)? Can you tell me something you were (shocked \ find out)? Can you tell me something you were (sad \ hear)? What are you (eager \ do) in the near future?

6.

7. 8. 9.

10.

should drivers be (careful

one of your friends has

Exercise 11.

Warm-up.

a

\

do)

question. Share

in traffic?

problem, what are you (willing

\

do)?

do)?

(Chart 15 -3)

In which sentences are the speakers expressing a negative idea (in other words, expressing the idea that there's something wrong or that there's a bad result)?

2.

The soup The soup

3.

It's

4.

We're too

1

very

is

too spicy.

is

very spicy, but

late,

15-3 Using

I

can't eat

I like it.

but the restaurant

The

late.

it.

is still

open.

restaurant has closed.

Infinitives with Too

compare:

In

(a)

That box

is

too heavy for Bob

(b)

That box

is

very heavy, but Bob can

to

lift.

lift it.

and Enough

the speaker's mind the use of too implies a negative result.

In (a):

too heavy =

In (b):

very heavy =

it

is

It

impossible for Bob to

is

possible but

lift

difficult for

that box.

Bob

to

lift

that

box.

(c)

1

(d)

1

(e)

1

am

strong enough

to

//ft

that box.

1

can

have enough strength

to

lift

that box.

have strength enough

to

lift

that box.

lift it.

Enough follows an adjective, as in (c). Usually enough precedes a noun, as in (d). In formal English it may follow a noun, as in (e).

Gerunds and

Infinitives, Part

2

335

.

Exercise 12. Let's talk. (Chart 15 3) Work in pairs, in small groups, or as a class.

_i

Part

Think of a negative

I.

result for each sentence.

Make

negative statements using infinitive

phrases. 1

That ring

— 2.

too expensive.

is

Negative

>

I'm too

result:

want

result: / don't

3.

It's

too

4.

It's

too cold.

is

too expensive for

me

to buy.

to

go

to the meeting.

I'm too

tired to

go

to the meeting.

late.

5.

Physics

6.

I'm too busy.

7.

My son is

8.

The mountain

too

is

Now

II.

That ring

it.

tired.

—> Negative

Part

I can't buy

difficult.

too young. cliff is

too steep.

think of a positive result for each sentence.

Make

positive statements using

infinitive phrases. 9.

That ring

—

is

very expensive, but

Positive result: / can buy

»

it.

but I'm not too

it isn't too expensive. That ring isn't too expensive for me

10.

I'm very

1 1

My suitcase is very heavy, but

12.

I'm very busy, but I'm not too busy.

tired,

tired. it's

not too heavy.

Exercise 13. Let's talk. (Chart 15 3) Discuss possible answers to the given questions. 1

2.

3.

Is

like to

there

many

enough space

people?

in this

classroom for 100 people? Or

How many people

Here's an English saying: "Too

6.

Do

you think

it is

In your opinion, Is

it

is

this

room

many cooks

big

enough

how much

practice

is

is it

2

spoil the soup."

What do you

Do you

get

enough?

15-3)

Listen to Speaker A. Choose the response that you expect Speaker

B

to give.

will hear:

Oh,

no.

I

spilled the coffee!

Track 17

You

will

choose:

a.

I'm sorry

(b) I'm sorry.

336 CHAPTER

15

I

your cup

full

your cup too

full.

didn't

I filled

fill

enough.

think

enough

very difficult or too difficult to learn English?

Example: You

do something

too small to hold that

C Yes. I've met both his father and his mother. The driver was injured in the accident. Was the passenger injured in the Wheat is grown in Kansas. Is corn grown in Kansas? The city suffers from air pollution. Does it suffer from water pollution?

358 CHAPTER

16

accident?

.

.

Part 5.

6. 7. 8.

Part 9.

10.

Use not only

II.

.

.

but also.

know you are studying math. Are you studying chemistry too? —> Yes. I'm studying not only math but also chemistry. I know his cousin is living with him. Is his mother-in-law living with him I know you lost your wallet. Did you lose your keys too? I know she goes to school. Does she have a full-time job too? I

Use either

III.

too?

or.

Omar has your book, or Rosa has your book. —> Yes. Either Omar or Rosa has my book.

Is that right?

You're going to give your friend a book for her birthday, or you're going to give her some jewelry. Is that right?

meet you

Your

12.

They can go swimming,

Part

IV.

13.

He doesn't like coffee. Does he like —> No. He likes neither coffee nor tea.

14.

Her husband doesn't speak English. Do her children speak English? They don't have a refrigerator for their new apartment. Do they have The result wasn't good. Was the result bad?

15.

16.

sister will

Use neither

.

.

.

at the airport, or

your brother

or they can play tennis.

Is

2

Example: You

will hear:

will

there.

Right?

that right?

nor. tea?

Exercise 14. Listening. (Chart 16-3) Choose the sentence (a. or b.) that has the same meaning CD

meet you

1 1

Sarah

is

as the sentence

a stove?

you

working on both a degree in biology and

a

hear.

degree in

chemistry.

You

1

2.

3.

b.

Ben Ben

a.

a. Sarah (tu Sarah

is

is

working on only one degree. working on two degrees.

will call

Mary and Bob.

will call

one of them but not both.

a.

My mother and my father talked to my teacher. Either

a.

Simon saw both a whale and a dolphin. Simon didn't see a whale, but he did see

a.

b.

5.

choose:

b.

b.

4.

will

a.

b.

my mother

or

my father talked

to

my

teacher.

a dolphin.

Our neighborhood had electricity but not water, Our neighborhood didn't have electricity or water.

We We

will

will

have two teachers today, have one teacher today.

Coordinating Conjunctions

359

.

Exercise 15. Looking at grammar. (Chart 16-3) Combine each pair of sentences into one new sentence with and: not only 1.

.

.

.

but also: either

.

.

or: neither

.

He does not have a pen. He does —» He has neither a pen nor paper.

.

.

.

parallel structure.

Use both

.

.

nor.

not have paper.

You can have

1

tea, or you can have coffee. You can have tea or coffee.

—> 3.

Tanya enjoys horseback

4.

Arthur

is

not in class today. Ricardo

5.

Arthur

is

absent. Ricardo

6.

We

can

8.

The The

9.

We

7.

fix

is

library doesn't have the fly.

or

we could

we can

The

book

take

them

to a restaurant.

tiger faces extinction.

need.

I

The bookstore

doesn't have the book

I

need.

take the train.

10.

The

11.

Coal

12.

Her roommates don't know where she

hospital will not confirm the story. is

riding.

not in class today.

is

absent.

dinner for them here, or

leopard faces extinction.

could

Beth enjoys horseback

riding.

The

hospital will not

an irreplaceable natural resource. Oil is.

is

deny the

story.

an irreplaceable natural resource.

Her brother

doesn't

know where

she

is.

j

Exercise 16. Listening. (Charts 16-1 -> 16-3) f^ Port I. Answer these questions. Then listen to the &$ book closed.

short lecture on bats with your

cd:

T-... ;;

1

Do

2

Are you

Part

afraid of

them?

Open your book. Choose

II.

listen

you ever see bats?

the correct completions.

Then

again and check vour answers.

Bats (1)

What do people

in

your country think of bats? Are they mean and scary creatures, or are

they symbols of both happiness and (2) In Western countries, scientist Dr.

I

was

my hair. Xow I know (3)

Contrary to pop

few bats

may have

,

lucky)?

people have an unreasoned fear of bats. According to

a child,

I

believed that a bat

would attack

also (benefit, beneficial)

me and

(tangle, tangled) itself

better," said Dr. Horowitz. i

\\ fc

stem myths, bats do not

diseases, they are not

Bats help natural plant

you get

luck

Sharon Horowitz, bats are not only {harm, harmless) but

mammals. "When in

many

(

life

major

by pollinating

(attack, attacking)

humans. Although

carriers of rabies or other frightening diseases.

plants, spreading seeds,

rid of bats that eat overripe fruit, then fruit flies

and

{to cat, eating) insects.

can flourish and

(destroy, destruction)

fruit industry.

(4)

According to Dr. Horowitz, bats are both gentle and

people,

own

:

360 CHAPTER

16

a

(train, trainable) pets.

or train bats, and bats themselves prefer to avoid people.

Not many

If

the

Exercise 17. Warm-up. (Chart 16 4) Check (/) the items with correct punctuation, note: Only one of the items has

incorrect

punctuation. 1.

Thunder clouds

rolled by.

2.

Thunder clouds

rolled by, flashes of lightning

3.

Thunder clouds

rolled by,

and

4.

Thunder clouds

rolled by.

And

Flashes of lightning

lit

lit

the sky.

the sky.

flashes of lightning

lit

flashes of lightning

the sky.

lit

the sky.

16-4 Separating Independent Clauses with Periods; Connecting Them with And and But (a)

It

was

There was a strong wind.

raining hard.

Example

(a)

contains two independent clauses

(i.e.,

two

complete sentences). (b)

incorrect punctuation:

was a

It

was

raining hard, there

punctuation:

A

strong wind.

period,* not a comma,

clauses.

is

The punctuation

used error

to separate in (b) is

two independent

called a "run-on

sentence." In

spoken English, a pause, slightly longer than a pause the two sentences.

for

a

comma, separates

and there was a

(c)

It

was

raining hard,

(d)

It

was

raining hard,

(e)

It

was

raining hard

(f

It

was

late,

It

was

late.

strong wind.

And\here was a strong wind.

and there was a

strong wind.

And and

but (coordinating conjunctions) are often used to connect two independent clauses. punctuation: Usually a

)

(g)

but he

didn't care.

But he

(c)

didn't care.

In

and

comma

immediately precedes the conjunction, as

choose

informal writing, a writer might

with a conjunction, as In

in

(f).

in (d)

and

to

begin a sentence

(g).

a very short sentence, a writer might choose to omit the in front of and, as in (e). (Omitting the comma in front but is rare.)

comma of

*In British English, a period

LI

is

called a "full stop."

Exercise 18. Looking at grammar. (Chart 16 4) Punctuate the sentences by adding commas and periods.

Do

not add any words.

Add

capitalization as necessary. 1.

The boys walked the girls ran. —> The boys walked. The girls ran.

2.

The boys walked and

3.

The

teacher lectured the students took notes.

4.

The

teacher lectured and the students took notes.

5.

Elena came to the meeting but Pedro stayed home.

6.

Elena came to the meeting her brother stayed home.

the girls ran.

Coordinating Conjunctions

361

.

j

Exercise 19. Listening

f% C"@

CD

and grammar.

(Chart 16-4)

Add

Listen to the sentences, paying special attention to pauses.

you hear pauses. Add

periods and

commas where

capitalization as necessary.

2

Track 23

1

Both Jamal and

had manv errands

I

and the bookstore 2.

Roberto slapped

had ruined 3.

When Alex got home kitchen table

because 5

refrigerator looking for

when

It

was

a

office

agency and the bank.

tie

threw his briefcase on the kitchen table

something to eat

Ann found him

sitting at the

she got home.*

for clothes it

go to the post

desk in frustration he had failed another examination and

his

he took off his coat and

WhenTara went downtown shopped

to

A

to go to the post office the travel

hand on

his

do vesterdav. Jamal had

chances for a passing grade in the course.

his

and opened the

4.

had

I

to

yesterday she bought birthday presents for her children

and saw

ended on

a

movie

at the theater

it

was

a

busy day but she

felt fine

a relaxing note.

wonderful picnic the children waded in the stream collected rocks and insects and

flew kites the teenagers played an enthusiastic

game of baseball

the adults busied

themselves preparing the food supervising the children and playing some volleyball.

j

Exercise 20. Looking at

grammar.

Punctuate the sentences by adding

(Charts 16-2

commas and

periods.

and

Do

16 -4)

not add any words.

Add

capitalization as necessary. 1.

Janice entered the

room and looked around

2.

A thermometer is

used to measure temperature

3.

Derek made many promises but he had no intention of keeping them.

4.

The earthquake was

5.

Birds have certain characteristics in

devastating

teeth birds lay hard-shelled eggs

she

knew no a

one.

barometer measures

buildings crumbled and

tall

common

and

fell

air pressure.

to the ground.

they have feathers wings and a beak with no

their offspring are

dependent on parental care for an

extended period after birth. 6.

The

ancient Egyptians had good dentists archeologists have found

mummies

that

had gold

fillings in their teeth.

Sec Chart 17-1,

p.

305, for the punctuation of adverb clauses.

main clause but not when Examples:

comes

after the

When

the

phone rang,

intta

mi

tht:

/

362 CHAPTER

it

16

main

I anstoeredit.

plume vchen

it

rang,

Commas

c

(comma

used)

comma

used)

(no

are used

when

the adverb clause

comes before

the

.

Exercise 21. Listening and grammar. (Chart 16-4) ^- Part I. Read the passage on butterflies quickly. How does the lack of punctuation G@ and capitalization make a difference in how easily you can read the passage?

j

CD

2

W

Track 24

§^

Butterflies

A butterfly is

a

marvel

a butterfly floating butterfly

is

a

it

begins as an ugly caterpillar and turns into a work of art the sight of

from flower

to flower

on

charming and gentle creature

a

warm, sunny day brightens anyone's heart and cause damage

caterpillars eat plants

to

some

crops but adult butterflies feed principally on nectar from flowers and do not cause any

when

cold weather

comes some

a

harm

butterflies travel great distances to reach tropical climates they

can be found on every continent except Antarctica because they are so colorful and beautiful butterflies are

Part

II.

admired throughout the world.

Listen to the passage with your book open. Listen for pauses and add periods, capital letters as necessary. Then read the passage again and make sure it

commas, and

punctuated the way you think

Part

III.

is

best.

is

Listen to the passage one

more time

to see if

your punctuation

reflects the

spoken

pauses.

j

Exercise 22. Let's read and talk. (Chapter 16) I. Read the paragraph about Dr. Martin Luther King,

Part

Martin Luther King,

movement

in the

Jr.,

was the leader of the 1960s

Jr.

civil rights

United States that sought to end segregation and

discrimination against African- Americans. In 1964, Dr. King the youngest person to receive the

Nobel Peace

Part

II.

Prize.

He was

and inspiring words

assassinated in 1968, but his powerful

racial

became

still live.

Underline the parallel structures that you find in these quotes from the speeches and Jr. Discuss the ideas. Work in pairs, in small groups, or as

writings of Dr. Martin Luther King, a class. 1

"The hope of a secure and

livable

world

lies

with disciplined nonconformists

who

are

dedicated to justice, peace and brotherhood." 2.

"The

ultimate measure of a

man

is

convenience, but where he stands

we

3.

"In the end,

4.

"Nonviolence

need

and

for

will

is

at

to

moments of comfort and

times of challenge and controversy."

the words of our enemies, but the silence of our friends."

the answer to the crucial political

mankind

violence.

remember not

not where he stands in

and moral question of our time: the

overcome oppression and violence without resorting

Mankind must

aggression, and retaliation.

evolve for

all

human

The foundation

conflict a

of such a

to oppression

method which

method

is

rejects revenge,

love."

Coordinating Conjunctions

363

Exercise 23. Let's write. (Chapter 16) Choose one of the given topics. Write two versions of the same paragraph. The first version should be a draft in which you get your ideas on paper. Then the second version should be a "tightened" revision of the first. Look for places where two or three sentences can be combined into one by using parallel structure. In the second version, use as few words as possible

and

still

communicate your meaning.

Topics: 1.

Give a physical description of your place of residence (apartment, dorm room,

2.

Describe the characteristics and

3.

Give your reader directions for making a particular food dish.

activities

etc.)

of a successful student.

Example: First Draft:

need several ingredients to make spaghetti sauce. You'll need some ground one pound of ground beef is enough. You should also have an onion. If the onions are small, you should use two. Also, find a green pepper and put Of course, you will also need some tomato sauce or tomatoes. it in the sauce. You'll

beef. Probably about

To make spaghetti sauce, you

Revision:

will

small onions, a green pepper, and

364 CHAPTER

16

need one pound

of

some tomato sauce

ground beef, one large or two

or tomatoes.

.

Chapter 1

7

Adverb Clauses

Exercise The words

Warm-up.

1.

(Chart 17-1) adverb clauses. What do you notice about their sentence placement and

in blue are

punctuation? 1

He

2.

Because

3.

Even though it was windy, he opened the window. Would you please close the window if it gets windy?

4.

17-1

closed the it

window when

Introduction to

show

When

the

phone

relationships

between ideas. They show relationships

main clause

adverb clause

(b)

got windy.

got windy, he closed the window.

Adverb clauses are used contrast, and condition.

(a)

it

In (a)

time.

rang, the baby

woke

of time,

cause and

effect,

and (b): when the phone rang is an adverb clause Examples (a) and (b) have the same meaning.

of

up.

punctuation:

The baby woke up when the phone rang.

When an adverb clause precedes a main clause, as in (a), a comma is used to separate the clauses. When the adverb clause follows, as in (b), usually no comma is

used.

(d)

Because he was sleepy, he went to bed. He went to bed because he was sleepy.

In (c) and (d), because introduces an adverb clause shows a cause-and-effect relationship.

(e)

incorrect punctuation:

Adverb clauses are dependent clauses. They cannot stand alone as a sentence in written English. They must be connected to a roe.-.r (or independent) clause.*

(c)

When we were (f)

in

New York. We saw

several plays.

INCORRECT PUNCTUATION:

He went

Summary

to bed.

list

of

Because he was

words used

that

sleepy.

to introduce adverb clauses 4

TIME

CAUSE AND EFFECT

CONTRAST

CONDITION if

after

by the time

because

even though

before

once

now

although

unless

when

as/so long as

since

though

only

while

whenever

as as soon as

every time (that) the first time (that) the last time (that) the next time (that)

DIRECT CONTRAST

whether or not even if in case

since until

*See Chart 13-1,

**Words

p.

(that)

that

while

if

270, for the definition of dependent and independent clauses.

that introduce adverb clauses are called "subordinating conjunctions."

365

.

-i

Exercise 2. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-1) Check (/) the sentences that are grammatically complete and contain

J

1

I

up.

2.

When

3.

I

woke

4.

I

woke up when

5.

When the

6.

The door slammed.

7.

As soon

8.

The

9.

Every time the phone rings and

1 1

the door slammed.

When

up.

the door slammed.

door slammed,

as

first

the door slammed.

you

time

I

I

woke

woke

up.

finish dinner,

I

saw you

up.

you

at the

will

need

to pick

school dance I

answer

last

up Andy

at

work.

February.

it.

We won't know the results until the doctor calls. We got something to eat. After we went to the movie.

10.

j

woke

the correct punctuation.

.

Exercise 3. Looking at

grammar.

Underline the adverb clauses delete any words.

.

Add

(Chart 17-1) punctuation and capitalization as necessary.

Do

not add or

W New York

1

>vhen Abder was in

2.

we went

3.

it

4.

when

it

began

to rain

we went

5.

when

the mail

comes

my assistant

6.

my

7.

the mail

when

inside

it

,

began

he stayed with

his cousins.

to rain

began to rain we went inside

assistant

inside

opens the mail when

opens it

it

comes

comes around ten o'clock every morning

my assistant

opens

it

grammar. (Charts 16-2, 16-4 and 17-1) punctuation and capitalization as necessary. Do not add or delete any words.

Exercise 4. Looking at

Add 1

As soon the

2.

I

warm summer

had

a

began the children wanted

as the rain

rain

I

cup of tea before

to

go outdoors they love to play outside in

used to do the same thing when

I left

for

work

this

morning but

I

I

was

a child.

didn't have anything to eat

I

rarely eat breakfast.

3.

When Jack is

and

his wife

afraid of flying.

366 CHAPTER

17

go on vacation they have

to drive or take the train

because his wife

.

4.

After Ellen gets

home from work

routine every day after

and

a drink

and

sits

work

down

as

she likes to read the newspaper she follows the same

soon

home

as she gets

she changes her clothes gets a snack

in her favorite chair to read the

newspaper

in

peace and quiet

she usually has about half an hour to read the paper before her husband arrives home. 5.

When you

speak to someone

who

is

hard of hearing you do not have to shout

important to face the person directly and speak clearly but he can understand 6.

me when

look directly at

Jane wears contact lenses because she

end of a basketball court

to the other

game both teams stopped

Exercise 5.

Add

I

Warm-up.

is

my

him and

elderly father

say each

is

word

it is

hard of hearing

clearly.

near-sighted without them, she can't see from one

when one

of her contacts popped out during a recent

playing and searched the floor for the lens.

(Chart 17-2)

the word(s) in parentheses to the correct place in each sentence.

Add commas and

capitalization as necessary. while

some music she was working

1

Anya

2.

I

go to bed

3.

I

was

4.

I'm going to meet some friends

5.

People speak English too

6.

The

listened to

I

always brush

a child I've

my teeth,

been interested

fast

I

her computer, (while)

at

(before)

in butterflies,

(ever since)

leave class today,

(after)

Oscar can't catch the meaning, (when)

teacher speaks too fast Oscar

is

going to ask her to slow down,

(the next time)

Adverb Clauses

367

1

7-2 Using Adverb Clauses to (a) After she graduates, she

after*

(

Show Time A

get a job.

will

b ) After she (had) graduated, she got a

in

job.

Relationships present tense, not a future tense, is used an adverb clause of time, as in (a) and (c)

(See Chart 4-3, before*

(

(

when

c

)

d)

will

1

(had)

When

(e)

he was

arrived,

(

f )

When

1

(

g)

When

it

(

h

)

When was

)

When see him

)

While

)

As was

)

By

(

while

(

j

as

(

k

by the time

(

1

(m)

talking

on the phone.

got there, he had already

(

n)

to rain,

1

1

Chicago,

in

1

(

o)

1

tomorrow,

will

1

walking home,

the time he arrived,

it

ask him.

began

began

it

tree.

museums.

visited the

will

haven't seen him since he

that time

to rain.

by the time = one event is completed before another event Notice the use of the past perfect and future perfect in the main clause.

left.

have already

left this

Ve known her ever since was a 1

as = during

while,

to rain.

we had already

By the time he comes, we

1

at that time

left.

stood under a

was walking home,

1

1

when =

Notice the different time relationships

left.

since

in

expressed by the tenses.

began

1

i

usage

before he came.

left

1

67, for tense

p.

future time clauses.)

leave before he comes.

1

morning.

child.

since = from that time to the present In (o): ever adds emphasis.

The present

note:

perfect

is

used

in

the main

clause.

until

(

till

(

p)

q)

We We

we

stayed there until

stayed there

till

we

finished our work.

until,

finished our work.

it

as soon as

(

once

(

as long as

(

r )

As soon as

s

Once

)

it

it

stops

stops raining,

t )

will

1

whenever

(

v)

Whenever see

every time

(w)

Every time 1 see

(

x

will

1

1

The

)

to

the last time

(

y

* After

and

(

before are

shortly

z

)

1

first time an opera.

saw two

her, her,

(that)

say

1

1

1

jftcr

while

after

lit tit'

not long

soon

after

after

368 CHAPTER

17

1

live.

generally not used

say

as long time,

1

in

in writing;

formal English.)

as,

so long as = during to end

whenever = every

time

went

to

New York,

1

went

Adve rb clauses

be introduced

1

went

c; an

second

to

third, etc.

the< (that)

going to see a

ballet.

1

go

to

New

before

>

last York. I'm

in the following expressions:

a short time before a little while before not long before

that

hello.

first

The next time

all

from beginning

live.

hello,

plays the last time (that)

shortly

a short time a

)

commonly used

after

speaking than

in

as, once = when one event happens, another event happens soon

leave.

New York. the next time

and then no longer

to that time

as soon

leave.

never speak to him again so long as

u)

time

will

never speak to him again as long as

(

first

we

will

is

=

used more

afterward

so long as

the

we

raining,

till

(Till is

next etc.

time

(that)

by:

Exercise 6. Looking at grammar. (Charts 17-1 and 17-2) Complete the sentences with your own words. Add brackets around the adverb clause

in

each

sentence. 1

.

you [before

I will call

2.

Last night

3.

Tonight

4.

Ever since

5.

Be sure

I

I

went

bed

go to bed

will

I

to

come over

I

was

a child,

to reread

after after

\

my homework,

I

my homework,

I

afraid of dogs.

I

your composition for errors before you

it

to the

teacher tomorrow. 6.

By

the time

I left

my

apartment

this

morning, the mail carrier

the mail.

have

known Jim

7.

I

8.

A black cat ran

_

Bates since he

across the road as

ten years old.

my

I

car to

work

this

morning. 9.

By

the time

I

leave this city,

10.

Whenever Mark

11.

I

here for four months.

I

angry, his nose gets red.

beach whenever the weather was nice, but now

to the

time to do that because 12.

We

13.

The

will

have a big party

next time

I

I

don't have

have to study.

when to Hawaii,

I

I'm going to

visit

Mauna

Loa, the world's

largest active volcano. 14.

I

had

fried chicken the last time I

at that restaurant.

Exercise 7. Looking at grammar. (Charts Combine each pair of sentences with the words in 1.

The

1

7-1 arc;

7-2)

parentheses.

Add commas

as necessary.

other passengers will get on the bus soon. We'll leave, (as soon as) as the other passengers get on the bus, we'll leave.

—> As soon 2.

I left

the room.

I

turned off the

lights,

(after)

I

turned off the

lights,

(before)

3.

I left

the room.

4.

Suki

feels

5.

The

frying

6.

We

*Just

were

nervous. She bites her

pan caught on

sitting

down

fire.

to eat.

I

nails,

(whenever)

was making dinner,

Someone knocked on

(while)

the door, (just as*)

adds the idea of "immediately": = at that immediate or same moment.

just as

= immediately before. = immediately after.

just before just after

Adverb Clauses

369

.

7.

The audience

8.

We

9.

Julia will

10.

The

burst into applause.

have to wait here. Nancy

come.

We

will

come,

(until)

can leave for the theater,

My roommate walked into the room. my speech.

11.

I

stood up

12.

I

saw the great pyramids of Egypt

13.

Lori started working at this

to give

singer finished her song, (as soon as)

I

I

(as soon as)

knew something was wrong,

my

got butterflies in

in the moonlight.

company

six

months

stomach, (just I

(just as soon as) before)

was speechless,

(the first time)

ago. Lori has gotten three

promotions

in

the last six months, (since)

warmer soon. We can

14.

The weather

15.

Shakespeare died in 1616.

16.

Sam

will get

He had

spending more time outside, (once)

start

more than 37

written

Exercise 8. Looking at grammar. (Chart Choose the best completions.

17-2)

Martina saw the

fire

1

As soon a.

as

fire,

she

3.

won

Before Jennifer

c.

wasn't entering

doesn't enter

d.

hadn't entered

Every time Prakash sees a movie made will

have

Since

I left

Venezuela

in India,

c.

feels

d.

is

felt

have returned

While he was washing

his

new

d.

have returned

Mr.

De Rosa

has discovered

c.

is

was discovering

d.

discovered

was attending a

and family

several times.

returning

a.

I

homesick.

to visit friends

am

b.

Yesterday while

he

c.

car,

(the next time)

feeling

six years ago, I

return

glasses,

any kind of contest.

hasn't entered

b. will

6.

has telephoned

a.

a.

5.

d.

b.

a.

(by the time)

department.

had telephoned

the lottery, she

b. felt

4.

the

c.

was telephoning

(K) telephoned

2.

plays,

go to get his driver's license. He'll remember to take his

will

a small

dent in the rear fender.

discovering

sales meeting,

Matthew

on the company's annual

report.

7.

a.

was working

c.

has worked

b.

had been working

d.

works

Tony

to

have children until his

little

daughter was born. After she

decided he wanted a big family. a.

doesn't want

c.

wasn't wanting

b.

hadn't wanted

d.

hasn't

370 CHAPTER

17

wanted

won

his heart,

he

..

8.

After the horse threw her to the ground for the third time, Jennifer picked herself up

horse as long as

9.

I

and

on another

said, "I

live."

never ride

a.

never ride

c.

will

b.

have never ridden

d.

do not

The next time Paul Metropolitan

to

Museum

New York, he

ride

will visit the

of Art's famous collection of

international musical instruments. will fly

a.

b. flies

10.

12.

will

quietly in the corner. Is something c.

had been

b.

has been sitting

d.

will

for twenty minutes, she

have sat

began to

feel tired.

jogging

c.

has been jogging

b.

had been jogging

d.

has jogged

since

you got home from

have you eaten

you

eat

the time the

young birds

will leave

a.

have

b. will

The

last

time

left

football practice?

you eating

c.

are

d.

do you

eat

the nest for good, they will have learned c.

are leaving

d.

leave

how

to

fly.

Athens, the weather was hot and humid.

in

I

.

wrong?

sitting

a.

Peter,

By

have flown

sat

b. will

14.

d.

a.

a.

13.

has flown

Ever since Maurice arrived, he

After Nela

1 1

c.

a.

had been

c.

am

b.

was

d.

will

have been

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Charts 17-1 and 2) Read the description of events. Make sentences using the words below the example. 1

Events:

4:00 4:03 4:30 4:31 4:35 4:35

Judy parked her car at the mall and went to buy some A thief broke into her car and stole her radio. Judy returned to her car. Judy called the police.

The

jeans.

police arrived.

Judy began crying

in frustration.

Example: just after

—>

Just after Judy parked her car, a thief broke into

1

just after

3.

when

5.

by the time

2.

just as

4.

while

6.

as

it.

soon as

Adverb Clauses

371

.

Exercise 10. LefS talk. (Charts Work in small groups. Complete the group should

—»

17-2)

own

words. Each

member

left class

met

yesterday, I

After

2.

4.

Before I go to bed tonight, .... As soon as I get up tomorrow, .... Whenever I feel nervous, ....

5.

The

my

cousin for tea.

leave class today, ....

I

first

time

I

came

was

6.

Ever since

I

7.

As long

as

I live,

8.

Just as

was

I

to this class, ....

a child, ....

....

falling asleep last night, ....

and grammar. (Charts 1 7-1 and 17-2) Marco's and Anya's cultural misunderstandings with your book Listen to the story about closed. Then open vour book and complete the sentences. Exercise 11. Listening

f%

®^ CD

of the

class yesterday, ....

I left

After I

1

3.

and

sentences with your

each sentence.

finish

Example: After

17-1

2

Track 25

1

.

The

first

time

Marco was asked "How's

At

3.

The

4.

Since

5.

Whenever they have

every time

next time

going?",

someone asked Anya how she was,

2.

first,

it

Marco wants

to get the server's attention at a restaurant,

Marco and Anya have come

to this country,

a cultural misunderstanding,

Exercise 12. Warm-up. (Chart 17-3) Which adverb clauses give the idea of "because"? 1.

Now

2.

Since

3.

Since you're

372 CHAPTER

that I've finished art school, I

17

was young,

I

artistic,

have been

you can

I

can focus on finding work as an

artistic.

illustrate the story.

illustrator.

.

17-3 Using Adverb Clauses because

now that

(a)

Because he was

(b)

He went

(c)

since

(e)

(f

)

(g)

Show Cause and

he went

to bed.

bed because he was

sleepy.

Now that I've to rest

(d)

to

to

sleepy,

An adverb clause may precede and

is

a holiday,

we

Since 1 came here,

1

not,

Now that means "because

now."

Now that

In (c):

semester means "because

semester is now over." Now that is used causes of present or future situations.

for

the

present

When

since is used to mean "because," it expresses a known cause; it means "because it is a fact that" or "given that it is true that." Cause-andeffect sentences with since say, "Given the fact that

don't have to

Since you're a good cook and I'm should cook the dinner.

in (a)

(b).

I've finished the

trip.

Jack lost his job. Now that he's unemployed, he can't pay his bills.

Since Monday go to work.

or follow the

independent clause. Notice the punctuation

finished the semester, I'm going

a few days and then take a

Effect

you

X is true, Y is the result." In (e): "Given the fact that Monday is a holiday, we don't have to go to work."

have met many people.

One

note: Since has two meanings. It

is

also used

in

time clauses, as

is

"because."

in (g).

See Chart

17-2.

j

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-3) Combine each pair of sentences with the words in parentheses. Add commas 1

1

2.

as necessary.

We

can go swimming every day. The weather is warm, (now that) —> We can go swimming every day now that the weather is warm. The students had done poorly on the test. The teacher decided to

—>

Since the students

had done poorly on

3.

Cold

4.

You paid

5.

Do

6.

Our TV

7.

Many young people move

hovers near the earth.

air

It is

heavier than hot

for the theater tickets. Please let

you want set

to

me

air.

We

listened to the

news on the

to the cities in search of

available in the rural areas,

it it

again,

(since)

again.

(because)

pay for our dinner,

go for a walk? The rain has stopped, (now

was broken.

give

the testy the teacher decided to give

(since)

that)

radio,

(because)

employment. There are few jobs

(since)

A new government is being formed,

8.

The

9.

Ninety-two thousand people already have reservations with an airline company for a trip to the moon. I doubt that I'll get the chance to go on one of the first tourist flights, (since)

civil

war has ended.

(now

that)

Adverb Clauses

373

.. .

Exercise 14. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17 -3) Complete the sentences with your own words. Punctuate 1

Now that I've finally finished

2.

The

carefully.

teacher didn't

because 3.

Since

it's

4.

Gary

can't stay out

5.

Since

we

too expensive to all

night with his friends

now

that

don't have class tomorrow

Exercise 15. Warm-up. (Chart 17 4) Which sentence expresses an unexpected result? was very

1

Because

2.

Even though

I

was very

I

went

tired, I

tired,

I

to

bed

stayed

early.

up

late.

17-4 Expressing Contrast (Unexpected Result): Using

Even Though (a)

Because the weather was

(b)

Even though {he weather was

cold,

(c)

Because wasn't

go to bed.

(d)

I

tired,

Even though wasn't I

*Although

and though have

cold,

didn't

I

I

didn't I

go swimming.

went swimming.

Because

is

used

Even though

is

to

express expected

used

note: Like because,

to

results.

express unexpected results.*

even though introduces an adverb

clause. tired,

I

went to bed.

basically the

same meaning and use

as even though.

See Chart

1

9-6, p. 406, for information

although and though.

Exercise 16. Looking at grammar. (Chart Choose the correct completions. 1

Because

it

was

2.

Even though a.

I

a dark,

put on

(a?) I didn't

it

put on

was

a.

374 CHAPTER

sunglasses

a dark,

I

drive

17

is

my sunglasses

b.

I

put on

b.

I

didn't put

b.

she feels tired

b.

I

cloudy day,

my sunglasses

on

my

sunglasses

my

car a lot

a cold,

she feels okay

Because gas a.

cloudy day,

my

Even though Mira has

17-4)

so expensive,

my

car a lot

avoid driving

on the use of

..

3

Exercise 17. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-4) Complete the sentences with even though or because. good shape

1.

Tim's

2.

Barry's in

in

even though

physically

because

good shape physically

he gets a

Melissa has a job, she doesn't

3.

much

he doesn't get lot

exercise.

of exercise.

make enough money

to support

her four children.

Yoko has

4.

5.

Sherry didn't learn Spanish

6.

Joe speaks Spanish well

7.

Jing-Won jumped into the

a job, she

is

able to pay her rent

and feed her

family.

she lived in Mexico for a year.

he lived in Mexico for river to rescue a little girl

a year.

who was drowning

he wasn't a good swimmer. 8.

A newborn kangaroo

can find

its

mother's pouch

its

eyes are

not yet open. 9.

Some

people protest certain commercial fishing operations

dolphins, considered to be highly intelligent and social the earthquake

10.

Smiths were able to cross the

damaged

mammals,

are killed unnecessarily.

the bridge across

Skunk

River, the

they had a boat.

river

Exercise 18. Let's talk. (Chart Work in pairs, in small groups, or as

17 4)

the question beginning with Yes/ No

and followed by Even though.

Speaker

a class.

A

asks the question.

Speaker

B answers

Examples:

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

open):

Speaker A (book Speaker B (book

open):

You studied

closed):

No. Even though

1

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

8. 9.

10. 1 1

12.

was raining. Did you go to the zoo anyway? Even though it was raining, I went to the zoo. hard.

Did you pass I

the test?

studied hard,

I

didn't pass the test.

You weren't tired. Did you go to bed anyway? The phone rang many times, but did you wake up? The food was terrible. Did you eat it anyway? You didn't study. Did you pass the test anyway? The weather is terrible today. Did you stay home? You fell down the stairs. Did you get hurt?

(Change 7.

It

closed): Yes.

roles if working in pairs.)

You told the truth, but did anyone believe you? You turned on the air conditioner. Is it still hot in here? You mailed the letter a week ago. Has it arrived yet? You have a lot of money. Can you afford to buy an airplane? Your grandmother is ninety years old. Is she still young at heart? (...) told a joke. You didn't understand it. Did you laugh anyway? Adverb Clauses

375

J

Exercise 19. Warm-up. (Chart 7-5) Check (/) the sentences that show contrast 1

am

I

a vegetarian, while

was shopping,

While

I

Wliile

some people

I

(i.e.,

my husband

is

show

that "this"

the opposite of "that").

is

a meat-eater.

ran into some friends from high school.

prefer hot weather,

I

prefer cooler climates.

17-5 Showing Direct Contrast: While (a)

(b)

Mary John

while John

is rich, is

poor, while

(c)

While John

is

(d)

While Mary

is rich.

poor.

is

is

used

to

show

direct contrast: "this"

is

exactly the opposite of

"that."*

Mary

is rich.

Mary

is rich.

John

While

poor.

Examples

and

(d) all

have the same meaning.

Note the use of the comma in (a) and (b): In using while for direct a comma is often used even if the wMe-clause comes second (unlike the punctuation of most other adverb clauses).

poor.

is

(a), (b), (c),

contrast,

(e)

The phone rang while I was

* Whereas can have the

studying.

time,"

same meaning and use

as while,

considerably less frequency than while:

j

While

reminder:

compare:

Mary

is

rich,

as

in (e).

but

it

is

also used

See Chart

in

means

time clauses and

"during that

17-2.

occurs mostly in formal written English and occurs with

whereas John

is

poor.

Exercise 20. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-5) Choose the best completion for each sentence. 1.

Some

people are

tall,

while others are

(c^ short

intelligent

a.

b. thin

2.

3.

a.

a rectangle has four sides

b.

my

6.

village has a

town square

c.

we use envelopes

d.

a circle

in the center

is

are

In

a.

I

b.

it

Some

.

warm and humid

c.

get

cold and wet

d.

get a lot

c.

in others

d.

they drink tea

some nations

the favorite beverage

like tea

has caffeine

people

like

cream and sugar black

a.

others like

b.

others drink hot coffee

it

is

little

or

none

coffee, while it is

tea

in their coffee, while

good

c.

milk

d.

sugar can cause cavities

is

in coffee too

is

an interesting storyteller and conversationalist, while his brother

a.

is

a

b.

bores other people by talking about himself all the time

Steve

376 CHAPTER

17

newspaper reporter

for letters

round

While some parts of the world get an abundance of rain, others a.

5.

large

A box is square, while

b. are

4.

d.

c.

has four children

d.

knows

a lot of stories too

..

3

Exercise 21 Let's talk. (Chart 7-5) Ask two classmates to complete each sentence. Share some of their completions with 1

.

Example:

Some

the class.

people are talkative, while ....

—> Some people are talkative, while others are quiet. —> While some people are talkative, others are quiet.

2.

Some Some

3.

While some people know only

4.

The

1

people have curly hair, while .... people prefer to

live in

the country, while .... their native language, ....

climate at sea level at the equator

is

always hot, while the climate at the North and

South poles .... 5. 6.

Some Some

people

while ....

. '.

,

.

countries

.

.

,

.

while ....

Exercise 22. Warm-up. (Chart 17-6) Check (/) the sentence with i/that is grammatically 1.

If

2.

If I

3.

If I will

I

need help,

will

need help,

I will

I will

need help,

I

correct.

ask you.

ask you. ask you.

17-6 Expressing Conditions in Adverb Clauses: (a)

If

it

rains tomorrow,

I

will

take

my

umbrella.

//"-Clauses

//-clauses (also called "adverb clauses of condition") present

possible conditions. In (a):

The main clause expresses

possible condition

result

=

/

will

take

=

it

results.

may rain tomorrow

my umbrella

A present tense, not a future tense, is used in an //-clause even though the verb in the //-clause may refer to a future event or situation, as in (a).* Words

that introduce adverb clauses of condition (//-clauses)

if

even

whether or not

in

unless

if

case

only

*See Chapter 20 for uses of other verb forms in sentences with

Lj

2/-clauses.

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Chart

Make

if

17-6)

sentences with if using the given conditions.

Example:

It

may be

cold tomorrow.

—> If it's cold tomorrow, I'm going to stay home. —> We can go on a picnic if it's cold tomorrow. 't

1

The

teacher

may

2.

You

will stay

up

3.

Maybe

not be in class tomorrow.

until

two

in the

morning.

when you get up tomorrow morning. warming may be correct. may happen this year in world politics.

the sun will be shining

4.

Predictions about global

5.

Think of something

that

Adverb Clauses

377

.

Exercise 24. Warm-up. (Chart 17-7) Check (/) the sentences that logically follow

Do you 1

1 (a)

If

.

cell

phone with you?

you do, could could

2.

If so,

3.

If not, I

4.

If

you don't,

5.

If

you

I

use

I

use

it?

it?

can use the pay phone. can use the pay phone.

I

could

are,

Shortened

7-7

use

I

it?

If- Clauses

Are you a student?

When

you are, the ticket is half-price. If not /If you aren't, the ticket is full price.

before

it,

In (a):

If

sol

If

not/

If

sol

If

not/

If

(b)

have your

the question and are grammatically correct.

so /

It's

If

If

If

a popular concert. Do you have a

so / If you do. you're lucky. not / If you don't, you're out

a.

Use so or not. Use a helping verb

Second, give the

3.

full

Does Lisa want a.

If

b.

If

—» 2.

In (b):

grammar.

it

is

If

you are = If you are a student you aren't = If you aren't a student

If

you do = If you have a ticket you don't = If you don't have a

If

1

7-7)

a.

If

b.

If

Do

doee

Meaning:

Are you

free this

a.

If

b.

If

378 CHAPTER

her to meet us at 8:00.

wants

to

go out

do you want ,

to

dinner with us

to go to a

do you want

to

movie?

go to a movie?

a ride to the theater? ,

17

tell

,

weekend?

you

you

//-clause.

her to meet us at 8:00.

tell

if Lisa

,

you have

main verb be.

to go out to dinner with us? ,

would you ,

like to ride

would you

the sentence immediately

If

(Chart

meaning of the shortened

50 she

or

in

sometimes shortened.

complete the sentences in two ways: b.

1

ticket?

of luck.

Exercise 25. Looking at First,

an //-clause refers to the idea

with us?

like to ride

with us?

ticket

4.

5.

6.

Are you coming a.

If

b.

If

,

If

,

b.

If

We

If

b.

If

it

,

rice.

,

you

there.

you

see

do ,

all

me?

to

the spelling errors.

didn't catch

it

Can you I'll

there.

on your email

didn't catch

you

need some

a.

I'll

a spellcheck ,

you

see

I'll

you

Did you use a.

to the meeting?

all

the spelling errors.

stop at the store on your

way home today?

it.

I'll

do

it.

Exercise 26. Warm-up. (Chart 17-8) Check (/) all the sentences that are true for David. Situation: 1

If

David

David

.

will

gets married,

be happy

if

he

will

be happy.

If

he doesn't get married, he

will

be happy.

he doesn't get married.

he gets married, David won't be happy.

2.

If

3.

Even

if

David

4.

Even

if

David doesn't get married, he

5.

David

6.

Whether or not David

will

gets married, he won't be happy.

be happy.

will

be happy whether or not he gets married. gets married,

he

will

be happy.

17-8 Adverb Clauses of Condition: Using Whether Or Not and Even If Whether or not (a)

go swimming tomorrow whether or not it is cold, or whether it is cold or not.

I'm going to

Whether or not expresses

the idea that neither this condition

nor that condition matters; the result In (a):

"If

it

is

will

be the same.

swimming. If it is not cold, I'm don't care about the temperature. It doesn't

cold, I'm going

going swimming.

I

matter."

Even (b)

I

if to go swimming tomorrow. the weather is cold. I'm going to go

have decided

Even

if

swimming.

Sentences with even whether or not.

Even

if

matter.

if

are close

in

meaning

to

those with

gives the idea that a particular condition does not

The

result will not

change.

Adverb Clauses

379

7

.

Exercise 27. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17 8) Choose the sentence (a. or b.) that has the same meaning 1

2.

as the given sentence.

Even a.

I

(bJ

I

if I get an invitation to the reception, I'm not going to go. won't go to the reception without an invitation. don't care if I get an invitation. I'm not going.

Even

if the weather improves, I won't go to the beach. I'm going to the beach if the weather improves. I don't care if the weather improves. I'm not going to the beach.

a.

b. 3.

Whether or not you want help, I plan to be at your house a. I'm going to help you because I think you need help. b. I'm going to help you because you want me to.

4.

I

won't tell even if someone pays me. I won't tell whether or not someone gives b. If someone pays me enough money, I will a.

at 9:00.

me money. tell.

5.

Even if John apologizes, I won't forgive him! a. John needs to apologize for me to forgive him. b. I don't care if John apologizes. It doesn't matter.

6.

have to go to work tomorrow whether I feel better or not. Whether I go to work or not depends on how I feel. b. I'm going to work tomorrow no matter how I feel. I

a.

J

Exercise 28. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-8) Use the given information to complete sentences a. and b. Situation

1:

Usually people need

Maybe Ed will graduate from

to

school,

graduate from school

and maybe he

won't. It

a good job. But

it's different for Ed. matter doesn't because he has a good job

to get

waiting for him in his father's business. a.

Ed

will get a

good job whether or not ....

— Ed will get a good job

whether or not he graduates.

>

b.

Ed

will get a

good job even

— Ed will get a good job Situation

2:

Cindy's uncle

tells

if

even

>

a

lot

...

if he

.

doesn't graduate.

ofjokes. Sometimes they're funny,

and sometimes

they're not. It

doesn 't matter. a.

b.

Cindy laughs Cindy laughs

Situation time

is

3:

at the jokes at the jokes

Maybe you

whether ... or not. even if ... .

are finished with the exam,

and maybe you're

not.

It doesn't matter.

The

up.

a.

b.

You have You have

Situation

4:

It

to

to

hand hand

in in

your examination paper whether ... or not. your examination paper even if ...

might snow, or

.

it

might

not.

We

don't

want

to

go camping in the snow, but

matter. a.

b.

We're going to go camping We're going to go camping

380 CHAPTER

1

in the in the

mountains whether ... or not. mountains even if ... .

it

doesn't

.

Situation

Max's family

5:

scholarship, but a.

b.

Max Max

Situation

6:

it

doesn't have enough

doesn't matter because he's saved

money to send him to college. He would like to get a some money to go to school and has a part-time job.

can go to school whether or not .... can go to school even if ... .

Sometimes the weather

is

and sometimes

hot,

the weather

is

It doesn't matter.

cold.

My

grandfather always wears his gray sweater. a.

b.

My grandfather wears his gray sweater whether or not .... My grandfather always wears his gray sweater even if ... .

Situation a.

b.

7:

Your approval doesn't matter

to

me.

I'm going to marry Harry whether ... or not. I'm going to marry Harry even if ... .

Exercise 29. Warm-up. (Chart 17-9) Choose the sentence (1. or 2.) that has the same meaning If by chance you have trouble, you can reach

me

In case you have trouble, you can reach

When you have

you can reach

at this number.

me at this number. me at this number.

1

2.

trouble,

as the given sentence.

17-9 Adverb Clauses of Condition: Using In Case (a)

I'll

be

my

at

uncle's

need

(should)

to

house

in

case you

in

reach me.

case expresses the idea that something probably won't happen, might. In case means "if by chance this should happen."

but

it

note: Using

should in an adverb clause emphasizes the

speaker's uncertainty that something

will

happen.

Exercise 30. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-9) Combine each pair of sentences. Begin your new sentence with In case. 1

You probably won't need my phone number.

—>

to get in touch with

In case you (should) need

to get in

me, but maybe you

touch with me,

2.

You probably won't need to see me, but maybe you tomorrow morning around ten.

3.

I

4.

You probably don't have any more

5.

Russ probably won't

6.

You

don't think you need any

will

probably be

call,

I'll

give you

will.

If so,

more information, but maybe you questions, but

but maybe he

satisfied with

will.

maybe you

If so, please tell

If so,

will.

my phone I'll

be

in

do. If so,

I'll

give

you

number.

my

office

you can

call

me.

do. If so, ask Dr. Smith.

him

your purchase, but maybe not.

that

I'm

If not,

at the library.

you can return

it

to the store.

Adverb Clauses

381

.

Exercise 31 Looking at grammar. (Charts 7-8 and 7 9) Complete the sentences with your own words. Work in pairs, in small groups, or .

my umbrella with me

have

1

I

2.

It's

3.

Our

a

1

good idea

for

you

1

just in case ....

to keep a written record of your credit card

boss doesn't accept illness as an excuse for missing work.

even

if

...

as a class.

We

numbers

in case

.

.

have to go to work

.

think I'd better clean up the apartment in case ....

4.

I

5.

Are you planning to apply for a scholarship?

6.

Do

you have to work

this

If so, ...

.

Saturday? If not, ....

Exercise 32. Warm-up. (Chart 17 -10) Choose the logical completions.

1

1.

I'll

be

at

work on time tomorrow

2.

I'll

be

at

work on time tomorrow unless there

3.

We'll have the party outside unless

4.

We'll have the party inside unless

if

there

isn't)

(is, isn't)

a lot of heavy traffic.

(rainy, sunny).

U

Adverb Clauses of Condition: Using

7-1

(a)

I'll

go swimming tomorrow unless

(b)

I'll

go swimming tomorrow

if

it

it's

unless =

cold.

isn't cold.

In (a):

If.

unless

Examples

LI

a lot of heavy traffic.

(rainy, sunny).

it is

it is

(is,

(a)

.

.

not cold

and

(b)

means

it's

"if

it

isn't cold."

have the same meaning.

Exercise 33. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17 10) sentences with the same meaning as the given sentences. Use unless.

Make 1

I will

—»

go to the zoo

/ will go

to the

if it isn't

zoo unless

cold.

it's

2.

You

can't travel abroad

3.

You

can't get a driver's license

4.

If I

don't get

some new

if

cold.

you don't have if

a passport.

you're not at least sixteen years old.

batteries for

my

camera,

I

won't be able to take pictures

when

Laura and Rob get here. 5.

J

You'll get

hungry during

class if you don'i" eat breakfast.

Exercise 34. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17 10) Complete the sentences with your own words. Work in pairs, 1

Your

—» 2.

letter

Your

won't be delivered unless ....

letter

won 't

be delivered unless

it

has the correct postage.

I'm sorry, but you can't see the doctor unless ....

382 CHAPTER

17

in small groups, or as a class.

.

can't graduate

from school unless ....

3.

I

4.

... unless

5.

Unless

6.

Certain species of animals will soon

7.

... unless I get a raise in salary.

8.

Tomorrow I'm going

9.

The

it

you put

in the refrigerator.

it

rains, ....

to

.

.

political situation in

.

.

.

become

extinct unless ....

unless .... .

will

continue to worsen unless ....

Unless you ....

10.

Exercise 35. Warm-up. (Chart 17-11) Answer the questions about Scott. Situation: Scott closes his bedroom window

(b)

only

if it's

1

Does Scott

close his

bedroom window

if

2.

Does Scott

close his

bedroom window

if it's

3.

Does Scott

close his

bedroom window

if

there's a light rain?

4.

Does Scott

close his

bedroom window

if

there

The

picnic

will

be canceled only

if

it

windy, we'll go on the picnic.

If it's

cold, we'll

go on the

If it's

damp and

foggy, we'll

If it's

unbearably

if

it

hot, we'll

rains will the picnic

Only

rains.

If it's

Only

the temperature

is

raining hard.

below freezing?

windy outside?

is

a

heavy rain?

Adverb Clauses of Condition: Using Only

17-11 (a)

at night

if

that will

If

expresses the idea that there cause a particular result.

is

only

one condition

picnic.

go on the picnic. go on the picnic.

When only if

be canceled.

begins a sentence, the subject and verb of the inverted, as in (b).* No commas are used.

main clause are *Other subordinating conjunctions and prepositional phrases preceded by only inversion in the

main

at

the beginning of a sentence require subject-verb

clause:

Only when the teacher dismisses us can ive stand and leave the room. Only after the phone rang did I realize that I had fallen asleep in my chair. Only in my hometown do I feel at ease.

Exercise 36. Looking at grammar. (Chart 7-1 Check (/) the sentences that are true for this situation. 1

Situation: You can take Saturday off only 1

.

You must work Thursday

if

if

1)

you work Thursday.

you want Saturday

take Saturday off if you

2.

You can

3.

If

4.

You can work Thursday, but

work another day of your

you work Thursday, you don't have it's

off.

to

choice.

work Saturday.

not a requirement

if

you want Saturday

off.

Adverb Clauses

383

.

3

Exercise 37. Looking at grammar. (Chart 17-11) I. Read the situations and complete the sentences. Work

Part

in pairs, in small groups, or as

a class.

Situation

John must take an additional science class in order to graduate. That is the only condition under which he can graduate. If he doesn't take an additional science class, he can't 1:

graduate.

He can graduate only if ... — He can graduate only if he .

takes

>

Situation

You have

2:

under which you

to

have an invitation

to the party only if ...

Situation

Situation

We

.

.

if

Only

Part

II.

to

go

...

you want

only

if

to

You have

you have

the only condition

Unless you have a student visa,

it

anyway.

out.

movie, we'll go. If you don't want to go, we won't go.

to.

...

to

reach

32°F I 0°C

before water will freeze.

.

Steve's

if i

to

have a

ticket.

will pass the

Then you can

exam.

get into the soccer stadium.

a ticket ....

His parents make Steve finish

10:

homework

is

homework

his

get a job ....

Yes, Paul,

I

2.

I... only

if

3.

Onlvif

will

marry you

before he

can watch

TV in

finished ....

/ have to get a job. Then I will have enough

1

17

is

chew gum, but sometimes he chews

Complete the sentences with your own words.

384 CHAPTER

That

.

mother won't find

to the

to the party.

you study hard ....

9: if

if

You must study hard. Then you

8:

Situation

if

he's sure his

want

will freeze

if

Situation

if

The temperature has

7:

Situation

only

If you

6:

Situation

Only

.

only

.

Water

Only

.

5:

Situation

Only

.

school only

go

invitation, you can't go.

visa in order to study here.

Jimmy's mother doesn't want him

4:

Jimmy

this

an

.

Situation 3: You have to have a student you can 't go to school here.

You can attend

science class.

in order to

If you don't have

will be admitted.

You can go

an additional

— but only

if

...

.

money

to

go

to school.

the evening.

lj

Exercise 38. Looking at grammar. (Charts 17-10 and 17-11) Make sentences with the same meaning as the given sentences. Use only 1.

if and unless.

you don't study hard, you won't pass the test. You will pass the test only if you study hard. —> You won 't pass the test unless you study hard.

If

—>

don't get a job,

can't pay

2.

If I

3.

Your clothes won't get clean

4.

I

can't take any pictures

5.

I

don't wake up

if

I

if

my bills.

if

you don't use soap.

the flash doesn't work.

the alarm clock doesn't ring.

eggs aren't kept at the proper temperature, they won't hatch.

6.

If

7.

Don't borrow money from friends

8.

Anita doesn't talk in class

if

if

you don't absolutely have

to.

the teacher doesn't ask her specific questions.

Exercise 39. Looking at grammar. (Charts 17-6 — 17-11) Combine these two sentences using the words below the example. It

may

or

Example:

may

if

— — 1

.

2.

even

not rain. The party will be held inside/outside.

>

If it rains, the party will be held inside.

>

If it doesn 't rain, the party will be held outside.

if

whether or not

3.

in case

4.

unless

5.

only

Exercise 40. Reading and grammar. (Chapter I. Read the passage about the ways people learn.

1

if

7)

Part

How Do How do

People Learn Best?

people learn best? There

depends on individual learning

styles

ago, however, the noted inventor

Involve

me and

I

me and

I

not one answer because

much

and needs. Over 300 years

Benjamin Franklin made some

observations regarding learning that learners today: "Tell

is

still

forget.

hold true for a great

Teach

many

me and I remember.

learn."

Benjamin Franklin

Imagine that you are learning how to fold a paper airplane. The person teaching you presents the information verbally. She begins

by saying:

Take

a piece of paper.

Fold

it

Open

in half.

the paper.

Look

at the crease in the

Now

take one corner and fold

middle. it

down

along the crease

Adverb Clauses

385

The

instructions continue this way.

How well

are

you going

to learn

how

to fold a

paper

airplane?

Now imagine that your instructor is

standing before you with paper and gives the directions

while folding the paper herself. Will this help you more? Finally,

imagine that both you and your instructor have paper. Each time she gives you

instructions, both

Of the

you and she fold your own papers.

three methods,

which one

will

be the most

effective in helping

you learn how

to fold a

paper airplane? It's

interesting to think about

How How

do you learn English best?

Part

II.

Benjamin Franklin's quote Is

What about

"being taught"?

about "being involved"?

Think about your experiences learning English vocabulary and complete the

sentences with your

own

words. Punctuate carefully.

.

I

remember new words

2.

I

often forget the meanings of new words unless

3.

Even

4.

I

5.

If

6.

If teachers

7.

Although

8.

When I am

1

in relation to learning English.

"being told" effective for you?

best

when

if I

only

you want

386 CHAPTER

17

to increase

want

your vocabulary,

to help their class learn

involved in

if

my learning,

new

I feel

vocabulary, they

18

Chapter

Reduction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying Adverbial Phrases Exercise Check (/)

Warm-up.

and

(Charts 18-1

While

2.

While

3.

While

4.

Before

5.

Before go into the theater,

6.

Before going into the theater,

sitting at

I

went into the

theater, I turned off

turned off my

I

I

While 1 was walking an old friend.

Adverb clause:

to class,

ran

1

While walking

Modifying phrase:

Adverb clause:

to class,

ran into

1

friend. 1

left for work,

1

ate

•

phone.

cell

Before leaving for work,

Modifying phrase:

Change

While

possible:

1

Change

possible:

1

was

sitting in class,

sitting in class.

While

Ann was

1 fell

1 fell

asleep.

sitting in class,

she

asleep, (clause)

While

there

sitting in class,

is

a

be form

of the verb, omit the subject

dependent clause and be verb, as

in (b).

OR

ate •

While

fell

If

of the

asleep.

(f)

phone.

changes are made are the same:

Before

breakfast.

(e)

cell

phone.

In Chapter 13, we discussed changing adjective clauses to modifying phrases. (See Chart 13-11, p. 294.) Some adverb clauses may also be changed to modifying phrases, and the ways in which the

breakfast. (d)

cell

Introduction

an old (c)

my

turned off my

into (b)

18-2)

my desk, I fell asleep. I was sitting at my desk, I fell asleep. was sitting at my desk, I fell asleep.

1.

18-1 (a)

1.

the sentences that are grammatically correct.

If there is no be form of a verb, omit the subject and change the verb to -ing, as in (d).

An adverb clause can be changed

to a modifying phrase only when the subject of the adverb clause and the subject of the main clause are the same.

A

modifying adverbial phrase that is the reduction an adverb clause modifies the subject of the main

of

clause.

Ann fell

asleep.

(g)

No change

possible:

While the teacher was lecturing to the class,

(h)

incorrect:

/fell

asleep.*

Whilo watching

phone

rang.

TV

Ia6t night,

No

(i.e., change) is possible if the subjects adverb clause and the main clause are different, as in (g).

reduction

of the

the

In (h):

While watching

is

or a "dangling participle,"

called a "dangling modifier" i.e.,

a modifier that is an appropriate

incorrectly "hanging alone" without

noun or pronoun subject *

While lecturing

to the class,

I fell asleep means "While /was lecturing to the class, /

fell

to modify.

asleep."

387

.

J

Exercise 2. Looking at grammar. (Chart 18-1) Check (/) the sentences that are grammatically correct.

/

While

sitting at

While

sitting at

my computer, my computer,

the I

alarm went

fire

heard the

fire

off.

alarm go

While standing on the top

floor of the building, the

While standing on the top

floor of the building

off.

crowd below looked

like ants.

and looking down, Patrick suddenly

felt dizzy.

Mary

Before getting up,

her

likes to lie in

warm bed and

plan her day.

Before getting up, Mary's alarm clock went off three times by accident.

While working on

new

his

novel, William

found himself telling the story of his

childhood. After standing in line for hours to

buy concert

tickets, the theater

manager

told us

the concert was sold out.

18-2 Changing Time Clauses (a)

came

Since Maria

Clause:

made many

to this country,

to

Modifying Adverbial Phrases

she has

Adverb clauses beginning with after, before, while, and since can be changed to modifying adverbial phrases.

friends.

(b)

Phrase:

Since coming to this made many friends.

(c)

Clause:

After he (had) finished his homework, Peter went to bed.

(d)

Phrase:

After finishing his homework, Peter went to bed.

(e)

Phrase:

After having finished his homework, Peter went to bed.

After finishing and After having finished.

(f )

Phrase:

Peter went to bed after finishing his

The modifying

honrework.

clause, as

country, Maria

has

In (c): There is no difference in meaning between After he finished and After he had finished. (See Chart 3-5, p.

50.)

In (d)

and

(e):

There

is

no difference

adverbial phrase

may

in

meaning between

follow the

main

in (f).

Exercise 3. Looking at grammar. (Charts 18-1 and 18-2) Underline the subject of the adverb clause and the subject of the main clause in each sentence. Change the adverb clauses to modifying adverbial phrases if possible. 1

While Joe was driving >

While driving

to school yesterday, he

to school yesterday,

2.

While Joe was watching TV

3.

Before

4.

Before the student came to

5.

Since

6.

Since Alberto opened his

7.

Omar

388 CHAPTER

I

I

came

came

left

18

to class,

here,

I

I

Joe

had an

last night, t he

had

a

accident.

accident.

telephone rang, (no change)

cup of coffee.

class, the

have learned a

new

had an

teacher had already given a quiz.

lot

of English.

business, he has been working 16 hours a day.

the house and went to his office after he (had) finished breakfast.

.

.

8.

Before the waiter came to our table,

9.

You should always read

I

had already made up

a contract before

my mind

to order shrimp.

you sign your name.

10.

While Jack was trying

1 1

While Susan was climbing the mountain, she

to sleep last night, a

mosquito kept buzzing

lost

her footing and

in his ear.

fell

onto a ledge several

feet below.

12.

After

I

heard Marika describe

my vacation

go there for

how

cold

it

gets in

Minnesota

in the winter,

I

decided not to

in January.

Exercise 4. Let's talk: interview. (Chart 18-2) Ask two classmates each question. Ask them to answer

in

complete sentences. Share some of

their answers with the class.

What do you do

.

.

1

before going to bed?

2.

after

3.

after arriving at school?

waking up?

4.

while sitting in class?

5.

before leaving school for the day?

6.

while preparing for a difficult exam?

Exercise 5. Warm-up. (Charts 18-3 and 18-4) Read the sentences and answer the questions. 1

2.

Hiking through the woods yesterday, Alan saw a bear. Question: Who was hiking through the woods?

Walking through the woods, the bear spotted Alan. Question: Who was walking through the woods?

18-3 Expressing the Idea of "During the Same Ti in Modifying Adverbial Phrases was walking down

(a)

While

(b)

While walking down

(c)

I

Walking down the

the street,

the street,

street,

/

/

ran into an old friend.

ran into an old friend.

Sometimes while meaning

/

is

omitted, but the -ing phrase at

the beginning of the sentence gives the (i.e.,

"during the

same

same

time").

ran into an old friend.

Examples

(a), (b),

and

(c)

have the same meaning.

Redaction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying Adverbial Phrases

389

..

18-4 Expressing Cause and

Effect in Modifying

Adverbial Phrases (a)

(b)

Because she needed some money to buy a book, Sue cashed a check. Needing some money to buy a book, Sue cashed a

the meaning of "because."

check.

Because

(c)

Because he lacked the necessary was not considered for the job.

(d)

Lacking the necessary considered

(e)

qualifications,

Often an -ing phrase at the beginning of a sentence gives

Examples

he

effect relationship,

qualifications,

have the same meaning.

(b)

not included

in

a modifying phrase.

It

is

omitted, but the resulting phrase expresses a cause-and-

as

in (b)

and

(d).

frewas not

for the job.

Having seen

that

movie before,

Having + past participle gives the meaning not only of "because" but also of "before."

/

don't want\o go

/

didn 't want to go

again. (f )

and

(a) is

Having seen that movie

before,

again.

(g)

Because she was unable to a

afford a car,

she bought

A

form of be

in

the adverb clause

being. The use of being

bicycle,

(h)

Being unable to

afford a car,

(i )

Unable to

a

afford

car,

she bought a

she bought a

makes

may be changed

to

the cause-and-effect

relationship clear.

bicycle,

Examples

bicycle.

(g), (h),

and

(i)

have the same meaning.

Exercise 6. Looking at grammar. (Charts 18-3 and 18-4) Underline the modifying adverbial phrases and discuss their meanings. Which ones give the meaning of "because"? Which ones give the meaning of "while"? Do some of the sentences give the idea of both? 1

my grandparents' house

Driving to flowers.

I

stopped so that

I

last

night ,

I

saw a young

woman who was

{Meaning — "while")

my grandmother.

could buy some for

2.

Being a widow with three children, Mrs. Romero has no choice but to work.

3.

Sitting to the

on the

new

airplane

and watching the clouds pass beneath me,

me

experiences that were in store for

4.

Having guessed

5.

Realizing that

I

at the

answers for most of the

had made

a dreadful

walked over to him and apologized. 6.

Tapping

7.

Having broken her arm

8.

Lying on her bed

his fingers loudly

on the

in a

fall,

mistake I

know

I let

my thoughts wander

during the next two years of living abroad.

test, I

when

his

selling

I

did not expect to get a high score.

introduced him as George Johnson,

name

airline counter,

is

John George.

Todd made

his

impatience known.

Elena had to learn to write with her

left

hand.

peace and quiet, Lisa soon forgot her troubles.

in

Exercise 7. Looking at grammar. (Chart 18 4) Change the adverb clauses to modifying adverbial phrases.

Sam

1

Because

2.

Because the

3.

Because

4.

Because Chelsea

didn't

Not wanting

390 CHAPTER

18

I

to

little

want

to hurt her feelings,

hurt her feelings,

Sam

didn h

he didn't

tell

tell

her the bad news.

her the bad news.

boy believed no one loved him, he ran away from home.

had forgotten is

to bring a pencil to the examination,

a vegetarian, she does not eat meat.

I

had

to

borrow one.

I

Exercise Choose all 1.

Before

3.

I

had never understood

>

18-4)

read

I

Since

b.

he completed

b.

across Canada, a.

Traveling

a.

Before gaining

I

I finally

in

6.

understood the author's theory. c.

reading

he has had three jobs, each one better than the

completing

c.

last.

completed

could not help being impressed by the great differences in terrain. b.

While

national fame, the union leader

5.

(c?) I talked

read

his bachelor's degree,

4.

that formula.

(b?) talking

the chapter four times,

After

a.

b.

an airplane before, the

I

was

traveling

had been an

c.

electrician in a small town.

Gaining

c.

little girl

While traveling

was surprised and

a

Before he gained

little

frightened

when her

popped.

ears

Had

a.

7.

to you,

talked

a.

(Charts 18-2

the possible answers for each sentence.

a.

2.

Looking at grammar.

8.

never flown

b.

Having never flown

c.

vice-president of marketing and sales, Peter

Before

Because she had never flown

McKay worked

as a sales

representative.

became

a.

b.

becoming

c.

he became

the cool evening breeze and listening to the sounds of nature,

8.

Because enjoying

a.

to

this

c.

We were

month, Jim decided against going

of time.

lost track

enjoying

to a restaurant for

himself a sandwich instead.

Not wanting

a.

Enjoying

spend any more money

He made

lunch.

b.

we

b.

Because he didn't want

c.

Because not wanting

Exercise 9. Looking at grammar. (Charts 18-3 and 18-4) If possible,

combine each

pair of sentences

by making

a

modifying phrase out of the

first

sentence. 1.

The ->

2. 3.

4.

children had nothing to do. They were bored. Having nothing to do, the children were bored.

The children were bored. I offered to play a game with them, (no change) Anna kept one hand on the steering wheel. She paid the bridge toll with her free hand. Anna kept one hand on the steering wheel. Bob put the money for the bridge toll in her free

hand.

heard that Nadia was in the hospital.

5.

I

6.

We

called her family to find out

a

I live

8.

Abdul

9.

am

a

long distance from lives a

my work.

I

have to

long distance from his work. His car

married man.

10.

Martha was picking

11.

I

12.

Ann was

I

have

many

I

is

to help us.

essential.

responsibilities.

strawberries in the garden.

recognized his face, but

what was wrong.

The nurse stepped out commute daily by train.

slowly approached the door to the hospital.

7.

I

I

had forgotten

his

A bumblebee

name.

I

just

stung her.

smiled and said, "Hi."

convinced that she could never learn to play the piano. She stopped taking lessons.

Reduction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying Adverbial Phrases

391

.

Exercise 10. Game. (Charts 18-3 and 18-4) Work in teams. Make sentences by combining the ideas in Column A and Column B. Use the idea in Column A as a modifying adverbial phrase. Show logical relationships. The first group to

combine

all

the ideas correctly

Example: Having

sticky

pads on

is

the winner.

their feet, flies

can easily walk on the

Column A They have

Column B

sticky

pads on their

She has done very well

feet.

Marta

b.

Mice can hide

everything he could for

6.

He had no one

7

They

8.

They

in almost

d.

and nearly

e.

indestructible.

are able to crawl into very small

f.

Sayid was forced to work out the problem

The doctor left to attend other people. Nancy expects to be hired by a top company after graduation. Diamonds are used extensively in industry to cut other hard minerals.

places.

/

g.

h.

Flies

can

easily

walk on the

Monique needed few days of her

u

After leaving the theater,

we stopped

at a coffee

shop for

ceiling,

special care for the first

life.

Exercise 11. Looking at grammar. (Charts 18-1 -> 18-4) Check (/) the sentences that are grammatically correct. Rewrite the j^

any part of a

by himself.

to turn to for help.

are extremely hard

when

to expect

house. c.

She had never eaten Thai food before.

didn't

she went to the Thai restaurant for dinner.

the patient. 5.

know what

a.

in her studies.

She was born two months prematurely.

He had done

ceiling.

incorrect sentences.

a late-night snack.

we had to take a taxi home. Tom car wouldn 't start, so we had to take a taxi home. theater, we discovered that Tom's car wouldn't start, so we took a taxi

After leaving the theater, Tom's car wouldn't start, so -> After

we

left

the theater,

After leaving the

's

home. 3.

Not wanting

to interrupt the conversation,

have a chance to 4.

5.

6.

Being too young to understand death, where my grandfather had gone.

When

stood quietly and listened until

my mother gave me

asked to explain his mistake, the

new employee

I

After hurrying to get ready for the picnic,

8.

While walking across the

18

could

a simple explanation of

cleared his throat nervously.

While working in my office late last night, someone suddenly knocked loudly door and nearly scared me to death!

7.

392 CHAPTER

I

talk.

street at a

it

began to rain

busy intersection,

just as

we were

a truck nearly hit

at

my

leaving.

me.

Exercise 12. Warm-up. (Chart 18-5) Which sentences have the same meaning? 1.

2. 3.

When Sharon heard the news of her friend's death, she began to cry. Upon hearing the news of her friend's death, Sharon began to cry. On hearing the news of her friend's death, Sharon began to cry.

18-5 Using Upon (a)

Upon reaching the age

of 21

-f-

,

-ing in Modifying Adverbial Phrases

received

I

my

inheritance. (b)

Modifying adverbial phrases beginning with

upon +

-ing usually

have the same meaning as adverb clauses introduced by when.

When I reached the age

of 21

,

I

received

my

Examples

(a)

and

(b)

have the same meaning.

inheritance.

(c)

On reaching the age

of 21

,

I

received

my

inheritance.

j

Upon can be shortened Examples

(a), (b),

and

to on.

(c) all

have the same meaning.

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Chart 18-5)

Make 1

.

sentences using

3.

-ing.

When -*

2.

upon +

Carl saw his wife and child get off the airplane, he broke into a big smile. Upon seeing his wife and child get off the airplane, Carl broke into a big smile.

When Tina crossed the marathon finish line, she fell in exhaustion. When I looked in my wallet, I saw I didn't have enough money to pay my restaurant bill.

5.

Sam found that he had made a math error when he re-read the data. When you finish the examination, bring your paper to the front of the room.

6.

There must have been 300 students

4.

slowly read through the

list

in the

of names.

room on

When

I

heard

the

first

day of class. The professor

my name, I

raised

my hand

to identify

myself. 7.

Captain Cook had been sailors shouted,

sailing for

many weeks

"Land ho!" When he heard

with no land in

this,

Cook grabbed

sight.

Finally,

his telescope

one of the and searched

the horizon.

Reduction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying Adverbial Phrases

393

..

Exercise 14. Looking at grammar. (Charts I8-1 -+ 18-5) Change the adverb clause in each sentence to a modifying adverbial phrase punctuation, capitalization, and word order as necessary. 1

After

spends some time in a cocoon, a caterpillar

it

-> After spending

2.

When

3.

When we ->

4.

Because

we handed

entered the theater,

was unprepared

we handed

for the test,

-* Being unprepared for the

on

my trip, I

the usher our tickets.

I

do

didn't

well.

OR Unprepared for

well.

checked to see what shots

Before

6.

Jane's family hasn't received any

7.

Because

8.

My father reluctantly agreed to let me

I

as a butterfly.

the usher our tickets.

I didn't do

test,

5.

I left

Change

suddenly got very quiet inside the theater, (no change)

it

entering the theater,

I

emerge

possible.

some time in a cocoon, a caterpillar will emerge as a butterfly.

the movie started,

Upon

will

if

news from her

hadn't understood the directions,

I

I

the

well.

Kenya two weeks

ago.

lost.

game

attend the

I didn't do

would need.

since she arrived in

got

test,

after

he had talked

it

over with

my mother. 9.

When I

discovered

I

had

lost

my key to

the apartment,

I

called the building

superintendent. 10.

Because the

1 1

After

forest area

we had

to wait for

summer,

so dry this

is

more than

prohibited to light campfires.

it is

half an hour,

we were

Exercise 15. Let's talk. (Chapter 18) Work in small groups. Imagine your friend

finally seated at the restaurant.

is traveling to a foreign country and has never been abroad before. Give advice by making several suggestions for each item.

1

Before leaving on your trip, -* you '11 need to get a visa. ->•

you should find out

if you

-> give a friend or family >

2.

don 't forget

Upon

to

.

.

.

need immunizations.

member your

arriving at the airport,

.

.

.

3.

After getting to your destination,

4.

When

talking with the local people,

5.

While

visiting tourist sites,

6.

Before leaving for home,

7.

In general,

394 CHAPTER

18

when

itinerary.

have someone pick up your mail.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

traveling to a foreign country,

.

.

.

.

^ CD

2

Exercise 16. Listening. (Chapter 18) Choose the sentence

Listen to each conversation.

Example:

You

(a.

same meaning.

or b.) that has the

A: William, don't forget to pick up some groceries after work. B: Oh yeah, thanks. That's the first thing I'll do when I leave

will hear:

the office.

You

will

choose:

After leaving work, William will stop at the grocery store, Before leaving work, William will pick up some groceries.

(57)

b.

a.

1

Fearing people

will

laugh at her

if

she plays the piano, Rose doesn't want to play at the

family gathering, b.

2.

3.

4.

Knowing

she plays beautifully, Rose

is

happy

to play the piano at the family gathering.

b.

Not wanting to upset him, Jan isn't going to talk to Thomas this afternoon. Hoping to change Thomas' work behavior, Jan is going to talk to him this afternoon.

a.

Upon

b.

On finding her wedding ring,

a.

a.

b.

finding her wedding ring, Susan hid

Susan

it

in a box.

felt relieved.

Never having voted in an election, Sam is taking it very seriously. Having done a lot of research before choosing a candidate, Sam voted

in the

presidential election.

j

Exercise 17. Reading and grammar. (Chapter 18) Part I. Read the passage and underline the modifying adverbial

The Alexander Graham

day

in 1875, while

test

on

voices he accidentally spilled acid ,

Watson, who was

in

First Telephone

of the deaf in Boston, invented the

Bell, a teacher

running a

phrases.

his latest

on

first

telephone.

One

attempt to create a machine that could carry

his coat. Naturally,

he called for

another room. Bell said, "Mr. Watson,

come

his assistant, Thomas A.

here. I

want you." Upon

hearing words coming from the machine, Watson immediately lealized that their experiments

had

at last

been successful.

He

rushed excitedly into the other room to

tell

Bell that

he had

heard his words over the machine. After successfully testing the

new machine

again and again, Bell confidently announced his

invention to the world. For the most part, scientists appreciated his accomplishment, but the general public did not understand the revolutionary nature of Bell's invention. Believing the

telephone was a toy with

little

practical application,

most people paid

little

attention to Bell's

announcement.

Reduction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying Adverbial Phrases

395

.

Part

II.

Read the statements. was

testing a

Circle

"T"

for true

and "F"

machine when Watson made

Bell

2.

Watson heard words coming from the machine.

3.

Watson

4.

Bell

new

announced

his

T T T T

a discovery.

1

tested the

for false.

device again and again.

phone was

a toy.

Exercise 1 8. Listening. (Chapter 8) I. Look at the picture of the keyboard while

F F F F

1

^CD

Part

listening to the lecture.

2

Track 27

Enter

a [

"I'McMBiNMfi>ri"

na

M

HUH )

QWERTY keyboard

Part 1

II.

Read

the statements.

While working on

Upon

"T"

for true

a typewriter design, Sholes

more than one pattern 2.

Circle

and "F"

for false.

came up up with

for the keyboard.

discovering that the keys hit one another

in alphabetical order, Sholes

if

Needing

a

4.

Having

396 CHAPTER

18

F

T

F

T

F

typists to type letters as rapidly

decided his design would be the best choice.

a long history of successful use,

be replaced any time soon.

T

developed a keyboard called

keyboard that allowed

as possible, Sholes

F

the letters were

"QWERTY." 3.

T

QWERTY

is

not likely to

Chapter

19

Connectives That Express

Cause and Effect, and Condition Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart 19-1) Which sentences express the same meaning Situation:

Monday was

Result:

All schools

All schools

a holiday.

were closed on

to

Monday because

it

was

a holiday.

Monday. the holiday, all schools were closed on Monday. the fact that it was a holiday, all schools were closed on Monday. all

schools were closed on

Using Because Of and Due To

19-1 (a)

to

as the given situation?

were closed.

Because of the holiday,

Due Due

Contrast,

Because

was

the weather

cold,

we

Because

stayed home.

introduces an adverb clause;

followed by a subject and a verb, as

we

(b)

Because of the

(c)

Due

to the cold weather,

(d)

Due

to the fact that the weather

cold weather,

we

Because of and due

stayed home.

was

cold,

we

Sometimes

stayed home.

is

is

to are phrasal prepositions;

they are followed by a noun object, as

stayed home.

it

in (a).

(usually in

more formal

in (b)

writing)

and

(c).

due

to

followed by a noun clause introduced by the

fact that

(e)

J

We We We

stayed stayed stayed

home because of the cold weather. home due to the cold weather. home due to the fact that the weather was

Exercise

2.

.

Jon

is

a

main clause, as

in (e).

cold.

Looking at grammar.

Identify the cause 1

Like adverb clauses, these phrases can follow the

and

effect in

(Charts 17 3 and 19-1) each pair of sentences. Then combine the sentences with because.

heavy smoker. Jon has breathing problems. homesick. Martina moved to a

2.

Martina

3.

Mr. Jordan's house has no

4.

Victor has gained weight. Victor

feels

heat.

Mr. Jordan is

new town.

lost his job.

going to eat

less.

397

.

grammar. (Charts 17-3 with because or because of. Complete the sentences

Exercise 3. Looking at

1

We

2.

Sue's eyes were red

3.

We

4.

Jim had

postponed our

can't visit the to give

the

trip

19

l)

bad driving conditions.

she had been

swimming

museum tomorrow

it

up jogging

isn't

in a chlorinated pool.

open.

his sprained ankle.

5.

heavy fog

6.

the elevator was broken,

7.

and

at the airport,

Thousands of Irish people emigrated

to the

our plane was delayed for several hours.

we had

to

walk up

six flights

of

stairs.

United States

the potato

famine in Ireland in the mid- 1 9th century.

Exercise 4. Looking at

grammar.

Complete the sentences with the ideas was heavy.)

1.

(The

2.

(Bill's wife is

3.

(It

4.

(Our parents all

5.

traffic

was noisy

ill.)

Bill

We

were

has to do

in the next

late to the

all

apartment.)

are generous.)

(Chart 19-1)

in parentheses.

of the cooking and cleaning because of

I

couldn't get to sleep last night because of

Because of

of the children in our family have received the best of everything.

(Circumstances are beyond our control.)

Due

to .,

J

Exercise 5. Warm-up. (Chart 19-2) Check (/) the sentences that logically complete Nadia

the heavy traffic

meeting due to

1.

Therefore, she has a vegetable garden in her yard.

2.

As

3.

Therefore, she buys canned vegetables at the store.

4.

As

5.

She

6.

Consequently, she eats produce from her garden.

398 CHAPTER

19

a result, she

grow her own

office

is

closed today.

the idea of the given sentence.

likes fresh vegetables.

a result, she doesn't

our

vegetables.

buys produce from local farmers.

eats a lot of frozen vegetables, therefore.

.

..

19-2 Cause and

Effect:

(a)

Al failed the test

because he

(b)

Al didn't study.

Therefore, he

(c)

Al didn't study.

Consequently, he

Using Therefore, Consequently, and So Examples

didn't study. failed the test. failed the test.

(a), (b), and (c) have the same meaning. Therefore and consequently mean "as a result." In grammar, they are called transitions (or conjunctive adverbs).

Transitions connect the ideas

are used most

(d)

Al didn't study.

(e)

Al didn't study.

Therefore, he failed the test. He, therefore, failed the test.

(f)

Al didn't study.

He

commonly

in

spoken English.

A

transition

occurs

in

in

between two sentences. They formal written English and rarely

the second of two related sentences.

Notice the patterns and punctuation

failed the test, therefore.

comma)

in

the examples.

A

used at the end of the first sentence.* The transition has several positions in the second period (not a

POSITIONS OF a transition:

is

sentence. The transition

+ S + V (+ rest of sentence) S + transition + V (+ rest of sentence) S + V + rest of sentence) + transition

transition

is

separated from the rest of the

sentence by commas.

(

(g)

Al didn't study,

so he

failed the test.

In (g):

So is used as a conjunction between two independent has the same meaning as therefore.

clauses.

It

So is common in both formal written and spoken English. A comma usually precedes so when connects two sentences, it

as

*A semicolon

j

is

also possible in this situation.

in (g).

See the footnote to Chart 19-3.

Exercise 6. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-2) Rewrite the sentence with the given words. Punctuate carefully. The children stayed home because a storm was approaching. 1

therefore

2.

consequently so

Exercise

7.

(9-2) Looking at grammar. (Charts 17 3, l9-l,c Add capital letters as necessary. NOTE: Two sentences need no

Punctuate the sentences. changes.

was cold she wore

1

adverb clause:

Because

2.

adverb clause:

She wore

3.

prepositional phrase:

Because of the cold weather she wore a coat.

4.

prepositional phrase:

She wore

5.

transition:

The weather was

cold therefore she wore a coat.

6.

transition:

The weather was

cold she wore a coat therefore.

7.

conjunction:

The weather was

cold so she wore a coat.

it

a coat

because

it

a coat.

was

cold.

a coat because of the cold weather.

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition 399

.

Exercise 8. Looking at

grammar.

Add

Punctuate the sentences.

(Charts

1

and

7-3, 19-1,

19 2)

capital letters as necessary.

Pat always enjoyed studying sciences in high school therefore she decided to major in

1

biology in college. 2.

Due

3.

Last night's storm

4.

Due

to recent

to the

improvements

damaged

snowstorm only

in the

economy fewer people

are

unemployed.

the power lines consequently the town was without electricity. students

five

came

to class the teacher therefore canceled the class.

Exercise 9. Warm-up. (Chart 19-3) Check (/) the sentences that have the correct punctuation. 1

Doctors sometimes recommend yoga for their patients. Because

.

2.

Because yoga can lower

3.

Yoga can lower

stress.

4.

Yoga can lower

stress, so

stress doctors

sometimes recommend

Doctors, therefore, sometimes doctors sometimes

it

stress.

for their patients.

it

recommend

recommend

can lower

it

it

for their patients.

for their patients.

19-3 Summary of Patterns and Punctuation Adverb Clauses

we went swimming.

(a)

Because

(b)

We went swimming because

was

it

hot,

it

was

hot.

An adverb clause may precede

A comma

punctuation:

clause

Prepositions

(c)

(d)

Because of the hot weather, swimming.

We went swimming

A

we went

or follow an

independent clause.

comes

preposition

used

is

if

the adverb

first.

is

followed by a noun object, not

by a subject and verb.

because of the hot

A comma

punctuation:

usually used

is

if

the

prepositional phrase precedes the subject

weather.

and

verb of the independent clause.

Transitions

(e)

It

was

(f)

It

(g)

It

we went swimming.

hot.

Therefore,

was

hot.

We, therefore, went swimming.

was

hot.

We

went swimming, therefore.

A

transition is

a

pair.

used with the second sentence of relationship of the second idea to the first idea. A transition is movable within the second sentence. It

shows the

A period is used between the two independent clauses.* A comma may not be used to separate the clauses. Commas are usually used to set the transition off from the punctuation:

rest of the sentence.

Conjunctions

(h)

It

was

hot,

so we went swimming.

A

conjunction

comes between two independent

clauses.

punctuation: Usually a

immediately

*A semicolon //

;

)

may be used

comma

is

used

a conjunction.

instead of a period between the two independent clauses.

was hot; therefore, we went swimming.

/

v

It

(

in front of

was

hot; we, therefore,

hot;

In general, a nts;

went swimming.

we went swimming,

therefore.

semicolon can be used instead of a period between any two sentences that are closely related

they are beans.

400 CHAPTER

19

Notice that

a small letter,

no r

a capital letter,

immediately follows

a

semicolon.

in

meaning: Peanuts are

.

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Charts 17-3 and 19-3) Combine the sentences using the given words. Discuss correct punctuation.

We postponed our trip. The weather was bad. Example: because

-+

We postponed our

-+

Because

because

trip

the weather

the weather was bad. was bad, we postponed our trip.

1.

therefore

3.

so

5.

consequently

2.

since

4.

because of

6.

due

to the fact that

Exercise 1 1 Looking at grammar. (Charts 7-3, 19-2, and 19-3) Combine each pair of ideas with the words in parentheses. 1

.

1.

My cell phone doesn't work. The battery dead, {because) -* My cell phone doesn work because the battery dead. OR is

is

't

— Because

the battery

is

dead,

my

cell

phone doesn *t work.

2.

Pat doesn't want to return to the Yukon to

3.

It is

important to wear a hat on cold days.

our head,

our body heat through

couldn't pick us up after the concert. His car wouldn't start, {therefore)

Bill

5.

When I was

6.

A camel

in my teens and twenties, it was easy for Both of us can be stubborn and opinionated,

father.

me

to get into

Robert emailed the software company for technical support.

A tomato

9.

There

an ideal animal for

It is

He

got

some new business

{so)

but most people consider it a vegetable. It with salads along lettuce, onions, cucumbers, and other vegetables, {since) is

is

classified as a fruit,

consumer demand

Many

ruthlessly.

people

any item made from

for ivory.

who

ivory,

sail off

{due

to,

often eaten in

elephants are being slaughtered

believed the world was

unknown

buy

consequently)

the end of the earth.

forth with explorers into

Many

flat

and

that a ship could

sailors of the time refused to

venture

waters, {because)

Warm-up.

Exercise 12.

(Chart 19-4) Imagine their reactions as parents and complete the sentences with or your own ideas. What do you notice about so/such and the words in blue?

Read about Alan and phrases in the

Many African

is

care about saving these animals from extinction refuse to

Most 15th-century Europeans conceivably

my

to the fact that)

software that didn't work, 8.

an argument with

{because)

can go completely without water for eight to ten days.

desert areas, {due

10.

winters are too severe, {because)

lose sixty percent of

{since)

4.

7.

The

live.

We

list

Lisa.

Situation: Alan and Lisa are the proud parents of triplets. Before their triplets were born, however, they were told they were going to have twins. Imagine their surprise when they found out they were the parents of three babies. Alan was incredibly happy. Lisa was utterly exhausted.

began to cry

couldn't laugh or cry

fell

called friends

danced around the room

went into shock

1

Ed was

2.

Lisa was

so

happy

that he ...

.

so tired that she ....

asleep

3.

Ed was

4.

Lisa was such a tired

such a

Connectives That Express Cause and

happy dad

that he ...

mom

Effect, Contrast,

.

that she ....

and Condition 401

.

19-4 Other Ways of Expressing Cause and Effect: That That and So Such .

.

.

.

.

.

Because the weather was nice, we went to the zoo. It was such nice weather that we went to the zoo. (c) The weather was so nice that we went to the zoo. (a)

Examples

(b)

meaning.

(d)

It

(e)

It

(

f )

was such good coffee that had another cup. was such a foggy day that we couldn't see the

Such such .

1

The

coffee

so hot that

is

1

can't drink

road.

.

.

so -

She made so many mistakes that she failed the exam. He has so few friends that he is always lonely. She has so much money that she can buy whatever she wants. ) (m) He had so little trouble with the test that he left twenty minutes early. (

adverb

{

So

)

j

k)

or

I

1

i

(

.

.

have the same

- noun -

(adjective

1

1

(c)

that encloses a modified noun:

adjective

So... that encloses an

it.

(g) I'm so hungry that could eat a horse. (h) She speaks so fast that can't understand her. ) He walked so quickly that couldn't keep up with him. (

(

and

(a), (b),

that

much, and

is

that

adjective or adverb:

~\

>

-

that

J

used with many, few.

little.

1

(n) (o)

It

1

was such a good book {that) couldn't put down. was so hungry (that) didn't wait for dinner to eat something.

Sometimes, primarily

it

1

in

speaking, that\s

omitted.

1

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19 -4) Complete the sentences with so or such. 1

.

It

euch

was

an enjoyable party that no one wanted to

2.

The

3.

We

4.

Maya

5.

You've been

6.

The

article

7.

The

teacher has repeated herself

8.

It

9.

My elderly aunt has

bo

party was

had

enjoyable that no one wanted to leave.

much

s>o

fun that no one wanted to leave.

afraid of flying that she travels

is

kind that

had

little

was

a

long

trip

I

don't

by

know how

train or bus.

to thank you.

current information that

abroad that

many I

it

Try

to exaggerate

wasn't useful.

times that

becoming

it's

few friends that

I

am

beginning to worry about her.

using so/such that with the given your answers. Share your favorite sentences with the class. .

.

Example: I'm hungry. In fact, I'm .... I'm so hungry. In fact, I'm so hungry (that) I could eat a 1.

I'm

2.

I

really tired.

didn't expect

402 CHAPTER

19

In fact, I'm .... it!

I

a joke.

got very homesick.

Exercise 14. Let's talk. (Chart 19-4) Work in small groups. Take turns making sentences ideas.

leave.

was

really surprised.

In fact,

I

was ....

.

horse.

.

j

3.

I

took a very slow bus to town. In

4.

I

saw

a shark while

5.

We

6.

The weather was

7.

My

8.

I

wallet

fell

was swimming

I

rented a video.

fact,

was

It

it

was ....

in the ocean.

I

was frightened. In

a very exciting movie. In fact,

really, really hot.

In fact,

out of my pocket and

I

it

it

fact, I

was ....

was ....

was ....

lost a lot

of money. In fact,

lost ....

I

ordered an expensive meal at a restaurant. The server brought a small plate with a tiny amount of food to your table. In fact, it was ....

Exercise 15. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-4) sentences using so or such by combining the ideas

Make

Example:

The wind was

strong. ->

Column A and Column

in

The wind was so strong that

Column A

it

blew

my

B.

hat off my head.

Column B

my tongue.

2.

The wind was strong. The radio was too loud.

3.

Olga did poor work.

4.

The food was too hot. There are many leaves on a single tree. The tornado struck with great force. Few students showed up for class. Charles used too much paper when he

d.

The

teacher postponed the

e.

It is

impossible to count them.

f.

It lifted

was writing

h.

1

5. 6.

7. 8.

his report.

so that

.

.

g-

It

burned

She was It

I

blew

fired

from her

my hat

off

job.

my head. test.

cars off the ground.

couldn't hear what Michael was

saying.

The wastepaper

basket overflowed.

the given sentence.

.

1.

she could be closer to home.

2.

she

3.

her husband

4.

she could earn

is

b.

/c.

Exercise 16. Warm-up. (Chart 19 5) Check (/) the sentences that correctly complete

Kay got a new job

a.

very excited. is

taking her out to dinner to celebrate.

more money.

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

403

19-5 Expressing Purpose: Using So That (a)

1

turned off the TV in order to enable study in peace and quiet.

my roommate

In

to (b)

turned off the TV so (that) study in peace and quiet. 1

order to expresses purpose. (See Chart

In (a):

my roommate could

was

turned

I

to

make

peace and

off

TV

the

for

possible for

it

1

5-1

,

p.

331

.)

a purpose. The purpose

my roommate

to study in

quiet.

So That + Can or Could (c)

cash a check so that 1 can buy

I'm going to

my

So

(d)

1

that also expresses purpose*

meaning as

textbooks.

cashed a check so that 1 could buy

my textbooks.

order

in

speaking.

So

often used instead of in order to

that

In (c):

is

so

(f

)

(g)

I'll

my

take

Yesterday get wet. I'll

my

take

took

is

the

to

buy

can buy =

in

order to be able

so

in

past sentences, as

after

that

the

in

in

(d).**

Would or Simple Present

umbrella so that 1

1

when

used a present/future meaning.

for

that

Can

being expressed.

ability is

Could is used

(e)

expresses the same

"that" is often omitted,

in

adverb clause

Will 1

It

The word

especially

idea of

So That +

to.

my

1

won't get

wet.

In (e):

that

so that 1 wouldn't

umbrella

so that 1 won't get wet =

Would is used umbrella so that

1

don't get wet.

In (g):

after

in

order

to

make sure

won't get wet

1

It

is

past sentences, as

in

sometimes possible

so that

in

place of

will;

to

in (f).

use the simple present

the simple present

expresses a future meaning. order that has the same meaning as so that but is less commonly used. Example: / turned off the TV in order that my roommate could study in peace and quiet. Both so that and in order that introduce adverb clauses. It is unusual but possible to put these adverb clauses of a sentence: So that my roommate could study in peace and quiet, I turned off the TV

*Note: In

**Also possible but

my

less

common:

the use of

may or might in

place of

can or could

(e.g., /

at the

cashed a check so that I

beginning

might buy

textbooks.).

Exercise 17. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-5) Combine each set of ideas by using so (that). 1

.

Please turn

down

-> Please turn 2.

the radio.

down

I

want

to

be able to get to

sleep.

the radio so (that) I can get to sleep.

My wife turned down the radio. I wanted to be able to get to sleep. My wife turned down the radio so (that) I could get to sleep. >

3.

Put the milk ->

Put

in the refrigerator.

We want to make

the milk in the refrigerator so (that)

put the milk in the refrigerator.

4.

I

5.

Please be quiet.

6.

I

7.

I'm going to cash a check.

I

it

wanted

/ put the milk in the refrigerator so (that) I

want

to be able to hear

asked the children to be quiet.

I

want

I

to it

make

it

won't (or doesn't)

won't (OR doesn't)

make

sure

wouldn 't

it

I

spoil.

didn't spoil.

is

saying.

to be able to hear

sure that

spoil.

spoil.

what Sharon

wanted to

sure

what Sharon was

have enough

money

to

saying.

go to

the store. 8.

I

cashed a check yesterday.

the store.

404 CHAPTER

19

I

wanted

to

make

sure that

I

had enough money

to go to

..

9.

Ann and Larry want

10.

to

have a six-year-old child. Tonight they're going to hire a babysitter. They be able to go out with some friends.

Ann and Larry hired a babysitter. They wanted home of Larry's boss.

Last week

to be able to

go to a dinner

party at the 11.

Be sure to put the meat in the oven ready to eat by 6:30.

12.

Yesterday

13.

I'm going to leave the party

14.

When

it

I

put the meat in the oven

started to rain,

early.

I

You want

at 5:00.

at 5:00.

want

Harry opened

wanted

I

be sure that

to

it

to

it

will

be (OR

is)

be ready to eat by 6:30.

be able to get a good night's sleep tonight.

to

his umbrella.

He wanted

to

be sure he didn't

get wet. 15.

The

little

boy pretended

to be sick.

He wanted

to stay

home from

school.

Exercise 18. Looking at grammar. (Charts 19-2 and 19-5) that to the sentence if so means in order that. If so means therefore, add

Add

a

comma.

that

my rent.

1

I

borrowed some money so A

2.

I

didn't have

3.

I

need

4.

I

needed

5.

Marta

6.

Olga wants to improve her English so she has hired a

7.

Tarek borrowed money from

8.

I

enough money

a visa so

is

I

can

a visa so

I

I

could pay

for a

movie, so

I

went home and watched TV.

travel overseas.

went

to the

embassy

to apply for one.

trying to improve her English so she can

turned off the TV so

I

his parents so

become

he could

could concentrate on

a tour guide.

tutor.

own

start his

business.

my paperwork.

Exercise 19. Warm-up. (Chart 19 6) when someone breaks an arm, he/she goes to a doctor. That is expected behavior. Answer the same question about expected behavior for each statement. Circle yes or no. Usually

EXPECTED BEHAVIOR? yes

no

Joe went to the doctor because he broke his arm.

yes

no

3.

Sue broke her arm, so she went

yes

no

4.

Amy broke her arm; nevertheless,

yes

no

5.

Despite having a broken arm, Rick didn't go to the doctor.

yes

no

6.

Eva was

yes

no

yes

no

1

Ron broke

2.

his

in so

arm, but he didn't go to the doctor.

much

to the doctor.

she didn't go to the doctor.

pain from her broken

arm

that she

went

to

the doctor. 7.

Jeff

broke his arm; therefore, he went to the doctor.

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

405

..

19-6 Showing Contrast (Unexpected Result) these sentences have the same meaning. The idea of cold weather is contrasted with the idea of going swimming. Usually if the weather is cold, one does not go swimming, so going swimming in cold weather is an "unexpected result." It is surprising that the speaker went swimming in cold weather. All of

Adverb Clauses

Conjunctions

(a)

although

(b) Although

though

(

c)

Though

was

was

cold.

cold.

cold.

1

1

went swimming.

went swimming.

1

went swimming.

anyway

(

d)

It

was

cold,

but went swimming anyway.

still

(

e

)

It

was

cold,

but

yet

still

(

f )

It

was

cold,

yet

nevertheless

(g)

It

was

cold.

nonetheless

(

h)

It

was

cold;

)

It

was

cold.

.

.

.

.

.

.

however Prepositions

it

it

was

it

but...

but

Transitions

Even though

even though

.

.

.

still

( i

1

still

went swimming.

still

went swimming.

1

1

Nevertheless.

nonetheless

However,

1

1

1

went swimming.

went swimming.

still

went swimming.

went swimming despite the cold weather.

despite

(

)

1

j

in spite of

(

k)

1

despite the fact that

(1)1 went swimming despite the fact that the weather was

in spite of the fact that

(m)

1

went swimming

went swimming

in spite of the cold weather.

in spite

of the fact thatXhe weather was cold.

Exercise 20. Looking at grammar. (Charts 19 2 and 19 -6) Complete the sentences with inside or outside to make logical statements.

we

had our wedding

1

It

rained, but

2.

It

rained, so

3.

It

rained; nevertheless,

4.

Though

5.

Even though

6.

Although

7.

Despite the fact that

8.

It

still

we had our wedding

rained,

it

it

it

.

we had our wedding

.

we had our wedding

rained,

rained,

rained; therefore,

we had our wedding

we had our wedding it

rained,

we had our wedding

we had our wedding

Exercise 21. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-6) Complete the sentences with am or am not to make logical statements. 1

The roads

2.

Though

3.

Even though the roads

4.

I

5.

The

6.

Despite the fact that the roads are

7.

In spite of the icy roads,

406 CHAPTER

are icy; nevertheless,

the roads are icy,

going shopping.

I

staying

I

are icy,

home.

going shopping.

I

going shopping although the roads are roads are

19

icy.

going shopping anyway.

icy, yet I

I

icy, I

staying

going shopping.

cold.

home.

.

Exercise 22. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-6) Complete the sentences with the given words. Notice the use of punctuation and capitalization.

Part

I.

Complete the sentences with but, even though, or nevertheless.

1.

Bob

ate a large dinner.

,

2.

Bob

ate a large dinner,

he

3.

Bob

is still

4.

I

had

a lot of studying to do,

I

5.

I

had

a lot of studying to do.

,

6.

I

had

of my work

I

finished

8.

I

was very

sleepy,

I

9.

I

was very

sleepy.

,

II.

I

washed

my hands.

11.

I

washed

my hands,

,

12.

I

Diana didn't know how

I

Diana didn't know how

of

all

finished

washed

to

my hands,

they

movie anyway.

to a movie.

to a movie. sleepy.

my work

anyway.

of my work.

all

periods,

and

still

looked

dirty.

they

still

looked

dirty.

they

still

looked

dirty.

she

jumped

into the pool.

to swim, she

jumped

into the pool.

swim,

to swim.

she jumped into the pool.

,

Exercise 23. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19

Add commas, 1

went

I

to a

went

I

was very

finished

Diana didn't know how

14. 15.

I

went

Complete the sentences with yet, although, or however.

10.

13.

hungry.

hungry.

is still

a lot of studying to do,

7.

Part

is still

he ate a large dinner.

hungry

all

he

capital letters as necessary.

6)

Do

not add, omit, or change any words.

Anna's father gave her some good advice nevertheless she did not follow

it.

Anna's father gave her some good advice. Neverthelessy she did not follow 2.

Anna's father gave her some good advice but she didn't follow

3.

Even though Anna's

4.

Anna's father gave her some good advice she did not follow

5.

Thomas was

6.

Thomas

7.

Thomas was

thirsty nevertheless

8.

Thomas was

thirsty yet

thirsty

father gave her

I

offered

some good advice she

him some water he refused

it.

didn't follow it

it.

it.

however.

it.

refused the water although he was thirsty.

he refused the glass of water

he refused to drink the water that

Connectives That Express Cause and

I

I

brought him.

offered him.

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

407

.

Exercise 24. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-6) Combine the sentences using the given words. Discuss correct punctuation. Use if necessary to make a logical statement. His grades were low. 1.

even though

2.

but

3.

yet

.

.

.

.

the university.

4.

anyway

.

.

He was admitted to

still

nonetheless

5.

despite

6.

because of

Exercise 25. Warm-up. (Chart 19-7) Read the question and the answers that follow. Which answers express the idea that "this"

1

is

"direct contrast,"

i.e.,

the opposite of "that"?

is

tornado

hurricane

What

the negative

the difference between hurricanes

warm

and tornadoes?

oceans while tornadoes form over land.

1

Hurricanes develop over

2.

Hurricanes develop while they are traveling over

3.

Hurricanes develop over

oceans, but tornadoes form over land.

4.

Hurricanes develop

oceans; however, tornadoes form over land.

5.

Hurricanes develop

warm over warm over warm

warm

ocean water.

oceans; on the other hand, tornadoes form over land.

9-7 Showing Direct Contrast

All of

the sentences have the

Adverb Clauses

same meaning:

while

Conjunctions

but

however

Transitions

on the other hand

'Sometimes .1

a

comma

rast rather

is

the opposite of

(a)

Mary

is rich,

(b)

John

is

19

The

use of a

comma

(c)

Mary

is rich,

(d)

John

is

poor,

(e)

Mary

is rich;

(f)

John

is

poor;

(g)

Mary

is rich.

(h)

John

is

in this instance

is

"that."

while John

poor, while

poor.

precedes a while-clause that shows direct contrast.

than time.

408 CHAPTER

"This"

is

Mary

but John

is

but Mary

poor*

is rich.

poor.

is rich.

however, John

Mary

is rich,

is

poor.

however.

John on the other hand, Mary,

on the other hand,

A comma

a stylistic

is

poor.

is rich.

helps clarify that while

choice by the writer.

is

being used to express

.

.

grammar. (Chart 19 7) sentences with the same meaning as the given sentence.

Exercise 26. Looking at

Make two

other hand. Punctuate

warm

1.

Florida has a

2.

While Fred

3.

Elderly people in

is

States often live

or

on the

climate, while Alaska has a cold climate.

good student,

a

Use however

carefully.

my

his brother

country usually

live

is lazy.

with their children, but the elderly in the United

by themselves.

Exercise 27. Looking at grammar. (Chart

19-7)

Complete the sentences with your own words. 1.

Some

2.

In the United States, people drive on the right-hand side of the road. However, people

people really enjoy swimming, while others

.

.

.

are afraid of water.

in

While

my desk

always seems to be a mess,

my

My oldest son is shy, while my youngest son

.

.

Exercise 28. Let's talk or write. (Chart 19 7) I. Read the information below about extroverts and

Part

introverts.

Make

several sentences

with the words in the list, either orally or in writing using the words but, however, other hand, or while.

on the

General Characteristics of Extroverts and Introverts Extroverts

Introverts

.

like to

work

mind

.

.

like to listen

are reserved like to

more than talk. when meeting people.

spend time alone.

don't like to work in groups.

in groups.

think carefully before speaking.

don't always think before speaking. don't

.

are uncomfortable being the center of attention.

be the center of attention. like to talk more than listen. enjoy meeting people. prefer being active. like to

prefer the quiet.

noise.

avoid crowds.

crowds. are energized by being with others.

like

can find

it

tiring to

spend time with others.

Examples: -» Extroverts like to talk

—

Introverts like to listen

more than listen, while introverts like to listen more than talk. more than talk. Extroverts, however, like to talk more than listen.

Are you an extrovert or introvert? Compare yourself to someone you know who different from you. Make several sentences.

Part

J

II.

is

Exercise 29. Let's talk. (Chart 19 7) Think of two different countries you are familiar with. How are they different? Use while, however, on the other hand, and but. Work in pairs, in small groups, or as a class. economic system

1

size

5.

2.

population

6.

educational system

3.

food

7.

role of

4.

time of meals

8.

language

women

Connectives That Express Cause and

9.

educational costs

10.

medical care

1 1

public transportation

12.

dating customs

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

409

.

Exercise 30. Warm-up. (Chart 19 8) Choose the logical verb for each sentence: can or

can't.

Situation: Sarah drinks coffee every morning.

wakes her up.

It

Sarah drinks coffee in the morning, she

can

wake up

can't

1

If

2.

Unless Sarah drinks coffee in the morning, she

3.

Sarah drinks coffee every morning; otherwise, she

4.

Sarah drinks coffee in the morning, or else she

I

can

I

can

I

wake up

can't

can

I

quickly.

can't

wake up

wake up

can't

quickly. quickly.

quickly.

19-8 Expressing Conditions: Using Otherwise and Or (Else) Adverb Clauses

(a)

If

1

don't eat breakfast,

1

get hungry.

If

and unless

late if you don't hurry.

(b)

You'll

be

(c)

You'll

get wet unless you take your umbrella.

(d)

always eat breakfast. Otherwise. hungry during class.

pp.

Transitions

Conjunctions

1

1

opposite

(e)

You'd better hurry. Otherwise, you'll be

(f)

Take your umbrella. Otherwise,

(g)

always eat breakfast, or (else)

1

you'll

1

late.

get wet.

get hungry

during class. (h) )

( i

You'd better hurry, or (else) you'll be

Take your umbrella, or (else)

you'll

377 and 382.)

Otherwise expresses the idea

get

produce and 17-10,

state conditions that

certain results. (See Charts 17-6

is

true,

then there

will

"if

the

be a certain

result." In (d):

otherwise =

if 1

don't eat breakfast

Or else and otherwise have the same meaning.

late.

get wet.

Exercise 31. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19 8) sentences with the same meaning as the given sentence. Use otherwise.

Make 1

If I

don't call

—

/

my mother,

am

going to I should worrying about me.

you don't

If

3.

Unless you have a

4.

You

5.

If

6.

Only

7.

Mary can go

8.

If

ticket,

Tom if

383.

19

I

worrying about me. have to I must call my mother. Otherwise,

you can't get into the

she'll start

you have

theater.

a passport.

doesn't get a job soon, his family won't have enough

you speak both Japanese and Chinese

fluently will

money

for food.

you be considered

for that job.*

to school only if she gets a scholarship.

don't wash

410 CHAPTER

better

can't enter that country unless

my

clothes tonight,

•Notice that the subject and verb p.

she'll start

had

leave now, you'll be late for class.

2.

I

I

in

the

main clause

I

won't have any clean clothes to wear tomorrow.

are inverted because the sentence begins with only

if.

See Chart 17-11.

.

19-9 Summary of Connectives: Cause and and Condition

Effect, Contrast,

Adverb Clause Words

Transitions

Conjunctions

Prepositions

Cause and

because

therefore

so

Effect

since

because due to

now

so

consequently

Condition

of

that

however

but

(

although

nevertheless

yet

(

though

nonetheless on the other hand

even though

Contrast

(that)

while

in

if

case

otherwise

.

.

.

.

.

.

anyway)

despite

still)

in

spite of

or (else)

unless only

if

even if whether or not

Exercise 32. Looking at grammar. (Chart 19-9) Using the two ideas of "to study" and "to pass or fail the exam," complete the sentences. Punctuate and capitalize as necessary. 1

.

Because

I

did not study

failed the

/

failed

the exam.

exam because

2.

I

3.

Although

4.

I

did not study therefore

5.

I

did not study however

6.

I

studied nevertheless

7.

Even though

8.

I

9.

Since

I

j

studied

I

.

did not study

did not study so I

did not study

study for the

exam

10.

If

1 1

Unless

12.

I

13.

Even

14.

I

did not study consequently

15.

I

did not study nonetheless _

I

I

study for the

exam

must study otherwise if I

study

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition 411

.

16.

1

3 P~ CD2 Track 28

7

I

probably

will

Only

the

fail

exam whether

study

if I

studied hard vet

18.

I

19.

You'd better study or

else

Exercise 33. Listening. (Chart 19

9)

Listen to each sentence and choose the logical completion

You Example: r

You

will hear:

I

was exhausted when

I

or

(a.

b.).

got home, but

^^^ will choose: (ju I didn't take a nap.

b.

.

.

.

took a nap.

I

b.

my back

b.

my

hurry.

b.

I

don't hurry.

hurried.

b.

I

didn't hurry.

b.

our

b.

the noise doesn't bother me.

b.

I

1.

a.

my back gets

2.

a.

my

3.

a.

I

4.

a.

I

5.

a.

our

6.

a.

the noise bothers me.

7.

a.

I fell

sore.

old one works fine.

offices are hot.

asleep during dinner.

doesn't get sore.

old one doesn't work.

offices aren't hot.

didn't

fall

asleep during dinner.

Exercise 34. Game. (Charts 17-2, 19-4 and 19-9) Work in teams. Combine these two ideas using the words below the example. The time is now, so use present and future tenses. The team that correctly combines the most sentences wins.

to go (or not to go) to the

beach

hot, cold, nice

\

weather

Example: because

Because ->

so

2.

so

3.

nevertheless

.

.

is

cold,

We're going to go to the beach

1.

.

the weather

that

because of

9.

consequently

10.

as

soon

despite

11.

such

5.

now

12.

since

6.

once

13.

but

7.

although

14.

unless

412 CHAPTER

19

because

8.

4.

that

we aren 't going

.

.

.

.

.

as .

that

anyway

to

go

to the

the weather

is

beach.

hot.

15.

therefore

16.

only

17.

nonetheless

if

18.

in spite of

19.

even

20.

yet

21.

whether

.

if .

.

still

... or

not

3

.

Exercise 35. Reading. (Chart 19-9) I. Read the passage comparing optimists and

Part

Optimists

Have you ever heard the expression If not,

imagine that you are looking

with liquid. it is

Now,

Pessimists

vs.

that a glass

is

half full or half empty?

halfway

at a glass that is filled exactly

the glass half full or half

is

pessimists.

empty

who

half full are called optimists, while people

who

to you? People

say

it is

half

empty

say

are

called pessimists. In simple terms, optimists see the best in the world, while

pessimists see the worst.

One

of the clearest ways to see the differences between the two

optimists and pessimists explain events.

When

is

the event as a single event which does not affect other areas of their

an optimistic person. herself:

another

"Oh well, test in a

Pessimists,

that

on

was one

few weeks.

When

I'll

do

test I didn't

test,

well on.

I

lives.

For example, Sarah

she will say something

is

like this to

wasn't feeling well that day.

will feel that

an event

is

just

I

have

one of a string of bad events

and that they're somehow the cause of it. Let's take

I

way

do better on that one."

she gets a low grade on a

I'm stupid.

tests.

she gets a low grade on a

on the other hand,

affecting their lives, a pessimist.

When

to look at the

something bad happens, optimists tend to see

test,

a look at Susan.

she might say: "I failed again.

I

And when something does go well for may say, "I was just lucky that time," and

should just quit trying."

she often attributes her success to luck. She

She

is

never do well Susan, she

doesn't expect to do well again. While optimists don't see themselves as failures, pessimists do.

Research has shown that optimism can be a learned

trait

and

that, despite their upbringing,

people can train themselves to respond to events in more positive terms. For example, Paul has

tendency to react negatively to events. The

become conscious of that more positive terms, as Sarah did when she failed the test. As Paul begins to do more of this, he forms new patterns of response, and over time these responses become more automatic. Gradually he can develop a more positive outlook on life. a

behavior.

Once he

identifies

how he

What about you? How do you Part

II.

is

see

first

thing he has to do

is

reacting, he can reframe his thoughts in

Is

life?

the glass half full or half empty?

Complete the sentences with information from the reading.

1

Optimists think positively about

life,

2.

An

test;

3.

Things sometimes go well

4.

Pessimists see themselves as failures;

5.

Optimists don't see a single event affecting other areas of their

6.

Optimists see the best in the world; therefore, ....

optimist

may do

poorly on a

while .... nevertheless, ....

for a pessimist; however, ....

on the other hand, ....

7.

Optimists see the best in the world; however, ....

8.

Although people may have been raised

9.

If a pessimist

wants to change how he

lives;

consequently, ....

as pessimists, ....

reacts, ....

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

41

.

j CD

Exercise 36. Listening. (Chapters 17 --> 19) Part I. Answer these questions. Then listen to the 2

1

.

Track 29

2.

lecture with your

Yawning

is

so contagious that

even though they

According only

4.

T

as well.

According to the speaker, people are not necessarily tired

3.

for true

when one person

may yawn

yawns, others nearby 2.

It's

if

T

may yawn.

to the speaker, people

yawn

them yawn.

others around

been proven that unless people yawn,

T

they can't stay awake. 5.

It's

possible that at

yawned awake 6.

some point

in history, people

so that they could stay awake

and keep others

T

in times of danger.

According to the speaker,

if

you

are talking to people

and they begin yawning, you can be certain

that they

T

have become bored by you.

J

closed.

What makes vou yawn? Do you vawn when others around vou yawn?

Part II. Open your book and read the statements. Circle "T" and "F" for false. 1

book

F

Exercise 37. Check your knowledge. (Chapters ^ 19) These sentences are taken from student writing. You are the editor for these students. Rewrite the sentences, correcting errors, combining ideas, and making whatever revisions in phrasing or vocabulary you feel will help the writers say what they intended to say. l

My idea

Example:

of the most important thing in

enjoy 1.

We

life

I

fully without

went shopping

want explain

to be healthy.

Because

a

person

life

that

after ate dinner.

I

know

in life

is

good health because a person cannot

it.

But the

even we hadn't found what were we looking 2.

It is

life.

without health. In my opinion, the most important thing

can't enjoy

stores

We

were closed.

had

to go

back home

for.

a lot of grammars but

is

my problem

I

haven't enough

vocabularies.

3.

When

I

got lost in the bus station a kind

huge bus schedule on the

where was

414 CHAPTER

19

my

bus,

I

will

wall.

Took me

man

helped me, he explained

to the

window

always appreciate his kindness.

to

buy

a ticket

how

to read the

and showed

me

.

4.

I

had never understand the important of know English language. Until

I

worked

at a large

international company.

5.

Since

I

was young

English, but

my

father found an

when we move

to other

American woman

to teach

my father wasn't

town

me and my

brothers

able to find other teacher for

other five years. 6.

I

was surprised

furniture,

7.

and

to see the

room

that

When I meet Mr. Lee

for the first time,

Because the United States kinds of people

9.

my

1 1

If a wife

The

time

I

went

Give

it

I

skiing.

finish

I

was

a try. You'll

decided go

Exercise 38. Listening CD

and

at the

student center even

but we had a good time. also big country. It

means

that they're various

has a diverse population.

classmates and

houseworks can be

moving. Finally,

£®

a large

it

we played video games

well,

start at 10:35.

help, the

first

dormitory. Because there aren't any

When

After

I.

the teacher was

coming

we have had another

to class, she returned

quiz.

has a work, her husband should share the houseworks with her. If both of them

"Why not?

^

is

there and

live

My grammar class was the last quiz to

10.

at the

dirty.

though we can't communicate very 8.

was given

I

and

much

faster.

afraid to

make

down

it!"

that

go down the

hill.

But then

I

think to myself,

After stand around for ten minutes without hill.

writing. (Chapter 19)

Then work together in pairs or small groups to write out the Summarize what you heard. Then listen again and revise your writing as necessary.

Listen to each passage twice. passage.

2

Track 30

Passage Passage

1:

Turtles

2:

Boy or

Girl?

Connectives That Express Cause and

Effect, Contrast,

and Condition

415

)

.

20

Chapter

Conditional Sentences and Wishes Exercise 1. Warm-up. (Chart 20-1 Each sentence talks about a "condition" and the

"result" of this condition. Underline the each sentence. Notice the verbs in blue. In which sentence does a past verb refer to present or future time? result clause in

have extra money,

1

If I

2.

I will

3.

If I

4.

I

buy

a

new

I

usually buv computer equipment with

laptop computer next

had some extra money,

would have bought

a

I

new

month

would buy

laptop

last

a

if I

new

month

it .

have some extra money.

laptop today or tomorrow. if I

had had some

extra

money.

Overview of Basic Verb Forms Used in

20-1

Conditional Sentences Situation True

simple present

in the

Examples

Result clause

//"-clause will

+

simple form

If

1

If

1

on

Untrue

in the

simple past

would + simple form

J

in the Past

Exercise

past perfect

would have + past participle

2.

Looking at grammar. (Chart

Complete the sentences with the verbs 1

.

I

usually send

If

I

time,

1

time,

1

watch TV every

(have)

my parents have

have enough

If

1

1

later

would watch TV

had had enough time, watched TV yesterday.

If

watch TV

will

tonight.

had enough time, now or later on.

Present /Future

Untrue

have enough

evening.

Present /Future

1

1

would have

20 -l)

in parentheses.

an email every week. That

enough time,

I

(send)

is

a true fact. In other words:

my

eend

parents an email

every week. 2.

I may have enough time to send my parents an email later tonight. email tonight. Both of those things are true. In other words:

If

I

(have)

enough time,

parents an email later tonight.

416

I

(send)

I

want

to send

them an

my

7

I won't send my parents an email. I'll try to do it them, but the truth is that I just don't have enough time right now.

don't have enough time right now, so

I

later.

I

want

to email

In other words:

enough time right now,

If I (have)

I

my

(send)

parents an email. 4.

won't have enough time tonight, so I won't send my parents an email. I'll try to do it tomorrow. I want to email them, but the truth is that I just won't have enough time. In other words: I

enough time later tonight,

If I (have)

I

my

(send)

parents an email. I

wanted

to

send

my parents

an email

last night,

but

I

didn't have

enough

time. In other

words:

enough time,

If I (have)

I

my

(send)

parents an email last night.

Exercise 3. Warm-up. (Chart 20 2) Discuss the differences in meaning, if any, in each pair of sentences. 1.

2.

3.

a.

If

it

rains, the streets get wet.

b.

If

it

rains

a.

If

b.

you heat water, If you heat water,

a.

If

it

b.

If

it

If

I

streets will get wet.

it

boils.

it

will boil.

should rain tomorrow, we'll cancel the picnic, tomorrow, we'll cancel the picnic.

rains

20-2 True (a)

tomorrow, the

in the Present or Future

don't eat breakfast,

I

always get hungry during

In

conditional sentences that express true, factual ideas

future) is (b)

Water freezes or will freeze reaches 32°F/0°C.

if

used

in

the //-clause.

the temperature

The

result clause

result clause verb (c)

If

I

don't eat breakfast tomorrow morning,

I

will

get

•

hungry during class. (d)

If it

rains,

If it

rains,

If it

rains,

If it

rains,

I

might decide

to stay

home.

we can't go. we 're going to stay home.

If

anyone

calls,

please take a message.

as

in (a).

either the simple present or the simple future, to

express an established, predictable fact or general as in (b). the simple future, to express a particular activity or truth,

•

•

•

(f

)

If

anyone should

call,

please take a message.

A

the simple present, to express a habitual activity or situation,

•

we should stay home.

has various possible verb forms. can be:

situation in the future, (e)

in

the present/future, the simple present (not the simple

class.

as

in (c).

modals and phrasal modals such as should, might, can, be going to, as in (d).* an imperative verb, as in (e).

Sometimes should is used in an //-clause. indicates a little more uncertainty than the use of the simple present, but basically the meaning of examples (e) and (f is the It

)

same. *See Chart 9-1,

p.

157, for a

list

of modals and phrasal modals.

Conditional Sentences

and Wishes 41

.. .

Exercise 4. Let's talk. (Chart 20 2) Answer the questions. Work in pairs, in small groups, or

as a class.

1

If

it's

cold tomorrow, what are you going to wear to class?

2.

If

it's

cold,

3.

Fish can't

4.

If I

5.

Tell

want

what do you usually wear? out of water. If you take

live

do, where to go,

If I find

2.

If I

3.

If

it

4.

If

you run up

5.

If

it

6.

If

my

have extra time,

I

snows, the roads a

hill,

will let

I

tutor

are

I

I

am going to

your heart

should rain tomorrow, we

happen/what happens?

will

do?

I

to expect if

I visit

your hometown as

a tourist.

some

In

cases,

both answers are correct.

you know.

I let

will be

what

(Chart 20-2)

for the result clauses.

out the answer,

1

and what

grammar.

Exercise 5. Looking at Choose the correct verb

cell

what should

to learn English faster,

me what to

a fish out of water,

students in math.

tutor

closed.

beats

will beat

I

might change

phone battery goes dead,

I

I

fast.

will

change

will recharge

I

our plans.

would recharge

it.

Exercise 6. Listening. (Chart 20-2)

^ &§ Traded

If + pronoun can be difficult to hear at the beginning of sentences because these words are generally unstressed. Additionally, */ at the beginning of a sentence is often reduced to Ifl.

Listen to the sentences spoken in casual, relaxed English. Complete the sentences with the non-reduced forms of the words you hear.

Example: You

You

will hear: will write:

If I

hear anything, If

I

I'll tell

hear

you.

anything,

you.

I'll tell

me.

1

too

2.

married, everyone will be shocked.

3.

okay,

4.

to quit,

5.

,

please

fast,

we'll

I'll

I

tell

ask for

some

hope he

need

to try

lets

advice.

us

know

something

else.

6.

harder, I'm sure she'll succeed.

7.

the job,

I'll

call

soon.

you right away.

Exercise 7. Warm-up. (Chart 20-3) Choose the correct completions. 1

.

If a.

b.

Tom were a teacher, he would teach Tom isn't a teacher. Tom teaches doesn't teach law.

418 CHAPTER

is I

I

20

law.

2.

If

it

were 5:00, we could leave.

a.

It

b.

We

is I

isn't

can

I

5:00.

can 't

leave now.

.

20-3 Untrue (Contrary taught this class,

(a)

If

(b)

If

he were here

(c)

If

I

I

were you,

I

right

I

wouldn't give

tests.

now, he would help us.

would accept their

invitation.

In truth,

I

In (b):

In truth,

he

In (c):

In truth,

note:

Were

you,

I

(e)

If

I

/,

I'd

is

I

is

am

not you.

used

he, she,

not here right now.

both singular and plural subjects. Was sometimes used in informal speech: If I was

for

it) is

accept their invitation.

The speaker wants a car but doesn't have enough money. Would expresses desired or predictable results.

compare: If

don't teach this class.

In (a):

(with

(d)

Future

to Fact) in the Present or

In (d):

had enough money, had enough money,

I

I

would buy a could buy a

car.

In (e): The speaker is expressing one possible result. could = would be able to; could expresses possible options.

car.

Exercise 8. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20-2 and 20-3) Complete the sentences with the verbs .

If I

have enough apples,

2.

If I

had enough apples,

3.

I

will fix

4.

I

would

5.

I

(go)

6.

I

(go)

7.

Sally always answers the

8.

Sally

1

your bicycle fix

I

(bake)

I

(bake)

if I

(have)

your bicycle

in parentheses.

if I

will

bake

would bake / could bake

would answer the phone

if

if

she

(be)

.

1

exceed the speed

2.

lie

3.

disobey an order from your boss?

don't have any

movie tonight

she

would you

if I

to a

.

if I

.

size.

to do.

homework

in her office right

(be)

to do.

now.

class.

.

limit while driving?

to your best friend?

food?

4.

steal

5.

carry a friend

6.

not pay your rent?

a student in this class if

I (be, not)

proper

homework

didn't have any

Exercise 10. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20-2 and 20-3) Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses. Work in pairs 1

pie.

in her office.

Exercise 9. Let's talk. (Chart 20 3) Discuss the questions. Work in small groups or as a conditions, if any,

an apple

a screwdriver of the

(have)

phone

this afternoon.

a screwdriver of the proper size.

to a movie tonight

Under what

an apple pie

on your back?

or small groups.

English

my

(be)

native language.

2.

Most people know

that oil floats

on water.

If

you pour

oil

on water,

it

(float)

Conditional Sentences

and Wishes 419

..

no oxygen on

earth,

3.

If there (be)

4.

My evening newspaper has been late every day this week. on time today, I'm going

5.

we know

If the

paper

to cancel

my

it

(exist, not)

(arrive, not)

subscription.

a bird, I (want, not)

If I (be)

to live

6.

as

life

How long

(human

my whole

life

in a cage.

beings, live) if all

diseases in the world were

completely eradicated? 7.

If you boil water,

into the

8.

If

(disappear)

it

atmosphere

as vapor.

paws instead of hands with

people (have)

thumbs, the machines we use in everyday be constructed very able to turn knobs,

differently.

We

life

(have

fingers

and opposable

to)

(be, not)

push small buttons, or hold

tools

and

utensils securely.

Let's talk: interview. (Chart 20 -3) Give him/her a fact. Ask your partner to make an unreal "if statement. Change roles after item 3. Share some of the statements with the class.

Exercise

Find

1 1

.

a partner to interview.

Example: Ocean water

is salty.

-> If ocean water weren't salty, people could drink

it

and

there

would be enough water

for everyone in the world. Facts: 1

There

2.

People don't have wings.

5.

Guns

exist.

3.

Cars can't

6.

There

isn't

is

gravity

on the

earth.

4.

fly.

Children don't get everything they want.

enough food on the earth

Exercise 12. Warm-up. (Chart 20-4) Check (/) the sentences that have a past meaning. If

Ann were

2.

If

Ann had been

3.

If

1

4.

420 CHAPTER

available, she

would help

available, she

would have helped

Ann is available, she will help us. If Ann had been available, she could

20

us.

have helped

us.

us.

for everyone.

.

20-4 Untrue (Contrary to (a)

If

me

you had told

about the problem,

I

Fact) in the Past

would have

helped you. (b)

If

they

had studied,

they

would have passed the

you did not

In truth,

they did not study. Therefore, they failed

In truth,

In (c):

hadn't slipped on the broken my arm. If

In truth,

In (b):

I

stairs,

I

tell

about

it.

the exam.

exam. (c)

me

In (a):

wouldn't have

note: "If

The

I

slipped on the stairs.

I

broke

my

arm.

reduced in speech. would've helped you (or l-duv helped

auxiliary verbs are often

you'd told me,

I

you)."*

compare: (d)

If

I

(e)

If

I

In (d):

had had enough money, had had enough money,

I

I

would have bought a could have bought a

car.

problem, I would've helped you. This verb

form usage

is

or predictable result.

could expresses a possible option. could have bought = would have been able In (e):

car.

*In casual, informal speech, some native speakers sometimes use

would expresses a desired

would have

in

an

?/-clause:

If you

to

buy

would've told me about

the

generally considered to be grammatically incorrect in standard English, but

it

occurs fairly commonly.

j

Exercise 13. Looking at grammar. (Chart 20-4) Complete the sentences with 1

If I

had worn

a factual or truthful statement.

wouldn't have been so cold

a jacket, I

at the park,

but the truth

is

...

.

-> J didn 't wear a jacket. 2.

If

Martin hadn't become

truth 3.

If I

...

is

hadn't answered

my

accident, but the truth 4.

is

...

cell

is

...

phone while

he would have been a soccer coach, but the I

was driving,

I

wouldn't have caused the

.

Stevens had given a

If Professor

truth

a soccer player,

.

fair test,

more students would have passed, but

the

.

Exercise 14. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20-1 -> 20-4) Underline the clause that expresses a condition. Write "T" if the condition is a true condition (i.e., a condition that exists in fact). Write "U" if the condition is iintrue (i.e., a condition that does not exist in fact). Then decide if the sentence refers to presc at/future or past time. warm,

1.

T

If the

weather

2.

U

If the

weather were warm,

If the

weather had been warm, we would have

3.

is

C^resent/futur|)

past

(^present/future)

past

present/future

past

present/future

past

present/future

past

present/future

past

could have seen you.

present/future

pas;

could see you.

present/future

past

we'll eat outdoors.

we would

eat outdoors.

eaten outdoors. 4.

If I

had more money,

5.

If

had had more money,

6.

If I take

7.

If

8.

If I didn't

I

I

I

would work I

would have worked

time off from work,

hadn't had to work,

have to work,

I

I

less.

I

feel

more

less.

relaxed.

Conditional Sentences

and Wi3hes 421

..

J

Exercise 15. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20-1 > 20-4) Complete each sentence with ivould do, voill do, or would have done. 1

2.

Rita believes in hard

work and wants her children

to

work hard. She always

you

"If you

work hard every

Scott

smart, but he doesn't work very hard. As a result, he

is

his job.

day,

His co-workers often

tell

them,

tells

well."

is

not very successful

at

him, "If you worked hard every day, you

well."

3.

Mark planned

hard for a

to study

go out with them.

He

didn't

test yesterday,

do well on

but some friends called, and he decided to

his test the next day.

His teacher told him, "If you

had worked hard yesterday, you

well

Exercise 16. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20-1 Complete the sentences with the verbs in parentheses.

->

on the

20-4)

1

If I (have)

enough money,

I will

2.

If I (have)

enough money,

I

would go with you.

3.

If I (have)

enough money,

I

would have gone with you.

4.

If the

weather

5.

If the

weather were nice today, we (go)

6.

If the

weather had been nice yesterday, we (go)

7.

If Sally (be)

8.

Jim

isn't

right

nice tomorrow,

we

at

home

now,

is

right now. If

he

go with you.

to the zoo.

(go)

to the zoo.

to the zoo.

home tomorrow, I am

(be)

at

going to

visit her.

home

him.

I (visit)

\

9.

Linda wasn't

at

home

yesterday. If she (be) at

home

yesterday,

S3

/•'

yftl 1

I (visit)

.

1

her. 1

10.

Last night Alex ruined his sweater If

he (read)

when he washed

422 CHAPTER

20

it.

the label, he (wash, not) it

test."

in

hot water.

m ^^

-

1

M

.

Exercise 17. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20 -1 Answer the questions with yes or no. 1

2.

3.

4.

If the

weather had been good yesterday, we would not have canceled the picnic.

a.

Was

the picnic canceled?

b.

Was

the weather good?

had an envelope and

If I

20-4)

yes no

a stamp,

I

would mail

this letter today.

a.

Do

I

have an envelope and a stamp right now?

b.

Do

I

want

c.

Am I going to mail this letter today?

Ann would

to mail this letter today?

have

made

a.

Did Ann

b.

Did Ann make

c.

Was

try to

it

make it

to class it

on time

to class

to class

this

morning

if

the bus hadn't been

late.

on time?

on time?

the bus late?

If I didn't

have any friends,

a.

Am I lonely?

b.

Do

would be

I

lonely.

have friends?

I

Exercise 18. Let's talk. (Chart 20 4) Work with a partner. Speaker A gives the cue. Speaker B had known.

begins the response with

But

if I

Example:

Speaker A (book Speaker B {book

open): closed):

There was a test yesterday. You didn't know that, so you didn't study. But if I had known (that there was a test yesterday), I would have studied.

1

2. 3.

4.

know that, so vou didn't visit her. I've never met your friend. You didn't know that, so you didn't introduce me. There was a meeting last night. You didn't know that, so you didn't go. Your friend's parents are in town. You didn't know that, so you didn't invite them Your friend was

in the hospital.

You

didn't

to

dinner.

Change roles. 5. I wanted

was

at

to go to the soccer

home

last night.

6.

I

7.

Your sister wanted buy her one.

8.

I

had

a

game. You didn't know

You

didn't

know

that, so

a gold necklace for her birthday.

problem. You didn't know

that, so

that, so

you didn't buy

you didn't

You

you didn't

visit

didn't

a ticket for

me.

me.

know

that, so

you didn't

offer to help.

Conditional Sentences

and Wishes 423

.

£5)

0® CD 2

Exercise 19. Let's listen and talk. (Chart 20-4) Part I. Answer this question: Why do you think dinosaurs became book and listen to the short talk on dinosaurs.

Then

extinct?

close your

Track 32

Part 1

2.

II.

Open your book and

"T"

and "F"

for true

for false.

According to one theory, if an asteroid had collided with the earth, several disastrous changes in the earth's climate would have taken place. This theory suggests that dinosaurs would

Part

read the statements. Circle

III.

still

if

T

an asteroid had not collided with the earth,

T

exist.

Discuss these questions.

dinosaurs

1

If

2.

Would

it

still

existed,

what do you think the world would be

be possible for dinosaurs and

human

like?

beings to coexist on the same planet?

- 20-4)

Exercise 20. Listening. (Charts 20 -l

In conditional sentences, IbJ is often dropped in the auxiliary verbs have and had Listen to the sentences spoken in casual, relaxed English. Complete the sentences with the non-reduced forms of the words you hear. .

Track 33

Situation: Jon told several good friends a

lie,

and they recently found

out.

Here

are their

reactions:

Example: You

You

will hear: will write:

If

he had been If he had

truthful,

he wouldn't have

beer)

truthful,

lost

my trust.

he wouldn't have lost

the truth sooner,

1.

differently.

him,

me what him

so foolish. a great

guy Jon was,

so easily.

another person,

so shocked.

more

424 CHAPTER

20

my trust.

respect for him.

j

Exercise 21. Looking at grammar. (Charts 20 -l Complete the sentences with the verbs 1.

You should

your father exactly what happened.

tell

him 2.

my

If1 (have)

20-4)

in parentheses. If

I'm almost ready to plant

camera with

my garden.

me

yesterday,

4.

to

you,

.

I (tell)

on

I

his head.

Maybe

of seeds.

lot

I

(take)

need,

I

I

have more than

I

(give)

my neighbor.

George has only two socks, he (have

5.

have a

I

more seeds than

need. If I (have)

some

(be)

the truth as soon as possible.

a picture of Alex standing 3.

I

The cowboy he was too

to,

more than two

pairs of socks. If he (have)

wash

not)

pairs of

his socks so often.

pulled his gun to shoot at the rattlesnake, but If he (be)

late.

pull the trigger, the snake

quicker to (bite, not)

him on

the foot.

It's

a

good

thing he was wearing heavy leather boots.

What

to look at

(we, use)

when we comb our

ourselves

hair

if

we

(have, not)

mirrors? It's

been

a long drought. It hasn't rained for over a

soon, a lot of crops

crops

(die)

,

many

people

(

month.

If

(rain, not)

it

If the

(die)

hungry

go)

this

coming

winter. 8.

A: Shhh! Your father B: Gee, I'm sorry,

is

taking a nap. Uh-oh.

Mom.

You woke him

he was sleeping,

If I (realize)

(make, not) 9.

A: Since B:

I

so

broke

my

foot, I haven't

Why didn't you say something?

A:

I

know you

I

to get to the

What

are

much

noise

basement

wash

to

for

you

guess

good neighbors

I

I

came

my

in.

clothes.

over and if

you

me.

(tell)

right I

when

(come)

(come)

you. B: Nonsense!

been able

them

(wash)

up.

I

didn't

want

away

if I (call)

to bother you.

for?

Conditional Sentences

and Wishes

425

..

Exercise 22. Listening. (Charts 20-1 ffi

-> 20-4)

Listen to the statements and answer the questions.

C

if you

listening, so

had been

you didn't understand the directions. But you would have understood the directions.

listening,

aren't wearing a coat, so you're cold.

2.

You

3.

Joe got a ticket because he was driving too

4.

I'm enjoying myself, so

I

5.

You were

didn't

sleeping, so

I

won't

leave.

tell

But .... fast.

But ....

But ....

you the news

as

soon as

I

heard

it.

But

Conditional Sentences

and Wishes 427

.

Exercise 27. Looking at

grammar.

(Chart 20-5)

Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb

in parentheses.

Make

untrue or

contrary-to-fact statements. 1

2.

It's

snowing.

We

can't go to the park.

weren't enow'ma

{snow)

If

it

It

wasn't snowing.

We

went

we could go

,

to the park.

to the park.

had been enow'ma (snow) _ have gone to the park. wouldn't we If

3.

it

Elena just got out of the shower. She's drying her hair with a hair dryer, so she can't hear the phone ring. If Elena (dry) her hair, she could hear the phone ring.

4.

Elena was waiting for a phone call from Tom, but as called and couldn't hear the phone ring.

it

happened, she was drying her hair

when he

her hair

If Elena (dry) heard the phone ring.

5.

Max is

at a

leave early

Mrs. Chang was talking on her attention to

called, she

party at his friend's apartment, but he's not having any fun.

Max wouldn't want to 6.

when Tom

traffic.

When

if

cell

He

could have

wants to

he (have)

leave.

fun.

phone while she was driving and wasn't paying enough

the car in front of her stopped, she crashed into

If Mrs. Chang (talk) wouldn't have gotten into an accident.

on her

cell

it.

phone, she probably

Exercise 28. Warm-up. (Chart 20-6) Choose the correct time words. had done

my homework

1.

If I

2.

Anita wouldn't be sick (now

(now I

Frequently the time in

in

earlier) , I

earlier) if

20-6 Using "Mixed Time" the other

I

the //-clause and the time

in

would know the answers (now

True:

(b)

Conditional:

I

If

I

the result clause are different: one clause

breakfast several hours ago,

True:

He

(d)

Conditional:

If

is

20

I

am

these sentences.

hungry now.

would not be hungry now.

not a good student. He did not study for the

test yesterday.

he vere a good student, he would have studied for the (present)

428 CHAPTER

I

in

(present)

(past)

(c)

I

earlier).

in Conditional Sentences

did not eat breakfast several hours ago, so

had eaten

earlier).

she had followed the doctor's orders (now

the past. Notice that past and present times are mixed

(a)

I

(past)

test yesterday.

may be

in

the present and

..

j

Exercise 29. Looking at grammar. (Chart 20-6) Change the statements to conditional sentences. Begin each one with But. 1

I'm hungry now because I didn't eat dinner. -> But if I'd eaten dinner, I wouldn't be hungry now.

2.

The room

3.

You

of

is full

because you

my report yesterday,

didn't finish

4.

I

5.

I'm not you, so

I

left

morning because you

are tired this

don't

flies

didn't

tell

him

so

the door open.

bed

didn't go to

can't begin a

I

at a

new

reasonable hour

last night.

project today.

the truth.

know anything about plumbing,

so

I

didn't fix the leak in the sink myself.

6.

I

7.

Anita got sick because she didn't follow the doctor's orders.

Exercise 30. Warm-up. (Chart 20-7) The following sentences are correct. Make

sentences with the same meaning using

if.

Notice

the order of the words in blue.

would

1

Were

2.

Had I known about your problem, I would

3.

Should anyone come, please

the teacher,

I

I

give fewer tests.

tell

them I'm

have helped you. asleep.

20-7 Omitting// (a)

Were

(b)

Had I known, would have

(c)

Should anyone

/you,

I

With were, had (past perfect), and should, sometimes omitted and the subject and verb are inverted.

wouldn't do that. told you.

I

call,

please take a message.

In (a):

Were I you =

In (b):

Had I known =

if I

In (c):

Should anyone

call

if I

if is

were you

had known = if anyone should call

Exercise 31. Looking at grammar. (Chart 20-7) sentences with the same meaning by omitting if.

Make

you should need more money, go to the bank before six o'clock. -* Should you need more money, go to the bank before six o clock.

1.

If

2.

If I

3.

If

4.

If

I

5.

If

you should change your mind, please

were you,

I

wouldn't do

that.

they had realized the danger, they would have done

were your teacher,

I

would

insist

let

me know

Your boss sounds

8.

I'll

9.

company headquarters in Seoul. The artists and creative thinkers throughout

be out of the

of our

lives.

If

if

like a real tyrant.

office until

immediately.

she had been better prepared.

She would ha*

7.

gotten the job

differently.

you do better work.

6.

^

it

If

I

June 12th.

would look for another job. If you should need to reach me, I'll be at our

were you,

I

the history of the world have changed all they had not dared to be different, the history of civilization would have

to be rewritten. 10.

If there

should be a global nuclear war,

life

on earth

as

we know

it

would end

Conditional Sentences

forever.

and Wishes

429

.

J

Exercise 32. Listening. (Chart 20 7) Choose the sentence that best expresses the meaning of the sentence you

ft

hear.

c

The

blue one.

That one.

Which countries did he visit? What countries did he visit?

Peru and Chile.

1

* American English: a tivo-story house.

British English: a two-storey house.

APPENDIX

used instead

of

what when a

definite,

known

quantity or group.

j

Which book should buy?

Which class are you in? What class are you in?

is

question concerns choosing from a

"j

In

some

in

meaning between which and what

when This class.

and

cases, there

they

(z).

is little

difference

accompany a noun, as

in (y)

B-3 Shortened Yes /No Questions (a) (b) (c)

Going

to

bed now? = Are you going

Finish your work?

= Did you

to

bed now?

finish your

work?

Want to go to the movie with us? = Do you want go to the movie with us?

Sometimes

spoken English, the

in

auxiliary

subject

you are dropped from a yes/no

(a), (b),

and

and the

question, as

in

(c).

to

B-4 Negative Questions (a)

Doesn 't she

(b)

Does she not live

live in the dormitory?

the dormitory? (very formal)

in

In a yes/no question in which the verb is negative, usually a contraction (e.g., does + not = doesn't) is used, as in (a).

Example

(b) is

very formal and

is

usually not used

in

everyday speech. Negative questions are used to indicate the speaker's (i.e., what she/he believes is or is not true) or attitude (e.g., surprise, shock, annoyance, anger). idea

(c)

Bob

Bob

says,

supposed (d)

Alice

on a

dorm room after his nine o'clock roommate, is there. Bob is surprised.

returns to his

class. Matt, his

"What are you doing here? Aren't you be in class now?"

In (c):

Bob

believes that Matt

is

supposed

to

be

in

class now.

Expected answer: Yes.

to

and Mary are and Alice

trip,

Alice says,

"It's

at is

home. Mary is about to leave going to take her to the airport.

already two o'clock. We'd better Doesn 't your plane leave at

leave for the airport.

In (d):

Alice believes that Mary's plane leaves at three.

She

asking the negative question to

is

information

is

make sure

that her

correct.

Expected answer: Yes.

three?"

(e)

The teacher The teacher

Jim about a test he

is

talking to

is

surprised that Jim failed the test

because he usually does very

The teacher

says:

failed.

In (e):

The teacher

believes that Jim did not study.

Expected answer: No.

well.

"What happened? Didn't you

study?" (f)

Barb and Ron are riding in a car. Ron is driving. He to a corner where there is a stop sign, but he does not stop the car. Barb is shocked.

comes

In (f):

Barb believes that Ron did not see the stop

sign.

Expected answer: No.

Barb says, "What's the matter with you? Didn't that stop sign?"

you see

Supplementary Grammar Charts

445

B-5 Tag Questions (a)

Jack can come, can The?

(b)

Fred can

't

A

tag question is a question added at the end of a sentence. Speakers use tag questions mainly to make sure their information correct or to seek agreement.*

come, can he?

AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCE + NEGATIVE TAG Mary is here, isn't she?

AFFIR.\LVn\F

->

Yes. she

don'tyou? You like tea. They have left, haven f they?

Yes,

This/ That is your book,

isn't it?

These/ Those are yours, aren't they?

There

(e)

Everything

(f)

Everyone took the

is

is

okay,

NEGATIVE ANSWER EXPECTED

->

No, she No.

1

isn't.

don't.

No, they haven't.

=

tag pronoun for this/that

The

tag pronoun for these/those

it.

=

sentences with there - be. there

they.

is

used

in

the tag.

Personal pronouns are used to refer to indefinite pronouns. They

isn't ft?

test, didn't

do.

The

In

a meeting tonight, isn't there?

(d)

ANSWER EXPECTED

is.

Yes, they have.

NEGATIVE SENTENCE + AFFIRMATIVE TAG is she? Mary isn There, You don't like tea, do you? They haven't left, have they?

(c)

1

usually used

they?

is

in

a tag

to refer to

is

everyone, everybody, someone,

somebody, no one. nobody. (g) (h) (

(

i

j

)

)

(k)

*A

Nothing

is

wrong,

Sentences with negative words take

is it?

am 1 not?

/am supposed

to

be here,

am supposed

to

be here, aren

/

tag question

may be

1

lives in

an apartment,

..

doesn't she?);

APPENDIX

am

1

not?

is

aren't l?\s

formal English.

common

in

spoken English.

if

is

truly seeking to ascertain that his her information, idea, belief

is

correct (e.g.,

Ann

OR

the speaker

is

expressing an idea with which she he

is

almost certain the listener

\/jv. isn't it?).

Jim cou

446

):

In (k):

spoken:

with a falling intonation It'

In (]

1?

(1) with a rising intonation if the speaker

(2)

affirmative tags.

Nobody called on the phone, did they? You Ve never been there, nave you?

'il

use

some

help, couldn't he?

will

agree

(e.g.,

UNITC: Contractions

C

Contractions

in

speaking:

In everyday spoken English, certain forms of be and auxiliary verbs are usually contracted with pronouns, nouns, and question words.

in

writing:

(1) In written English, contractions with

acceptable (2)

In

in

pronouns are

am

I'm reading a book.

is

She's studying. going to

You re working

It's

have

had

My

been cold

I've finished

The

a year.

My

met him.

the

test.

The "wearier//" be

would

He'd

like to

go there.

They'd come

if

they could.

nice tomorrow.

you do

last night?

you do on the test?

Who'll" be at the meeting?

"John '//"becoming soon.

"Where// 'you be

My

"Where'd "you

"friends'd" come

"Mary d" like

to

if

they could.

go there

that?

"Who'd "been there before you?

"H

later.

living?

"How Ve" you been?

"What

come

been

"Where d' you been before

sold.

"Mary d "never met him before.

did

She'll help us.

Sally

"Where Ve" they been?

sold.

The "booted" been

it.

man?

What's been going on?

Hed been

waiting for us.

that

Where's

"book's" been stolen!

The "boo/csVe"been

work.

do?

"Where're "they going?

"teachers re "at a meeting.

Sally's never

to

"What're" you doing?

the table.

The "students've" finished

I'll

ever, written.

Where's Sally?

Who's

They've never met you.

We'd forgotten about

will

if

With Question Words

home.

for us.

lately.

my

at

My "books re" on

for

frequently spoken but rarely,

"book's" on the table.

Mary's

hard.

She's been here

is

"What'm"\ supposed

rain.

They're waiting

has

informal writing, but they're not generally

With Nouns

With Pronouns

are

in

Contractions with nouns and question words are, for the most part, rarely used in writing. A few of these contractions may be found in quoted dialogue in stories or in very informal writing, such as a chatty letter to a good friend, but most of them are rarely if ever written.

the following, quotation marks indicate that the contraction

It's

common

formal writing.

at

ten?

like to

go?

too.

Supplementary Grammar Charts

447

UNITD: Negatives Using Not and Other Negative Words

D -1

affirmative:

(b)

negative:

(c)

1

1

1

1

AUX + SOT + MAIN VERB there. go not

Not immediately note:

i

not not not not not not

have

am v.'as

do He does 1

1

Not expresses a negative

The earth is round. The earth is not flat.

(a)

did

gone

there.

going

there.

there

auxiliary:

first

Do or does

there.

go go go

If

idea.

an

follows

auxiliary verb or be.

more than one auxiliary, nor comes immediately will not be going there.

is /

is

after the

used with not to make a simple present verb (except be)

negative.

there.

Did\s used with nof to make a simple past verb (except be) negative.

there.

there.

Contractions of auxiliary verbs with not

= =

are not

cannot

could not

=

did not

has not = hasn't have not = haven't had not = hadn't

aren't* can't

=

couldn't

didn't

is

1

1

=

=

not

wasn't

were not = weren't will

not

=

won't

would not = wouldn't

isn't

must not = mustn't

does not = doesn't do not = don't (d)

not

was

should not = shouldn't

almost never go there. have hardly ever gone there.

In

addition to not, the following are negative adverbs:

seldom

never, rarely,

hardly (ever), scarcely (ever), barely (ever) (e)

no chalk

There's

in

No also

the drawer.

Not is used

compare: wot vs. no (

f )

(g)

1

1

do nor have any money. have no money.

*Sometimes but

in

No

will

hear "ain't."

use ain't regularly, and

it is

D-2 Avoiding Double (a)

incorrect:

(b)

correct: correct:

I

I

den^t have

I

is

note:

spoken English you

many people

expresses a negative idea.

also

It

to

make a verb

used as an adjective

Examples

means "am

(f)

and

(g)

negative, as in

front of

in (f).

a noun

(e.g.,

money), as

in (g).

have the same meaning.

not," "isn't," or "aren't." Ain't

is

not considered proper English,

frequendy used for humor.

Negatives

ne money.

Sentence

(a) is

an example

of a

"double negative,"

i.e.,

a

confusing and grammatically incorrect sentence that contains two negatives in the same clause. One clause

don't have any money. have no money

should contain only one negative.* *Xegatives in two different clauses in the same sentence cause no problems; for example:

A person who I

doesn't have

don't know why he isn't

love

can't be

truly happy.

here.

D- 3 Beginning a Sentence with a Negative Word (a)

Never

(b)

Rarely have

(c)

Hardly ever does he

will

I

do that I

'Beginning a sentence with

come to

a negative

emphasize the negative element

448 APPENDIX

When

again!

class on time.

word

ot the

a negative word begins a sentence, the subject and (i.e., question word order is used).*

verb are inverted

eaten better food.

is

relatively

uncommon

sentence and be expressive.

in

everyday usage;

it is

used when the speaker/writer wishes to

UNIT

E:

Preposition

Combinations

E

Preposition Combinations with Adjectives and Verbs

A

be be be be be

dream of, about be dressed in

absent from

accused of accustomed

E

be afraid of agree with be angry at, with be annoyed with, by

excel

to, for

F

at

be associated with

be aware

in,

P

be be

in

pray for

at

be prepared

excited about

for

prevent from prohibit from

be protected from be proud of

faithful to

provide with

familiar with

Q

feel like

of

participate

be patient with be pleased with be polite to

excuse for be exhausted from be exposed to

approve of argue with, about in,

be engaged in, to be envious of be equipped with escape from

be

apologize for

arrive

to

to

acquainted with addicted to

apply

object to

be opposed

be

qualified for

be be

related to

fight for

B

believe

blame

be filled with be finished with be fond of

in

for

be blessed with be bored with, by

R

be capable

care about,

for

be cluttered with be committed to compare to, with

G

complain about, of

be composed of be concerned about be connected to

1

D

be satisfied with be scared of, by stare at

subscribe to

hope

substitute for

for

be innocent insist

(up)on

interested

count (up)on be covered with

be

involved

T

take advantage of

take care of

in

talk about, of

introduce to

be terrified

in

thank J

K

be jealous

be discriminated against

of

of,

by

for

think about, of

be

tired of,

from

keep from

be known L

in

of

be

for

be limited to be located in

U

be upset with be used to

V

vote for

look forward to

w

distinguish from

be divorced from be done with

for

hide from

be convinced of be coordinated with

decide (up)on be dedicated to depend (up)on be devoted to be disappointed in, with

for

succeed

with

with

be responsible

stop from

H

contribute to

be crowded

for

rescue from respond to

S

be gone from be grateful to, be guilty of

consist of

be content

(up)on

be remembered

be friendly to, with be frightened of, by be furnished with

of

relevant to rely

forget about forgive for

C

recover from

M

be worried about

be made of, from be married to

Supplementary Grammar Charts

449

UNIT

Noun Clauses

in

Using the Subjunctive in Noun Clauses

F (a)

The Subjunctive

F:

The teacher demands that we be on insisted that he

(b)

1

(c)

1

(d)

It

pay me

subjunctive verb uses the simple form of a verb.

not have present, past, or future forms;

it

is

It

does

neither

singular nor plural.

recommended that she not go to is

A

time.

the money.

important that they be told the

the concert.

Sentences with subjunctive verbs generally stress importance or urgency. A subjunctive verb is used in fftaf-clauses that follow the verbs and expressions listed

truth.

below. In (a):

be

In (b):

pay (not

in its

is

a subjunctive verb;

simple form, even though

Negative: not

+ simple

1

(

1

f )

suggested that she see a

suggested that she should see a

Common

propose

(that)

demand

(that)

insist (that)

*The subjunctive

(that)

recommend

(that)

is

(that)

request

(that)

suggest

(that)

more common

in

is

we.

subject (he)

its

is

in (c).

+ past participle, as

also possible after

it

singular.

is

in (d).

suggest and recommend*

doctor.

verbs and expressions followed by the subjunctive

advise

ask

Should is

doctor.

subject

a subjunctive verb;

is

form, as

Passive: simple form of be

(e)

its

pays, not paid)

in

a

noun clause

it

is critical (that)

it

is

important (that)

it

is

essential (that)

it

is

necessary

it

is

imperative (that)

it

is vital (that)

American English than

British English. In British English,

(that)

should +

simple form

is

more usual

than the subjunctive: The teacher insists that we should be on time.

UNITG: Troublesome Verbs

G

Raise / Rise, Set 1 Sit, Lay 1 Lie Transitive

Raise, set, and lay are transitive verbs;

Intransitive

they are followed by an object. (a)

raise, raised, raised

Tom raised his

(b)

rise, rose,

risen

The sun rises

hand.

in

Rise,

the east.

sit,

In (a): (c)

set, set, set 1

will

(d)

set the book on the desk.

sit, 1

sat.

and

lie

are intransitive: they

are not followed by an object.*

sat

raised

is

followed by the object

hand.

sit in the front row. In (b):

rises

is

not followed by an

object. (e)

lay, laid, 1

laid

(f)

am laying the book on

the desk.

lie,** lay, lain

He

is

lying on his bed.

note:

Lay and

lie

are troublesome for

native speakers too

misused. lay = put lie

*See Appendix Chart A-l for information about transitive and intransitive verbs. 'Lie

450

is

a regular

verb

APPENDIX

(h,

,

Med)

when

it

means "not

tell

the truth":

He

lied

to

me

about

his age.

=

recline

and are frequently

..

...

Please note:

You may want

complete each

Chapter

to

pause the audio

after

each item or in longer passages so that there

1

Overview

:

of

Verb Tenses SF«MI

Exercise I

2.

I

3.

I

4.

I

5.

I

4, p. 2. cooked my own dinner last night. bought a textbook yesterday. get on the internet every day. will be home tonight. am going to watch a movie this weekend.

4.

The earthquake destroyed the town. Our children visited their grandparents.

5.

We

6. 7. 8.

9.

6, p. 3. At midnight last night,

I

was

Right now I am thinking about grammar. Tomorrow I will be sitting in class at this time.

4.

Tonight

5.

be watching TV. was watching TV.

at 9:00, 1 will

Last night at 9:00,

1

1

5, p. 15. Hey, look out the window!

It's

2.

We

.

Besides the rain,

Did you hear? We can go

my

I

finish this chapter,

I

will

1

2. 3.

4. 5.

6.

9.

Hoped. We hoped

2.

Stopped. The rain

3.

Waiting.

4.

Sitting.

5.

Started. The

The

He's

7.

to see finally

week. Hoped. stopped. Stopped.

you

last

8. 9.

waiting. Waiting.

10.

sitting in a taxi. Sitting.

11.

taxi

is

8.

movie started late. Started. Happened. What happened yesterday? Happened. Planning. We're planning a birthday party. Planning. Enjoyed. We enjoyed our vacation. Enjoyed.

9.

Worried. We worried about you. Worried.

16.

Studying. I'm studying English. Studying.

1

6. 7.

10.

skiing this

.

.

.

a little

.

.

.

weekend.

.

.

It's

.

.

.

.

Exercise 12, p. 22.

have studied all the English verb tenses. Before I began this class, I had studied all the English verb tenses. I

1

raining

have done

several verb exercises.

Exercise 15, p.

also

.

snowing in the mountains We go hiking a lot. We especially like to hike in the mountains Our son is spending some time in the mountains .

6.

homework. the time

it

.

snows here

3.

4.

5.

I

By

get a lot of rain here

.

all

Past; Simple

Exercise

Exercise

8, p. 4. have done my homework already. Before I went to bed last night, I had done

city life.

and Progressive

sleeping.

3.

2.

to

gained a little weight on our vacation. I'm planning a short trip this summer. I'm taking a few weeks off from work. Right now I am replying to several emails. I'm done. I replied to all of them.

Chapter 2: Present and

Exercise 1

enough time

Exercise 18, p. 12. We are renting an apartment in the city. 1 2. We preferred to rent and see how we liked 3.

1

is

task.

12.

13. 14. 15.

7.

Did she lose her notebook? Did she forget her homework? Did she make a lot of mistakes on the writing test? Did she write several words incorrectly? Did she take another student's homework to copy? Did he do his homework? Did he understand the homework? Did he bring his homework to class? Did he get a good grade on the test? Did he know all the answers on the test? Did she begin class on time? Did she speak clearly? Did she give a fair test? Did she spend extra time helping her students? Did she tell her students jokes? Did she teach her students a song? Did she sing with her students?

LISTENING SCRIPT

451

... .

.

Exercise Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did

1

2. 3.

4. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 1 1

12. 13.

14.

1

3.

4. 5. 6. 7.

8. 9.

10. 1 1

12.

13. 14.

Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did Did

swim

police jumped out of their cars and followed the but he managed to get away in a car that was waiting for him. The police got back in their cars and drove after him. Later I learned that they caught the thief a few miles from my building. I felt really frightened by all this. It really upset me, as you can imagine. I think I'll stay at my sister's house thief,

in the water?

they stand in the waves? they fall down in the waves? they run barefoot on the sand? they lie in the sun? they wear sunscreen? they dig in the sand?

tonight.

they build giant sandcastles? they write their names in the sand?

Part

some bees

4. 5.

The

3.

them?

sting

they see the sunset?

thief entered quietly.

He opened a window. The woman spoke with the intruder. The woman went into her closet.

2.

they sing songs?

II.

The

1

they draw pictures in the sand? they hide their feet in the sand?

Exercise 2.

The

14, p. 23.

they

police caught the thief in the

woman's

apartment. 6.

16, p. 24.

she wake up sick? she catch a cold?

The woman

Exercise 20,

felt

relaxed at the end of the story.

p. 26.

her head hurt? she take her temperature?

1.

lasted, tried

6.

missed, reached

2.

helped, stopped

7.

she have a fever?

3.

described, wanted

8.

saved, smelled watched, asked

she feel bad?

4.

invited,

9.

finished,

she keep her pajamas on?

5.

believed, kissed

she

lie

wanted

robbed

on the couch?

she sleep for several hours?

Exercise 21,

dream about scary things? she eat some chicken soup? she

typed

4.

replied

7.

canceled

2.

closed

5.

8.

finished

3.

rented

6.

succeeded looked

9.

counted

she speak to the doctor? she take

some medicine?

p. 27.

1.

she read the instructions on the label?

Exercise 22, p. 27.

Exercise 18,

p. 25.

1.

Yesterday

2.

Yesterday Air. Jones taught

3.

Did you

4.

6.

The children drew The man hid One student withdrew

7.

When

8.

Did you shrink

9.

The audience wept The plants grew

5.

10.

I felt

fill

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

2.

.

.

3. .

.

was cooking dinner, .

.

I

burnt

.

.

4.

.

Mrs. Olsen

mopped

.

The meeting

and

(mop/t/) the kitchen floor,

.

5.

.

.

the carpet,

started (start/ad/) late

My friend jumped (yell/d/)

.

and dusted and ended

The

when

(jump/t/)

up and down and

yelled

she got the news.

airplane departed (depart/ad/) at six

and landed

(land'ad/) at eight.

.

When

I

asked

(ask/t/)

the doctor about

some

medication, he suggested (suggest/ad/) a

19, p. 25.

new

one.

I.

A

Exercise 29, p.

Scary Night

I had a terrible experience last night. You won't believe what happened! A thief burst into my apartment while I was asleep. There I was, just sleeping peacefully when

someone broke the glass in the sliding door! The sound woke me up. I heard the sliding door open, so I reached for the phone by the bed and called the police.

My voice shook as

I

told the operator there

was an

my home. I hid in my bedroom closet while the thief was creeping around my office. Soon I heard sirens as the police sped to my building. From the crack in the closet door, I saw the thief as he ran outside with my computer. intruder in

452

(yawn/d/),

(end/ad/) early.

.

6.

Part

yawned

(dust ad/) the furniture.

.

.

.

Exercise

(blink/t/),

vacuumed (vacuum/dO .

I

.

.

.

Olga blinked

stretched (stretch/t/).

1

LISTENING SCRIPT

32. First

Day

of Class

was my first day of class. I finally found the right room. The room was already full of students. On one side of the room, students were talking to each It

other in Japanese or Arabic. On the other side, students were speaking in Spanish or Portuguese. It sounded like the United Nations. Some of the students, however, were sitting quietly by themselves, not talking to anyone. I looked for an empty seat in the last row and sat down. In a few minutes, the teacher walked into the room, and all the multilingual conversation suddenly

stopped.

Chapter 2

.

....

.

Exercise 18, p. 48. A: Good to see you! So, what have you

Chapter 3: Perfect and Perfect

been up to lately? been taking it easy. A: How nice! Glad to hear you haven't been working too hard. By the way, how are your parents? I

Progressive Tenses

B:

Exercise I

2.

I

2, p. 37. wrote a book. Have you ever

1

my

3.

I

4.

I

ever

.

.

wallet.

told a

I

once sang

7.

I I

I

10.

I

lie.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

13.

I

drove a truck. Have you ever

14.

I

had

I

A:

What

.

.

.

a great

Have you ever studied biology. Have you ever once played a violin. Have you ever .

.

1.

.

.

3.

Joe will soon

.

.

their

own

past midnight. Where have you been? Laura has offered to help us move into our new

4.

Is

Mika

5.

Janet has traveled

6.

Her parents have

stuck in rush-hour

is

her

Nick

She's going to be

new

job.

home at 7:00 and now it's 8:30. Andrew and Donna are in the middle

What's he done

this

1

She

left

of a chess

all

2.

over the world.

p. 52. I'm sorry we missed the meeting. We had forgotten about it. The movie had already begun by the time we got there.

traveled a lot too.

I

couldn't change

planned

Exercise

4.

11, p. 42.

1

My teacher's in the classroom. Your teacher has already

3.

All of the other teachers have already left too.

4.

You're

5.

Susan has done?

6.

Finally!

7.

My neighbors have lived in the same apartment for

late!

The

on her

face.

What's she

never seen

come.

8.

Vicky's planning a trip to Brazil.

9.

It's

India's

The The The

3.

4.

How have you been?

weather's very nice.

warm

6.

had already

late.

My roommate had already gone

We

got

never seen

it.

They had

it.

home

late.

The

children had already fallen

Ruth has read four novels so

far this

My roommates had finished dinner by the time I got home. My roommates had dinner early. We couldn't drive across the river. The flood had washed away the bridge. You were at Jim's at 8:00. Where had you been before that?

lately.

children have finished their drawings.

Chapter 3

5.

been an independent country since 1947.

weather's been

I

asleep.

over thirty years. great to see you.

home

schedule.

Exercise 26, p. 53. 1 We had never seen it. He had 2.

mail's

got

my

day.

left.

Where have you been?

a guilty look

I

my

to bed.

2.

14.

at a

Exercise 25,

in trouble again?

3.

3.

traffic.

day of work

match. They're getting tired and would like some lunch. Their chess match started three hours ago.

time?

1

first

It's

apartment.

12.

about which job

.

3.

1 1

his decision

to take.

5.

grow

make

.

vegetables.

10.

here.

town. .

Exercise 10, p. 41.

2.

summers

spend retirement! I'm glad to

p. 49. Susan got to the doctor's office at 9:00 A.M. It is now 9:30, and she's still in the waiting room. Alexi arrived in this country last month. He bought a motorcycle right away and uses it to get around

late for

to

to

.

a car accident.

The Browns have decided

way

Exercise 20,

4.

1

they been retired?

don't know.

I

hear they're enjoying themselves.

.

.

.

that

.

2.

Have you ever

slept in a tent.

I

Gosh,

.

.

I

How long have

B:

the winter and spending .

.

.

now

It's been a couple of years now. A: So, they've been traveling a lot? B: Yeah. They've been staying in warm, sunny places in

helped another person with English. Have you

I

A:

.

.

.

ever

16.

.

for a while.

They're doing great. They're traveling they're retired.

.

.

.

12.

15.

.

.

ever 11.

.

Have you ever in public. Have you ever rode on a motorcycle once. Have you ever drank Turkish coffee. Have you ever took a cooking class. Have you ever shook hands with a famous person. Have you

I

6.

8.

B:

.

.

5.

9.

.

I've

them

haven't seen .

Have you ever climbed a mountain last year. Have you ever gave a speech to a large audience. Have you lost

Not too much.

month.

7.

I I

had never visited there had a good time.

before. I'd like to go again.

LISTENING SCRIPT

453

..

..

Exercise 27, been

p. 53.

new

You're a

1

student, aren*t you?

How

long Ye you

country? You must miss your old neighbor. How long had you known Mr. Kim before he moved away? You're looking for Jack? Jack has left. He isn't here. We were late, and Natasha had left by the time we

2.

3.

4.

when we

I

my

didn't have

got lost. I'd

left it at

cell

phone with

8.

gardening section of our bookstore. These books have the information vou're looking

home.

When

last

night she didn't get

test'll

7.

have 50 questions. There'll be 50 questions on the exam. You'll have the whole hour to complete the test. It's a long exam. Sorry, but nobody'll finish early. It'll be a lot of work. Study hard!

8.

The

results'll

4.

him.

—

Exercise 33,

4.

5

p. 58. Yoko has recently learned to ski. Yoko has been learning how to ski. Mia has worked as an auto mechanic, but she prefers other types of work. Jon has been traveling since he received his job promotion a month ago. Jon had been working in sales when he became vice-president for

Ch

human

resources.

er4: Future Time

office the next day.

6, p. 62. Next in the news: The United Nations is going vote on the new trade resolution tomorrow

2.

The

to

3.

4.

election's almost here. I think I'm going to (gonna) vote for Carol Johnson. I like her. Good evening, ladies and gentleman. It is clear that

our town has a number of problems. WTiat are we going to do to make our town a better place to live? I'd like to offer a few suggestions this evening. Oh, no! We're out of gas. We're in the middle of nowhere. It's past midnight. Yikes! What're we going to (gonna) do?

Exercise 12, p. 66.

2.

3.

So, you were talking about your plans for the summer. What are you going to do? Can you help me out? I've got to get this letter mail by noon. Tell me again. Why are you leaving work early?

4.

Darn,

5.

Here's the broom. What did vou want

this flashlight doesn't

Chapter 5: Review Exercise

3, p. 61. Let's go to the beach. The children enjoy going

in the

work. it

for?

Verb Tenses

of

4, p. 78.

A

Silly

Mistake

When I got home to my apartment last night, I took out my key to open the door as usual. As always, I put it in the lock, but the door didn't open. I tried my key again and again with no luck. So I knocked on the door for my wife to let me in. Finally the door opened, but I didn't see my wife on the other side.

Exercise 1

my

1

1

Jamal smiled warmly and said that he was just glad that she was safely home. Then he offered to make her dinner which she gratefully accepted. A home-cooked meal sounded wonderful. It'd been a long day!

3.

be available in

Exercise

she got

forgotten to recharge her cell phone, so she couldn't call

2.

exam on Monday.

The

late.

home, her husband, Jamal, had already eaten dinner and was washing the dishes. With a worried tone in his voice, he asked her where she'd been. She told him she'd had to work late, and then, on her way home, there'd been a big accident that had slowed traffic to a crawl. He asked her why she hadn't called. She said she'd

1

your assignments by

afternoon.

A Pleasant Surprise Usually she's home by 7:30, but there until almost 9:30.

all

We'll review for the final

Exercise 28, p. 54. from work two hours

in

3.

5.

Amy got home

5, p. 62. need to turn

2.

6.

Last night

You'll

tomorrow.

about long marriages! Can you believe that Mr. and Mrs. Cho have been married for 65 years? Serena's an amazing chef. She's created so many new and popular dishes that it's almost impossible to get a reservation at her restaurant.

8.

find information

Exercise

next. .k

I

for.

me

Since we're teachers, we have the summers off and do a lot of traveling. We'd like to travel to Africa

6.

You'll find the information you're looking for in the

1

Unfortunately,

5.

Where'll

7.

in this

got there.

on organic gardening?

6.

to get into the

went

to

my

I

saw

a stranger.

wrong apartment!

own.

I felt

I

I

had been

trying

quickly apologized and

very stupid about what

I

had done.

there. 2.

Yes, I'm sure they'll enjoy

3.

The

I.

We

5

454

children'll enjoy

meet

at the library

our book club. We'll meei you

it.

going to the beach. every Wednesday night for

in the reference section of the library.

LISTENING SCRIPT

Exercise 1

2.

8, p. 80. Right 907 landed at 806 p.m. It was evening, and Greg was home alone. He was King on his couch in the living room. He had been listening to classical music for almost an hour.

Chapters 4 and 5

.

..

3.

..

This wet weather

is

getting very tiresome.

It's

been

Chapter 7: Nouns

raining for days. 4.

On

the

way

we were

The

late.

concert was just starting as we

Exercise

There was a robbery at the bank ten minutes ago, and the police still haven't come. By the time they

3.

get here, the thief '11 be far away.

4. 5.

I

Janice

in.

is

interested in learning to fly a small plane.

She's had two lessons so 6.

in traffic, so

14, p. 108. Joseph and Rob are taxi drivers. They're drivers. They drive taxis for a living. Maria and her sister have good jobs. They're office managers. Managers of big offices have a lot of responsibilities.

walked 5.

we got stuck

to the theater,

1

2.

far.

don't enjoy traveling in airplanes anymore. The

seats are getting smaller

Chapter 6: Subject-Verb Agreement

Airplane seats are getting more and more uncomfortable, don't you think?

7.

Schools often offer a

ride/z/

4.

rug/z/

7.

wish/az/

2.

write/s/

5.

sleep/s/

8.

page/az/

3.

rob/z/

6.

lock/s/

9.

month/s/

Exercise 1

2. 3.

5, p. 86.

Cats sleep eighteen hours a day. People come in many shapes and sizes. Maria practices pronunciation by reading sentences

enjoys school activities such as playing on the soccer team and being in the debate club.

Exercise 23, p. 117. 1

My boss has unreasonable expectations.

2.

This

3.

I

4.

This

5.

My boss has made an unreasonable request.

7.

5.

The Our

8.

cafeteria serves

good sandwiches.

When Jack

9, p. 88. students students in this classroom

2.

The The

3.

Each student

4. 5.

Every student Every student

6.

The

8.

presentation was uncomplicated.

Exercise 30,

.

.

say

.

.

in

is a problem with a computer, we often "computer bug." Of course, it's not a real

there

we have

a

insect. It refers to a technical difficulty

.

.

.

we

phonograph, he had

a lot of

problems.

.

first

Mrs. Walker's classes

the problems to an imaginary insect that

students and teachers Every student and teacher Each student and teacher

.

.

.

.

.

He

attributed

had hidden inside the machine. He is quoted in a newspaper as saying there was "a bug" in his phonograph. This was in 1889, and it is the first recorded use of the word bug in

.

.

are having.

The expression actually goes back to Thomas Edison, who was a famous inventor. When he was working on his

.

.

.

p. 121.

Computer Bugs

When

7.

speaker presented a complicated problem. speaker presented complicated problems.

has a cold, he coughs and sneezes.

Exercise 1

a difficult situation.

is

teacher encourages us to speak English outside

of class. 6.

not an easy situation to deal with. uneasy about this situation.

is

feel

The The The

6.

aloud. 4.

of after-school activities for

Anna

3, p. 85.

1.

lot

students. 8.

Exercise

and smaller.

6.

.

.

such a context.

Exercise 15, 1.

2.

3.

4. 5.

p. 91. hungry? There 're some leftovers in the fridge. If you want more to eat, there's an apple left over from lunch. Don't leave yet.There're email messages waiting for your response. Excuse me. There's someone on the phone for you. I need your help. Is there a place we could go to Still

talk? 6.

It's

Exercise 39, p. 128. 1. I don't really like much 2.

3.

4.

very crowded. Are there chairs for us to

sit

down? I

8.

Moving

is

a lot of work. Is there anything

my

food.

understand you, and you can have a

conversation with her.

can do

5.

Linda

is

in

Mexico, but she can't speak Spanish. She money.

can't find a job. She's almost out of

to help?

Chapters 6 and

I

on

English words. Talk to Mr. Hong's daughter. She studied English in school before they emigrated. If you speak slowly, she'll

think there 're extra chairs in the hallway.

7.

salt

have a long plane ride ahead of me. Mr. Hong arrived in Canada only a few days ago. He's never studied English. I think he knows how to say "hello," but I haven't heard him say any other I

7

LISTENING SCRIPT

455

..

.

has loving parents and grandparents. He's He has cousins and friends to

Billy

6.

5.

Bob

6.

Robbie. The sky

healthy and happy.

play with. He's a lucky

little

boy.

Mr. Perez doesn't know how to be a good boss. He has a bad temper and yells at people all the time about nothing.

7.

clearing.

is

Exercise 34,

Rob and

going to be another

It's

p. 154.

The teacher asked the students the same question. One after another they gave the wrong answer.

3.

Mr. and Mrs. Clark lead such busy lives that they see each other only on weekends. Mr. Perez is doing fine. Susan spoke with him just

4.

A:

2.

onouns

for Robert. Others are

beautiful day.

1.

Chap*

nickname

a

is

the other day.

10, p. 139. Where's Kim? I don't know.

A:

A: Yes! But I

haven't seen

him

this

morning.

I think he's in the restroom. C: I'm looking for him too. D: Ask his assistant. He'll know.

B:

E:

Have you

maybe

A:

Have you

We haven't told

anyone

sent party invitations yet?

B: Everyone except Jan

knows about the

surprise

party. I

know

he'll surprise

he's

you.

are giving their daughter a motorcycle

Hie Nelsons

a secret.

it's

other than you. 5.

tried looking in his office?

not there much, but 2.

have a secret about Danny and me. me guess. You're engaged!

I

B: Let

Chapter 9: Modals, Part

1

for graduation.

A:

Hmmm. Does she like

motorcycles that much?

B: Really? Is she a motorcycle rider?

odd

C: That's an

gift. I

wonder w hat they were

I

2.

it's

and

years,

a

been

had mine

gift! I've

The

non-smoking restaurant. Would you mind

music's awfully loud.

turned 3.

it

getting cool in here.

It's

for

I

can't reach the salt

passing

great.

Would you mind

if I

down?

Would you mind

closing the

window? 4.

wonderful

it's

7, p. 161. a

putting out your cigarette?

in traffic.

think

is

r

thinking.

them

This

1

D: That's what the Smiths gave their son. I think he's already had an accident. E: I'm not a fan of motorcycles. Cars just don't see F:

Exercise

5.

I

it

to

and pepper. Would you mind

me?

can't talk now.

Mind

if I

called

you back?

Exercise 17, p. 166. Situation

Exercise 20, p. 146. 1

Hey Jon,

2.

How did you find the time to do it Do you like my dress? I made it We were going to take a trip with our cousins, but

see

I

you

finally

cleaned your apartment. .

3.

.

the plans got so complicated that to go 4. 5.

by

.

.

.

.

we

finally

decided it

.

.

.

Mr. and Mrs. Peterson are planning to sell their house. They are going to put an ad in the paper and .

.

.

My sister-in-law is an architect. office

.

.

Class registration

is

online or in person.

.

My brother has an antique car. He restored sell it

6.

.

.

1:

some important information you need for class registration next Monday. If you are a new student, you will need to register in person. Bring some form of photo ID, such as a passport or driver's license, or you cannot register. If you are a returning student, you can register Here

She designed her

.

Situation

2:

want

Class changes and tuition

change classes next week, you need to cannot do this online. Also, it is very important that you pay your tuition in full by the second week of classes, which is the deadline for payment, or you will have to drop your classes. If you

do so

to

in person. You

Exercise 24, p. 169.

Exercise 30, 1

This coffee cup?

2.

The

3.

There

p. 151. is

delicious.

1

Could

I

please have another

I'll

I

4.

456

are

count only

No,

let's

3.

supposed to be ten chairs five.

Where

in the

not use this printer. Let's use the other one.

LISTENING SCRIPT

apply for a visa,

It's

a

good idea

it's

it's

not necessary

leave.

very important that

to arrive at the airport early

tomorrow. The security

room, but

are the others?

When you

door when you

you show proof of citizenship.

look in

the other one.

key's in the desk drawer, but

to lock the front 2.

coffee isn't in this grocery bag, so

The

4.

Only

airline

lines will

be long.

passengers with boarding passes will be

allowed into the boarding area.

Chapters 8 and 9

.

.

Exercise 26, 1

Your

sister

money 2.

p. 170. broke now because she spent

is

all

her

Your friends went to Hawaii over vacation. They had a good time. You didn't go with them, and now you are sorry.

3.

Jack had too

The

much

little girl

I

can't cook.

I

can't drive a stick-shift car.

10.

carelessly.

4.

8.

9.

and now he can't sleep. She got into a lot of trouble.

coffee,

told a

lie.

Our son can count

to ten.

Exercise 33, p. 200. An Experiment in Human Behavior A researcher in human behavior conducted an experiment. First she talked to a group of four-year-olds. "How many of you can dance?" All of the children raised their hands.

Chapter

1

0: Modals, Part 2

"How many

of you can sing?" All of the hands shot up.

"And

how many

finally,

of"

you can draw?" Every

hand was raised. Next the researcher went

child's

Exercise

9, p. 184.

Tom

Situation:

and

his

young son,

Billy,

hear a noise on

to a college class of twentystudents in their late teens and early twenties. "How many of you can dance?" she asked. About a

five

the roof.

third of the students raised their hands.

Tom:

I

Billy:

It

may be

Tom:

It

can't be a bird.

wonder what

that noise

is.

"How many

a bird.

running across the roof.

It's

Birds don't run across roofs. Well,

Billy:

some

running

birds do.

It

could be a big bird

went up. that's

fast.

it must be some kind of animal. It might be a mouse. It sounds much bigger than a mouse. It may be

Tom: No, Billy:

I

of you can sing?" Some hands were but fewer than were raised for the first question. "How many of you can draw?" Only two hands

raised,

think

Exercise 44, p. 208. didn't

a dragon! it couldn't be a dragon. We don't have any dragons around here. They exist only in

Tom: Son,

2.

storybooks. Billy:

little

dragon that you don't know

3.

about.

Tom:

Well,

Billy:

I'll

up.

It

Tony's over an hour

late for our meeting. That's not him. I hope nothing bad has happened. Rick was supposed to be at work early today to train his new assistant, but he woke up with a high fever. like

I suppose go look.

it

might be some kind of lizard.

4.

He

Tom: That's Billy:

show

afternoon.

could be a

It

come to the party, but he was a great party. There was delicious food, and we danced until midnight. I have a whole lot of material I need to review before the exam, but I just don't feel like studying this Carlos was planning to

1

a good idea. Guess what, Dad. It's

a rat!

5.

can't even get out of bed.

The

teacher called on Sonya in class yesterday, but window and didn't respond.

she kept looking out the

Exercise 21, p. 192. What's wrong? Your parents look upset. 1 We should ask them. 2. We shouldn't ask them. 3. You may have upset them. 4. You should try to find out. 5. Maybe you shouldn't have stayed out so late. 6. You'd better have a good excuse for being late. 7. You could have told them what you planned to do. 8. You must have known your behavior would cause

Chapter

1

.

2.

3.

The

secretary can help you.

The Passive

A

famous

architect has

been asked to design the new

library.

problems.

1.

;

Exercise 10, p. 216.

There was theater.

Exercise 31, p. 199.

1 1

a

group of noisy kids

They had been

was ignored by the salesclerk while she spent five minutes talking on the phone. After the speech, the audience will ask the speaker follow-up questions.

The

4.

Mr. Smith can answer your question.

Since the beginning of the

5.

We

many

3.

6.

7.

can't

come

to the meeting.

Can't you come? You can take that

Chapters 10 and

11

course.

movie

I

My mother can't speak English. My friend can meet you at the airport.

2.

at the

told several times to leave.

staff

is

planning a retirement party for Dr.

Wilson.

modern

industrial age,

of the natural habitats of plants and animals

have been altered or destroyed by development.

human

LISTENING SCRIPT

457

..

Exercise 15,

think James will be single forever. He's just not the marrying type. The airplane pilot had a few scary moments when I

p. 219. Hozv Chocolate

Is

Made

Chocolate is made from the seeds of roasted cocoa beans. After the seeds have been roasted, the inside of the pressed into a liquid. This liquid is called chocolate liquor. The liquor contains fat, which is separated from the liquor. After this has been done, a seed

lightning hit his plane. 6.

which is known as cocoa cake, is ground up and becomes unsweetened cocoa. This is a solid

is left.

This

solid,

very bitter chocolate. To

make

it

finished product

2.

During the

3.

The

was the fourth

.

.

.

are upset .

Not one

8.

Steven's explanations. Whenever he explains a math problem, the students become more His explanations are terribly

.

they are

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

of the students could understand Professor

.

.

.

.

.

.

largest

100 feet (or 30 meters). Whole villages were destroyed. Thousands of people were swept out to sea, and many others died due to lack of medical care. In total, almost 300,000 people were killed, and 1.3 million people were left homeless. Aftershocks from the earthquake continued for several days.

damage could have been lessened if tsunami early-warning system. Such a system already exists for the Pacific Ocean, but it doesn't reach to the Indian Ocean. Since the tsunami disaster, governments have been working together to develop an early-warning system so that Southeast Asia will not experience such destruction again from a tsunami. Tragically, the

had been

.

museum has an exhibit that people People who visit the museum are

.

earthquake since 1 900 and the second largest that has ever been recorded on the Richter scale. The quake was followed by four giant waves as high as

there

.

.

7.

The 2004 Indian Ocean Tsunami

It

.

.

6.

5.

In 2004, several countries that border the Indian Ocean, including Indonesia, Thailand, India, Malaysia, and Somalia, were hit by an earthquake and subsequent tsunami. (As you may already know, a tsunami is a giant ocean wave.) In just a few short hours, millions of lives were changed forever. The earthquake was measured at

had

People say that the exhibit is My parents enjoy talking with my friend, Maria. They find her Maria gets along well with my parents. She thinks

4.

9.3 on the Richter scale.

ride, I feel

is

art

about.

p. 224.

client

my heart pounds

coaster,

with excitement. The ride

later.

Exercise 22,

was exactly what the

for.

Exercise 44, p. 238. 1 When I ride on a roller

taste better, other

substances such as cocoa butter and sugar will be added

The

asked

is

a

Exercise 47, p. 239. The Olympic Games

The Olympic Games began more than 2,000 years ago in Olympia, a small town in Greece. The games were established for two purposes. One was to showcase the and athletic performances of its young men. At that time, only Greek males were allowed to compete. In fact, women were not even permitted to watch the games, and the only spectators were men. The other goal was to encourage good relationships among Greek cities. People of other nationalities were not

physical qualities

invited to participate.

The winner of each event was crowned with a wreath made of olive leaves. Additionally, his statue could be placed in Olympia for treated as heroes

all

when

to see.

Winning

athletes

they returned to their

were

cities

because with their victory, they brought fame and honor

Exercise 30,

p. 230.

Water

2.

I

3.

I'm

4.

You're so busy.

am

is

to their

hometowns.

composed of hydrogen and oxygen.

1.

not acquainted with Dr. William's books.

finally

accustomed I

to living here.

think you're involved in too

many

Chapter

1 2:

Noun Clauses

activities. 5.

6. 7.

8.

Are you prepared for the next test? Mr. and Mrs. Miller are devoted to each other. I'm concerned about my grandfather's health. Arc you satisfied with your progress?

Exercise 11, 1

A:

It's

Park.

Exercise 43, p. 237. 1.

Excuse me. Your application form has some missing

2.

As the owner of her own design business, Carol

A:

works hard 3.

to have satisfied customers.

After the earthquake, frightened residents were afraid to sleep indoors for several days.

458

LISTENING SCRIPT

B: 3.

don't

know how

is it?

far

it is.

Do you want to walk to the farmers' market with me tomorrow morning? They have lots of fresh and

fruits

information.

I

walk over to Lakeside

not far from here,

It's

B: Gosh, 2.

p. 248.

a beautiful day. Let's

Gee,

I

vegetables.

don't know. Maybe.

How far is

it?

A: That was a terrible movie! B:

I

agree.

I

don't

know why we watched

the whole

thing.

Chapter 12

..

.

A:

I

watched an awful movie on TV last night. if it was awful, why did you watch it?

B: Well,

A:

Is

B:

I

Exercise 1

Jeannie going to be 49 or 50 this year?

don't

she

know

can never remember

I

how

old

2. 3.

is.

19, p. 278. met the man who's going to become the new manager of our department. I know someone who's never flown in an airplane. I talked to the man whose wife was in the car I

accident on Fifth Street yesterday. She's in the A: Excuse me. I'm

unsure about the pronunciation of that word. B: Which one? A: This one right here. How is this word pronounced? 7.

A:

You look

B:

I

still

hospital, but she's going to 4.

5.

6.

7.

Exercise 41, p. 264.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

—

later

be okay. who's going to call Mrs. Green or Mrs. White or something

name

of the

woman

like that.

A: So, what

1

forget the

you

upset.

am. I'm very upset. is the problem?

I

I need to hurry. The neighbor whose bike I borrowed is waiting for me to return it. I got an email from a friend who's studying in Malaysia. It was really good to hear from her. I recently heard from a friend who's been out of the country for over two months. He finally sent me an

email.

I'm not going to the personnel meeting because I have to finish a report. I can't lend Marta any money because my wallet is in my coat pocket back at home. Someone in this room is wearing very strong perfume. It's giving me a headache. Hi, Emma. I'll meet you at the coffee shop at 9:00. I promise not to be late. I'm considering looking for a new job. What do you think I should do? We are going to be late for the concert. My wife has to attend a business function after work.

8.

I'm thinking about getting a

work whose dog

pet. There's a

had puppies.

just

I

woman

at

might adopt

one.

Exercise 21, 279. 1

That's the person who's going to help us.

2.

That's the person whose help

3.

I'd like to

4.

I'd like to

we need.

introduce you to a teacher who's spent

time in Africa.

husband 5.

introduce you to the teacher whose

is

from

The company

Africa.

is

looking for a person who's

is

looking for a person whose native

bilingual. 6.

The company language

Chapter

1 3:

Adjective Clauses

7.

Arabic.

is

The company

is

of experience in 8.

Exercise

They want

looking for a person who's had a lot sales.

to hire a

person who's familiar with their

sales territory.

5, p. 271.

Partl 1.

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

7.

He has He has He has He has He has He has He has

him. who's helping him. a friend who's helped him. friends who're helping him. friends who've helped him. a friend who'd helped him. a friend who'd like to help him. a friend who'll help a friend

Exercise 29, p. 281. The man who organized 1

2.

Two

11.

We know We know

person who'll be great for the job. 9. a person who'd like to apply for the job. 10. That's the man who's giving the speech at our 8.

community dinner

is

a

people died in the accident that blocked

all

lanes of the highway for two hours.

4.

The small town where I was born is now a large The music teacher who directs the school band

5.

The camera

3.

plays in a rock

Part

the

friend of mine.

a

city.

band on weekends.

that Jack gave

me

for

my

birthday takes

excellent digital pictures. 6.

My neighbor often drops in for a visit about the when we would

like to sit

down

time

to dinner.

graduation. 11.

I

know

a

nurse who's traveled around the world

Exercise 33,

helping people. 12.

Let's talk to the people who're planning the protest

A:

Do you

march. There are people

B:

I

13.

14.

The doctor who'd been

all

at the factory

who've worked there

their adult lives.

retired.

Chapter 13

taking care of my mother

p. 284.

see that guy who's wearing the baseball cap?

see two guys that're wearing baseball caps.

mean

Do

you

whose T-shirt says "Be Happy"? A: Yeah, him. Do you remember him from high school?

He

the one

looks a

the one

little

different

now, doesn't he?

whose wife joined the

Isn't

he

circus?

LISTENING SCRIPT

459

..

®*

B:

.

Nah,

heard that story

I

When

the circus

spent a

lot

was

in

That was just a rumor. town last summer, his wife

too.

of time there, so people started

wondering why. Some people started saying she was working there as a performer. But the truth is that she was only visiting a cousin who's a manager for the circus. She just wanted to spend time with him while he was in town. A: Well, you know, it was a story that sounded pretty fishy to me. But people sure enjoyed talking about it. The last thing that I heard was that she'd learned how to eat fire and swallow swords! B: Rumors really take on a life of their own, don't they?!

In Asia in 2004, many animals that were accustomed to being on the beach in the early morning refused to go there the morning of the big tsunami. In Thailand, a herd of buffalo on a beach noticed or heard something which made them run to the top of a hill before the tsunami was

What theory

is

1

causes this strange behavior in animals? One that they can sense the earth move before

scientists dismiss these ideas, while others believe

worth researching

2.

across the Atlantic Ocean? uncle, who loves boating, rows his boat across

My

3.

the lake near his house nearly every day. Tea, which is a common drink throughout the

world,

is

who have witnessed

man who rowed

made by pouring

a boat

that animals are far

boiling water onto the

5.

Tea which is made from herbs is called herbal Toys which contain lead paint are unsafe for

more

3.

4.

in the

be useful in the prediction of earthquakes.

Chapter

1

and

4: Gerunds

Infinitives,

Exercise

Lead, which can be found in paint and plastics, known to cause brain damage in children.

is

1.

6, p. 305. A: I'm sorry I'm late. B:

No problem. We

2.

A:

I

3.

A:

4.

5.

A: Your report

My mother looked in the fruit basket and threw away the apples that were rotten. My mother looked in the fruit basket and threw away the apples, which were rotten. The students who had done well on the test were excused from class early. The students, who had done well on the test, were excused from class early.

7.

of time.

lots

you got

it

done so

I

hate to do housework.

B:

I

know.

A:

You were

B: Sure.

6.

have

finished the project early.

B: That's great

2.

subde changes

earth than people are and that studying their behavior can

tea.

Exercise 39, p. 288. 1

animal behavior are certain

sensitive to

Parti

children. 6.

further. Those scientists

this strange

dried leaves of certain plants. 4.

them were

people can. There are vibrations deep in the earth that begin before an earthquake can be detected. Another idea is that the energy in the air changes and that animals are disturbed by these changes.

Some p. 286. Did you hear about the

followed

saved.

that they are

Exercise 36,

who

in sight. The villagers

anywhere

I

I

do

of work.

too. It's a lot

a big help.

was happy

Thanks.

to help out.

isn't finished.

B:

Uh,

A:

How do you like

B:

It's

A:

How was your weekend?

well, sorry.

too spicy.

I

quickly.

What's your excuse?

don't really have one.

I

the food here?

can't eat

much

of it.

Did you go away

for the

holiday? B:

Exercise 52, p. 295. 1

2.

The The

fence surrounding our house

is

made

Dr. Stanton, the president of the university, will give

4.

Our

commencement

solar system

is

got the flu and spent the whole

weekend

in

of wood.

children attending that school receive a good

a speech at the

I

bed.

education. 3.

No.

Exercise 1

B:

ceremonies.

in a galaxy called the

A:

13, p. 308.

What should we do tomorrow night? Let's just stay home and watch a movie. There's nothing

Milky Way.

I like

to

do better on

a

weekend.

A: Sounds good to me. 2.

A:

Exert se 56, p. 297.

460

LISTENING SCRIPT

was

really looking

forward to the hike up to I guess

Skyline Ridge to see the mountains, but

we're not going to get there this month.

Animals and Earthquakes

Whether or not animals can predict earthquakes has been widely debated for hundreds of years. In fact, as far back as 373 B.C. villagers reported that hundreds of animals deserted the Greek town of Helice a few days before an earthquake destroyed it. There are other interesting phenomena that scientists have noted. For example, before an earthquake, dogs may begin barking or howling for no reason; chickens might stop laying eggs; and some pets will go into hiding.

I

B:

It

doesn't look like

hope.

It's

supposed

it. I

don't think there's any

to rain the rest of this

week

and into next week. 3.

A:

Do

B: No,

you want to take a break?

we have

to finish this report

by 5:00. We

don't have time for a break. 4.

A: Let's go into the city this weekend. There's a great concert at the park. And it's free! B: Great idea!

Who's playing?

Chapter 14

..

A: Gosh, I'd really like to go out this evening, but I have all this work to do. I have three papers due,

5.

and

haven't begun to write any of them.

I'm way behind

feel.

I

in

3.

my 4.

I just heard that there's an accident on the freeway and nothing's moving. I don't want our

A:

6.

I

know how you homework too.

B:

drive

home

couple of hours. We can get caught up on our work.

Good

A:

idea.

Exercise 17,

I

is

much

have so

to do.

p. 309.

Ron

Ron

's

Busy Saturday

an active individual. On his days off, he likes to one day. His friends can't keep up

several activities in

with him.

He finds early mornings on the lake very calm and relaxing. He brought a fishing rod with him early in the

morning.

so he could go fishing and perhaps catch something for

He saw some friends getting their sailboat ready and thought about going sailing with them, but decided instead to go swimming. By that time, it was only noon! After lunch, he went biking in the hills behind his town. He cooked a fish that he had caught for dinner, and it was delicious. Later, some friends called to invite him out, so he finished the day by going dancing with them. dinner.

Exercise 22, p. 312. I

have a terrible memory.

I

can't even

remember my

children's birthdays.

My teenage son tried to hide his

7.

report card, but I caught him. I'm in a hurry in the mornings. I always stand at the kitchen counter and eat my breakfast. Foreign languages are hard for me to learn. I sat in traffic for two hours. It was a waste of time. We sang songs on the bus trip. It was fun. I looked all over for Tom. He was studying in the

8.

There was

2.

3.

4. 5.

6.

library.

for

Exercise 36, p. 348. An Issue in Health

they can't read, understand, and respond appropriately to information. One of the problems this creates in health is

that millions of people are not able to read

directions

buy movie

tickets.

I

had

to wait

an hour.

1

p. 318. Joan remembered to call her husband before she

2.

work yesterday. Rita remembered going

Exercise 39,

Protecting Yourself in a Lightning

try to

make

down

or curling

Storm

yourself as small as possible. Crouching

up

into a ball lessens the chance that a

lightning bolt will strike you. Finding a depression in die

ground to hide Being inside

in, like a

hole or a ditch,

a building

is

is

even better.

safer than being outside, but

not without dangers. Be careful to stay away from doors and windows. If you're talking on a phone with a cord, hang up. Lightning has been known to travel along a phone cord and strike the person holding the phone. Even TVs can conduct lightning through the cable or

left

away from the shower or bath plumbing can conduct electricity from lightning.

antenna, so to the farmers'

market with

5.

I

regret leaving school before

1

5:

I

graduated.

Gerunds and Part 2

14, p. 336. That dinner was delicious, Nancy.

Infinitives,

it's

a

good idea

to stay

television. It's also inadvisable to take a

4.

Chapter 15

p. 350.

Lightning storms can occur suddenly and without warning. It's important to know how to stay safe if you're outside when a storm begins. Some people stand under trees or in open shelters like picnic areas in order to protect themselves. They are surprised to hear that this can be a fatal mistake. Tall objects are likely to attract lightning, so when you are out in the open, you should

as long as

.

Imagine being to read the

convey health-care information.

Roger stopped smoking when the doctor told him he had heart disease. Mr. and Mrs. Olson stopped to eat before the movie.

1

and being unabic

on a medicine bottle. We all know that it is important for medical directions to be understood clearly. One solution is pictures. Many medical professionals are working today to solve this problem by using pictures to

since

Exercise

bottles or packages.

directions

her grandmother.

Chapter

on medicine

a parent with a sick child

it's

a line to

Exercise 31,

3.

Care: Illiteracy

According to some estimates, well over half of the people in the world are functionally illiterate. This means that they are unable to perform everyday tasks because

care

Last Saturday, for example, he began by going canoeing

1

5. 6.

to take hours.

Do you leave your daughter home alone when you go out? I think our English is getting a lot better, but learning a second language isn't easy. I used a new laundry detergent on these shirts. How did it work? Mr. Jones is 99 years old. He's too old to drive. We need 20 big envelopes, but we only have 10.

Me neither. Let's not leave the office for another

B:

do

2.

How safe

are cars? Surprisingly, the inside of a car it

is

safe

has a metal roof, but avoid touching any part

of the car that leads to the outside.

There's a 30/30 rule regarding lightning. As soon as you see lightning, begin counting the seconds until you hear thunder. If you hear thunder before you reach 30, this means you need to seek shelter immediately. Additionally, even if the storm has passed, you want to stay in a protected place for 30 minutes after you hear the last sounds of thunder or have seen the last flashes of lightning. in the

Many

United

more than half occur after a storm has passed.

lightning deaths, in fact

States,

LISTENING SCRIPT

461

....

When Alex got home,

3.

Chapter

1

6: Coordinating

threw

found him home.

5, p. 354.

1

My bedroom has a bed, a desk, and

2

The

price of the

and

dessert.

meal includes a

The

Elias waited for his son, wife,

5.

6.

price of the

4.

a lamp.

salad, a

main

dish,

and saw

It

was

a

The

8.

I

ended on

was

busy

a

a relaxing

The

and suspense.

kites.

game of

adults busied themselves preparing the

some

films.

fatal to prejudice, bigotry,

Exercise 21, p. 363.

and narrow-

Butterflies

Exercise 14, p. 359. Ben will call either Mary or Bob. 1 2. Both my mother and father talked

A butterfly is to

my

4.

5.

Either Mr.

after the storm.

Anderson or Ms. Wiggins

is

a marvel. It begins as

an ugly

caterpillar

and turns into a work of art. The sight of a butterfly floating from flower to flower on a warm, sunny day brightens anyone's heart. A butterfly is a charming and gentle creature. Caterpillars eat plants and cause damage to some crops, but adult butterflies feed principally on nectar from flowers and do not cause any harm. When cold weather comes, some butterflies travel great distances to reach tropical climates. They can be found on every continent except Antarctica. Because they are so colorful and beautiful, butterflies are admired throughout

teacher.

Simon saw not only a whale but also a dolphin. Our neighborhood had neither electricity nor water going to

teach our class today.

Exercise 16,

it

food, supervising the children, and playing

mindedness.

3.

at the theater. It

teenagers played an enthusiastic

9.

is

movie

wonderful picnic. The children waded in the

volleyball.

Travel

Ann

she got

stream, collected rocks and insects, and flew

colors in the fabric. I love films full of action, adventure,

10.

when

note. 5.

baseball.

and adventure

a

day, but she felt fine because

dish.

and daughter. Elias waited for his son's wife and daughter. Susan raised her hand, snapped her fingers, and

love action

sitting at the kitchen table

tie,

and opened

yesterday, she bought birthday presents for her children, shopped for

asked a question. Red, yellow, gold, and olive green are the main

_

table,

WhenTara went downtown clothes,

meal includes a salad and a main

3.

4.

he took off his coat and

on the kitchen

the refrigerator looking for something to eat.

Conjunctions Exercise

his briefcase

p. 360. Bats

the world.

What do people in your country think of bats? Are mean and scary creatures, or are they symbols of

(1)

they

both happiness and luck? (2) In Western countries, many people have an unreasoned fear of bats. According to scientist Dr. Sharon Horowitz, bats are not only harmless but also beneficial mammals. "When I was a child, I believed that

would attack me and tangle

a bat

know

itself in

my hair. Now

Chapter

1 7:

Adverb Clauses

Exercise 11, p. 372. Cultural Misunderstandings

I

better," said Dr. Horowitz.

Contrary to popular Western myths, bats do not humans. Although a few bats may have diseases, they are not major carriers of rabies or other frightening diseases. Bats help natural plant life by pollinating plants, spreading seeds, and eating insects. If you get rid of bats that eat overripe fruit, then fruit flies can flourish and (3)

attack

Since Marco and Anya came to this country, they've had some memorable misunderstandings due to language and culture. The first time Marco met someone at a party, he was asked "How's it going?" Marco thought that the person was asking him about leaving, and that

seemed very strange. Once, Anya walked

How

and a native speaker Anya started to give a

into class,

are you?" When

destroy the fruit industry.

said, "Hi.

(4) According to Dr. Horowitz, bats are both gentle and trainable pets. Not many people, however, own or train bats, and bats themselves prefer to avoid people.

long answer, the native speaker looked at her rather oddly. This happened several times until Anya learned she was just supposed to say something like "Okay" or

And you?" Another time, Marco was

"Fine, thanks.

Exercise 19, p. 362. 1

2.

at a restaurant

He snapped

Both Jamal and I had many errands to do yesterday. Jamal had to go to the post office and the bookstore. I had to go to the post office, the travel agency, and

to get the server's attention.

the bank.

cultural misunderstandings are a

Roberto slapped his hand on his desk in frustration. le had Jailed another examination and had ruined his chances for a passing grade in the course.

smile at these misunderstandings now.

I

462 JSTENING

SCRIPT

and wanted

his fingers.

The

server was not pleased.

Since coming here,

Marco and Anya have learned

that

normal part of learning another language. They can be valuable and even entertaining learning experiences. Marco and Anya just

Chapters 16 and 17

.

.

opposite sides of the keyboard.

Chapter

1

If you look at a keyboard, and "u" is on the right side. He put the keys that were most likely to be hit one after the other on opposite sides of the keyboard. This keyboard became

8: Reduction of Adverb Clauses to Modifying

"q"

Adverbial Phrases

A:

I

don't want to play the piano at the family I don't play well enough. People will

gathering.

at me. Oh, Rose, don't be silly. You play Everyone will love hearing you.

laugh

B:

2.

A: Jan, are you going to to

tell

do more work on the

on the

known

Exercise 16, p. 395. 1

is

beautifully.

Thomas that he needs project? He hasn't done

as

left

side

QWERTY.

Nowadays, with computers, we don't have to worry about keys crashing into one another, so QWERTY is not necessarily the fastest and most efficient keyboard. Other people have come up with alternative keyboard patterns, but so far, none has gained much popularity. Having survived since the 1860s, QWERTY has demonstrated its longevity. It does not appear that it going to be replaced any time soon by a faster, more efficient

is

keyboard.

He's being really lazy. B: Well, he'll probably get upset, but I'm going to talk with him about it this afternoon. his share.

3.

found my wedding ring. It'd been missing for a month. The next time I take it off, I'm going to put it in a box on top of my

A: I'm so relieved that

I

Chapter 19: Connectives That Express

Cause and Eff< ct, Contrast, and Condition

dresser drawer. B:

That sounds be

like a

terrible to lose

wise thing to do, Susan.

It'd

Exercise 33, p. 412.

your wedding ring again.

1

4.

A: This

is

the

first

presidential election. I'm going to research

2. all

the 3.

candidates extensively. B:

They have very good

to get as

Sam. It's much information as you can.

4.

different positions,

5.

6. 7.

Exercise 18,

p. The

Notice that Q-W-E-R-T-Y are the first six letters beginning on the left. In fact, the keyboard is called "QWERTY." As you look at all the letters on the keyboard, does it seem to make any sense to you? Many people have wondered about this rather strange placement of keys, but as it turns out, there is a logical reason for the design. A man named Christopher Sholes, the inventor of the typewriter, came up with this keyboard in the 1860s. Wanting to create a logical design, Sholes first placed the letters in alphabetical order on his typewriter. He put two rows from A to Z on the keyboard. But Sholes found there was a problem. The letters were on typebars typebars, by the way, are also called keys and some of these keys crashed into one another. This happened when letters that often occur together in words, like "s" and "1," were near each other on the keyboard. The keys tended to hit each other and get stuck, and the typist would have to stop and pull them apart. Trying to figure out a way to keep the keys from hitting one another, Sholes made a list of letters commonly used together in English, like the pair I already mentioned, "s" and "1," or, for example, "q" and

—

He

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

QWERTY Keyboard

you know why the letters on an English language keyboard are placed where they are? Take a minute and look at the second row on the keyboard in the picture.

"u."

I

396

Do

—

Because I lift heavy boxes at work, bought a new TV even though Even if I'm late for work, I was late for work this morning; nevertheless, The air-conditioning has been broken; therefore, Although I live in a noisy city, I was so tired last night that .

year I'm eligible to vote in the

then rearranged these letters so they would be on

Chapters 18 and 19

Exercise 36, p. 414. Why We Yawn Have you ever noticed that when a person near you yawns, you may start yawning too? This is called contagious yawning. Contagious in this sense means that the behavior spreads: when one person does something like yawn, it can cause others to do the same thing. There are various theories about why people yawn. One popular idea is chat yawning brings more oxygen into the brain to wake people up. Is that what you have thought? But in 2007, researchers at a university in New York came up with a new idea: yawning helps cool the brain.

found that people yawned more frequently where their brains were warmer. The idea is that yawning cools the brain by increasing blood flow and bringing cooler air into the body. Cooler brains work Scientists

in situations

better than

warmer

ones.

This may also help explain why yawning is contagious. People are more awake when their brains are cooler. As people evolved over time, contagious yawning helped people stay awake. This was important in times of danger. It's very possible that the person yawning could have been signaling to others to stay awake. The next time you are talking to someone and that person yawns, you can tell yourself that he or she actually wants to stay awake, not go to sleep.

LISTENING SCRIPT

463

....

..

Exercise 38,

4.

p. 415.

1: Turtles Turtles have survived on earth for more than 200 million years, but now many species face extinction.

5.

parts of the world use them for food and so the demand for them is high. medicine, for traditional In spite of international trade laws that protect them,

wouldn't have been

he hadn't him.

If

lied, I

would have had more respect

for

Exercise 22, p. 426. 1

2.

2:

Boy or

Girl?

Research shows that

many

parents prefer to have a boy

rather than a girl because boys are expected to become better economic providers for their parents in their old

developed countries, however, more

go to a

university. It's possible that in

more women than men

will

If I

had enough time,

afternoon.

illegal traffic in turtles is increasing.

men

I

many

People in

age. In

had been another person,

it

so shocked.

Passage

Passage

If

women

some

than

3.

I

go to the

I'd

love going to art

art

museum

this

museums.

Mrs. Jones is really lucky. If she hadn't received immediate medical attention, she would have died. If I were a carpenter, I'd build my own house. I'd really enjoy that.

4.

places

So many people died unnecessarily in the earthquake. If the hotel had been built to withstand an earthquake,

be prepared for the high-

it

wouldn't have collapsed.

paying jobs of the 21st century.

Exercise 32, p. 430. 1

If I

hadn't been driving so

wouldn't have

fast, I

gotten a speeding ticket. 2.

Chapter 20: Conditional Sentences

Should you have questions, give

and Wishes

3.

Had you

4.

If there I

2. 3.

If

4.

If he's

1

5. 6.

7.

it's

okay,

I'll

ask for

some

told us sooner,

had been

a call

on

my

we could have helped you. way to get to the theater,

a faster

would have taken

it.

5.

Had anyone warned

6.

would have stayed home. Were we rich, we would live

Exercise

6, p. 418. If I'm talking too fast, please tell me. If we get married, everyone will be shocked.

me

cell.

us about the situation,

we

house overlooking

in a

the ocean.

advice.

planning to quit, I hope he lets us know soon. If it's not working, we'll need to try something else. If she works harder, I'm sure she'll succeed. If I should get the job, I'll call you right away.

Exercise 35, 1

I

2.

I

p. 431. called, but I left your number at home. couldn't have gone to college without my parents'

would have

financial help. 3.

Exercise 19, p. 424. The Extinction of Dinosaurs

There are

several scientific theories as to

4.

why

One theory has to do with you may know, are rocky objects

dinosaurs became extinct. asteroids. Asteroids, as

that orbit the sun.

According to

this theory,

5.

to do.

an asteroid

Exercise 45, p. 436.

collided with the earth millions of years ago, causing

disastrous changes in the earth's climate, such as

1

survive.

Some

result,

dinosaurs could no longer

scientists believe that if this asteroid

2.

had

not collided with the earth, dinosaurs would not have

become

3.

extinct.

Alice doesn't like her job as a nurse. She wishes she

hadn't gone to nursing school.

tsunamis, high winds, and dust in the atmosphere that

blocked the sun. As a

I ran out of time. Otherwise, I would have picked up your clothes from the cleaners. We would have come to the party, but no one told us about it. Without your advice, I wouldn't have known what

wish we didn't have to go to work today. 1. 1 wish it were a holiday.

A:

I

B:

So do

We

had a good time in the mountains over vacation. wish you had come with us. If you had come with us, you would have had a good time. I

Exert se 20, 1

If

I

p. 424. had known the truth sooner,

I

would have acted

4.

I

know

would

differently. 2.

If

we hadn't believed him, we wouldn't have

felt

so

foolish. 3.

464

you hadn't told me what a great guy Jon was, wouldn't have believed him so easily. If

LISTENING SCRIPT

I

5.

I wish you can help.

that something's bothering you. tell

me what

it is.

Maybe

I

My feet are killing me!

I wish I had worn more comfortable shoes. B: Yeah, me too. I wish I had known that we were going to have to walk this much.

A:

Chapter 20

...

..

Answer Key

Exercise

Chapter Exercise Sample

1

What

How do you you

5.

6. 7.

your name? spell your

is

Where are you from? Where were you born? Where do you live? /Where Why did you come here?

How long have you been to

9.

name?

/

How do

be

to

are

you

living?

was sleeping

4.

will

2.

am

thinking

5.

was watching

3.

will

be

1

8, p. 4. have done

4.

have studied

2.

had done

5.

had studied

3.

will

/

How long are How long do you plan

2.

is

3.

studied

4.

was studying

5.

will

6.

will

be here?

How do you

like living here?

What do you

How do you

feel

7.

has already studied

had already studied

9.

will already

about

think about living here?

Questions

2, p. 1.

/ is going to study be studying / is going to be studying

study

8.

1 1

12.

have studied

has been studying

had been studying will have been studying

to ask:

Partner A: 1 What do you do every day before you leave home? 2. What have you done / have you been doing since you got up this morning? 3. What are you doing right now? 4. What were you doing at (this exact time) yesterday? 5. What had you done by the time you got here today? (also possible: What did you do .... )

Exercise 12, p. 8. 2. The speakers are discussing an and ended 3.

4.

5.

tomorrow? What will you have done by the time you go

to

in the past.

speakers are discussing an activity that (is

6.

7.

bed

in progress) at the

The

2. 3.

get

is

of

speakers are discussing an activity in progress at a

The

speakers are discussing activities that have occurred (or not occurred) "before now," at unspecific times in the past. Tense: present perfect The speakers are discussing what will happen at a specific time in the future. Tense: simple future. The speakers are discussing the duration of an activity that has already started and will end at a specific time

This question concerns the duration of an that started in the past

cooked bought

moment

in the future. Tense: future progressive. 8.

1

began

particular time in the past. Tense: past progressive.

tonight?

Exercise

activity that

Tense: simple past.

speaking. Tense: present progressive. 4.

5.

What did you do last night? What are you going to do / will you do tomorrow? What have you been doing for the past five minutes? What will you be doing at (this exact time)

The

happening

Partner B:

3.

studying

/

Exercise

.

p. 6.

studies

10.

1

have done

1

living here?

living here?

What is your major? What is your field of study? / What do you do? What do you like to do in your free time? What

living here?

2.

be watching

sitting

Exercise 11,

hobbies do you have? 10.

6, p. 3.

1

Exercise (last/first)

spell that?

you going 8.

Verb Tenses

1, p. 1.

1

3.

of

questions:

2.

4.

Overview

:

4, p. 2.

and

is still

activity

in progress.

Tense: present perfect progressive. 4.

will

5.

am

be

going to watch

9.

This question concerns an activity that started and ended before another time in the past. Tense: past perfect.

465

.

..

.

.

Exercise

14, p. 9.

Chapter 2: Present and

Does Pedro walk to work even morning? What are you talking about? Did you finish your work? -

1

.

2. 3.

4.

My friend doesn't like her apartment.

5.

Are you working

for this

company?

Exercise

Do you work

company? What time did your plane arrive? How long have you been living in this long have you lived in this city? Ali won't be in class tomorrow. for this

6.

7.

-

Exercise 1.

hoped

2.

stopped

3

waiting

4.

sitting

5.

started

city?

How

15, p. 9.

Simple

1, p. 13.

know

don't

Sam's

wife.

2.

I

3.

My roommate usually watches television, listens to

4. 5. 6.

music, or goes out in the evening. I turned the key, the car started. Air consists of oxygen, nitrogen, and other gases. The children drew some pictures in school this morning.

When

now Sally is in the kitchen eating breakfast. I was driving home last night, I heard a

7.

Right

8.

While

9.

A:

What are you

B:

I

happened

6.

Past;

and Progressive

strange noise in the engine.

planning 8. enjoyed 9. worried 10. studying 7.

talking about?

am talking about the political situation in my

country.

Exercise Exercise Part

2, p. 13. (Answers zvill vary.)

1

16, p. 10.

2.

(Anszcers

3.

No. (The earth revolves around the sun.)

4.

Sentence 3 Sentence 1 Sentence 2

I.

dating

putting

enjoying

dining

stopping

happening

grading

5.

winning

stavine 6.

vary.)

zcill

is

a general truth.

is

a daily habit.

is

something that

Part II. answered

controlled

Exercise

listened

permitted

Sample

offered

planned

The

opened

preferred

Air contains nitrogen and oxygen.

is

happening right now.

3, p. 14.

sentences:

earth revolves around the sun.

The human

Exercise 17, Part

heart beats 72 times per minute (on average). Snowflakes have six sides. The average person sleeps eight hours a night.

p. 11.

Hybrid cars use

I.

2.

hiding

3.

running

4.

ruining

10.

5.

coming

1 1

beginning earning

6.

writing

12.

flying

7.

eating

Parr

less gas.

patting

8.

Exercise

lying

9.

2

washes

3.

usually is

4.

4, p. 15.

.

.

.

sitting

am

6.

Do you always lock am still waiting

7.

is

8.

shines

5. sits

trying

shining .

.

.

wakes

//.

2.

planning, planned

3.

raining, rained

4.

taping, taped

5.

tapping, tapped

11.

6.

entering, entered

12.

admitting, admitted

7.

preferring, preferred

13.

visiting, visited

8.

translating, translated

14.

waiting, waited

9.

dying, died

10.

employing,

employed

Exercise 5, 1. right now 2.

burying, buried 3.

4.

right

5.

every

b b

now, today

summer,

in the spring

every year

Exercise 2.

6.

this

week

7, p. 16. 3. a 4.

a

12.

1

are renting

6.

2

preferred

7.

'm planning "m taking

3.

destroyed

8.

am

4.

visited

9.

replied

5.

gained

466 ANSWER

in the winter,

every April

1.

Exercise 18, p.

p. 15.

Exercise 1

.

a.

8, p. 17.

smell describes a state that exists,

have a smell and that smell

replying b.

is

i.e.,

the flowers

good, smelling describes the action of using one's is

nose.

KEY

Chapter 2

.

2.

3.

.

a.

think

means

"believe" in this sentence

and

Exercise 1.

lost

10.

b.

am

2.

forgot

1 1

3.

made

12.

began spoke

a.

see

4.

13.

gave

14.

spent

an action; thoughts are going through the speaker's mind. thinking

is

c.

a result of the speaker using his/her eyes.

5.

means

6.

did

15.

told

7.

16.

taught

8.

understood brought

17.

sang

9.

got

seeing a doctor

is

"is

now

as

going to a doctor for

means they

are seeing

are dating each other, a

general activity in progress at present. a.

looks

means "appears or seems

to

be" and

describes an apparent state that exists: Astrid

is

Exercise 13, p. 23.

apparently cold, b. a.

looking describes the action of using one's eyes.

is

feeling describes the action of using one's sense

is

of touch. Sue

The

cat's fur.

is

using her hands to touch the

activity

is

in progress at the present

moment. describes a state that exists, the state of the

b. feels

cat's fur; i.e., c.

am

soft.

it is

The

[Note:

little

simple present

means "think or

I

found a pet store. bought a parrot. took

out of its cage.

3.

Yes,

I

4.

Yes,

I

5.

Yes,

had some trouble with it bit me.

6.

Yes,

I left

7.

Yes,

I

it

the pet store.

went

Yes,

to the doctor.

I

Exercise 14, 1. swam

believe" in this sentence and

p. 23. 8.

built

9.

wrote

2.

stood

3.

fell

10.

drew

b.

remember describes a state that exists. is remembering describes an activity in progress: memories are going through Aunt Sara's mind.

4.

ran

11.

hid

5.

lay

12.

a.

be describes a state that exists.

6.

13.

sang stung

b.

being describes a temporary behavior: the

7.

wore dug

14.

saw

a.

it.

(I don't feel well

describes a state.

7.

I

Yes,

also possible here

is

meaning

difference in

today) to describe a state that exists.] d. feel

Yes,

drove to the doctor's office. 9. Yes, she put a bandage on my finger. 10. Yes, I paid her.

not feeling describes the speaker's physical

with

1

2.

8.

feelings of illness, in progress at the present.

6.

knew

wrote took

describes a perception that exists right

help," a general activity in progress at present.

5.

12, p. 22.

describes a state,

b.

4.

.

children are acting awfully quiet. 8.

a.

is

appearing describes the action of performing on

Exercise

stage in a theater, general activity in progress at

present b.

means "seems" and describes an apparent

appears

state that exists.

Exercise

9, p. 18.

2.

a

5.

a

3.

b b

6.

a

4.

Exercise 10, p.

18.

3.

don't own ... is don't have beginning wear wearing doesn't want ... is always is doing ... is being has isn't having looks am looking

4.

A: do you

1

is

.

.

2.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

B: tastes 5.

.

.

.

like .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Does

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

am

looking ...

scratching ...

do you think

Chapter 2

is

is

...

writing ...

is

2.

Yes,

I

15, p. 24.

had

a great trip.

3.

Yes,

I

4.

Yes,

I

came back feeling rested. met many people. hung out with local people.

5.

Yes,

I

did a

6.

Yes,

I

7.

Yes,

I

8.

Yes,

I

9.

Yes,

I

10.

Yes,

I

11.

Yes,

I

12.

Yes,

I

13.

Yes,

I

14.

Yes,

I

lot

of tourist

activities.

stood on the Acropolis. spent time in museums.

bought some Greek sandals. spoke a little Greek. ate in typical Greek restaurants. got your emails. brought you a present. sent you a postcard. was sad to leave Greece.

Exercise 16, p. 24.

resemble

staring

I

need

it

.

doing

.

.

is

1.

woke

8.

lay

2.

9.

slept

10.

dreamt

4.

caught hurt took

11.

ate

5.

had

12.

6.

felt

13.

7.

kept

3.

B: see 6.

Yes,

.

reminds

A: are you looking B: look A: Do you think

1.

biting ...

seems

...

is

is

thinking

.

.

.

spoke took 14. read

ANSWER KEY 467

.

...

Exercise 17, Yes, he

1

Exercise 22,

p. 25.

The pronoun

Note:

he

is

woke me up

1

blinked/t/

a

2.

mopped/t/

3.

started/sd/.

4.

jumped/ XJ

5.

departed' sd/

6.

asked/t/

lot.

3.

of noise. Yes, I heard Yes, his cell phone rang many times.

4.

Yes, he fought with

a lot

2.

13.

Yes,

he he he he he he he he he

14.

Yes,

I

Yes,

5. 6.

Yes,

7.

Yes,

8.

Yes,

9.

Yes,

10.

Yes,

1 1

Yes,

12.

Yes,

someone.

put on a CD. sang loudly. breakfast at midnight.

made

ground some coffee beans fed the neighbor's cats. swept the floor afterwards.

knew I was awake. meant to wake me

up.

upset me. was upset.

18, p. 25. happy, good about my decision two classes, at night

2.

the car with gas 4. with colored pencils, several faces, for several hours

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

stretched/t/ .

.

dusted 3d

.

ended/sd/

.

.

.

vacuumed/d'

.

.

.

yawned d

.

.

.

yelled/d/

.

.

.

.

landed/sd/

suggested'sd/

Exercise 23,

first.

Exercise 1

p. 27.

being used for these answers.

p. 28. /3d/

/d/

IxJ

chased

believed

accepted

fixed

complained

needed

missed

died

requested

pushed thanked worked

played rained

worried

Exercise 24,

p. 28.

combed/d/

exercised/d/

brushed/t/

talked/t/

cooked/t/

surfed/t/

waited/sd/

translated

walked/t/

added/sd

3.

7.

woods, some money from the math class, some money from the bank my hand, some rice

8.

these jeans,

9.

at the

in the

5 6.

10.

my

Part 1.

2. 3.

when

Part

had

2.

burst

Rita stood under a tree

2.

Rita

5.

6.

T

began

it

when

a tree

to rain.

it

began

to rain.

F F

p. 29.

a

3.

a

2.

b

4.

a

Exercise 27, sped

2.

10.

saw

3.

9.

3.

broke

11.

ran

4.

woke

12.

got

5.

5

heard

13.

caught

6.

6.

shook

14.

felt

7.

7.

hid

15.

upset

8.

8.

heard

p. 30.

was studying was sleeping was blowing were singing was shining walked were arguing found opened was reading fell closed sneakedsnuck A: Did you hear was thinking B: wasn't listening was snowing was shining were shoveling was lying called

.

.

wasn't

.

didn't hear

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Exercise 20,

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

9.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

p. 26.

3.

different

8.

same same same

4.

same

9.

different

1.

different

6.

2.

same

7.

5.

when

was standing under

1.

4. .

p. 28.

1

Exercise 26, 4.

II.

1.

Exercise 25,

p. 25.

I.

F F F

listened/d/

the play finished

over the fence, very quickly, in a sunny spot

Exercise 19,

cleaned/d/

typed/t/

worked/t/

shirt

sad ending,

washed/t/

ad

Exercise 28, 1

p. 31. A: was waiting

2.

A: did you break

3.

B: was looking

B:

different

Did they

B: slipped

Exercise 21, IxJ

4.

2.

/d/

5.

3.

/ad/

6.

468 ANSWER

IdJ

ad/ Ixl

KEY

.

.

was crossing

A: Did you find

p. 27.

1.

.

call

7. 8. 9.

B: parked

IdJ t

/3d/

4.

A: Did you ask B:

was working

.

.

.

saw

.

.

.

looked

.

.

.

decided

Chapter 2

..

.

5.

B:

happened was driving

A: got

.

see

.

.

.

.

.

my computer, room. I didn't know she was there. I was concentrating hard on my work. When she suddenly spoke, I jumped. She startled me. Yesterday, while

wasn't paying

.

.

.

.

1.

kept

3.

4.

found was were speaking were sitting

was working

I

came

Shelley suddenly

didn't

Exercise 29, p. 32. 2.

.

at

into the

looked walked stopped

5.

6. 7.

Chapter 3: Perfect and Perfect Progressive Tenses

Exercise 33, p. 33. All the sentences are correct,

Always can also be used

Exercise

with the present progressive.

Questions:

2. 3.

4. 5. 6.

me he's smarter than me. He's forever bragging about himself.

made ice cream? won a contest?

8. 9.

He's always forgetting to give

10.

me my phone

Sample

sentences:

caught a butterfly? left your umbrella at a restaurant?

dug

12.

driven a school bus?

a hole to plant a tree?

3

drawn

a picture of yourself?

14.

built a

house?

15.

forgotten your

16.

fallen off a ladder?

1

p. 33.

ridden an elephant? flown an airplane?

1 1

messages.

Exercise 35,

.

taught English?

trying to study. 7.

.

5.

7.

He's constantly cracking his knuckles while I'm

.

3.

6.

He's always trying to show

ever

4.

2.

sentences:

He's always leaving his dirty dishes on the table. He's constantly borrowing my clothes without asking me.

36.

bought a boat? broken a window? hidden from the police?

1

Exercise 34, p. 33. Sample

1, p.

Have you

own name?

1

playing the music too loud.

2.

talking

17.

held a poisonous snake?

3.

leaving her clothes

floor.

18.

stolen anything?

4.

inviting friends over for parties.

19.

eaten a duck egg?

20.

swung

21.

fed a lion?

on the phone. on the

Exercise 36,

p. 34.

In A, the focus

on the

is

activity.

In B, the focus

is

on

the place.

a baseball bat?

wood

with an axe?

22.

split

23.

hit a baseball?

read a play by Shakespeare? grown tomatoes from a seed? 26. torn a page ou: of a library book? 24.

25.

Exercise 37, 3.

4. 5. 6.

in his

p. 34.

bedroom watching TV.

watching TV in his bedroom. taking a nap on the couch in the living room. on the couch in the living room taking a nap. attending a conference in Singapore.

Exercise

2, p. 37. taken

1

written

2.

lost

10.

3.

climbed

1 1

4.

given

12.

slept

5.

told

13.

driven

breakfast.

6.

sung

14.

had

ridden

15.

8.

drunk

16.

studied played

4.

was working in my office yesterday, my cousin stopped by to visit me. Yuki stayed home because she caught a bad cold. My brother looks like our father, but I resemble

7.

5.

Jun, are you listening to

6.

While

7.

Exercise 38, 1.

2.

3.

Breakfast

While

my

is

p. 35. an important meal.

always eat

I

Exercise

mother. I

me?

I

am

talking to you!

was surfing the internet yesterday,

really interesting 7.

I

Web

I

found

site.

Did you speak English before you came here?

Chapter 3

a

9.

shaken helped

4, p. 39.

1.

since

5.

for

2.

for

6.

since

3.

for

7.

for

4.

since

8.

since

ANSWER KEY 469

. . .

.. . .

Exercise

Exercise

7, p. 40.

2.

Present perfect verbs: 1

've

had

5.

have met

2.

've

missed

6.

I've eaten

3.

haven't eaten

7.

haven't read

4.

.

.

.

1

7

.

.

.

3.

is

standing

.

.

4.

has been playing

5.

have been practicing have been sleeping

6.

.

has been standing

haven't

had

hasn't finished

Exercise 17, now (Wed.) now now

from the beginning of the week to from the beginning of the term to

3. from the time speaker got up to 4. from right after dinner to now 5. unspecified time 6.

16, p. 47.

reviewing

has been reviewing

haven't

Timeframe: 2.

is

unspecified time from the time she/he got the

1

2. 3. 4. 5.

book up

to

now

p. 47.

Possible sentences using the present perfect progressive:

6.

He He He He He He

has been cooking some food. has been fixing the table. has been memorizing vocabulary.

has been planting flowers. has been vacuuming. has been washing the windows.

Using yesterday plus the simple past: 1

li, p. 42.

Exercise

2.

planning have you been 10. has been

4.

11.

is

6.

12.

has been

13.

have finished has read

8.

1.

is

2.

has already

3.

have already

4. 5.

have you been has she done

6.

has

7.

have lived

is

9.

left left

come

14.

3.

5.

1.

3.

1

4.

6.

3.

saw had

4.

haven't had

5.

has been

6.

was

7.

has just occurred have gotten saw

2.

8.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

occurred .

.

.

am

also getting

took

knew

3.

4.

5.

6.

p. 45. Have you ever broken something valuable? What did you break? Have you ever lost something important? What did you lose? Have you ever stayed up all night? Why did you stay

He He He He He He

yesterday.

has just cooked some food. has just fixed the table. has just memorized vocabulary. has just planted flowers. has just vacuumed.

has just washed the windows.

2.

I've

3.

haven't been working

4.

how

5.

haven't seen

6.

8.

They're doing They're traveling have they been

9.

It's

10.

been

they've been traveling

13.

they're enjoying

Exercise 5.

19, p. 48. has been waiting have liked

6.

has been watching

7.

has been teaching

8.

have been playing

has taught .

.

.

has been playing

/

has played

Exercise 20, p. 49. 1

2. 3.

1.

a, c

4.

2.

a, c

5.

KEY

are

They've been staying spending

1 1

you in a car accident? Have you ever played a team sport? Which sport did you play?

470 ANSWER

been taking

12.

4.

15, p. 45.

p. 48.

have you been

up all night? Have you ever traveled to an interesting place? Where did you travel to? Have you ever been in a car accident? When were

Exercise

vacuumed yesterday. washed the windows

1

7.

Exercise 14,

2.

yesterday.

planted flowers yesterday.

Exercise 18,

have already taken 10. have known

1

memorized vocabulary

went

9.

1 1

5.

has never seen

cooked some food yesterday. fixed the table yesterday.

Using just plus the present perfect: 2.

Exercise 13, p. 44.

He He He He He He

has been waiting

9:00 a.m. one month has not decided 7:00 has been sitting have been playing three hours has

owned

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Chapter 3

...

.

.. .

Exercise 22,

Exercise 31,

p. 49.

p. 56. Sample answers: 2. had been talking 3. had been playing 4. had been dancing

First events: 1

2.

Someone had knocked The teacher had written .

5.

6. 7.

had been looking had been drawing had been studying

Exercise 23, p. 51.

Exercise 32,

took

2.

felt

3.

got had already given had stopped was became / had become roamed appeared visited had never seen had left/left had forgotten. looked had left offered didn't recognize had not seen had saw

4. 5. 6.

7.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

lost

10.

emigrated .

.

.

went

.

had never traveled had always wanted

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

settled

.

.

.

grew

Mr. Sanchez

6.

Mr. Fox

3.

Alice

7.

4.

Carlos

8.

Dan Ken

5.

Jane

9.

Robert

Exercise 33, p. 58. 1.

a

4.

a

2.

b b

5.

b

3.

Exercise 34, p. 58.

Exercise 24, p. 52.

1

Past perfect verbs: 1

2.

had called had rushed (Fiction had forgotten writing uses more past perfect.) no past perfect verbs (Spoken English uses more .

.

.

.

.

.

2.

.

.

.

.

.

.

4.

(Fiction writing uses

repeated.]

1.

5

6.

we-ad movie-ad

Exercise 26,

We had He had

2. 3.

.

.

.

.

Why haven't you been in I

have been coaching

3.

I-ad

1957.

roommate-ad

born

4.

(no reduction)

5.

flood had

Where had

had roommates had

7.

I

.

children

I

3.

has

5.

Rome

have been

had

8.

(1st sentence)

before

I

3. 4.

6.

would

7.

have

I.

is

.

.

.

has

p. 54.

had already eaten she'd been she'd had there 'd been

Exercise 29, p. 1.

a

3.

b

2.

b

4.

a

Exercise 30, 3.

4.

5.

hadn't called

6.

she'd forgotten

7.

It'd

been

55.

for the last

two

Italy

when

in

1960.

I

was

in 1989.

living in It is

my

cousin's apartment since

very small, and

we

I

are sharing the

born, so

I

never knew him.

Grandma

alone.

Chapter 4: Future Time 1, p.

60.

1

future

6.

present

2.

future

7.

present

3.

present

8.

future

4.

future

9.

future

5.

future

10.

Exercise 1

Marie

present

2, p. 60. will

cook some chicken and

rice for

dinner

tonight.

p. 55.

have been studying had been studying

Chapter 4

was

me

Exercise

2.

team

p. 53.

had had

Exercise 28, 1

couple

bedroom. I need my own place, but I haven't found one so far. When I was a child, I lived with my grandmother instead of my parents. Grandpa had died / died raised

4.

a soccer

My father was born in Rome

in

arrived here.

p. 53.

Exercise 27,

class for the last

My grandfather lived in a small village in

4.

6.

had

have been

he was a child. At nineteen, he moved to Rome, where he met and married my grandmother in

They had

2.

I

months.

7.

1.

last Friday.

long have you been living here?

of days?

Exercise 25, p. 52. 2.

How

here for almost two years.

had passed away had grown more past perfect.) [Note: moved could be either had moved or moved. If past perfect, the second had does not need to be

had had

Since I came to this country, I have learned / have been learning a lot about the way of life here. I arrived here only a short time ago. I have been

here since 3.

past tense.) 3.

p. 57.

2.

5. 6.

had been daydreaming have been sleeping

2.

Where

3.

I

4. 5.

you be tomorrow morning? not ride the bus to work tomorrow. Marco will probably call us this evening. I am going to look for a new apartment. will

won't

/

will

ANSWER KEY 471

.

..

Exercise 1.

Exercise

3, p. 61.

no

5.

eat

2.

yes

.

.

15, p. 67. probably take

will

.

yes

2.

yes

6.

3.

yes

7.

yes

3.

get

4.

no

8.

no

4.

watch

5.

will wait

Exercise 1

2. 3.

4.

You

We

need review

will

6.

You will have nobody will finish

7.

It will

8.

results will

5.

have There will be test will

probably going

will give

.

.

.

.

7.

.

/

am going to give am going to call

will call

.

/

am

.

/

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

get

will listen

8.

.

.

.

•

be

.

going to wait comes stops will walk / am going to walk graduate intend will go / am going to go

6.

5, p. 62.

will

am

/

to take

/

am

going to listen

.

.

am

.

sleeping

be

Exercise 16, 1.

going to

3.

going to

2.

gonna

4.

gonna

2.

1.

b

2.

a

3.

c

.

.

2.

a

5.

b

3.

A: c

6.

c

Exercise 10,

as

soon as

class

ends

4.

What

p. 64.

willingness

5.

willingness

plan

6.

prediction

3.

prediction

7.

willingness

4.

plan

8.

plan

6.

'm going

7.

won't tell won't open

Exercise 11, p. 65. do do

3.

B.

4.

C: '11 's going to erase

5.

B:

'11

A:

'11

8.

to

a

4.

2.

b

5.

3.

a

Exercise 14,

in the future

11.

habitually

5.

in the future

12.

A:

6.

now

p. 66. b

9.

in the future

B: in the future

10.

in the future

A: in the future

4.

am taking am catching am stopping am quitting am seeing

5.

are driving

listen to

KEY

past,

p. 72, am going to be studying / will be studying going to be finishing / will be finishing is going to be seeing / will be seeing ... is going to be doing / will be doing ... is going to be talking / will be talking

sweep the front

is

low, but

[when the

m driving to work tomorrow,]

472 ANSWER

form (present,

is

Exercise 23,

my Greek

p. 71.

Exercise 22,

p. 67.

tide

comes

the ship will leave the harbor. I'

/

future).

elections.

[While V

A: in the future

/

Exercise 21,

I'm going to start making dinner [before my wife gets home from work today] I'm going to wait right here [until Sonya comes .] [As soon as the war is over,] there will be new

in,]

13.

All the verbs take a progressive

a

the tide

A: in the future

in the future

habitually

3.

[After the rain stops, ] I'm going to

now

now now

8.

porch.

Right

B:

7.

2.

see

1.

4.

Exercise 19, p. 70. Sample answers:

meet

meet

Exercise 12,

p. 68.

Exercise 18, p. 69.

1.

'11

are you going to do when you have free time weekend? When you finish school, what are you going to do?

Exercise 17,

2.

7.

do

All the sentences have a future meaning.

B:b

6.

to

you wake up

to do?

9, p. 64. a

5.

after

Before you go to bed tonight, what are you going

5

4.

4.

do

this

c

3.

to

3.

8, p. 63.

d

.

Exercise

2.

are

today?

Exercise

1.

p. 68. you going tomorrow? What are you going

What

1

Exercise 6, p. 62.

language

CD.

1

.

2.

I'm going to

p. 72. "i be going to uc waiting waiuiij;

be waimi uc waiting are be ctiininfr shining ifT / will ic cl-ill win K*. / will be oe ciTlm't-irr going to be oe singing si singing is still going will cfill be K/infT lying still Kf» lying //\X'il1 to be lirinrr arrive

get ...

.

is

is

going to be ^e shining /

/

/ /

will win

will

.

i

.

.

.

Chapter 4

..

.

3.

B:

A:

am am

4.

will

5.

will

going to be going to be be / am going be / am going

enjoying

/

will

thinking

/

will

be enjoying be thinking

be in Chicago to be working to

Chapter 5: Review Exercise

p. 73.

All the verbs are in a

Exercise 25, 1

have been

2.

get

.

.

will

.

.

form of the

.

.

had been

.

.

.

will

have already arrived

3.

After

4.

hometown. By the end of the

5.

I

.

will already

have

to see

arrived 3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

had already arrived had been sitting have been sitting will have been sitting will have begun will have been teaching will have been driving got

.

.

.

get will

9.

will

.

.

.

8.

9.

We

I

.

I

classical music.

.

washed the dishes and cleaned up the kitchen

after

have taken have been running have been

/

8.

.

.

again.

it

don't like my job. My brother wants me to quit. think he is right. While I'm studying tonight, I'm going to listen to

7.

.

.

am going to return to my

I

want to get married, but I haven't met the right person yet. I have seen that movie three times, and now I want

6. .

graduate,

I

2 1st century, man will have discovered the cure for the common cold.

have been .

p. 76.

,

2.

perfect.

p. 73.

1

have been studying here since last January. By the time Hassan returned to his country, he had been away from home for more than three years. I

1

Exercise 24,

Verb Tenses

of

visiting

will

our dinner guests

left.

10.

My neighbors

1 1

known them ever since I was a child. Many scientists believe there will be a major

Mr. and Mrs. Sanchez.

are

I

have

earthquake in California in the near future.

Exercise 26, p. 74. 2. He will shave, shower, and 3.

Exercise then

make

a light

is

breakfast.

had already eaten

After he eats breakfast tomorrow, he will get ready

always eats

go to work. By the time he gets to work tomorrow, he will have drunk three cups of coffee. Between 8:00 and 9:00, Bill will answer his email and (will) plan his day. By 10:00 tomorrow, he will have called his new

to eat

to 4.

5.

6.

At

1 1

:00 tomorrow, he will be attending a staff

.

He

When

Bill gets

home,

his children will be playing in

the yard.

.

goes

.

.

.

.

begin

.

left

goes

.

.

.

will eat

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

9.

.

.

started

.

.

hasn't finished

.

has finished ... intends

Exercise Part

.

.

goes

.

.

.

is

reading

has read

.

.

.

.

.

.

has been reading

.

.

.

has been reading

4, p. 78.

1.

F

3.

F

2.

T

4.

T

Part

II.

1.

got

8.

didn't see

2.

9.

3.

took put

saw had been trying

afternoon.

4.

didn't

11.

apologized

5.

tried

12.

went

6.

knocked opened

13.

felt

14.

had done

15.

1

6.

he finishes dinner, he will take the children for a walk to a nearby playground. Afterward, the whole family will sit in the living

room and discuss their day. They will watch television for and

17.

By

and then he

bed tomorrow, he be ready for sleep.

the time Bill goes to

had

a while,

his wife will put the kids to bed.

a full day

Chapter 5

and

will

will

have

7.

Exercise

10.

open

6, p. 79.

1.

got

2.

have been trying have been

3.

.

I.

As soon

as

.

has ever read

14.

in the

going

.

They

have been playing since 3:00

is

.

13.

will

/

.

.

will

attended three meetings. 12.

.

.

10.

go to lunch at noon and have a sandwich and a bowl of soup. 9. After he finishes eating, he will take a short walk in the park before he returns to the office. 10. He will work at his desk until he goes to another meeting in the middle of the afternoon. 11. By the time he leaves the office, he will have 8.

.

.

was attending be attending was sleeping got had been sleeping is taking fell has been sleeping will have eaten eats ... is going to go / will go called

.

meeting.

.

.

.

will

clients. 7.

2, p. 76. studying ... is also taking

ANSWER KEY 473

.

.

4.

have had Ye had has been staying have been spending / have spent are spending

parents teach you that? 5.

went watched

6.

10.

have barely had

11.

is

12.

am

7.

sitting

have been sitting going to leave 14. decided have / decided 15.

18. 19.

get

20.

are you getting

21.

are your classes going

/

will leave 8.

9.

take

/

10.

will take

1.

2.

a

1 1

8, p. 80. 3. b 4.

a

5.

a

6.

9, p. 80.

2.

has experienced will experience /

3.

began

4.

have occurred

1.

is

causes

6.

have developed hold / are holding

8.

moves

9.

waves

know happened

12.

struck

4.

were sitting 14. suddenly found 13.

died

16.

collapsed

17.

sent

18.

will the

5.

6.

next earthquake occur

/ is

I'm

really glad

itself

composition

behind the

last night,

the door.

a children's book? you are going to will

visit

my

next year.

While I was visiting my cousin in Los Angeles, we went to a restaurant and ate Thai food. When I was a child, I viewed things from a much lower height. Many physical objects around me large.

When I wanted

to

move

something such as a chair, I needed help. When I was in my country, I was afraid to come to the United States. I thought I couldn't walk outside at night because of the terrible crime. But now I

very

is

little

crime here.

1, p. 84.

My parents visit many countries when they travel in Europe. Robert sings when he takes a shower. Chickens, ducks, and turkeys lay eggs. Anna wears gloves on her hands when she works in her garden. She scratches her chin when it itches.

Exercise

the

next earthquake going to occur

have often helped 20. are studying 21. also appear 19.

22.

hidden

Chapter 6: Subject-Verb Agreement

3.

15.

my

/

have a different opinion. I have lived in this small town for three months and (have) learned that

going to experience

2.

11.

started to walk back to his hut,

Why did you write

Exercise

10.

man

already hid

mountain. While I was writing

there

5.

7.

had

appeared very

b b 13.

Exercise

the old

hometown

12.

Exercise

When

someone knocked on

am writing am getting am going to

17.

The phone rang while I was doing the dishes. I dried my hands and answered it. When I heard my husband's voice, I was very happy. I have been in the United States for the last four months. During this time, I have done many things and seen many places. the sun

13.

16.

Hasn't anyone ever told you to knock on the door someone else's room? Didn't your

before you enter

have been 9.

.

seem

2, p. 84.

noun

2.

plural,

3.

singular, verb

4.

plural,

5.

singular, verb

6.

plural,

noun

noun

Exercise

3, p. 85.

have developed 24. will be / are going to be

2.

writes/s/

6.

locks/s/

3.

robs/z/

7.

wishes/az/

25.

4.

rugs/z/

8.

pages/az/

5.

sleeps/s/

9.

months

23.

strikes

s

Exercise 1

2.

13, p. 82. I haven't been in this town very long. I came here just two weeks ago. Dormitory life is not quiet. Everyone shouts and

makes 3.

a lot of noise in the halls.

My friends will

meet

airport.

474 ANSWER

KEY

me when

I

arrive

at the

Exercise

4, p. 86.

4.

bushes/sz/

5.

hats/s/

9.

touches/az/

10.

6.

rises/az/

1 1

coughs s methods/z/

7.

seasons/z/

12.

languages/az/

8.

develops/s/

Chapter 6

. .

.

Exercise

5, p. 86.

2.

Cats sleep shapes

3.

practices

4.

cafeteria

1

.

5.

teacher

6.

coughs

.

.

.

.

hours

sizes

.

sentences

.

serves

.

.

.

sandwiches

.

encourages

.

4.

movies

5.

students

6.

money

1

Opera

Teachers teach.

3.

Butterflies

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

10.

opera singer sings.

A teacher teaches. A butterfly flies. Balls bounce. A ball bounces. Doors open and close. A door opens and closes. Mosquito bites itch. A mosquito bite itches. Hungry babies cry. A hungry baby cries. Students ask questions. A student asks questions. Snakes hiss. A snake hisses. Dogs say "arf-arf" in English. A dog says "arf-arf"

2.

4.

An

singers sing.

Exercise 1

The

verb agrees with the subject: In sentence

subject is

2.

7, p. 87. is

singular, so the verb

a plural subject, so the verb

there

In

a.,

b.,

every

is

is is

a.,

singular. In b., there plural.

a plural subject, so the verb

is

In

a.

and

b.,

students

9.

12.

one ... is Each has Each has Every one ...

13.

animals

14.

A number

the subjects fruit and apples, not the

a., vegetables is

Exercise

the plural subject, so the verb

8, p. 87.

were 20. was

is

are

11.

is

17.

are

5.

is

12.

is

18.

is

6.

is

13.

are

19.

is

7.

is

14.

is

20.

are

Exercise 14, p. 91. 1

aren't

7.

was

2.

isn't

8.

is

3.

are

9.

4.

is

10.

has been

5.

are

1 1

have been

6.

isn't

Exercise

are

9.

are ...

14.

Is

3.

is

15.

is

4.

There are

2.

there

there

5.

Is

6.

Are there

7.

there are

8.

Is

is

There are There is

knows

1.

is

6.

know

2.

is

7.

knows knows

3.

are

there

4.

are

5.

are

Exercise 19, p. 94. p. 88.

most expressions of quantity, the verb is determined by the noun that follows of (items 1, 2, 3, 4). Exceptions: one of and each of take a plural noun but a singular verb In

(items 5,6).

Chapter 6

15, p. 91.

1

5.

8.

p. S9.

are is

are

Exercise 17, p. 92.

9, p. 88.

...

12, p. 90.

4.

5.

movie

one

is

4.

3.

homework students

16.

13.

.

.

.

.

15.

has

.

.

are

8.

.

is

are

astounds

apples

...

9.

3.

2.

are

10.

do was were

Exercise 11,

.

.

are

is

12.

Exercise 10,

.

.

3.

11.

4.

.

are

approves

knows knows

.

2.

agree

3.

.

.

Ex ercise

6.

2.

are ... All

students

.

.

.

7.

know know

.

19.

are

1.

.

is

.

Does

2.

Exercise

.

Do

is

is

.

18.

1.

is

.

is

gerund eating is the subject, not Gerunds require a singular verb.

10.

.

.

is

17.

plural. In b., the vegetables.

.

.

are

.

The number One ... is

agreement. In

.

.

16.

15.

prepositional phrases that follow, determine

4.

is

is

singular. 3.

are

.

...

plural. In

followed by a singular noun, so the verb

is

the

.

.

.

are

.

.

clothing ...

fly.

in English.

.

8.

11.

6, p. 86.

.

7.

10.

sneezes

Exercise

.

.

10.

is

11.

is

is

12.

are

seeks

13.

is

is

14.

commute

are

15.

is

is

16.

are

is

17.

do

18.

want depends

are

.

are

.

.

isn't

.

it

.

have

ANSWER KEY 475

.

.

Exercise 20, 2.

Linguistics

3.

Diabetes

4.

English

5.

are

.

.

.

p. 94.

8.

70 percent one percent ... is is 256 The Netherlands is

9.

Fish are

6.

is

is

7.

is

Canadians

Exercise 22,

.

.

.

is

.

.

.

p. 95. 9.

8.

(no errors)

9.

Most of the mountain peaks in the Himalayan Range are covered with snow the year round.

10.

(no errors)

11.

Seventy-five percent of the people in live in upstairs apartments, not

12.

(no errors)

13.

Unless there

are

1.

are

5.

is

2.

is

6.

are

10.

is

3.

are

7.

is

11.

is

4.

are

8.

are

12.

is

government

2.

deteriorate.

14

While

, p. 96. His ideas are interesting. Some of the people are friendly.

3.

One

4.

Italian

5.

Two-thirds of the food

6. 7. 8.

of the is

a

profound and extensive reform of economic that country will continue to

is a

policies in the near future, the

conditions in

I

was not 1

New York City on the ground floor.

girls is

was

some of the best food I found well-known eating places but in small

in Paris,

at the

out-of-the-wav cafes.

absent.

Romance

language. is

gone.

The The clothing in those stores is inexpensive. Most of the stores in tourist towns are overpriced.

Chapter 7: Nouns

clothes in that store are expensive.

Exercise

1, p.

100.

4.

branches mice enemies

11.

zeros/zeroes

1.

has

5.

is

5.

valleys

12.

crises

2.

is

6.

is

6.

shelves

13.

curricula

3.

need

7.

is

7.

beliefs

14.

offspring

4.

needs

8.

are

8.

women

2. 3.

Exercise 24,

p. 96.

Exercise 25, p. 96. 3.

I,

5.

C C

6.

I,

7.

C

4.

8.

I,

are

are

has

9.

I,

10.

C

11.

I,

13.

C C

14.

I,

12.

work are

contain

10.

echoes photos

9.

Exercise 2.

2, p. 100. 8. geese potatoes

donkeys

3.

fish

4.

sandwiches

10.

deer

5.

carrots

1 1

wolves

6.

vegetables

12.

sheep

7.

kangaroos

9.

Exercise 26, p. 97. 2.

are

11.

are

3.

keeps

12.

Are

4.

makes

13.

is

5.

is

14.

is

6.

is

15.

appears

7.

Does

16.

are

8.

Do

17.

is

9.

is

18.

provides

10.

4.

p. 98. A lot of the people in my class work during the day and attend class in the evening. Many of the satellites orbiting the earth are used for communications.

5.

(no errors)

6.

Studying a foreign language often leads students to learn about the culture of the countries where it is spoken. One of the most common names for dogs in the United States is "Rover."

7.

476 ANSWER

KEY

4, p. 102.

beliefs

memos

chiefs

photos

clouds

videos

kilos

zoos

-es heroes

are

Exercise 27, 3.

Exercise -s

potatoes

boxes

tomatoes

classes

fishes

(

possible, but rare)

matches -ves knives

scarves

leaves

shelves

lives

wolves

loaves

no change deer fish

sheep

Chapter

7

.

Exercise 3. men

5, p. 103.

Almost

special school.

4.

attorneys

5.

discoveries

6.

8.

boxes beaches pianos

9.

phenomena

7.

10.

.

.

12.

laboratories

.

.

.

simple

Exercise 2.

organisms

that consist of

one

They

are

3.

cell.

There are thousands of kinds of bacteria. Most

human beings, but some cause diseases such as tuberculosis and pneumonia. (4) Viruses are also microscopic organisms, but viruses live in the cells of other living things. By themselves, they are lifeless particles that cannot reproduce, but inside a living cell they become active and can multiply hundreds of times. (5) Viruses cause many diseases. They infect human beings with such illnesses as influenza, the common cold, measles, and AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome). Viruses are

The

tiny.

virus that causes

230 million times smaller than the period

Some

this sentence.

impossible to

7, p. 4.

2

1

5.

2

6.

Exercise 11, 1

1

8, p. 105.

boy's

7.

Bess's/Bess'

3.

boys'

8.

today's

4.

children's

5.

child's

6.

Sally's

9.

10.

airplane passenger airplane pilot airplane ticket

12, p. 107. flower

flowers

3.

beans

4.

babies

5.

children

6.

salads

7. 8.

mosquitoes/mosquitos two-hour two hours

9.

ten years old

10.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

bean baby .

.

child

.

salad

.

.

.

.

three-letter

.

mosquito

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

ten-year-old

three letters

month's Jack and Larry's

Exercise 14,

Exercise

5.

9, p. 105. My uncle is my father's brother. I have four aunts. All of my aunts' homes are within walking distance of my mother's apartment. Esteban's aunt's oldest son is a violinist.

6.

Bill's wife

7.

I

6.

I

is

2.

2.

a factory worker.

airplanes, seats

5.

2.

drivers, taxis

6.

airplane, seats

3.

office,

7.

schools, activities

4.

managers,

8.

school, activities

.

managers offices

Exercise 15, p. 108. 1

walked into my boss's boss' office. borrowed the secretary's pen to fill out the

p. 108.

taxi, drivers

1

3.

p. 106. computer error computer screen computer skills

infections are difficult or

2.

4.

.

end of

104.

2

1

from destruction. Children's play is an important part of their lives. It teaches them about their en; u onment while they are having fun. For instance, they can learn that boats float and can practice ways to make boats move across water. Toys are not limited to children. Adults have their own toys, such as pleasure boats, and children have theirs, such as miniature boats. Adults' toys are usually much more expensive than

Exercise

1.

Exercise

at the

mythological stories tell of heroes' encounters with giants or dangerous animals. In one story, the hero's encounter with a dragon saves

children's toys.

is

treat.

2. 3.

viral

AIDS

Many

a village

4.

of them are harmless to

Exercise

10, p. 106.

Psychologists have developed many different kinds of tests. A "personality test" is used to evaluate an friendliness or trustworthiness.

living things.

creatures.

(6)

numerous

individual's personal characteristics, such as

6, p. 104.

water,

(3)

involves

cliffs

.

Bacteria exist almost everywhere. They are in the and soil, as well as in the bodies of all living

(2)

A diplomat's work invariably meetings.

oxen

.

Bacteria are the smallest

(1)

air,

.

.

media

Exercise

Quite a few diplomats are assigned to our city. all of the diplomats' children attend a

1 1

.

2.

a, b, c a, c,

d

application form.

Five astronauts were aboard the space shuttle.

The

astronauts' safe return to earth was a welcome sight to millions of television viewers. 10.

It is

the people's right to

know what

the city

going to do about the housing problem.

Chapter

7

is

Exercise 16, 2.

jewelry

p. 109.

(NC)

3.

mountains (C) (C)

rings (C)

fields

bracelets (C)

lakes (C)

necklace (C)

scenery

(NC)

ANSWER KEY 477

...

4.

.

Gold iron

v

an

11.

a

17.

a

(XC)

6.

some

12.

some

18.

some

refrigerator (C)

7.

a

13.

an

19.

Some

junk (NC)

8.

some some some

14.

some

20.

some

15.

a

21.

an

16.

some

22.

some

furniture

iron (C)

9.

10.

17, p. 111.

Exercise 3.

trees, bushes, grass, dirt, flowers

4

advice, suggestions

5.

-vords.

6.

glasses, water

7.

Windows,

Exercise 23